Recreonics 2025-26 Catalog by SRS / Heritage

2025/26 OPERATOR'S HANDBOOK

Recreonics has remained a key player in the aquatic industry for over half a century, offering a wide array of more than 25,000 swimming pool and aquatic products. Catering to a variety of customers, including worldrenowned aquatic facilities, our unwavering focus is on delivering exceptional customer service and the highest quality products available anywhere.

Our catalog opens the door to a diverse array of aquatic equipment and supplies. As we look to the future, we have expanded our horizons and joined forces with Heritage to enhance our service and product range. If you find a product beyond your usual selection, our team is readily available to offer you personalized assistance. We want to provide you with an effortless and seamless experience as you explore our entire collection.

Front Cover Photo Credit: Chad Baumer Photography

Your Aquatic Authority!® Personally Serving You!

Table of Contents I N T R O D UC T I O N

1–7

SA FE T Y A N D R E S C U E

8 – 22

L I FE G UA R D

23 – 26

ROP E , F LOATS A N D H A R DWA R E

27 – 29

C L E AN U P A N D M A I N T E N A N C E

30 – 46

PAI N T I N G A N D PATC HI N G

47 – 51

D E C K E Q U I PM E N T

52 – 81

P O O L C OV E R S

82 – 83

C OM P E T I T I V E E Q UI PM E N T

84 – 95

T R A I N I N G E Q U I PM E N T

96 – 99

P ROJ E CT D E S I G N E Q UI PM E N T

100 – 115

C I R C UL AT I O N

116 –120

FI LT R AT I O N

121 – 130

WAT E R T R E AT M E N T

131 –148

PO O L H E AT I N G

149 –155

LIGHTING

156 – 159

FAC I L I T Y E Q UI PM E N T RE C RE AT I O N A L E Q U I PM E N T AQUAT I C E X E R C I S E E Q UI PM E N T W I B I T P L AY P R O D UC TS INDEX

NEW

First Aid See Page 14

NEW

Manual Batter-Powered Vacuums See Page 42

NEW

Pool Coatings See Page 48-50

NEW

Rubberized Deck Coating See Page 51

NEW

Guard Chairs See Page 72

NEW

The BEAST Main Drain See Page 109

NEW

Lane Line Anchor See Page 114

NEW

End-Suction Pumps See Page 117

NEW

Vertical Hi-Rate Sand Filters See Page 127

NEW

Portable Undwater Sound System See Page 179

NEW

WIBIT Play Products See Pages 190,191, 194

160 –172 173-181 182 – 184 185-196 Inside Back Cover

This catalog contains copyrighted materials and may not be reproduced in whole or in part without the express written consent of Recreonics Much of the material and information contained herein is the exclusive and proprietary property of Recreonics Unauthorized use, reproduction or duplication in any form is specifically forbidden. Recreonics

Recreonics Purchase Guide PRICE CHANGES

TRANSPORTATION

Because of the rapidly changing prices of raw materials that our manufacturers are encountering, we must again remind our customer that our prices are subject to change without notice. You Can Be Sure We Will Do Everything In Our Power To Maintain Current Prices. Any typographical errors in pricing will be corrected in house. Recreonics reserves the right to substitute alternate and/or equal products when necessary.

All shipments are on a F.O.B. Origin basis. Unless specified all shipments are shipped standard ground service, tailgate delivery and do not include any unloading or locating of shipment at the delivery destination. The buyer assumes title and control at the moment shipment is accepted by the freight carrier. Any additional service requested at delivery will incur additional charges.

MINIMUM ORDER

It is the buyer’s sole responsibility to thoroughly inspect all shipments immediately upon arrival for shortages and/or damages. The buyer’s receiving personnel must note on the freight bill plus advise the freight company driver of any shortages, losses and/or damages and insist on a notation of shortages and/or damages by the freight company driver across the face of the delivery receipt. Otherwise no claim can be enforced against the carrier. All Shortages and/ or damages (including concealed) must also be reported to Recreonics in 24-48 hours from receipt of shipment. Reporting concealed damages does not automatically assure product or monetary replacement.

We do not have a minimum; however there will be an additional $3.50 handling charge for orders less than $25.00.

CREDIT POLICY Credit accounts will be extended with an approved credit application. New accounts without prior credit approval will require payment in advance of shipment. All past due invoices will carry a service charge of 11/2% per month (18%) annum. Any past-due account will be turned over to a third party for collection, in which case the purchaser agrees to be responsible for all cost of collection and reasonable attorney’s fees.

TERMS Terms are net 30 days from date of invoice, F.O.B. our warehouse unless otherwise specified. Shipments on open accounts are subject to credit approval. Orders with custom or special products may require a non-refundable deposit. Once orders for custom fabricated orders are released they are noncancellable and non-refundable. Orders absent credit approval will require payment in advance.

CREDIT CARDS American Express, Discover, MasterCard and VISA are accepted from Institutional and government agencies only. Some restrictions apply.

WARRANTY All products sold by Recreonics are strictly covered by the manufacturer’s warranty statements, policies regarding warranty determinations and warranty procedures. There are no other warranties expressed or implied by Recreonics or its subsidiaries. No dealer, agent or employee of Recreonics is authorized to make any promise, representation, guarantee or additional warranty. The customer is responsible for all freight charges on returns and replacements. Digital images indicating damage may be requested. 2

DAMAGED GOODS OR SHORTAGES

RETURNS All returns must have a return authorization number provided by Recreonics customer service department. All return authorizations granted by Recreonics are valid for 30 days from date of issue. Approved merchandise returned to Recreonics or manufacturer must be in 100% resale condition and in original packaging. All return shipments must be properly packaged and must have the return authorization number displayed on the shipment. All returns with products designated as HAZMAT must be returned in the original box in which it was shipped and must have all required HAZMAT labeling. All returns will be inspected by Recreonics or manufacturer for final dispensation of credit. All returns are subject to restocking fees. Timeframe for return options varies per manufacturer(s) policy.

SALES TAX All applicable sales taxes Recreonics is required to collect or pay are passed on to the final purchaser and are in addition to any pricing provided. Some tax exemptions are not accepted by manufacturers based on individual tax laws in certain states.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

MasterCard, VISA, Discover and American Express available for Institutional Aquatic accounts ONLY. (Some Restrictions Apply)

Recreonics National Catalog Division

Recreonics, Your Aquatic Needs Provider, is Everywhere!! Municipalities, Colleges, High Schools, YMCAs, MWR Facilities, Clubs and Resorts in all 50 states: Recreonics is there at every turn with more than 25,000 products and a team of CPO certified sales consultants averaging 25 years of individual experience. Combine this with our “instant quote” service and prompt shipping from our central location and quite simply, no other supplier comes close.

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY AT 800.428.3254 Your call will be answered by one of the most experienced sales consultants in the industry.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

recreonics.com

Our User Friendly Secure Website Features: • QUICK-ORDER FEATURE: This dynamic order feature allows you to quickly place your orders with us! • REQUEST A QUOTE: Use this feature to create a quote request that will be quickly responded to by our trained sales consultants! • AQUATHORITY BLOG: Learn more about featured products! • 4,000 PLUS PRODUCTS AVAILABLE ON-LINE: Recreonics offers the largest selection of commercial swimming pool equipment and accessories.

• FLIP-N-ZOOM CATALOG: Our website offers our complete catalog for you to flip-nzoom through online. • SALES AND CLOSE-OUT SPECIALS: Review our website for all of the latest savings opportunities and close-out specials. • WIBIT PLAY SYSTEMS: Review the extensive information regarding the WIBIT inflatable play systems that will bring tremendous play value to your commercial swimming pool.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

Commercial Project Division

A Single Professional Source For Your Construction/Renovation Needs The Recreonics Commercial Project Division offers the commercial swimming pool builder or contractor an unmatched resource for accurate, comprehensive equipment proposals, professional submittal documents, project tracking and close-out document services. We coordinate your shipment of equipment and accessories from beginning to end and make sure that you get what you need when you need it! Let our experienced, expert sales consultants and staff, provide you with a level of service unmatched in the industry.

CALL US AT 888-428-7771 800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

The Recreonics Advantage Large Volume Shipping = Reduced Freight Cost Centralized Location = Quicker Delivery Dedicated Order Expediting Department = Immediate Order Tracking

Louisville

FedEx GROUND® SERVICE MAP

See Map above and Color Key below 1 Day

2 Day

Need It Faster? FedEx First Overnight® Delivery time ranges from (8:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m.) depending on service zone. Service not available in all zones.

FedEx Standard Overnight® Delivery time ranges from (3:00 p.m. to 4:30 p.m. and up to 8:00 p.m. for residential addresses) depending on service zone. Service not available in all zones.

FedEx 2Day® Delivery time is 2 business days by 4:30 p.m. (8:00 p.m. for residential addresses). Service not available in all zones.

3 Day

4 Day

5 Day

6 Day

7 Day

WEIGHT and SIZE INFORMATION for FedEx SHIPMENTS • Maximum Weight: 150 lbs. • Maximum Size: 165" in combined length and girth. • Additional Handling: If the package is longer than 48" on its longest side, measures greater than 30" along its second-longest side, has an actual weight greater than 70 lbs. there will be an additional charge per package.

• Oversize Charge: If the package exceeds 96" in length or a combined length and girth of 130" there will be an additional charge per package. Rating is based on the greater of actual or dimensional weight.

Haz-Mat shipments require special arrangements & charges

FedEx Express Saver® Delivery time is 3 business days by 4:30 p.m. (8:00 p.m. for residential addresses). Service not available in all zones.

This map illustrates service schedules in business days as of January, 2023 for FedEx Ground shipments. For the latest transit information, go to <fedex.com/grd/maps> and enter the Origin/Postal code of 40213. FedEx Ground business days are Monday through Friday (excluding holidays). FedEx Home Delivery business days are Tuesday through Saturday (Excluding Holidays).

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

Personally Serving You! Our company mission is to be the aquatic authority that personally serves your needs. This remains our goal for 2025. We again promise to maintain our tradition of providing quality products and unmatched service to you.

Customer Comments and Kudos Dear Recreonics, “Recreonics is a great supplier of pool products to our city. We contact Bill often for quotes and purchases. He is our go-to representative. Recreonics always gives us great customer service with technical advice and prompt shipping. As of today, I just received our new portable vacuum system which exceeded my expectation. I would recommend Recreonics for great customer service.” Mitch Barker, CPO, AFO, CPSI City of Irving Irving, California

Dear Recreonics, “I have working with Recreonics and specifically Fred Schmidt for several years now and every time there is something that I need, I get the most thorough description. Fred is almost like a dictionary with parts and I sincerely appreciate his knowledge in this field but specifically his persistent support. Thank you so much Fred for being so great to work with!” Joe Teska CEM Sales and Service Sheridan, Colorado

Dear Recreonics, “I loved the customer service we got from you and Recreonics. I never had a doubt about our order working out largely due to the attention to detail and clear communication on your end. If we make another large aquatics order, I will absolutely go through Recreonics.” Colin Mello Assistant Athletic Director Bellarmine College Preparatory San Jose, CA

Dear Recreonics, “I wanted to get back to you and thank you for sending this quote. I got the run around with another supplier. I wanted to let you that I will be ordering from you from here on out. I have copied other swim team coordinators so they have your information as well.”’ Kandace Valentino Wexford Leas Swim Club Cherry Hill, New Jersey

Hours of Operation and Company Contact Information Business Hours: 8:30 to 5:00 PM Eastern Standard Time Toll Free Phone: 800-428-3254 Toll Free Fax: 800-428-0133 Website: www.recreonics.com

International Phone: 502-456-5706 International Fax: 502-458-9471 E-mail: sales@recreonics.com

R E O NI C

A LIT Y

RECREONICS QUALITY

800-428-3254

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE NEXT DAY SHIPPING

These products are exclusive Recreonics’ products with top quality and best prices

ALL

Catalog Icon Key

Please call us Toll-Free

INTERNATIONAL

For our friends world-wide P: 502-456-5706 F: 502-458-9777

NOTE

Please make a note for future reference

CAUTION

Please take special note & caution

NEW

REFERENCE

Items are IN-STOCK and ready for NEXT DAY shipping

Please refer to another section of our Resource Guide

ALL ITEMS IN-STOCK

WE CARE

Recreonics’ commitment to care for its customers

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

NEW

NEW item in the Buyer’s Guide

HAZ-MAT

These items are considered haz ardous and may require special handling and shipping charges

California Proposition 65 Warning Products in this catalog fall under California’s Proposition 65. You have been warned.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING

ENVIRONMENT

Recreonics is always concerned about our environment

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm. AVERTISSEMENT: Peut Causer le Cancer et des Dommages au Système Reproducteur. AVERTENCIA: Cáncer y Daño Reproductivo. www.p65warnings.ca.gov

P/N 200174.B

SAFETY AND RESCUE

12-318

ALL R E O NI C

Replacement Strap (each)............P-STRAP Backboard is constructed of medium density polyethylene for high impact resistance. Backboard is Haz-Mat impermeable. Ships complete with 3 quick-snap straps. Dimensions: 16" W x 72" L Shipping Weight: 15 Ibs.

Recreonics Backboard Package

12-337

Kemp AB Adult Backboard............. 12-337 The waterproof, foam-filled backboard is economical yet extremely strong. Made of durable polyethylene, this heavy-duty backboard has a weight capacity of 700 lbs. Features (21) handholds and (8) pins for your strapping needs. (Straps Sold Separately.) Dimensions: 17.75" W x 72.75" L Weight: 16 lbs

Replacement Strap Pak....................12-315 (Includes 6 straps and 3 buckles)

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY AT 800.428.3254

A LIT Y

Includes the 12-318 foam filled backboard, (3) quick-snap straps and the 12-783 universal head immobilizer. Backboard Package…………………12-309 EC

R E O NI C

Foam Filled Backboard ....................12-318 The foam filled polyethylene backboard is constructed of medium density polyethylene for high impact resistance. Fully foam filled for water rescue. Backboard is Haz-Mat impermeable and made with FDA/UL approved resin. Structure is concave to minimize lateral movement. (16) hand holds, and (8) child strapping locations. Ships complete with 3 quick snap straps.

A LIT Y

R E O NI C

Backboards, Head Immobilizers and Straps

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

A LIT Y

Universal Head Immobilizer............ 12-783 It features sideblocks with wide Velcro closures, allowing for a snug fit. It also comes with 2 head/chin straps and a base plate that fastens easily to the board. The universal head imobilizer has no metal components and can be worn during x-rays, MRI and CT scan procedures. It’s waterproof and buoyant, perfect for water rescues. Made with the highest grade of foam with a red vinyl coating that is sure to last. Dimensions: 16.75" x 10" x 5.25" Shipping Weight: 3 lbs. Replacement Head/ Chin Straps.....................................12-783.C

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

SAFETY AND RESCUE

CJ Aquatics Rescue Kits, Replacement Parts and Accessories CJ PROWOOD 1000 COMPLETE RESCUE KIT

Made from marine-grade okoume plywood and hardwood construction. Maintains neutral buoyancy and lightweight maneuverability for the life of the board. Includes complete head immobilizer, runner caps, board bumpers, and high-grade nylon body straps with Velcro® fastening system. Comes completely assembled. CJ Prowood 1000 Rescue Kit.......... 12-325

12-329

CJ Rescue 6 Rescue Kit

The CJ Rescue 6 rescue kit brings the renowned features of the CJ Prowood to a highly-visible, lightweight and affordable roto-molded plastic design. Includes complete head immobilizer and high-grade nylon body straps with Velcro® fastening system. Comes completely assembled. CJ Rescue 6 Rescue Kit................... 12-335

Prowood 1000 (Only) Replacement Parts:

12-330

Head Immobilizer Kit........................ 12-327 Includes (1 PR) head immobilizers, (1) head strap (2) Velcro® headbed strips, decal. Velcro® Headbed Strips.................... 12-329 Includes (2) Velcro® headbed strips and decal.

Rescue 6 (Only) Replacement Parts Replacement Headbed Platform..... 12-331 Includes headbed platform, fastners and decal. Flotation Rods (Pair).......................... 12-341 For replacement or to add buoyancy.

Replacement Parts for Both Prowood 1000 & Rescue 6 Boards:

12-325

12-335

12-327

Head Immobilizer............................. 12-328 Includes (1 PR) head immobilizers, head strap and decal. Head Strap......................................... 12-330 Includes (1) headstrap and decal. Body Straps....................................... 12-326 Includes (4 PR) of body straps, staples, keeper tubes and decal.

Accessories for Both Prowood 1000 and Rescue 6 Boards:

12-343

12-326

12-328

Board Cover (Blue)........................12-343.B Board Cover (Red).........................12-343.R Custom made for either board. Will protect when not in use.

12-331

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

40" Rescue Tube with Clips

This high-quality rescue tube is made from high density, closed-cell foam that is encapsulated 8-10 mils of high-viscosity vinyl with anti-fade additives. Features sanded edges, tapered ends, ABS quick-release buckles, “GUARD” logo, 2" x 24" shoulder strap with 1" wide 68" towline that extends through the entire length of the tube. Manufactured in the U.S.A. 40" Rescue Tube with Clips.............................................................................................12-292 Approx. Dims: 40" L x 5.5" W x 4" Thick Approx. Weight: 1.8 lbs.

MS IN STO ITE

ALL

R E O NI C

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

Rescue Tubes & Rescue Cans

SAFETY AND RESCUE

A LIT Y

Rescue Tube Slip Cover................... 12-322 These 30" long red neoprene slip-over tube covers with “GUARD” log extend the life of the rescue tube.

50" Rescue Tube with Reach Assist

This high-quality rescue tube is made from high density, closed-cell foam that is encapsulated with 8-10 mils of high-viscosity vinyl with anti-fade additives. Features sanded edges, tapered ends, reach assist, “GUARD” logo, 2" x 24" shoulder strap with 1" wide 53" towline that extends through the entire length of the tube. Manufactured in the U.S.A. 50" Tube with Reach Assist.............................................................................................12-293 Approx. Dims: 50" L x 5.5" W x 4" Thick Approx. Weight: 2.1 lbs.

Rescue Can

The Rescue Can is constructed from rotationally molded polyethylene, so it’s lightweight, yet durable. 28" Rescue Can................................ 12-300 Features three handles, 7' tow strap. Dimensions: 28" x 9-1/2", Weight: 3 Ibs.

40" ExoTube® with Reach Assist

This mildly rigid rescue tube's unique design is based on the fusion of closed cell foam, nylon mesh coated with a high-quality polyurethane coating. This combination provides excellent gripping and durability. Features 6' towline that extends through the entire length of the tube, 2" x 24" shoulder harness and “GUARD” logo. Manufactured in the U.S.A. 40" ExoTube® Tube............................................................................................................12-294 Approx. Dims: 40" L x 5.75" W x 3" Thick Approx. Weight: 1.85 lbs

50" ExoTube® with Reach Assist

This mildly rigid rescue tube's unique design is based on the fusion of closed cell foam, nylon mesh coated with a high-quality polyurethane coating. This combination provides excellent gripping and durability. Features 6' towline that extends through the entire length of the tube, 2" wide shoulder harness and “GUARD” logo. Manufactured in the U.S.A. 50" ExoTube® Tube............................................................................................................12-295 Approx. Dims: 50" L x 5.75" W x 3" Thick Approx. Weight: 2.25 lbs

33" Rescue Can................................ 12-302 Features three handles and a 10' tow strap. Dimensions: 33" x 11-1/2" Weight: 4 Ibs., 6 oz.

NOTE: The Exo-Tube® comes with a 1-year limited warranty against a manufacturer defect. It does not cover normal wear and tear or miss-handling. Do not hang the tubes by the shoulder harness or towline. Tubes should be hung by the reach assist loop. Do not stack tubes on top of each other and do not wrap or tie the towline and shoulder harness around the tubes. Doing so will void warranty.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

SAFETY AND RESCUE

ALL

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

Ring Buoys, Holder, Throw Lines & Bags

Ring Buoys (U.S. Coast Guard Approved) 12-255 12-253 12-251

Ring Buoy Cabinet 12-254

You can’t go wrong with these ring buoys. Manufactured under the strict codes and supervision of the United States Coast Guard, they are classified as U.S. Coast Guard Approved, PFD Type IV.

This attractive cabinet will totally enclose a 24" ring buoy, including a 60 ft. Iife line and lemon foot anchor. Sturdy plastic will protect your equipment from long-term weather damage, as well as deter theft. Complete with an unbreakable polycarbonate window and stainless steel hinge and fittings. Ring Buoy not included. Ring Buoy Cabinet ........................... 12-248 (For 24" Ring Buoy) Dimensions: 26" diameter x 5" deep Weight: 8 Ibs. Ring Buoy Cabinet ........................... 12-249 (For 30" Ring Buoy) Dimensions: 34" diameter x 6" deep Weight: 14 Ibs.

R E O NI C

A LIT Y

We always have these ring buoys in stock so we can get them to you when you need them. We also offer our ring buoy throw lines below that are required for all swimming pools. 20" Buoy (White).............................. 12-250 20" Buoy (Orange).............................12-251 Shipping Weight: 3 Ibs. 24" Buoy (White)............................... 12-252 24" Buoy (Orange)............................ 12-253 ShippingWeight: 3.5 Ibs. 30" Buoy (White).............................. 12-254 30" Buoy (Orange)............................ 12-255 Shipping Weight: 6 Ibs.

These ring buoys are made from solid closed cell plastic throughout, with a metal ring molded inside for durability and balance. They feature an integral rope for easy handling—even when the person in distress is fatigued. Soft and resilient to the touch, they are designed to be almost indestructible. The durable surface resists weather and temperature extremes.

12-250

12-252

A LIT Y

Throw Lines

These Recreonics throw lines for the ring buoys above are made from polyethylene floating yellow rope and includes a “lemon float” that allows you to hold the line with your foot. We offer these throw ropes in five different lengths to accommodate the specific requirement of your swimming pool. 30' Ring Buoy Line........................... 12-260 Weight: 8 oz. 60' Ring Buoy Line............................12-261 Weight: 1 Ib. 75' Ring Buoy Line.......................12-260.75 Weight: 1.5 Ibs. 100' Ring Buoy Line................... 12-260.100 Weight: 2 Ibs. 150' Ring Buoy Line................... 12-260.150 Weight: 2.5 Ibs.

NOTE: Ring Buoy line needs to be 11⁄2 times the width of the pool

Ring Buoy Holders

This quality ring buoy holder is made from T-304 stainless steel. Mount it to a wall or a lifeguard chair and provide a good place to store your ring buoys until needed. The throat on this holder is large enough to allow for the storage of the required throw line as well. 4" Ring Buoy Holder........................ 12-259 Features a 4" throat that facilitates easy access to the ring buoy and throw rope. Weight: 1 Ib.

12-223

12-224

Rescue Throw Bags

This life saving equipment is an appropriate alternative to loose, bulky rescue line. The rescue bag features a floating storage bag which allows for the rescue rope to be stored compactly until use. Available in two rescue rope lengths of 50' and 90'. 50' Throw Floating Bag................... 12-223 Includes waist belt. 90' Throw Floating Bag................... 12-224

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY AT 800.428.3254 800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

SAFETY AND RESCUE

Shepherd’s Crooks, Rescue Poles and EMS Trauma Bags KEMP Trauma Bags

Shepherd’s Crook

This heavy-duty single aluminum crook can be attached directly to our super tough fiberglass poles. Includes mounting bolts and wingnuts. Shepherd’s Crook............................. 12-230 Dimensions: 16" W x 25" L Weight: 1 Ib.

Double Loop Shepherd’s Crook

Features our heavy-duty single crook with our lightweight yet super tough, bright yellow fiberglass pole. Shepherd’s Crook With 8' Pole....... 12-226 Weight: 10 Ibs. With 16' Pole ..................................... 12-228 Weight: 17 Ibs. (2) - 95-1/2" pole with connector.

Deluxe Rescue Poles

Our deluxe rescue pole incorporates our sturdy bright yellow Super-Tough fiberglass pole in an 8'-0" or 16'-0' option. Included with the rescue pole are two black rubber end caps that will cover and protect the pole, rescuer and victim. The 16' pole will consist of (2) 8'-0" fiberglass poles connected together by our 10-347 aluminum pole connector. QU

A LIT Y

Professional Trauma Bag................ 12-447 The Professional Trauma Bag is the most popular bag featuring replaceable bottoms, dual-density structural foam and strong 600D nylon construction. Dimensions: 17.5" x 13" x 10" Premium EMS Trauma Bag............. 12-450 Same bag as the 12-447, but made out of 1680 Denier ballistic premium grade nylon. Fluid Resistant Trauma Bag............ 12-452 Same bag as the 12-447, but made out of heavy-duty red tarpaulin, fluid restistant material.

Double Loop Shepherd’s Crook with Pole

Ideal for safe poolside or beach-front rescues. Complete with our double loop crook and sturdy aluminum pole. Shepherd’s Crook with 8' Pole....... 12-235 Weight: 8 Ibs., 8 oz. Shepherd’s Crook with 16' Pole ..... 12-237 Two 95-1/2" poles with sturdy connector collar for easy shipping and storage.

R E O NI C

This double loop hook is constructed of sturdy anodized aluminum. Includes mounting bolts and wing nuts to fit into our aluminum poles. Requires our 10-374 “quick-change” adapter if used with our super tough fiberglass poles. Double Loop Shepherd’s Crook..... 12-239 Dimensions: 11" W x 27" L Weight: 2 lbs. Quick-Change Adapter.................... 10-374

Shepherd’s Crook with Pole

8'-0" Deluxe Rescue Pole................ 12-222 Consists of (1) 95-1/2" fiberglass pole and (2) black rubber end caps. Weight: 7 Ibs. 16’-0" Deluxe Rescue Pole............... 12-220 Consists of (2) 95-1/2" fiberglass poles, (1) aluminum pole connector and (2) black rubber end caps. Weight: 14 Ibs.

Ultimate EMS Backpack.................. 12-453 The Ultimate Backpack is the most popular backpack featuring front, lower and side pockets and a several removable pouches. The bottom of the bag features straps to hold a D tank cylinder. Comes with highly visible reflective trim and black nickel hardware. Dimensions: 13"x 16" x 25" Premium EMS Backpack................. 12-454 Same backpack as the 12-453, but made out of heavier duty 1680 Denier ballistic, premium grade nylon. Fluid Resistant EMS Backpack....... 12-456 Same backpack as the 12-453, but made out of red tarpaulin, fluid resistant material.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254

SAFETY AND RESCUE

ALL

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

Life Jackets and Personal Flotation Devices

Buoyant Life Vests

Adult Classic Series

This Coast Guard approved general boating classic series lifejacket is made out of nylon and PE foam. Features 3 buckles and open sides. Available in universal and oversize in both red (.R) and blue (.B). Adult Jacket (Universal).................. 12-880 Adult Jacket (Oversize).....................12-881

Infant Classic Series

This Coast Guard approved general boating classic series life jacket is made out of nylon and PE foam. Features 3 buckles, leg strap, grab handle and open sides. Weight Limit Range is less than 30 lbs. Available in both red (.R) and blue (.B) Infant Jacket...................................... 12-884

These vests offer an economical alternative in flotation devices. Constructed of Type II foam, these vests feature quick release buckles and vest ties. Good for calm inland water and quick rescues. USCG approved. Bright orange color. Child’s Small Vest (30-50 lbs.)........ 12-279 Child’s Medium Vest (50-90 lbs.)....12-281 Adult Vest (90+ lbs.)......................... 12-280 Does not include ties.

Youth Classic Series

This Coast Guard approved general boating classic series lifejacket is made out of nylon and PE foam. Features 3 buckles and open sides. Weight Limit Range is 50-90 lbs. Available in both red (.R) and blue (.B). Youth Jacket...................................... 12-882

Life Jacket Racks Super Soft® U.S.C.G Jacket

These life jackets are soft, durable, comfortable and easy to clean. Made from durable vinyl-coated, closed-cell foam. Features automatic slot-back size adjustment and Kwik-Snap® buckles.

Super Soft® U.S.C.G Approved Foam Jacket Catalog No.

Chest Size

Leg Strap

12-480 12-481 12-482 12-483 12-484 12-485

31"-34" No 34"-37" No 37"-40" No 40"-43" No 43"-46" No 46"-48" No Child Sizes 21"-23" Yes 23"-24" Yes 26"-29" Yes

Weight Limit

Adult Sizes

Child Classic Series

This Coast Guard approved general boating classic series lifejacket is made out of nylon and PE foam. Features 3 buckles, leg strap and open sides. Weight Limit Range is 30-50 lbs. Available in both red (.R) and blue (.B). Child Jacket....................................... 12-883

12-486 12-487 12-488

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

Enhance your facility with a high quality life jacket rack. This rack offers quality, comfort and stylish design. Manufactured from high-density polyethylene (HDPE), which is recycled plastic derived from post consumer or post industrial waste. (24) Capacity Rack........................... 12-540 Dimensions: 55" L x 43" W x 36" H Weight approx. 80 lbs (48) Capacity Rack........................... 12-542 Dimensions: 75" L x 36" W x 55" H Weight: 116 lbs. (64) Capacity Rack........................... 12-544 Dimensions: 75" L x 48" W x 72" H Weight approx. 165 lbs.

Under 50 Lbs. Under 50 Lbs. 50-90 Lbs.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254 13

SAFETY AND RESCUE

AED, Resusitators, CPR Kits NEW

KEMP CPR Face/Mouth Disposable Shield First Responder Kit A picture is worth a thousand words.The AED Plus® unique graphical interface pictures combined with text displays and voice prompts - helps rescuers every step of the way. Lights on the pictures draw the rescuer’s attention to actions in the proper sequence. Text and voice prompts correspond to the pictures and help the rescuer perform every important life-saving action. These pictures and prompts assure that everything is done in order, and that shocks, if required, are delivered rapidly.

Developed for first arrivals to an emergency scene. Each kit comes complete with a medical grade oxygen cylinder (empty), oxygen regulator (0-25 lpm), nasal cannula, and a disposable bag mask resuscitator; all neatly packaged in a durable carry pack. First Responder Kit........................... 12-428

Provides protection for the rescue provider and for the patient by creating a barrier protection for the face and mouth. Sheilds the caregiver from pathogens. The shields come individually wrapped and feature a one-way valve filter. Lightweight and easy to pack and store in any medical kit. CPR Face/Mouth Disposable Shield...12-031 Weight: 3 oz.

NEW

Nitrile Gloves

Ordinary AEDs require that the rescuer use two confusing electrodes. ZOLL’s Full-Rescue AED features CPR-D•padz™, a onepiece, pre-connected pair of electrodes with Real CPR Help. By using CPR hand placement as the landmark, it is easy to place the CPR-D•padz™ on the victim quickly. The CPR-D•padz™ also last five years the longest shelf life of any electrodes sold today. ZOLL’s Real CPR Help converts compression data instantaneously from the CPR-D•padz™, and provides an adaptive metronome to help the rescuer with the proper rate and depth saying “Push harder” or “Good compressions", as needed. It also shows CPR compression depth on the display. ZOLL’s AED Plus is the only AED that can see your chest compressions and guide you to the correct rate and depth during CPR. No other AED provides Real CPR Help. The AED Plus is the only AED to use inexpensive, consumer lithium batteries that are easy to replace and last five years in stand-by mode. ZOLL AED Plus.................................. 12-430 CPR Replacement Pads................... 12-432 AED Cabinet with Alarm.................. 12-434 Pediatric Electrodes......................... 12-435 ZOLL AED Plus Trainer2.................. 12-439

Ambu Resuscitators are lightweight, portable and easy-to-use. They provide immediate, on-site pulmonary ventilation that is superior to that obtained by mouthto-mouth resuscitation. Each new Ambu Resuscitator features a special inlet for feeding oxygen right at the valve. The new Ambu comes complete with a carrying case and one adjustable face mask. Ambu Resuscitator (Adult).............. 12-438 1300ml Bag, Size 5 Mask

These Nitrile Gloves are blue nitrile powder-free gloves, with excellent puncture and chemical resistance. Nitrile is made from an allergy safe compound that feels like latex, but is much stronger and more comfortable to wear. Resistant to tears, cuts, punctures, abrasives, and chemicals. These gloves are ambidextrous, which means they can be worn on the left or the right hand. Comes in boxes of 50 pairs. Nitrile Gloves (Box of 50.................... 12-032 Weight: 2 lbs.

Deluxe Emergency CPR Kit

Ambu Resuscitator (Baby)............... 12-444 300ml Bag, Pressure Tube, Size OA Mask

Ambu Disposable Resuscitator

Features all transparent components, compression bag, patient valve and mask. Adult Resuscitator............................ 12-468 1500 ml max. stroke volume. Child Resuscitator............................ 12-469 450 ml max. stroke volume.

Our Emergency C.P.R. Kit is designed to provide protection against the hazard of cross-contamination associated with the handling of C.P.R. emergencies. Kit Contents: • 2 Microshield Rescue Breathers, complete with one pair of Latex gloves per box • 2 Pairs of Latex Gloves • Alcohol Prep Pads • BioHazard Waste Bags Our compact metal kit container has a hanging bracket for easy installation. Deluxe Emergency CPR Kit ............. 12-017 Dimensions: 5" h x 4-½" w x 2-½" d Weight: 4 Ibs. 7 ozs.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

SAFETY AND RESCUE

ALL

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

First Aid and Response Kits, Blankets

Ground Only

Bloodborne Kit

General Purpose First Aid Kits

General Purpose First Aid Kits are equipped to handle most minor aches, pains, bumps, bruises and sprains. These basic kits are designed to handle normal activities in aquatic facilities. 16 Unit Kit...........................................12-012 Weight: 3 lbs., 12 oz.

NEW

Class A First Aid Kit + PPE

The contents of this first aid kid are conveniently packed inside a 16-unit, gasketed, plastic cabinet. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use. Class A First Aid Kit + PPE............... 12-052 Dimensions: 9” W x 6-1/4” H x 2-1/2” D Weight: 4lbs.

50 – Person OSHA Aquatics First Aid Center

The 326 piece aquatics OSHA first aid center has a multi-compartment organizer case that makes response to first aid emergencies easier and quicker. This first aid kit has a clear front for quick visibility, and a rubber gasket seal to keep out water, dirt and grime. QTY.

DESCRIPTION

QTY.

DESCRIPTION

Antiseptic Towelettes

Adhesive Bandages 1 x 3

Alcohol Prep Pads

Butterfly Closures

PVP Pads

Wound Closure Strips

Cotton Tipped Applicators

Knuckle Bandages

Exam Gloves

Gauze Rolls 2 inch

Antibiotic Ointment

Adhesive Tape 1 inch

Sting Relief Pads

Gauze Dressings 2 x 2

Burn Cream

Gauze Dressings 4 x 4

Hydrocortisone Cream

Trauma Pad 5 x 9

Antacid Tablets

Triangular Bandage

Non Aspirin

Eye Pads

Aspirin Tablets

Finger Splints

Instant Cold Pack

Metal Tweezer

Adhesive Bandages 3 ⁄ 8 x 1 1⁄2 Adhesive Bandages 3⁄ 4 x 3 Metal Detectable Bandages

Splinter Remover

First Aid Instruction Guide

Scissor

50 5

Can be wall-mounted or carried by its handle. Exceeds OSHA & ANSI guidelines. See chart below listing what is included in this first aid kit. Aquatics First Aid Center................ 12-050 Dimensions: 13" L x 10.5" W x 4" H

75-Person First Aid Station

This 75-person first aid station has a 6-shelf, metal cabinet and is suitable for indoor use. Contents exceed the mininmu requirements of the latest ANSI Standard Z308.1-2021 Class B. 75-Person First Aid Station ............ 12-054 Cabinent Dimensions: 10-1/4” W x 14-3/4” H x 4-5/8” D Weight: 15 lbs.

Mandated by many state agencies and ideal for pool areas or where bloodborne pathogens need to be dealt with. Compliant with OSHA standard (1910.1030). Includes plastic zip bag, fluid-solidifying powder, bio-scoop with detachable scraper, biohazard bag with tie, biohazard specimen bag, medical grade gloves, BZK antiseptic towelettes, trash bag with tie, and paper towels. Bloodborne Kit.................................. 12-038 Weight: 1 lb.

Wool Blanket..................................... 12-448 Made from wool/man-made fiber blend. Dimensions: 66" x 84" Weight: 4 lbs.

Emergency Survival Blanket........... 12-449 Made from thermal material and evolved from insulation used in space exploration. Reflects back 90% of body heat. Dimensions: 52" x 84" Weight: 6 oz.

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY AT 800.428.3254 800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

SAFETY AND RESCUE

Emergency Eyewash Stations and Phones Shower/ Eyewash Combo

Emergency Eyewash Station (Single) The eyewash station is made of high impact plastic and has full emergency instructions on its front panel. Comes complete with (1) 32 oz. bottle of Eyesaline® Emergency Eye Wash, which is a buffered, isotonic saline solution that is sterile and superior to tap water. The 32 oz. bottle has a tamper-resistant, twist-off tab that employees can easily remove in emergencies and the extended flow nozzle provides a longer flow. Replacement refill bottles item #12-034, sold separately. Equip facilities and worksites with this portable, ready to use emergency eye wash station. Emergency Eyewash Station.......... 12-033 Weight: 3 lbs. Replacement 32 oz. Bottle.............. 12-034

This combination shower and eyewash, features a 10-5/8" ABS plastic showerhead and a stainless steel eyewash receptor with twin Soft-Flo. A pull rod activates shower. Push flag or foot treadle (sold separately - item 12-049. FP) activates eyewash. Pipe and fitting: 1-1/4" Schedule 40 hot-dipped galvanized steel with green corrosion resistant epoxy coating. Supply and Waste: 1-1/4" IPS. This unit is certified by CSA to meet ANSI Z358.1 Standard for Emergency Eyewash and Shower Equipment. Haws Combo Shower...................... 12-049 Dimensions: 68-1/2"T x 30-1/2" (Widest Point) Shipping Weight: 51 lbs.

Push-Button Emergency Phone

Outdoor-rated, ADA-compliant handsfree call stations go beyond emergency communications with a clean and simple interface. Made with 316 marine grade stainless steel, they are IP66 water rated for harsh environments. Features: • Vandal resistant 316 marine grade stainless steel faceplate. • IP66 water resistant construction. • Raised letter and braille signage for ADA compliance. • Stainless steel metal button designed for long lasting usage and weather erosion. • Two LED indicators for hearing impaired (calling, answered). • Uses regular phone lines for communications and function. • No power supply or battery back-up needed. • Built-in auto-dialer can dial two numbers; if first number doesn’t answer or is busy, it dials the next number. • Auto-answer allows security to monitor and initiate calls with the unit. • Ability to automatically identify attendant of location of calling phone by recorded message and digital display. • Auxiliary input and outputs to integrate with CCTV, Blue Light, Scream AlertTM and other devices. Push-Button Emergency Phone..... 12-424 Front Panel Dimensions: 8.5" L x 11.5" W Back Box Dimensions: 6.38" L x 9.79" W Weight: 5 lbs.

Portable Eyewash Emergency Eyewash Station (Double) Same as the 12-033, but this station includes (2) 32 oz. bottles of saline emergency eye wash. Emergency Eyewash Station (Double)............................................. 12-035 Weight: 6 lbs. Replacement 32 oz. Bottle.............. 12-034

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254 16

This portable gravity operated eyewash features a 16-gallon capacity, FD highdensity green polyethylene tank that provides full pattern flushing at .4 gpm for over 15 minutes. Pulling the yellow activation arm down to the open position activates unit. Model supplied with wall bracket. Bacteriostatic additive sold separately. This unit is certified by CSA to meet ANSI Z358.1 Standard for Emergency Eyewash and Shower Equipment. Portable Eyewash............................. 12-045 Dimensions: 22-1/2" H x 21-1/2" W x 19-1/2" D Shipping Weight: 19 lbs. Additive (4-5 oz. Pack)..................... 12-043 One 5 oz. bottle of this bacteriostatic solution will preserve 5 to 20 gallons of potable water for up to 3 months.

Stainless Steel Housing Option

This painted stainless steel housing ONLY is made to accept the 12-424 emergency phone. Made from 16 gauge painted 304 stainless steel. Features the word EMERGENCY in black lettering down the side as shown. Stainless Steel Housing Option...... 12-426 Dimensions: 11.87” L x 8.87” W x 3.37” D Weight: 4.35 lbs.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

SAFETY AND RESCUE

ALL

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

Signs

“Prevent Drowning” Sign ...............77-995 For all facilities. Dimensions: 18" x 24"

Warning: No Lifeguard on Duty...................................12-201 Dimensions: 18" x 24"

“No Diving” Sign

For beaches and waterfronts..........77-993 For shallow pools..............................77-989 Dimensions: 18"x 24"

“CPR” Sign........................................ 12-209 For all facilities. Dimensions: 10" x 14"

Public Pool Rules (Blue Text)................................ 12-203 Dimensions: 18" x 24" Spa Rules ..............................12-170 Dimensions: 18" x 24" Keep Gate Closed (Spanish)........... 12-243 Emergency Numbers (Spanish)...... 12-245

“Danger” Decals...............................77-996 Set of four. Each decal is 7"x 9".

Animated Adult Pool Rules............. 12-207 Dimensions: 18" x 24"

Reglamentos (Pool rules)................. 12-240 Dimensions: 18" x 24"

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

SAFETY AND RESCUE

ALL

Signs

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

Swimming Pool Facility Signs Our weatherproof plastic pool signs are designed specifically for the needs of a commercial aquatic facility. Emergency Numbers.........................12-150 Pool Capacity.....................................12-152 Spa Capacity .....................................12-154 Shower Before Entering ..................12-164 Keep Gate Closed .............................12-166 Swim at Own Risk .............................12-168 Pool Closed ....................................... 12-172 Kentucky Pool Rules (not shown)... 12-200 Commercial Pool Rules.................... 12-202 Motel Pool Rules .............................. 12-204 No Diving .......................................... 12-206

12-164 (18" x 12")

12-205 (12" x 18") 12-202 (18" x 24")

12-166 (18" x 12")

No Diving (International Symbol) ...................... 12-174 Handicapped Parking Sign...............12-155 911 Emergency.................................. 12-205

Caution Spa Users (Texas Code).......................................12-210 Warning: No Lifeguard on Duty (for pool) (Texas Code)....................................... 12-213 Warning: No Lifeguard on Duty (for spa) (Texas Code).......................................12-214

Emergency

12-210 (12" x 18") (Texas Code) 12-168 (18" x 12") 12-204 (18" x 24")

Shut-Off Switch...................................12-211 Warning Sign for Divers....................12-212

12-150 (18" x 12") 12-172 (12" x 18")

12-213 (18" x 32") (Texas Code)

12-206 (18" x 12")

12-174 (12" x 18") 12-214 (18" x 32") (Texas Code)

12-152 (18" x 12")

12-212 (12" x 20")

12-154 (18" x 12")

12-155 (10" x 14")

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

EMERGENCY SHUT-OFF SWITCH 12-211 (12" x 9")

SAFETY AND RESCUE

ALL

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

Signs

12-114 (20" x 14")

12-113 (20” x 14”) 12-112 (14" x 20")

12-116 (20" x 14")

12-115 (14" x 20") 12-121 (10" x 3")

12-120 (10" x 10") 12-117 (20" x 14") 12-122 (10" x 3")

12-156 (16" x 5") 12-118 (14" x 20")

12-158 (12" x 9")

12-119 (14" x 20")

12-160 (19" x 15") 12-157 (14" x 10")

12-123 (3-3⁄8" x 5-3⁄4")

Facility Signs

12-124 (3-3⁄8" x 5-3⁄4")

Constructed of thick and durable polyethylene plastic, these signs have a 3⁄16" eyelet in each corner for easy mounting. No Smoking ........................................12-112 Danger Caustic ..................................12-113 Danger Acid ........................................12-114 Emergency Eye Wash ........................12-115 Danger Chemical Storage ................12-116 Caution Pool Chemical Storage ......12-117 Safety First Walk Don’t Run .............12-118 No Food or Beverages In This Area.........................................12-119 Phone .................................................12-120 Men ......................................................12-121 Women ...............................................12-122 Men (International Symbol)........... 12-121.S Women (International Symbol).....12-122.S Adults Only ........................................12-156 Exit ...................................................... 12-157 No Smoking........................................12-158 Authorized Personnel.......................12-160 Empty Cylinder-Do Not Use Tag...... 12-123 Full Cylinder-Ready For Use Tag.....12-124

13-306 13-300

13-303

Polyethylene Floor Sign

Heavy-Duty Plastic Signs

These signs are made by engraving through the outer layer of ¼" HDPE sheet plastic and exposing the contrasting color core, making them bright & highly visible. This durable material maintains its appearance for years. The signs are offered as a red sign with white lettering. Mounting holes and hardware are not provided. Other standard and custom signs are available. Call our sales consultants to find out what other signs are available. Pool Closed (12" W x 10" H)............. 13-300 Pool Closed (18" W x 12" H)..............13-301 Pool Closed (24" W x 18" H)............ 13-302 No Diving (12" W x 18" H)................ 13-303 No Diving (18" W x 24" H)................ 13-304 Warning No Lifeguard on Duty ...... 13-305 (18" W x 12" H) Warning No Lifeguard on Duty ...... 13-306 (24" W x 18" H)

These floor signs are made from durable polyethylene construction. Black letter on a yellow sign. (Both sides.) 12"W x 19-3⁄4"H No Running.........................................12-130 No Diving.............................................12-131 Caution Wet Floor.............................. 12-132 Pool Closed........................................ 12-133 Slow Lane........................................... 12-134 Medium Lane.......................................12-191 Fast Lane............................................12-192 Lane Closed........................................12-193 Lap Swim Only...................................12-194 Circle Swim Only...............................12-195 Warm Up Lane....................................12-196 No Lifeguard on Duty........................ 12-197

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

SAFETY AND RESCUE

Signs Clarion® Pool Safety Sign System 3 Developed by leading experts in safety standards, signage and aquatics 3 Designed with clear graphical symbols to draw attention to core safety messages

3 The ONLY sign system on the market tested by viewers

and proven to be quickly recognized and easily understood 3 Complies with the latest standards to fulfill your legal "duty to warn"

How to Build your System... Indoor or Outdoor?

Choose Warnings and Size

Select indoor or outdoor signs. • Indoor for non-glare textured material • Outdoor for weather-durable material

Fully Inform

Match the same 3 or 4 core warning message symbols to display at the pool entrance to comply with best practice standards.

Select 3 or 4 core warning message symbols and the size of the diamond signs based on pool size.

Pool Entrance Signs

NO LIFEGUARD ON DUTY

lar

©C ion -

r Ind

r Us

, LL ms ste

fet Sa s ht

l rig

Al r No de or Re

ty. afe ns

rio

cla

ed rv

-01

a-e

lar

ion

lar s ht

ly On e r Us oo r Ind

s ht

l rig

r Ind

r Us

, LL ms ste

fet Sa

a-e -01 05 21 SS .W r No de or

co m

r No

ty. afe ns

rio

ty. afe ns

rio

cla

ed rv

-01

a-e

re or

Reorder No. WSS2151-03a-e

No Lifeguard On Duty Signs

©C

©C Re

clarionsafety.com

Pool Entrance Signs -

r Ind

, LL ms

r Us

ste

fet

r No de or Re

co ty. afe ns

rio

cla

-01

a-e

rv se re

s ht

l rig Al

All signs available in English/Spanish as shown above

4 Symbol

ion

lar ©C

Safety Diamond Signs

Indoor 19" x 10" Outdoor 19" x 10" Eng/Spanish Indoor 19.5" x 16.5" Eng/Spanish Outdoor 19.5" x 16.5"

13-472 13-474 13-476 13-478

Safety Diamond Signs

Watch Your Children

No Diving

Wear Life Jackets

No Long Breath Holding

Indoor 23" x 23"

13-418

13-402

13-450

13-434

Outdoor 23" x 23"

13-422

13-406

13-454

13-438

Indoor 15.5" x 15.5"

13-416

13-400

13-448

13-432

Outdoor 15.5" x 15.5"

13-420

13-404

13-452

13-436

Eng/Spanish Indoor 23" x 23"

13-426

13-410

13-458

13-442

Eng/Spanish Outdoor 23" x 23"

13-430

13-414

13-462

13-446

Eng/Spanish Indoor 15.5" x 15.5"

13-424

13-408

13-456

13-440

Eng/Spanish Outdoor 15.5" x 15.5"

13-428

13-412

13-460

13-444

3 Symbol

Watch Children, No Diving, Wear Life Jackets

Indoor 16" x 10" Outdoor 16" x 10" Eng/Spanish Indoor 16.5" x 16" Eng/Spanish Outdoor 16.5" x 16"

13-480 13-482 13-484 13-486

Watch Children, No Diving, No Long Breath Holding

Indoor 16" x 10" Outdoor 16" x 10" Eng/Spanish Indoor 16.5" x 16" Eng/Spanish Outdoor 16.5" x 16"

13-488 13-490 13-492 13-494

No Lifeguard On Duty Signs Indoor 13" x 9.5" Outdoor 13" x 9.5" Eng/Spanish Indoor 18" x 13" Eng/Spanish Outdoor 18" x 13"

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

13-464 13-466 13-468 13-470

SAFETY AND RESCUE

Depth Markers and Messaging Tiles

12-625.03FT

12-626.06IN

12-669.04.FT

12-624.4

12-665.06.IN

12-624.FT

12-631.08FT

(4" Tall Numbers) Double digit marker requires 2 tiles

Metric System 0 to 4.3M Requires 2 tiles

ALL

Vinyl Stickons

Number plus “FT” (inches) 12-625.#FT 0 to 14 and 1⁄2

12-622.#FT/12-666.#FT

12-669.#FT

12-665.#FT

12-631.#FT

Number plus “IN” (inches) 0 to 12 IN

12-626.#IN

12-623.#IN/12-668.#IN

12-669.#IN

12-665.#IN

12-631.#IN

“IN” only

12-624.# 12-624.FT 12-624.IN

12-623.#/12-621.# 12-622.FT/12-621.FT 12-622.IN/12-621.IN

12-669.# 12-669.FT 12-669.IN

12-665.# 12-665.FT 12-665.IN

12-631# 12-631.FT 12-631.IN

Number plus “M”

12-627.#M

12-622.#M

12-669.#M

12-665.#M

12-631.#M

“METERS” (3) tiles

12-628.METERS 12-628.FEET 12-628.DEEP — 12-628.NO DIVE 12-628.ND — 12-628.NDS — 12-628.DW 12-628.SW — 12-628.FD

12-622.METERS 12-622.FEET 12-622.DEEP 12-622.NO RUN/12-666.NO RUN 12-622.NO DIVE/12-666.NO DIVE 12-622.ND 12-622.NR 12-622.NDS/12-666.NDS 12-622.NRS/12-666.NRS 12-622.DW 12-622.SW/12-666.SW 12-622.SWW 12-622.FTDP

— 12-669.FEET 12-669.DEEP — 12-669.NO DIVE 12-669.ND — 12-669.NDS — — — — 12-669.FD 12-669.KT

12-665.METERS 12-665.FEET 12-665.DEEP 12-665.NO RUN 12-665.NO DIVE 12-665.ND 12-665.NR 12-665.NDS 12-665.NRS 12-665.DW 12-665.SW 12-665.SWW 12-665.FTDP 12-665.KT

Number only 0-14 and 1⁄2 “FT” only

“FEET” (2) tiles

(4" Tall Letters)

“NO RUNNING” (5) tiles

“DEEP” (2) tiles “NO DIVING” (4) tiles “NO DIVING” (letters)

(2" Tall Letters)

12-665.KT

This extensive line of depth and safety markers is designed to meet code requirements for all applications. Ceramic Smooth and Skid Resistant: For new construction at waterline and on the deck. Vinyl Stickons: For deck renovations above waterline. Glass Overlays: For waterline renovations. Plastic Stickons: For stainless steel gutters, fiberglass surfaces and PVC membranes. Glass Overlays

Multiple Tile Messages

Single Tile Messages

12-669.KT

12-622.FTDP

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

Ceramic Tiles Non-Skid

6" x 6" Info-Tiles Depth Marking and Messaging with 4" Lettering English System (Feet & Inches)

12-622.NDS

MS IN STO ITE

“NO RUNNING” (letters) “NO DIVING” (symbol) “NO RUNNING” (symbol) “DEEP WATER” “SHALLOW WATER” “SLIPPERY WHEN WET” “FEET DEEP”

Smooth

For Deck Placement 6" / 8"

For Water Line

Installation Kit (REQUIRED)

(Waterline Renovations

(10-15 Overlays)

(Deck Renovations)

Plastic Stickons

(Vinyl Liners & Stainless Steel

12-631.FEET 12-631.DEEP

12-631.ND 12-631.NDS

12-631.FTDP

(40-50 Overlays)

Single Tile Messages

These single ceramic tile messages are available in both a smooth and skid-resistant finish. Each tile measures 6" high by 12" wide and features black 4" characters on a white background.

CALL TOLL-FREE TODAY & ALLOW A RECREONICS SALES CONSULTANT TO ASSIST YOU.

Message on Tile NO DIVING NO RUNNING NO JUMPING NO CLIMBING NO LIFEGUARD SHALLOW CAUTION WARNING SLIPPERY

Smooth 12-360.ND 12-360.NR 12-360.NJ 12-360.NC 12-360.NL 12-360.S 12-360.C 12-360.W 12-360.SL

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

Skid-Resistant 12-623.ND 12-623.NR 12-623.NJ 12-623.NC 12-623.NL 12-623.S 12-623.C 12-623.W 12-623.SL

Depth Marking and Messaging Tiles

SAFETY AND RESCUE

Barrier Floats, Buoys and Safety Recreational Line Kits Lok-On Rope Floats

12-378.#

12-380.# 14-387.B

Barrier Float/Marker Buoy

For use in assembling barrier/swim area systems. High density foam with molded eyebolt connection and continuous passage. “SWIM AREA”. Dimensions: 12" x 36" Weight: 13 Ibs.

"Swim Area" Buoy............... 12-324

14-389.Y

14-388.R

Choose from three versatile sizes and color combinations: Blue and White with Red center band (.B), Yellow and White with Red center band (.Y), Red and White with Blue center band (.R). Rope locks sold separately to fit desired rope size. Floats and locks sold in case quantities only. 3" x 5" Float (case of 24)................. 14-387 (Use 1⁄2" rope - requires (1) Rope-Lok per float) 5" x 9" Float (case of 24)................. 14-388 (Use 3⁄4" rope - requires (1) Rope-Lok per float) 8" x 14" Float (case of 12)................ 14-389 (Use 3⁄4" rope - requires (2) Rope-Loks per float). Rope-Loks (case of 24).....................14-391 3⁄8" up to 3⁄4" rope diameter.

These floating safety lines are constructed from high-test floating ultraviolet-resistant polypropylene rope with twist lock floats. They’re ideal for any type of beach front, swimming pool safety lines or marker ropes. Available in blue and white in 30', 40', 50', 75', 83', 100', 170', 200', & 300' kits. 3/8 " Safety Line Kit............................ 12-378 3/8" polypropylene rope, 3" x 5" HandiLock Floats to be spaced on 2' centers. 3/4 " Safety Line Kit............................ 12-380 3/4" polypropylene rope, 5" x 9" HandiLock Floats to be spaced on 5' centers.

NOTE: Safety Line Kits are not preassembled. Rope hooks are sold separately.

14-356

14-356.Y

14-358

Regulatory Buoys

12" x 59" buoy molded from heavy duty, rock-hard shell with 1/8" wall thickness; resists the hardest blows, acids, and weather extremes. Must Ship Motor Freight Dimensions: 12" x 59" Weight: 38 Ibs. MESSAGE

BUOYS

REPLACEMENT LABELS

KEEP OUT NO FISHING SWIM AREA NO BOATS NO SWIMMING DANGER SLOW-NO WAKE

12-320.KO 12-320.NF 12-320.SA 12-320.NB 12-320.NS 12-320.D 12-320.SNW

12-321.KO 12-321.NF 12-321.SA 12-321.NB 12-321.NS 12-321.D 12-321.SNW

14-358.Y

Recreational Racing Lane Line Kits

3⁄8" Line Kit ........................................ 14-356 3⁄8" B/W polypropylene rope with 3"x 5"

polyethylene lineal blue and white floats on 2' centers, float keepers and standard rope hooks on each end. Unassembled. 3⁄8" Line Kit yellow rope/red floats....14-356.Y Same assembly using yellow rope and

polyethylene lineal red and white floats.

3⁄4" Line Kit ........................................ 14-358 3⁄4" heavy-duty polypropylene rope with

5"x9" polyethylene lineal blue and white floats on 5' centers, float keepers and standard rope hooks. Unassembled. 3⁄4" Line Kit yellow rope/red and white floats................................................ 14-358.Y (All Kits available in 30', 40', 50', 75', 83', 100', 170', 200', & 300'.)

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

LIFEGUARD

Lifeguard Suits Speedo Super Pro “Guard” Suit Size

Red

Speedo Tankini “Guard” Suit Top

Navy Blue

Size

Speedo Thin Strap “Guard” Top

Red

Size

Red

Navy Blue

28 98-500 98-501

XS 98-560

30 98-502 98-503

NLA

6⁄32

98-504 98-505

98-564

98-612 98-613

8⁄34

98-506 NLA

98-566

NLA

XL 98-568

98-616 98-617

XS 98-608 NLA 98-611

98-615

Front (Red) Front (Red)

Front

Back (Red)

Front (Navy Blue)

Back

Back (Navy Blue)

Speedo Sport Bra “Guard” Top Size

Speedo Flyback “Guard” Suit

Red

Navy Blue

Back (Navy Blue)

XS 98-584 98-585 Size

Red

Navy Blue

28 98-530 98-531 30

NLA 98-533

6⁄32

98-534 98-535

8⁄34

98-536 98-537

10⁄36

98-538 98-539

12⁄38

98-540 98-541

14⁄40

98-542 98-543

NLA 98-587

XL 98-592 98-593

Speedo “Guard” Hipster

Front (Red) Back (Red)

Size

Red

Navy Blue

NLA

98-634 98-635

98-636 98-637

98-638 98-639

Front (Red)

Back (Navy Blue) Front (Navy Blue) Front (Red)

Back (Navy Blue)

The Speedo™ Guard Collection, featuring female styles in our lightweight Endurance Lite™ fabric and quick drying Speedry™ fabric for men. Designed for the active Lifeguard. Inspired by those who save lives.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

LIFEGUARD

Lifeguard Suits Speedo Female “Guard” Short with Waistband

Speedo 21" “Guard” Boardshort Size

Size

Red

XS 98-666 S

98-668

98-670

98-672

XL 98-674

Front

Speedo “Guard” Tee Shirt (White)

Red

Size

White

28 98-710

98-750

30 98-712

98-752

32 98-714

98-754

34 98-716

XL 98-756

36 98-718

XXL 98-758

38 98-720 40 98-722

Speedo 19" Volley “Guard” Short Size

Red

Navy Blue

98-702 98-703

98-704 98-705

98-706 98-707

Front

Speedo Female "Guard" Tee Shirt (White)

XL 98-708 98-709 Size

Back

Front

White

XS 98-770

Red

98-772

98-774

98-776

XL 98-778

Speedo 14" “Guard” Boardshort Size

Navy Blue

98-690 98-695

98-691 98-696

98-692 98-697

XL 98-693 98-698

Back (Navy Blue)

WOMEN'S SIZE CHART

Front

CALL TOLL-FREE TODAY & ALLOW A RECREONICS SALES CONSULTANT TO ASSIST YOU. 24

Lifeguard

Bust

36 37.5 39 40.5

Waist

28 29.5

32.5

Hip

34.5 35.5 36.5 37.5 38.5 40

41.5

Torso

56 57.5 59 60.5 62 63.5 65 66.5

MEN'S SIZE CHART

Front

Lifeguard

Chest Waist Hip

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

LIFEGUARD

Lifeguard Accessories FDA APPROVED

Lifeguard Hip Pack with Top Straps

This hip pack features a lifeguard and cross logo to make lifeguards identifiable from a distance. Top straps and three spacious pockets allow for versatility to carry all of your lifeguard accessories. The quick release buckle allows for fast removal. Water bottle is NOT included. Lifeguard Hip Pack............................12-219

DrainEasy® Lifeguard Fanny Pack

Features integrated drainage throughout the hip pack, allowing additional air flow; and if submerged, allowing reduced weight and drying time. This Lifeguard hip pack includes Lifeguard logo imprinted in white, plus top straps to hold a water bottle or other lifeguard accessories. Water bottle NOT included. DrainEasy® Fanny Pack..................... 12-217

BigEasy® Mask

Key features of the BigEasy® include an elevated perimeter for additional grip, increased density bladder for durability, and one-way valve with built-in O2 port for administering supplemental oxygen. The cushioned circular shape of the BigEasy® mask allows for a superior faceto-mask seal on adults, plus secure inwater rescue breathing for lifeguards. BigEasy® Mask (ONLY)..................... 12-437

SPF30 Gallon Sunscreen

Pocket Mask

Lifeguard Responder Kit

This responder kit includes (1) 12-219 Lifeguard Hip Pack with top straps, (1) 12-441 CPR Mask with gloves and alcohol wipe, (1) 12-449 Survival Blanket, (1) 12-361.R Red Whistle w/Break-Away Lanyard. Water bottle is NOT included. Lifeguard Responder Kit...................12-218

The LSP face mask with one way valve, filter, O2 inlet head strap and carrying case are designed to provide any rescuer a safe and effective method of providing artificial ventilation, at the same time maintaining maximum protection for both the rescuer and the patient. Pocket Mask...................................... 12-436

Recycled Plastic Table Top Holders

Supervisor Hip Pack

Our Supervisor hip pack has multiple pockets to accommodate the needs of a supervisor. This hip pack features high density polyester fabric and multiple zippered pockets. Color is black. Supervisor Hip Pack..........................12-221

This sunscreen formula is water-resistant and 100% rub proof. On average less than 3% of formula comes off skin during 80 minutes of being in the water. Significantly reduces pool scum and effect on filtration systems and maintenance. 7.5ml pump included. SPF30 GALLON SUNSCREEN .............................12-382

KEMP AMBU CPR Mask

The Kemp AMBU CPR Mask is packaged in a compact, hard shell, pocket-sized carrying case and features a one-way valve with filter, pair of gloves and alcohol pad. KEMP AMBU CPR Mask...................12-441

Will not absorb moisture and is easy to clean. Extremely durable, attractive and maintenance free. Stainless steel fasteners included. Can zip tie bottle to secure. Table Top Holder............................... 12-384 Label Colors: Blue (.B) or Red (.R) Wall Bracket...................................... 12-386 Label Colors: Blue (.B) or Red (.R)

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

LIFEGUARD

ALL

Whistles, Lanyards and Wrist Coils

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

Windstorm Whistle

The Fox 40® Classic™

These whistles are the standard choice for referees and coaches at all levels. Used by rescue professionals and for general safety worldwide. No moving parts to freeze, jam or deteriorate. Easy to blow and cannot be overblown. Will be heard above ambient noise and loud crowds. Chambers are designed to self-purge when submerged under water. Available in Black (.BK), Blue (.B), Orange (.O), Red (.R) and Yellow (.Y). Available with and without Break-Away Lanyard. Classic™ Whistle (ONLY)................... 12-359 Classic™ Whistle (with Lanyard).......12-361

The Fox 40® Classic™ CMG®

These whistles are cushioned to enhance the original Classic whistle. The Cushioned Mouth Grip (CMG)’s thermoplastic material provides superior grip and protection for teeth. Ideal for those who need to hold whistle in mouth for extended periods of time. Chambers are designed to self-purge when submerged under water. Available in Black (.BK), Blue (.B), Orange (.O), Red (.R) and Yellow (.Y). Available with and without Break-Away Lanyard. Classic™ Whistle CMG® (ONLY)........ 12-365 Whistle CMG® (with Lanyard)........... 12-371

QUANTITY DISCOUNTS ARE AVAILABLE. CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY AT (800) 428-3254 26

The Windstorm produces a low frequency sound and is a natural solution when safety is a consideration. With splashing water and deafening crowds, the sound of a whistle can be vital in preventing injury. Tests show that whistles producing a low frequency sound are more easily heard when compared to whistles generating high frequency tones. Lanyard included. Windstorm Whistle........................... 12-370

Storm Whistle

Our professional lifeguard whistle has such an extremely loud and piercing sound, it can even be heard under water. The storm whistle is currently being used in many areas of the U.S. Military, the U.S. Coast Guard, police departments and emergency and diving operations. Can be blown underwater. Storm Whistle.................................... 12-357

Fox 40® Break-Away Lanyards

These lanyards are 36" in length. 3⁄16" woven-rope-style that will release with tension. Includes J-hook and button-style spring-loaded adjustable cord lock. Available in Black (.BK), Blue (.B), Orange (.O), Red (.R) and Yellow (.Y). Fox 40® Break-Away Lanyard.......... 12-372

Whistle Lanyard................................ 12-356 Made from sturdy nylon braid. Whistle lanyards feature a metal clasp for attaching any whistle. Available in assorted colors or Blue (.B), Black (.BK), Red (.R). Length: 19" Weight: 2 oz.

Black Plastic Whistle........................ 12-353 A favorite for water activities, this pea-less whistle is made of tough black plastic. Breakaway feature

Acme 635 Whistle............................ 12-355 This budget minded whistle is perfect for pool side use. The extremely loud and penetrating "pea-less" whistle has a unique futuristic shape.

“ACME” Thunderer Whistle............. 12-352 With an "ACME" Thunderer whistle, you can command attention even in noisy crowds. Made from nickel-plated brass for long life.........................................Weight: 2 oz. Rubber Whistle Tip Guard............... 12-354 These rubber guards slip over the end of our “Acme Thunder” whistle for a soft, comfortable gripping surface. Easily replaceable................................... Weight: 1 oz.

Breakaway Neck Lanyard................ 12-362 Functional, safe and stylish. These lanyards are constructed of sturdy multicolored fashioned nylon braid. 15" long with black slider and black lanyard clip. Available in Red/White/Blue (.RWB), Black (.BLK), Black/Blue/Red (.BBR).

Fox 40® Flex Coils

These coils are made of high quality durable plastic with spring back memory. A convenient, flexible and comfortable accessory for wrist or arm. Every Flex Coil comes with a 1" brass ring. Available in Black (.BK), Blue (.B), Orange (.O), Red (.R) and Yellow (.Y). Fox 40® Flex Coil............................... 12-373

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

ROPE, FLOATS AND HARDWARE

ALL

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

Ropes and Floats

Swimming Pool Rope 11-427 14-426-BW 14-431 14-430.BW 14-435 14-434.BW 14-439 14-438.RW 14-438.BW

Our rope is specially formulated for use in and around swimming pools. It’s made from color-safe, strong, floating polypropylene and allows minimal stretch, resists color fade, and deterioration. Available in bright optic yellow, blue/ white, or red/white twist, by the foot or by the spool. Per Foot 1⁄4" yellow rope.................................. 14-427 1⁄4" blue/white rope.................... 14-426.BW 3⁄8" yellow rope................................... 14-431 3⁄8" blue/white rope................... 14-430.BW 1⁄2" yellow rope.................................. 14-435 1⁄2" blue/white rope ................... 14-434.BW 3⁄4" yellow rope.................................. 14-439 3⁄4" blue/white rope................... 14-438.BW 3⁄4" red/white rope..................... 14-438.RW

14-381

Handi-Lock Floats

14-440.BW

These self-locking floats are available in several sizes and colors. 5" x 9" Handi-Lock Floats For 1⁄2" Rope, Blue-White-Blue...............................14-381.5 For 1⁄2" Rope, Red-White-Red................................14-380.5 For 3⁄4" Rope, Blue-White-Blue.................................. 14-381 For 3⁄4" Rope, Red-White-Red................................... 14-380

By the Spool

(1200' of 1⁄4" rope; 600' of 3⁄8", 1⁄2" and 3⁄4") 1⁄4" yellow rope.................................. 14-429 1⁄4" blue/white rope.................... 14-428.BW Shipping Weight: 16 lbs. 3⁄8" yellow rope.................................. 14-433 3⁄8" blue/white rope................... 14-432.BW Shipping Weight: 17 lbs. 1⁄2" yellow rope.................................. 14-437 1⁄2" blue/white rope ................... 14-436.BW Shipping Weight: 33 lbs. 3⁄4" yellow rope................................... 14-441 3⁄4" blue/white rope................... 14-440.BW 3⁄4" red/white rope..................... 14-440.RW Shipping Weight: 68 lbs.

14-370

3" x 5" Handi-Lock Floats

For 3⁄8" Rope, Blue-White-Blue.......... 14-371 For 3⁄8" Rope, Red-White-Red........... 14-370 For 1⁄2" Rope, Blue-White-Blue......... 14-378 For 1⁄2" Rope, Red-White-Red........ 14-378.5

NOTE: All Sales for Cut Rope are FINAL and NON-RETURNABLE. 14-404.BW

Polyethylene Lineal Floats 14-382

14-383

Competitor® EZ-LOCK™ Float

The new EZ-LOCK float is a 5”x 9” self-locking float with a twist lock design. The design eliminates floats from moving on a rope while using no hardware. The EZ-LOCK floats are an innovative product that allow the floats to quickly adhere to a rope. Competitor EZ-LOCK floats are the only floats available that fits 3⁄8", 1⁄2" and 3⁄4" ropes. EZ-LOCK floats are made of linear polyethylene and treated with LifeSpan+ for durability and longevity.

Ideal for safety and racing lines. 3" x 5" floats are available in blue/white (.BW), red/white (.RW), white (.W) and yellow/ white (.YW). 5" x 9" floats are available in blue/white (.BW), red/white (.RW), red (.R), white (.W) and yellow/white (.YW). Float keepers are sold separately. 3" x 5" (each) .................................... 14-400 5" x 9" (each) .................................... 14-404

14-384

Available in blue/white, red/white, and red/ white/blue. Sold individually or in cases of (24). EZ-LOCK™ (BLUE/WHITE)................. 14-382 BLUE/WHITE (Case of 24).................14-382.C EZ-LOCK™ (RED/WHITE)................... 14-383 RED/WHITE (Case of 24)...................14-383.C EZ-LOCK™ (RED/WHITE/BLUE)........ 14-384 RED/WHITE/BLUE (Case of 24)........14-384.C

Insert Float Keepers

For 3" x 5" Floats (each) ..................14-410 (Fits 3⁄8" rope, two required)

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

ROPE, FLOATS AND HARDWARE

ALL

Cup Anchors and Replacement Eyebolts Cup Anchors

These cup anchors are designed to be installed into concrete or gunite walls. They are used primarily for racing lanes and safety ropes. We offer a variety of styles and materials to best fit your specfic application. Please note that the depth dimension provided is from the front face of the anchor to the very back of the anchor.

14-501

CPB Cup Anchor with Eye Bolt........14-501 Made from chrome plated bronze. Includes threaded eyebolt and grounding screw. Not intended for salt water pools. 2-11⁄16" I.D. x 2-7⁄8" O.D. x 3-1⁄2" Total Depth

14-509

14-530

CPB Cup Anchor with Cross Bar.... 14-509 Made from chrome plated bronze. Includes integral cross bar and grounding screw. Not intended for salt water pools. 2-13⁄16" I.D. x 3-15⁄16" O.D. x 3-15⁄16" Total Depth CPB Cup Anchor with Eye Bolt....... 14-530 Made from chrome plated bronze. Includes threaded eyebolt and grounding screw. Not intended for salt water pools. 2-13⁄16" I.D. x 3-15⁄16" O.D. x 3-15⁄16" Total Depth

Replacement Eyebolts

Recreonics offers the widest array of replacement eyebolts in the industry. Please utilize the chart below to match your specific eyebolt need. If you are not sure, send us a sample of your eyebolt and we will try to match it for you. 14-505

14-508

S/S Cup Anchor with Cross Bar...... 14-505 Made from T-316 stainless steel. Includes integral cross bar and grounding screw. 4" Square (Face) x 5" Total Depth S/S Cup Anchor with Eye Bolt........ 14-508 Made from T-316 stainless steel. Includes threaded T-304 stainless steel eyebolt and grounding screw. 4" Square (Face) x 5" Total Depth

14-503

CPB Cup Anchor with Cross Bar.... 14-502 Made from chrome plated bronze.Includes integral cross bar and grounding screw. Not intended for salt water pools. 4" Square (Face) x 5" Total Depth CPB Cup Anchor with Eye Bolt....... 14-503 Made from chrome plated bronze. Includes threaded eyebolt and grounding screw. Not intended for salt water pools. 4" Square (Face) x 5" Total Depth

14-484

14-486

14-490

Replacement CPB Eyebolt.............. 14-484 Replacement CPB Eyebolt.............. 14-486 Replacement CPB Eyebolt.............. 14-490 14-491

14-493

ABS Plastic Cup Anchor

w/Cross Bar....................................... 14-507 Made from ABS plastic. Includes integral stainless steel cross bar and grounding screw. Not intended to be used for racing lanes. 3-7⁄32" Square (Face) x 2-1⁄4" Total Depth

Replacement CPB Eyebolt...............14-491 Replacement CPB Eyebolt.............. 14-493

14-494

Threaded Wall Inserts These wall inserts are made out of brass and include a bonding screw. The threaded eyebolt is made from chrome plated bronze. Available in standard and heavy-duty models. Not intended for salt water pools.

14-495

47-163

Replacement CPB Eyebolt.............. 14-494 Replacement CPB Eyebolt.............. 14-495 Replacement S/S Eyebolt................ 47-163 A Outside diameA diameter ter Inside Diameter B B Inside C ThreadDiameter length C Thread length D Diameter ED Diameter Eyebolt Length

AA BB

14-499

47-139 E

Heavy-Duty Eyebolt.......................... 14-499 (See Eyebolt Chart for Dimensions) Heavy-Duty Threaded Insert........... 47-139 1" Dia. x 3-1⁄2" Long

14-506 14-502

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

CPB Eyebolt with Anchor................ 14-498 Outside Dia.of eyebolt: 1-3⁄8", Inside Dia. of eyebolt: 5⁄8", thread length of eyebolt: 1-7⁄8". Includes anchor and gasket. Not intended for salt water pools.

Replacement Eyebolt Dimensions

47-142

Standard-Duty Eyebolt..................... 14-506 (See Eyebolt Chart for Dimensions) Standard-Duty Threaded Insert...... 47-142 1" Dia. x 3-1⁄2" Long

Eyebolt Eyebolt ordering diagram diagram ordering

Catalog No.

14-484 14-486 14-490 14-491 14-492 14-493 14-494 14-495 14-499 14-506 47-163

2-1⁄4" 1-7⁄16" 2-3⁄8" 2" 2-3⁄16" 1-1⁄2" 1-1⁄4" 1-7⁄16" 1-1⁄2" 1-3⁄8" 2-1⁄16"

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

1-1⁄4" 1" 7⁄8" 5⁄8" 1-3⁄8" 1-1⁄4" 1-1⁄16" 3⁄4" 1-1⁄2" 1-3⁄8" 7⁄8" 1⁄2" 5⁄8" 5⁄8" 7⁄8" 3⁄4" 5⁄8" 21⁄32" 5⁄16" 1" 1-3⁄8" 5⁄8"

5⁄8"

33⁄8" 2-1⁄2" 3-7⁄8" 3" 4" 2-3⁄8" 2-1⁄4" 2-3⁄8" 2-5⁄8" 2" 2-5⁄8"

7⁄16" 3⁄4" 1⁄2" 1⁄2" 1⁄2" 3⁄8" 1⁄2" 5⁄8" 7⁄16" 3⁄8"

ROPE, FLOATS AND HARDWARE

ALL

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

Rope Hooks and Hardware

Rope Hooks

Recreonics offers a variety of rope hook styles, materials of fabrication and sizes to fit every application. Choose the right rope hook from the selection below.

Accessory Hardware

Recreonics offers the widest array of replacement accessory hardware including lever type snap hooks, tension springs, cable thimbles, and cable clamps.

CPB Rope (2-Piece) Rope Clamps

14-466 14-442

14-444

CPB Clamp Style Rope Hook.......... 14-442 3" long; fits 3⁄8" or 1⁄2" rope CPB Clamp Style Rope Hook.......... 14-444 3 3⁄4" long; fits 3⁄4" rope

CPB Swivel-Eye Snap Hook............ 14-466 3-3⁄8" long, 5⁄8" Eye, 1⁄2" Throat

14-560

14-452

14-454

14-456

14-561

14-562

S/S Cable Thimble............................ 14-560 For 5⁄32" dia. cable S/S Cable Thimble.............................14-561 For 3⁄16" dia. cable S/S Cable Thimble............................ 14-562 For 7⁄32" to 1⁄4" dia. cable

CPB Standard Rope Hook............... 14-452 2-9⁄16" long; fits 3⁄8" rope CPB Standard Rope Hook............... 14-454 3" long; fits 1⁄2" rope CPB Standard Rope Hook............... 14-456 3-11⁄16" long; fits 3⁄4" rope 14-557

14-461

14-462

14-457

14-556

Heavy-duty chrome plated bronze 2-piece rope clamps with screw. For 3⁄8" Rope...................................... 14-445 For 1⁄2" Rope....................................... 14-447 For 3⁄4" Rope...................................... 14-449

Heavy-Duty Float Collars

A heavy-duty machined nylon float collar with locking screw. For 3⁄8" Rope.......................................14-418 For 1⁄2" Rope........................................14-419 For 3⁄4" Rope...................................... 14-420

14-555

S/S Cable Clamp............................... 14-555 For 1⁄8" to 5⁄32" dia. cable S/S Cable Clamp............................... 14-556 For 3⁄16" to 7⁄32" dia. cable S/S Cable Clamp............................... 14-557 For 1⁄4" to 9⁄32" dia. cable

CPB Straight Clamp Rope Hook......14-461 4-1⁄4" long; fits 3⁄8" rope CPB Straight Clamp Rope Hook..... 14-462 3-15⁄16" long; fits 1⁄2" rope CPB Cleat Style Rope Hook............ 14-457 3-3⁄4" long; fits 3⁄4" rope

Nylon Rope (2-piece) Clamps

A heavy-duty machined nylon rope clamp with locking screw. For 3⁄8" Rope...................................... 14-476 For 1⁄2" Rope........................................14-477 For 3⁄4" Rope...................................... 14-478

CPB Bull Dog Rope Clamp.............. 14-458 5-1⁄4" long; fits 3⁄4" rope

14-459

CPB Solid Rope Eye......................... 14-459 2-3⁄8" long; fits 1⁄4" to 1⁄2" rope

6" S/S Tension Spring...................... 14-468

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254 29

CLEAN-UP & MAINTENANCE

Portable Vacuum Filter Systems

Maxi-Sweep Vacuum Systems

These portable vacuum systems save pool water, chemicals and energy by filtering dirty water and returning clean water to the pool during vacuuming. Cleans and recycles over 8,000 gph. All units feature a 225 sq. ft. stainless steel cartridge filter, 2 hp self-priming pump with integral hair and lint strainer. Includes corrosion-resistant aluminum cart, (1) Maxi-Sweep vacuum head, 2" dia. x 50' heavy-duty vacuum hose, (1) 8'-24' telescoping pole with (2) additional 8' extensions, O.S.H.A. approved Twist-Lok plug and special tools. Must Ship Motor Freight. Maxi-Sweep Little Electric................10-813 Maxi-Sweep Little Electric filters 6,240 gph and is perfect for small pools and fountains. Features a 225 sq. ft. cartridge filter, a 1 hp 110V (15 amp) electrical self-priming pump and a 50' electrical cord. Includes (1) 14" and (1) 24" vacuum head, 1-1⁄2" x 50' vacuum hose and (1) 8'-15' telescopic pole. Operator is responsible for GFI outlet poolside. Dimensions: 52" high x 31" wide Weight: 125 Ibs. (Ship Wt. 244 lbs.)

Maxi-Sweep Electric, 50' Cord.........10-814 Maxi-Sweep Electric cleans and recycles over 8,000 gph. Features a 225 sq. ft. cartridge filter, a 2 hp 110V (30 amp) or 220V (15 amp) electric self-priming pump with integral hair and lint strainer and a 50' electrical cord. Operator is responsible for GFI outlet poolside. Dimensions: 52" high x 31" wide Weight: 129 Ibs. (Ship Wt. 266 lbs.))

Maxi-Sweep Honda........................... 10-817 Gasoline powered portable pool vacuum system that cleans and recycles over 8,000 gph. Features 225 sq. ft. filter cartridge and a 5.5 hp Honda gasoline powered aluminum engine. Outdoor use only. Dimensions: 52" high x 31" wide Weight: 125 Ibs. (Ship Wt. 262 lbs.) Replacement Filter Cartridge......... 24-090 (Three required.)

Maxi-Sweep Electric, 100' Cord.......10-815 Maxi-Sweep Electric cleans and recycles over 8,000 gph. Features a 225 sq. ft. cartridge filter, a 2 hp 110V (30 amp) or 220V (15 amp) electric self-priming pump with integral hair and lint strainer and a 100' electrical cord. Operator is responsible for GFI outlet poolside. Dimensions: 52" high x 31" wide Weight: 145 Ibs. (Ship Wt. 282 lbs.)

All units, except 10-813, come with your choice of the following: • 42", 36" or 30" Maxi-Sweep flexible vacuum head • 2" x 50' H.D. vacuum hose • (1) 8'-24' telescopic pole along with (2) 8' extension poles • O.S.H.A. approved twist-lok plug (2 HP electric units only) Please specify vacuum head size and voltage when ordering.

Maxi-Sweep Honda...........................10-816 Gasoline powered portable pool vacuum system that cleans and returns over 8,000 gph. Features one 225 sq. ft. cartridge filter and a 4.0 hp gasoline powered aluminum engine. Dimensions: 52" high x 31" wide Weight: 125 Ibs. (Ship Wt. 262 lbs.)

CAUTION: The National Electrical Code requires that ground fault interruption protection be provided for outlets around pool areas. All pumps listed in this section are designated for use with existing GFI protection, or utilize a gasolinedrive, vacuum pump (outdoors only).

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

CLEAN-UP & MAINTENANCE

R E O NI C

Portable Vacuum Filter Systems Ultra-Sweep Vacuum Systems

These durable portable vacuum systems feature a stainless steel cartridge filter system, self-priming pump with integral strainers and pre-wired integral GFCI protector. All mounted on a stainless steel cart with heavy-duty rubber wheels. Each system includes a heavy-duty vacuum head, 8'-24' telescopic pole and 50' of heavy-duty vacuum hose. Must Ship Motor Freight. QU

A LIT Y

1 HP Ultra-Sweep System.................10-819 155 sq. ft. filter, 1 HP pump 115-Volt (20 AMP-Dedicated Circuit), 100' of electrical cord, 24" wide vacuum head. 1.5" suction and discharge. Shipping Weight: (1) Pallet: 168 lbs., Pole Box: 6 lbs.

2 HP Ultra-Sweep System................10-821 155 sq. ft. filter, 2 HP pump 115-Volt (30 AMP-Dedicated Circuit), 50' of electrical cord, 29" wide vacuum head. 2" suction and discharge. Shipping Weight: (1) Pallet: 200 lbs., Pole Box: 6 lbs.

1 HP Ultra-Sweep System.................10-818 105 sq. ft. filter, 1 HP pump 115-Volt (20 AMP-Dedicated Circuit), 50' of electrical cord, 24" wide vacuum head. 1.5” suction and discharge. Shipping Weight: (1) Pallet: 168 lbs., Pole Box: 6 lbs.

115-Volt, 20 Amp

230-Volt, 15 Amp

115-Volt, 30 Amp

NOTE: All Recreonics Electric Powered Vacuum Filters & Pumps require a dedicated circuit.

2 HP Ultra-Sweep System............... 10-826 155 sq. ft. filter, 2 HP pump 230-Volt (15 AMP-Dedicated Circuit), 50' of electrical cord, 29" wide vacuum head. 2" suction and discharge. Shipping Weight: (1) Pallet: 200 lbs., Pole Box: 6 lbs.

3 HP Ultra-Sweep System............... 10-827 This gas-powered version of the Ultra-Sweep is perfect for outdoor swimming pools. Features 155 sq. ft. filter, 3 HP gas-driven pump, 2" aluminum quck-connects on suction and discharge, 29" wide vacuum head.. Shipping Weight: (1) Pallet: 195 lbs., Pole Box: 6 lbs.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

CLEAN-UP AND MAINTENANCE

R E O NI C

A LIT Y

R E O NI C

Portable Vacuum Filters, Pumps and Maintenance Kits A LIT Y QU

A LIT Y

Maintenance Kits

10-805

10-806

Portable Vacuum Filters

R E O NI C

These durable units come complete with a stainless steel single cartridge filter, a high performance thermal plastic pump with weatherproof switch and a pre-wired GFCI protector all mounted on a stainless steel cart with heavy-duty rubber wheels. 1 HP Vacuum Filter........................... 10-805 Features 105 square foot filter. 1-1⁄2" suction and discharge connections. 50' electrical cord (115 volt-20 amp – Dedicated circuit). Dimensions: 44"H x 13"W x 30"L Shipping Weight: 135 Ibs. (Motor Freight) 1 HP Vacuum Filter........................... 10-806 Features 155 square foot filter. 1-1⁄2" suction and discharge connections. 100’ electrical cord (115 volt-20 amp – Dedicated circuit). Dimensions: 56"H x 13"W x 30"L Shipping Weight: 153 Ibs. (Motor Freight)

Portable Vacuum Filter (GAS)

This gas-powered version of our portable vacuum system is perfect for outdoor pools. This unit features a 155 square foot filter and a 3 HP gas-driven pump. 2" aluminum quick connects on the suction and discharge allow for easy use. The entire unit is mounted on a stainless steel cart. 3 HP Gas-Driven Portable Vacuum Filter.....................................10-812 Dimensions: 44" H x 13" W x 30" L Shipping Weight: 145 Ibs. (Motor Freight)

Portable Vacuum Parts 155 Square Foot Replacement Cartridge............................................ 25-013 Shipping Weight: 9 Ibs. 105 Square Foot Replacement Cartridge............................................ 25-012 Shipping Weight: 7 Ibs. Replacement Filter Rim Gasket.........P550 Replacement Filter Nut................... 25-250

A LIT Y

Each of these kits includes all the required maintenance accessories that can be used in conjunction with your Recreonics portable vacuum filter. 1-1⁄2" Suction and Discharge Maintenance Kit................................ 10-863 Includes: (1) 10-203 Vacuum Head, (1) 10-414 11⁄2" Dia. X 50' Vacuum Hose, (1) 10438 1-1/2" x 50' Roll of Discharge Hose, (1) 10-100 Leaf Skimmer, (1) 10-115 Leaf Rake, (1) 10-135 Curved Brush, (2) 10-323 Telescopic Poles. 2" Suction, 1-1⁄2" Discharge Maintenance Kit............................... 10-865 Includes: (1) 10-206 Vacuum Head, (1) 10-422 2" Dia. X 50' Vacuum Hose, (1) 10-438 1-1/2" x 50' Roll of Discharge Hose, (1) 10-100 Leaf Skimmer, (1) 10-115 Leaf Rake, (1) 10-135 Curved Brush, (2) 10-323 Telescopic Poles. 2" Suction and Discharge Maintenance Kit............................... 10-867 Includes: (1) 10-202 Vacuum Head, (1) 10-422 2" Dia. X 50' Vacuum Hose, (1) 10-444 x 50' of HD Discharge Hose, (4) 38-372 Hose Clamps, (1) 10-100 Leaf Skimmer, (1) 10-115 Leaf Rake, (1) 10-135 Curved Brush, (2) 10-323 Telescopic Poles.

115-Volt, 20 Amp

2 HP Vacuum Filter (115V).................10-811 Features 155 square foot filter. 1-1⁄2" suction and discharge connections. 50’ electrical cord (115 volt-30 amp – Dedicated circuit). 2 HP Vacuum Filter (230V)..............10-810 Same features as 10-811. (230 volt-15 amp – Dedicated circuit). Dimensions: 56"H x 13"W x 30"L Shipping Weight: 150 Ibs. (Motor Freight)

230-Volt, 15 Amp

Stainless Steel Utility Pump

This robust submersible pump is designed for draining and utility applications. Capable of running water levels down to 1-3⁄8" inches in depth. Includes external float switch and 15' electrical cord. 3⁄4 HP Stainless Utility Pump............10-951 (115-Volt, 15 Amps) Weight: 34 Ibs.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

115-Volt, 30 Amp

NOTE: All Recreonics Electric Powered Vacuum Filters & Pumps require a dedicated circuit.

CLEAN-UP AND MAINTENANCE

Each unit includes an electric pump, stainless steel pump cart, a check valve on the pump suction, a gate valve on the pump discharge, hose bib connection for easy priming, a weatherproof switch, pre-wired GFCI protector, barbed hose fittings for discharge and suction fittings and 50' of power cord. Requires dedicated circuit. Dimensions: 34" h x 18" w x 44" l Weight: 80 Ibs. Shipping Weight: Shipped assembled by motor freight only: 90 lbs. 1 HP Vacuum Pump System............ 10-820 Features 1-1⁄2" suction and 1-1⁄2" discharge. (115V, 20 amp)

R E O NI C

A LIT Y

Recreonics 3 HP Gasoline Powered Vacuum Pump

This heavy-duty portable vacuum features a 3 HP gas-driven pump, with 2" aluminum quick-connects on suciton and discharge. All mounted on a stainless steel cart. Recreonics 3 HP Vacuum Pump..... 10-975 Weight: 115 Ibs.

R E O NI C

A LIT Y

R E O NI C

A LIT Y

Standard Vacuum Pumps

These units have all the quality and durability of the Recreonics pump system for a budget minded facility. Each unit is furnished with an electrical pump, stainless steel cart, 50' of electrical cord, weather proof switch, pre-wired GFCI protector, and barbed hose fittings for discharge and suction fittings. Dimensions: 34" h x 18" w x 44" l Weight: 75 Ibs. Shipping Weight: Shipped assembled by motor freight only: 85 lbs. 1 HP Economy Vacuum Pump......... 10-830 Features 1-1⁄2" suction and discharge. (115V, 20 amp – Dedicated circuit).

R E O NI C

A LIT Y

Economy Vacuum Pumps

R E O NI C

Portable Vacuum Pumps & Watercannon Aeration Systems

A LIT Y

WaterCannon Aerators

A LIT Y

Watercannon 1.5 (115-Volt/20 AMP) 1-1/2 HP Vacuum Pump System...... 10-823 (115V, 20 amp – Dedicated circuit).

R E O NI C

1-1⁄2 HP Economy Vacuum Pump.... 10-832 Features 2" suction and 1-1⁄2" discharge with flow rates up to 6,000 gph. (230V, 15 amp – Dedicated circuit) 1-1⁄2 HP EconomycVacuum Pump.....10-833 (115V, 20 amp – Dedicated circuit). 2 HP Economy Vacuum Pump ....... 10-834 Features 2" suction and 1-1⁄2" discharge. (230 volt, 15 amp – Dedicated circuit).

1-1/2 HP Vacuum Pump System...... 10-822 Features 2" suction and 1-1⁄2" discharge. (230V, 15 amp)

37"

A LIT Y

13" 18"

Recreonics Stainless Steel Pump Cart.......................................... 10-880 Weight: 20 Ibs.

The Watercannons use the natural process of aeration found in ocean waves, river rapids, and waterfalls to cool your pool. Used consistently at night, it cools the average pool 10-12 degrees. Each unit includes (1) flexible intake assembly with (3) hydro-flow safety fitting covers, (1) sprayer arm assembly with (2) adjustable brass elbows, (2) adjustable brass/ chrome sprayer nozzles (1) Electrical safety cord with ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) and twist-lock watertight connections. Includes stainless steel cart with solid tires and Sunbrella cover.

2 HP Vacuum Pump System........... 10-824 Features 2" suction and 1-1⁄2" discharge. (230 volt, 15 amp – Dedicated circuit).

Produces a flow rate up to 230 gallons per minute. Watercannon 1.5 (50' Cord)............ 30-100 Watercannon 1.5 (99' Cord)............ 30-105

Watercannon 3.0 (230-Volt/20 AMP)

Produces a flow rate up to 310 gallons per minute. Watercannon 3.0 (50' Cord)............ 30-104 Watercannon 3.0 (90' Cord)............ 30-109 NOTE: Both Watercannons require a dedicated 20 AMP circuit (either 120 or 240 volt) with a NEMA approved receptacle run in close proximity by a licensed electrician.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

CLEAN-UP AND MAINTENANCE

ALL

Vacuum, Backwash Hoses & Accessories

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

Discharge Hose

We offer both vinyl and heavy-duty PVC reinforced discharge hose.

10-438

Vinyl Discharge Hose

Swimming Pool Vacuum Hoses A vacuum hose is an essential item around every aquatic facility, so we offer three grades of hose to meet everyone's needs– standard, heavy-duty and industrial. Standard Vacuum Hose (3-Year Warranty) Color: Blue/Black 1-1⁄2" x 25' length w/swivel............... 10-399 Weight: 4.6 lbs. 1-1⁄2" x 30' length w/swivel............... 10-400 Weight: 5 lbs. 1-1⁄2" x 35' length w/swivel................10-401 Weight: 6.5 lbs. 1-1⁄2" x 40' length w/swivel............... 10-402 Weight: 7.5 lbs. 1-1⁄2" x 50' length w/swivel............... 10-404 Weight: 8 lbs. Heavy-Duty Vacuum Hose (5-Year Warranty) Color: Blue/White 1-1⁄2" x 35' length w/swivel................10-412 Weight: 9.5 lbs. 1-1⁄2" x 40' length w/swivel................10-413 Weight: 11 lbs. 1-1⁄2" x 50' length w/swivel................10-414 Weight: 14 lbs. Industrial Vacuum Hose (5-Year Warranty) Color: White/Black 1-1⁄2" x 75' length w/swivel............... 10-429 Weight: 20.5 lbs. 2" x 50' length w/swivel.................. 10-422 Weight: 21.5 lbs. 2" x 75' length w/swivel....................10-431 Weight: 30 lbs. 2" x 100' length w/swivel................. 10-428 Weight: 38 lbs.

Vacuum Hose Accessories

1-1⁄2" Repair Cuff.................................10-451 1-1⁄2" Swivel Cuff................................ 10-452 2" Repair Cuff.................................... 10-453

Heavy Duty Stainless Steel Vacuum Hose Reel

This durable vacuum hose reel will hold up to 100 feet of 2" vacuum hose. The solid stainless steel construction ensures it’s user of many years of use. Each unit is portable and will easily pass through a regular door opening. Vacuum Hose Reel...........................10-500 Shipping Weight: 50 lbs. Ships Motor Freight

This high quality vinyl discharge hose is 20% thicker than the competition. The 25' and 50' rolls include a stainless steel clamp. 1-1⁄2" x 25' (w/Band Clamps)............ 10-440 Single pack. Weight: 3 lbs. 1-1⁄2" x 50' (w/Band Clamps)............ 10-438 Bulk roll. Weight: 6 lbs. 1-1⁄2" x 200'......................................... 10-436 Bulk roll. Weight: 29 lbs. 2" x 200' ............................................ 10-446 Bulk roll. Weight: 30 lbs.

Heavy-Duty PVC Discharge Hose

2" x 300’ Roll .................................... 10-442 Weight: 78 lbs. per 300' roll 2" (Per foot) ...................................... 10-444

1-1⁄2" Male Adapter............................ 10-380 2" Nylon Coupling............................ 10-383 1-1⁄2" Nylon Coupling........................ 10-382 2" Male Adapter.................................10-381 1-1⁄2" x 2" Male Red. Adapter........... 10-384

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254

“Quick-Connect Hose Couplings”

Ingenious "quick-connect" aluminum couplings mount into the cuffed end of a hose to provide a sturdy, water- and leak-tight metal end connection. “Quick-Connect” Couplings 1-1⁄2" Hose-to-Hose Connectors...... 10-388 Weight: 1 Ib., 14 oz. 2" Hose-to-Hose Connectors.......... 10-389 Weight: 3 Ibs., 8 oz. 1-1⁄2" Vacuum Line (male thread-to-hose connection) ....................................... 10-385 Weight: 1 Ib. 2" Vacuum Line (male thread-to-hose connection)........................................ 10-386 Weight: 2 lbs.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

CLEAN-UP AND MAINTENANCE

R E O NI C

12" Flexible Vacuum Head...............10-210 Features polyethylene housing with enclosed weights. Adjustable solid plastic wheels and snap-adapt handle. Fits 1-1⁄2" vacuum hose only. Dimensions: 12" wide x 7" deep Weight: 5 lbs.

14" Wide Flexible Vacuum Head.....10-201 Features additional weights, urethane wheels and a swivel handle. Fits 1-1⁄2" vacuum hose only. Dimensions: 14.5" wide x 7" deep Weight: 6 lbs.

18" Commercial Vacuum................. 10-238 Vacuum comes complete with adjustable wheels. Fits 1-1⁄2" vacuum hose. Dim.: 18" wide x 6" deep Weight: 11 Ibs.

29" Provac Commercial Vacuum.... 10-209 Fits 1-1⁄2" hose on swivel and 2" hose (non-swivel). Dimensions: 29" wide x 5-1⁄2" deep Weight: 11 lbs.

R E O NI C

A LIT Y

18" Bendervac Vacuum Head..........10-215 This 18" vacuum head has a rubber body that conforms to all pool contours. Standard 1-1⁄2" hose connection. Add 10-384 for 2" hose connection. Dimensions: 18" wide x 11" deep Weight: 6 Ibs., 6 oz. 1-1⁄2" x 2" Male Insert Adapter......... 10-384 Bendervac Brush ..........................P-99900 Bendervac Small Wheel & Axle ..P-99902 Bendervac Large Wheel & Axle ..P-99904 Bendervac Brush Slide ................P-99906 Handle Kit............................ P-HANDLE KIT

19" Swivel-Wheel Vacuum............... 10-203 Fits 1-1⁄2" hose on swivel and 2" hose (non-swivel). Dimensions: 19" wide x 5-1⁄2" deep Weight: 10 lbs.

Deluxe See-Thru Vacuum Head..... 10-207 These vacuum heads are exclusively designed for fiberglass and/or liner pools. Fits a 1-1⁄2" vacuum hose only. Dimensions: 11-1⁄8" wide x 11-1⁄8" deep Weight: 5 lbs.

Vacuum Heads

ALL

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

A LIT Y

36" Hyper Bendervac Vacuum Head ....................................10-214 Includes 11⁄2" and 2" connectors. Dim.: 36" wide x 11" deep Weight: 14 Ibs.

Steerable Handle.............................. 10-325 Fits 10-210, 10-208, 10-203, 10-206 and 10-209.

22" Pro-Vac........................................ 10-206 Fits 11⁄2" hose on swivel and 2" hose (non-swivel). Dimensions: 22" wide x 5-1⁄2" deep Weight: 9 lbs.

Replacement Manifold 10-212 Replacement Handle 10-213

22" Gyro-Vac+ Vacuum Head.......... 10-204 The unique Gyro-Vac+ features multi-directional wheels that allow the user to glide the vacuum in any direction with ease. Features carbon reinforced swivel handle, heavy-duty polymer wheels and improved bottom clearance. Fits 1-1/2" vacuum hose only. Dimensions: 22" wide x 8.25" deep Weight: 11 lbs.

24" Commercial Flex-A-Vac............ 10-202 Available with 1-1⁄2" and 2" hose connection. Dimensions: 24" wide x 7" deep Weight: 12 Ibs., 4 oz.

18" Commercial CPB Vacuum Head This vacuum head features four heavy duty, non-marking adjustable wheels. Made from CPB, it’s available with 1-1⁄2" or 2" hose connection. Dimensions: 18" wide x 6" deep Weight: 6 Ibs. Commercial Vacuum Head.............. 10-233 With 1-1⁄2" hose connection. Commercial Vacuum Head ............. 10-234 With 2" hose connection. Replacement Wheel & Axle Kit........ 11-234 (Consists of (1) wheel and (1) axle.) Replacement Brush Assembly.........11-235

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

CLEAN-UP AND MAINTENANCE

Leaf Skimmers and Rakes Leaf Skimmers

Standard Leaf Skimmer....................10-100 Durable plastic edge with tough fiberglass screen net. Dimensions: 12"W x 15"T Weight: 14 oz.

Heavy-Duty Leaf Skimmer................10-105 Aluminum edge with tough fiberglass screen net. Dimensions: 13"W x 13-1⁄2"T Weight: 1 Ib.

Extended-Duty Leaf Skimmer..........10-108 Double-edge of durable metal and extra-strong plastic with a tough fiberglass screen net. Dimensions: 13"W x 13-1⁄2"T Weight: 1 Ib.

Economy Leaf Skimmer ................... 10-110 Molded plastic frame, handle and a polypropylene mesh net. Dimensions: 12"W x 121⁄2"T Weight: 10 oz.

Deluxe Leaf Skimmer ........................10-112 Aluminum frame with tough polypropylene replaceable net. Dimensions: 15"W x 13"T Weight: 1 lb. Replacement Net Inset......................10-113

Pro Leaf Skimmer...............................10-121 This skimmer features a frame assembly that won’t rust or break. A heavy duty net with no seams. Dimensions: 15-1⁄2"W x 13-1⁄2"T Weight: 1 lb.

Leaf Rakes

“Pro” Leaf Rake w/Squeege.............10-109 Replaceable frame with wear resistant deep netting molded in place. Frame snaps onto 1⁄4" solid anodized aluminum rod. Dimensions: 7"T x 18"W x 18"D Weight: 2 lbs. Replacement Frame and Netting.10-109.F

Standard Leaf Rake............................10-115 Tough plastic edge with fiberglass screen bag. Dimensions: 7-1⁄2"T x 17"W x 13"D Weight: 1 lb.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

Extended-Duty Leaf Rake .................10-118 Double-edge, durable metal & extra strong plastic with a tough fiberglass screen net. Dimensions: 7-1⁄2"T x 18"W x 12"D

CLEAN-UP AND MAINTENANCE

ALL

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

Leaf Rakes, Traps, Brush and Stain Remover Leaf Rakes

Heavy-Duty Leaf Rake......................10-120 Extra tough aluminum edge with fiberglass screen bag. Dimensions: 7-1⁄2"T x 18-1⁄2"W x 13"D Weight: 1 Ib., 2 oz.

Large Durapro Leaf Rake..................10-124 A larger version of the 10-122 but with a 16" pocket. Dimensions: 10"T x 20-1⁄2"W x 16"D

Maxi Leaf Rake...................................10-130 Giant, super strong leaf rake with alumi num edge. Heavy-duty fiberglass screen bag. Dimensions: 9-1⁄2"T x 29"W x 13"D Weight: 1 Ib., 8 oz.

Durapro Leaf Rake.............................10-122 This lightweight yet indestructible leaf rake features a frame that won’t corrode or break and a 10" deep seamless pocket. Dimensions: 10"T x 20-1⁄2"W x 10"D

DuraPro Maxi Rake

The Wall Whale Swimming Pool Brush

The pocket "stays" on this leaf rake keep the pocket open moving forward and closed coming back, allowing debris to enter and empty effortlessly. The leafing edge rotates to make leaves and debris glide into the pocket. DuraPro Maxi Rake............................ 10-127 Dimensions: 20"W x 10"L x 16"D Weight: 1 lb.

Leaf Traps

The wall whale swimming pool brush is a pool brush with nylon bristles and a special spoiler assembly. The spoiler, or tail, holds the brush against the pool surface with more than 10 times the force of a normal brush. Brushing a swimming pool is the most important part of algae control and removing mineral deposits. 24" Wall Whale Brush.......................10-162 Weight: 4 Ibs. 36" Wall Whale Brush.......................10-164 Weight: 4 Ibs.

“Snap Open” Leaf Trap

Leaf Eater® Cleaner

Works with a garden hose and standard telescopic pole. Comes with brushes and wheels to accommodate all pool surfaces. Leaf Eater® Cleaner.......................... 10-280 3'L High - Capacity Replacement Bag.......................................................11-286

Specially designed to be used with automatic suction-side pool vacuum heads. Rainbow Leaf Traps capture large amounts of leaves, twigs, rocks, hair pins, and other debris before it reaches the skimmer or pump basket. Features snap open and close lid, clear housing, and large handle for ease of carrying. Includes 3 feet of flexible 1-1⁄2" vacuum hose. “Snap Open” Leaf Trap.....................10-281 Weight: 5 Ibs. Replacement Bag.......................... 10-281.S

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254

CLEAN-UP AND MAINTENANCE

ALL

Wall/Deck Brushes and Accessories

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

Swimming Pool Brushes

Deluxe Wall Brush ............................10-135 An 18" curved end brush with 5 rows of blue nylon bristles. Our most durable brush. Weight: 1 Ib.

Blended Stainless/Nylon Brush.......10-136 An 18" curved end brush with a blend of stainless and nylon bristles. Weight: 1 lb.

Standard Pool Brush.........................10-140 An 18" curved end brush with 4 rows of blue durene bristles. Weight: 11 oz.

9" Algae Brush...................................10-165 A 9" straight algae brush with stainless bristles......................................... Weight: 10 oz.

5" Algae Brush................................... 10-170 Ideal for pool corners, gutters, behind ladders and other hard-to-reach areas. Weight: 8 oz.

Acid Wash Brush................................10-180 10" long with two holes for use with tapered or threaded handles found on page 40. Ideal for acid washing large areas. Weight: 14 oz.

18" Algae Brush ................................ 10-175 The largest stainless steel curved algae brush available. Use for cleaning large areas quickly. Weight: 1 Ib., 2 oz.

Acid Wash and Scrub Brushes

Budget Wall Brush ............................10-142 An economical 18" curved end brush with 5 rows of white PVC bristles. Weight: 12 oz.

Economy Wall Brush ........................10-148 18" curved brush with polypropylene bristles.

Versatile Pool Brush..........................10-149 This brush cleans decks, gutter coves, tiles and spas. For use with 10-346 handle on page 40. Aggressive 2" plastic fill. Weight: 1-1⁄2 Ibs.

Multi-Purpose Brush.........................10-125 Multi-purpose brush with molded hand grip. Includes 3 interchangeable pads; fine, medium and coarse with quick change feature. Weight: 1 lb.

Acid Wash Tile Brush........................10-185 This compact 5" long brush is ideal for cleaning gutters, tile and other hard-toreach areas. Use with tapered wooden handle 10-345 found on page 40. Weight: 10 oz.

Corner Brush (Synthetic)...................10-171 Makes easy work out of cleaning corners, stairs, jets and light fixtures. Weight: 12 oz.

“Pro” Wall Brush................................10-155 A professional-duty, stiff brush for heavy daily use. This 24" wide curved brush features heavy-duty blue nylon bristles. Weight: 1 Ib., 4 oz.

Olympic Wall Brush ..........................10-160 A heavy-duty tool for frequent cleaning of large commercial or private pools. Extra-wide 36" brush has curved ends and 5 rows of white nylon bristles. Weight: 1 Ib., 14 oz.

Poolblok Tile and Concrete Cleaner(each).................................... 10-284 Dimensions: 6" x 3" x 3" Weight: 1 lb. Poolblok Tile and Concrete Cleaner........................................... 10-284.C Case of 12 individually wrapped blocks. Shipping Weight: 19 lbs.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254

CLEAN-UP AND MAINTENANCE

ALL

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

Indestructible Squeegees

When we found these rugged high performance cleaning tools we couldn’t resist offering them. Available with a 24" or 36" straight blade, our squeegees feature unique indestructible all-steel frames, connectors, and 5' steel handles. Ships unassembled.

Brushes & Squeegees Indestructible Deck and Floor Brushes

Our indestructible brushes feature a "Miracle Tip" all-steel handle adapter that clamps the handle firmly to the brush with bolts. It comes loose only when you want it to! High-tech polystyrene bristles will not sag, take a set, or mat down in oil or water. These brushes are scientifically engineered to match every sweeping need. Each brush comes complete with a 23" brush head and a 5' steel handle guaranteed unbreakable.

10-176

Indestructible Squeegee 24"...........10-188 Features straight blade, includes handle. Weight: 12 oz.

10-177

Smooth Surface Brush ..................... 10-176 (Blue bristles) The tips of the bristles are frayed to give each individual bristle hundreds of soft filaments in contact with the floor. Recommended for tiled areas, painted surfaces or slightly rough surfaces. Dimensions: 23" head, 5' handle Weight: 5 Ibs., 6 oz.

All-Purpose Brush ............................. 10-177 (Black bristles) A blend of stiff and soft bristles. Ideal for wet or soiled areas around the pool or in the locker room. Dimensions: 23" head, 5' handle Weight: 5 Ibs., 6 oz.

Indestructible Squeegee 36"...........10-189 Features straight blade, includes handle. Weight: 1 lb. 4 oz.

Classic Squeegees

Each of these heavy-duty reinforced deck and floor squeegees features a reversible neoprene black rubber blade and cadmium plated parts. The Classic Squeegee is always a favorite and is ideal for water removal on large deck and floor areas. All Squeegees below are compatible with our 10-345 - 54" tapered handle (see Page 39).

36" Blade, Curved Ends....................10-196 Weight: 3 Ibs., 4 oz.

24" Blade, Curved Ends....................10-195 Weight: 2 Ibs., 4 oz.

10-178

Coarse Brush ..................................... 10-178 (Brown bristles) A blend of stiff bristles. This is an excellent brush for scrubbing large, rough areas or sweeping heavy debris. Dimensions: 23" head, 5' handle Weight: 5 Ibs., 6 oz.

Deck and Floor Brush

This sturdy polystyrene bristle brush is ideal for wet or muddy floors or dry heavily soiled areas. It will not rot, mat, or fall apart even with heavy daily use. It is easily washed, dries quickly, and maintains its stiff sweeping ability indefinitely. Brush head measures 16" wide and comes complete with a 60" heavy-duty 1-1⁄8" diameter lacquered hardwood handle.

Deck and Floor Brush ......................10-198 Weight: 2 lbs.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

CLEAN-UP AND MAINTENANCE

10-345

10-346

ALL

10-347

10-374

10-330

Handles and Poles

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

Handles and Poles

R E O NI C

Super-Tough Fiberglass Handle

These non-conductive fiberglass handles are available in the stanA LIT Y dard 8' length, or in 12', 16' and 24' [(3) 8' poles] lengths. Each handle measures 1-1⁄4" outer diameter to allow equipment that snaps over a pole to fit firmly. However, for use with brushes, vacuum heads or skimmers that snap into a pole, you will need the 10-374 Quick-Change Adapter, listed below. Super-Tough Handles 8' Length (one-piece)....................... 10-370 Actual pole length is 95-1⁄2". 12' Length (one-piece)....................... 10-371 Ships via Motor Freight 16' Length (one-piece)...................... 10-372 Ships via Motor Freight Quick-Change Adapter ................... 10-374 Comes complete with two bolts and wing nuts. Bolt & Wing Nut................................ 10-375 Used for connecting the 10-374 Adapter and 10-347 Connector to pole. QU

10-343

Pole End Caps (black)...................... 10-343 Used to cover and protect handle ends. 40

Made from 11⁄4" diameter stainless steel with special tapered ends that allow for one pole to slip into another pole 8' Stainless Steel Handle ................ 10-330 Actual pole length is 95-1⁄2" EC

R E O NI C

10-337

10-323

10-324

10-348

Aluminum Handles

Fabricated from heavy gauge, 11⁄4" anodized aluminum with two pre-drilled holes for bolt QU A LIT Y connections. Aluminum Handle 8'........................ 10-300 Actual pole length is 95-1⁄2". Weight: 1 Ib., 8 oz. Aluminum Handle 12'....................... 10-305 Ships via motor freight. Weight: 2 Ibs., 7 oz. Aluminum Handle 16'........................10-315 Ships via motor freight. Weight: 3 Ibs. 16' Aluminum Handle Set ................10-310 Set includes two 8' handles with a connector sleeve. Actual pole lengths are 95-1⁄2". Weight: 3 Ibs., 10 oz. 24' Aluminum Handle Set............... 10-320 Set includes three 8' handles with two connector sleeves. Actual pole lengths are 95-1⁄2". Weight: 5 Ibs., 12 oz. 1-1⁄4" Pole Connector Collar............. 10-347 Includes bolts and wing nuts. Shipping Weight: 1 Ib. (3) 8' HD (Snap-Together) Poles..... 10-350 These heavy-duty aluminum poles ship in a set of three and can be snapped together for 16' or 24' poles. Actual pole lengths are 95-1⁄2".

10-342

10-310

10-305 & 10-315

10-350

Superior Stainless Steel Handles

NOTE: Handles and poles 8'-0" or longer are required to ship motor freight. Poles shipping small package service are subject to additional handling fees depending on dimensions

10-300

10-375

10-370

10-330

10-344

Can make handles up to 24'

Dually Telescopic Poles

These poles are made of the heaviest wall tubing available. They feature a three-piece design, which allows the pole to be shipped FedEx. 6'-18' Dually Pole.............................. 10-348 8'-24' Dually Pole.............................. 10-349 Actual pole length is 95-1⁄2".

Aluminum Telescoping Handles

Fabricated from high-quality anodized aluminum, these corrosion-resistant handles. 4'-8' aluminum pole.......................... 10-324 6'-12' aluminum pole........................ 10-332 8'-16' aluminum pole........................ 10-323 12'-24' aluminum pole...................... 10-333 16'-32' aluminum pole...................... 10-334 9'-31' aluminum pole........................ 10-344 Note: 10-323, 10-333, 10-334 and10-344 must ship motor freight.

Fiberglass Telescoping Handle

Fabricated from the highest quality fiberglass, these telescoping handles withstand heavy usage and abuse. Expandable to 16' and 24', each handle is coated with a UV protective layer that prevents splintering and features a vinyl handle grip and E-Z lock compression cam for positive handle locking. 8'-16' Fiberglass Handle.................. 10-337 Actual pole length is 95-1⁄2". 12'-24' Fiberglass Handle................ 10-342 Dimensions: 1-1⁄4" x 12' to 24' Ships via motor freight only.

Wooden Handles

Made from quality hardwood, carefully smoothed to a 1-1⁄8" diameter. Ideal for replacing existing wooden handles or for pairing with our many brushes. 54" Tapered End Handle ................ 10-345 Weight: 1 Ib., 6 oz. 60" Threaded End Handle............... 10-346 Weight: 1 Ib., 8 oz.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

CLEAN-UP AND MAINTENANCE

Hangers, Adapters and Connectors

Hose, Pole, Accessory Hangers...... 10-367 Large multi-purpose wall hangers will hold vac hose, pole, skimmer and brush. Weight: 1 lb.

Economy Pole Hangers .................. 10-354 Made from molded ABS plastic, these economical double hooks will hold two poles. 2 hook set. Weight: 4 oz. Standard Pole Hangers ................... 10-355 One pair of durable plastic double hooks for hanging two poles. 2 hook set. Weight: 4 oz.

Missing Linx Fence Hanger............. 10-366 This simple device takes advantage of the chain link fence. Fits into fence mesh and a convenient hanger is created.

“Spring Type” Pole Clamps............. 10-353 Mount these stainless steel pole clamps to any wall to hold poles or handles vertically or horizontally. Sold in pairs. Weight: 4 oz.

Multi-Purpose Stainless

10-341

10-338

10-347

1-1⁄4" Pole Connector....................... 10-347 Made out of aluminum. Includes bolts and nuts. Deluxe “Quick Change” Handle Adapter................................. 10-341 Includes built-in spring clip, wing nuts and bolts. Allows for quick change of pole accessories. Use with our aluminum handles. Male Thread Adapter....................... 10-338 For use with female threaded ends.

ProDaptor Pole Adapter ................ 10-336 Pole adaptor enables you to use a pool pole for applications such as painting/ acid washing, etc. 1-1⁄8" slip by 3⁄4" threaded connections.

Steel Hooks....................................... 10-364 Sold in pairs. Weight: 4 oz.

Metal Pole Hangers.......................... 10-365 Set of blue anodized aluminum hangers. Weight: 10 oz.

Plastic Hose Hangers ...................... 10-356 Sturdy hangers designed especially for vacuum hose. They project 3-1⁄2" and are recommended for hanging one 50' section of hose. Weight: 4 oz.

Plastic Spring Clip ........................... 10-339 Replaces nuts and bolts for quick connection of cleaning tools or adapters to most handles. Heavy-Duty Utility Hooks................ 10-362 Sturdy stainless steel hooks recommended for hanging heavy-duty hose. Sold in pairs. Weight: 8 oz.

Pole Storage Clips (Pair).................. 10-369 These injection molded rubber clips will hold poles with outside diameters of 1" to 1-1⁄2".

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254 41

CLEAN-UP AND MAINTENANCE

Now Includes Charger

Hammer-Head Pool Cleaning System

The Pool Blaster PRO 1000

This commercial cleaner has been updated with a sealed battery for enhanced durability. Features (3) filter bags (all purpose, sand & silt, & xtreme multi-layer), a flexible 14.75" wide vacuum head, shoulder strap, and wall charger. The included shoulder strap allows for convenient transport to and from the pool site. Attach to any standard telescopic pool pole (sold separately). The unit must be under water to operate. The Pool Blaster PRO 1000..............10-601 Shipping Weight: 11.4 lbs.

NEW

Precision V10

The Precision V10 has been updated with a sealed battery for enhanced durability. This powerful vacuum is self-contained and can be attached to a standard pole (sold separately). Will operate up to 2 hour on a single batter pack. Includes a standard vacuum head for pools with a PVC membrane, and a flexible vacuum head with polyurethane ballbearings designed for pools with plaster surfaces. Minimum Operating Depth: 28" at a 45-degree angle. Unit must be underwater to operate. Precision V10 ....................................10-600 Shipping Weight: 16.8 lbs.

NEW

R E O NI C

The Hammer-Head is the perfect tool for fast and easy on-site cleaning. It will operate in as little as 12" of water depth. Can be used safely while swimmers are still in the water. The unit includes a lightweight cart with wheels, 30" wide vacuum head with 3-blade propeller, 60’ of cord, 7.2 AMP battery charger and (2) debris bags. Not included, but required is a 12-Volt deep cycle marine battery. (Pole is sold separately.) Hammer-Head Cleaner..... 10-275 Shipping Weight: 85 lbs. Standard Bag with Cleat....................11-106 Superfine Bag with Cleat................... 11-113 Volcano X-Fine Bag............................11-120

NEW

ALL

Underwater Cleaning/Diving Outfit, Manual Vacuums

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

The Pool Blaster MAX CG

A LIT Y

The Pool Blaster PRO 2000 This heavy-duty commercial underwater breathing unit is designed to facilitate cleaning, repair or inspection of pools too wide or deep to permit easy access or cleaning from the pool side. Unit is suitable for single-man operation to a maximum depth of 30' with standard air supply hose. Complete outfit includes 2HP compressor (115-volt, 13.5 amp), (2) 3-1⁄2 gallon holding tanks, diving mask w/ air control valve, 100' air supply hose and weight belt with four 3 Ib. weights. Underwater Cleaning/ Diving Outfit...................................... 10-465 Shipping Weight: (1 box: 133 lbs.)

This commercial rechargeable vacuum comes with two vacuum heads, one 19" gunite vacuum head and one 14.5" wide vinyl liner vacuum head. This commercial Cleaner has been updated with a sealed battery for enhanced durability and includes (3) filter bags (all purpose, sand& silt, & xtreme multi-layer), a shoulder strap, and wall charger. Attach to any standard telescopic pole (sold separately). The unit must be under water to operate. The Pool Blaster PRO 2000............ 10-602 Shipping Weight: 19.8 lbs.

The Max CG features rechargeable lithium technology, a push button on/off switch. Comes with (1) multilayer bag and (1) all purpose bag as well as a 12.75" wide vacuum head. The unit will attach to any standard telescopic pool pole (sold separately). The unit must be under water to operate. The Pool Blaster MAX CG............... 10-307 Shipping Weight: 7 lbs.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254

CLEAN-UP AND MAINTENANCE

ALL

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

Automatic Commercial Pool Cleaners Robotic Pool Cleaners

Magnum Jr. (100' Cable)

The Magnum Jr. is a great robotic pool cleaner for small to medium sized commercial swimming pools up to 67' long. Features the GYRO navigation system that allows the cleaner to fully and efficiently clean your swimming pool. Includes control for “spot-cleaning”, PVC brushes, and trolley for transportation to and from the pool edge. Cleans pool floor, walls and waterline. Magnum Jr. (100' Cable)....................10-311

Gemini (150' Cable) with IR Sensor

The Gemini robotic pool cleaner is the perfect solution for pools up to 164' long. Features the GYRO navigation system that allows the the cleaner to fully and efficiently clean your swimming pool. Includes control for “spot-cleaning”, PVC brushes, and trolley for transportation to and from the pool edge. Cleans pool floor only, but does have manual wall cleaning capability using the remote control. Gemini (150' Cable).......................... 10-304 Gemini (150' Cable) PVA......... 10-304.PVA

Ultramax (150' Cable) with IR Sensor

The Ultramax robotic pool cleaner is the perfect solution for pools up to 164' long. Features the GYRO navigation system that allows the the cleaner to fully and efficiently clean your swimming pool. Includes control for “spot-cleaning”, PVC brushes, and trolley for transportation to and from the pool edge. Cleans pool floor only, but does have manual wall cleaning capability using the remote control. Ultramax (150' Cable)....................... 10-526 Ultramax (150' Cable-PVA..........10-526.PVA

Aquabot Robotic Pool Cleaners

Magnum (120' Cable)

The Magnum is suitable for medium sized commercial swimming pools up to 98' long. Features the GYRO navigation system that allows the the cleaner to fully and efficiently clean your swimming pool. Includes control for “spot-cleaning”, PVA brushes, and trolley for transportation to and from the pool edge. Cleans pool floor, walls, and waterline. Magnum (120' Cable)....................... 10-309

Specification

Magnum Jr.

Magnum

Gemini

Catalog No.

10-311

10-309

10-304

Ultramax 10-526

Pool Size

Up to 67' Long

Up to 98' Long

Up to 164' Long

Coverage

6,500 SF/Hour

8,790 SF/Hour

9,750 SF/Hour

GPH Filtered

4,800

9,600

Cable Length

98'

118'

148'

Wall Climbing

YES

Number of Pumps

Brush Type

PVC

PVA

PVC/PVA

Filter

(1) 2 micron Bag (1) 2 micron Bag (2) 2 micron Bags (2) 2 micron Bags

Zero-Entry Sensor

YES

Infrared System

YES

Cleaning Cycle Times

3/4/6Hour

3/4/6 Hour

Voltage Input

YES

120-Volt/60-Hertz 120-Volt/60-Hertz 120-Volt/60-Hertz 120-Volt/60-Hertz

Voltage Output

24-Volt

Wattage

230-Watts

240-Watts

360-Watts

Unit Weight

33 Lbs.

35 Lbs.

59.5 Lbs.

73 Lbs.

Shipping Weight

51 Lbs.

53 Lbs.

110 Lbs.

Shipping Dims. (WxHxD)

24" x 21" x 23"

36" x 21" x 22"

Warranty

2 Year Limited

3 Year Limited

Most Common Replacment Parts

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254

Filter Bag

11-218

11-114

11-218

11-218 11-205

Drive Belt

11-205

PVC Brush

11-212

N/A

11-140

11-410

PVA Brush

11-223

11-224

11-225

11-210

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

CLEAN-UP AND MAINTENANCE

ALL

Automatic Commercial Pool Cleaners

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

WAVE 20.............................................10-415 The Wave 20 is an automatic robotic low profile cleaner for wading/reflection pools and fountains. Will operate in as little as 8" of water depth. Floor cleaner only. Caddy included.

WAVE 60.............................................10-416 Ideal solution for small hotel, condo, and apartment pools up to 50 feet. Ensures comprehensive cleaning with its superior filtering capabilities, and highly effective scrubbing of the floor, walls, and waterline. Caddy included.

WAVE 80............................................. 10-417 Ideal solution for small to mid-sized condo, apartment, and neighborhood pools up to 68 feet. Equipped with dual brushes and a center active brush for highly effective scrubbing of the floor, walls, and waterline. Caddy included.

WAVE 100...........................................10-418 Designed for mid-sized pools up to 88 feet, such as those found in gyms, fitness clubs, YMCAs, and water parks. Ensures comprehensive cleaning with its superior filtering capabilities, and highly effective scrubbing of the floor, walls, and waterline. Caddy included.

WAVE 120.......................................... 10-425 Designed for large pools up to 148 feet, put the power of two robots to work at once. Ideal for universities, YMCAs, and water parks, With superior filtering capabilities and an extra-wide cleaning path, this cleaner expertly cleans the pool with maximum effectiveness and efficiency. Caddy included.

WAVE 140.......................................... 10-420 Extra-wide for maximum cleaning efficiency, the Wave 140 is the perfect solution for large university, fitness clubs, YMCA, and resort pools up to 127 feet, including those with beach entry. Features fully automated operation, and multiple cleaning options and a wide cleaning path of 22 inches. Caddy included.

Maytronics WAVE Robotic Pool Cleaners Specification

Catalog No. Pool Size Suction Rate Cable Length Wall Climbing Remote Control Number of Brushes Brush Type Filter Zero-Entry Sensor Cleaning Cycle Times Voltage Input Voltage Output Cable Swivel Unit Weight w/o Cable Shipping Weight Shipping Dims. (WxHxD) Warranty Tracks (Set of 2) Filters or Filter Bag Filter Bag Clip Brush Climbing Rings Remote Control Suction Unit Drive Belt Cylone Net Filter

WAVE 20

WAVE 60

WAVE 80

WAVE 100

10-415 10-416 10-417 10-418 Up to 68' Long Up to 50' Long Up to 68' Long Up to 88' Long 4,500 GPH 4,500 GPH 4,500 GPH 4,500 GPH 78' 60' 78' 98' NO YES YES YES Included Not Included Included Included 2 (Non-Active) 2 (Non-Active) 3 (1 Active) 2 (Non-Active) PVC PVC, WB, CB PVC, WB, CB PVC Bag - Bottom Load Cartridge (Top Load) Cartridge (Top Load) Bag - Bottom Load YES YES YES YES 1/3 Hours 1/2.5 Hours 1.5/2.5/3.5 Hours 4/6/8 Hours 120-Volt/60-Hertz 120-Volt/60-Hertz 120-Volt/60-Hertz 120-Volt/60-Hertz 24-Volt 24-Volt 24-Volt 24-Volt YES YES YES YES 22 Lbs. 24 Lbs. 24 Lbs. 27 lbs. 46.3 Lbs. 46 Lbs. 46 Lbs. 54 lbs. 20" x 20" x 24" 20" x 20" x 24" 20" x 20" x 24" 20" x 20" x 24" 3-Year Limited 2-Year Limited 2 Year Limited 2 Year Limited

Most Common Replacment Parts

11-559 11-546 11-547 11-548 11-549

11-559 11-560 (Set of 4)

11-563 (Set of 4) 11-565 (Set of 4) 11-566

11-559 11-567 (1 - Bag) 11-562 (Set of 2) 11-563 (Set of 4) 11-565 (Set of 4) 11-566

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

WAVE 120

WAVE 140

10-425 138' Long 8,500 GPH 148' YES Included 4 (Non-Active) PVC Bag - Bottom Load YES 4/6/8 Hours 120-Volt/60-Hertz 27-Volt YES 41 lbs. 110 lbs. *35" x 20" x 18" 2 Year Limited

10-420 Up to 127' Long 9,000 GPH 137' NO Included 2 (Non-Active) PVC Cartridge (Top Load) YES 4/5/6 Hours 120-Volt/60-Hertz 30-Volt NO 53 lbs. 272 Lbs. *29.5" x 29.5" x 27.5" 3-Year Limited

11-559 11-567 (1 - Bag) 11-562 (Set of 2) 11-564 (Set of 4) 11-565 (Set of 4) 11-566

11-572 11-573/11-574

11-575 11-576 11-577 11-578

CLEAN-UP AND MAINTENANCE

Water Broom, Pressure Washer, & WYSIWASH Sanitizing System Replacement Parts for Sanitizer-V (ONLY) 10-295

10-296

WYSIWASH

Before your pool can reopen, you need an easy way to sanitize public areas quickly, affordably, & effectively. You need the Wysiwash Sanitizing System. Spray down your entire pool deck - including the chairs, railings, and showers - in just minutes.

Wysiwash is no mix, no rinse, so you can sanitize and get back to business. Wysiwash's pool-safe formula is formulated to kill viruses, bacteria, and mold, including coronavirus. Wysiwash's patented dispensing technology ensures that the Sanitizer-V emits the correct ratio of chlorine to water.

Includes the all new Flow Control Valve! It's so easy to use, you will clean more often with increased effectiveness. Simply connect the Applicator to a hose and spray. WYSIWASH Sanitizer-V.................... 10-292

Flow Control Valve........................... 10-295 The Flow Control Valve allows water to flow directly through the hose to the body of the Sanitizer-V. Female Quick Connect.................... 10-296 The Wysiwash Female Quick Connector makes connecting and disconnecting a hose to the Wysiwash Sanitizing System easy and fast. Replacment Hydro Body.................. 10-299 Made from ABS Polycarbonate. Replacement Caplet Container.......10-301 Attaches to the Hydro Body and holds the Wysiwash Jacketed Caplets

Adjustable Spray Nozzle….............. 10-303 The Zinc-Coated Adjustable Spray Nozzle emits the Wysiwash Sanitizing Solution. Twist to adjust the spray from a wide cone to a narrow stream.

Commercial Hand Pressure Washer

This hand held electric cold water pressure washer delivers up to 2 gpm at 1450 psi. Features include an industrial motor that is totally enclosed and thermal overload protected, industrial triplex plunger pump with ceramic plungers and stainless steel valves is protected by unloader valve. This pressure washer is equipped with low pressure chemical injection for application of concentrate liquid detergents and is activated by a hi-low pressure adjustable nozzle on the trigger gun. Includes 35' of power cord with GFCI. 2 HP Pressure Washer..................... 10-286 120-Volt, 20 AMP, Single Phase Dimensions: 18"L x 12"W x 11"H Shipping Weight: 68 lbs.

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254

Designed to work with all Wysiwash Sanitizing Systems, this set of 9 jacketed caplets kills germs, algae, mold and dangerous pathogens. Combined with the Sanitizer-V unit, they provide a no-rinse, environmentally friendly solution that saves time and money. With proper drainage and storage, one caplet is good for up to 3-1⁄2 hours of continuous cleaning. A nine count bucket is equivalent to approximately 45 gallons of bleach. WYSIWASH Jacketed Caplets....... 50-230

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

CLEAN-UP AND MAINTENANCE

Winterizing Accessories, Stainless Steel Cleaner and Kits

Deluxe Skim Insure

This specially designed sealed plastic cylinder threads into the skimmer opening to seal the skimmer line and to prevent skimmer damage caused by ice expansion. Has both 1-1⁄2" and 2" thread connection. Deluxe Skim Insure........................... 37-916

Winter Plugs

We offer several different sizes of highquality rubber winter plugs. Each plug features steel bolts and plates with nylon wing nuts.

37-925

37-926

37-927

Winterizing Plug #4..........................37-925 For 3⁄4" and 1" Pipe. Winterizing Plug #6..........................37-926 For 1" Fitting. Winterizing Plug #7..........................37-927 For 1-1⁄4" Pipe.

37-928

37-929

37-930

Winterizing Plug #8..........................37-928 For 1-1⁄2" Pipe. Winterizing Plug #9..........................37-929 For 1-1⁄2" Pipe and 1-1⁄4" Fittings. Winterizing Plug #10........................37-930 For 1-1⁄2" Fitting.

37-931

37-932

Winterizing Plug #11......................... 37-931 For 2" Pipe. Winterizing Plug #12........................37-932 For 2" Fitting.

Stainless Steel SuperClean™

This citric acid cleaning and passivation product is based on a new technology using safe and environmentally friendly citric acid to remove the free iron from the surface of stainless steel and chromium thereby enriching the surface. Although not really "new", an emerging technology that is proving to be a vast improvement over the mineral acids is the use of safer organic acids such as citric acid. These are very effective materials which remove a variety of metallic ions that would otherwise affect the corrosion resistance of the stainless steel. These acids are materials that work in aqueous solutions to tie up metal ions so that they are no longer effective or able to have a negative impact. By their very nature, these products are non-toxic, non-corrosive and biodegradable.

Stainless Steel Cleaning Kit

Recreonics has put together this starter stainless steel cleaner kit for beginning maintenance on all stainless steel deck equipment. The kit includes (1) green scour pad, (4) wipes, (1) pair of latex gloves and (1) 22 oz. spray bottle of organic citric acid cleaning and passivation solution. All required cleaning instructions and MSDS information is included. Stainless Steel Cleaning Kit............ 51-425 Shipping Weight: 3 Ibs.

SS SuperClean™ is a high quality blend of chemicals formulated for the general cleaning and passivation of stainless steel products. 22 oz. Spray Bottle........................... 51-400 1-Gallon Bottle................................... 51-402 SS SuperClean™ Plus is formulated for cleaning and passivation of stainless steel with visible rust. 22 oz. Spray Bottle........................... 51-403 1-Gallon Bottle................................... 51-405 SS SuperClean™ Gel is a thick liquid citric acid solution for cleaning and passivating. Intended for general cleaning of stainless steel, removing light corrosion while passivating the surface. 1-Gallon Bottle................................... 51-406

Stainless Steel Cleaning Kit............ 51-430 Includes all the same components of the 51-425 kit, but with a 1-gallon container of the organic cleaning and passivation solution. Shipping Weight: 12 lbs.

SS SuperClean™ Gel Plus is a thick liquid citric acid solution for cleaning and passivation of stainless steel with visible rust. 1-Gallon Bottle................................... 51-408

Univ. Winterizing Plug #7-#10........ 37-914 Will fit 1-1⁄4" pipe up to 1-1⁄2" fitting.

NOTE: Stainless steel is a corrosion resistant alloy, but is not rustproof unless a program of preventative maintenance is instituted.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254

PAINTING AND PATCHING

Specialty Patching and Sealing Products Epoxy-Putty

EPOXYBOND® Pool Putty

AquataPoxy Coatings

AquataPoxy coatings are known for their extraordinary moisture tolerance that facilitates superior bonding capabilities in difficult field conditions, including underwater applications. All coatings are certified to requirements of ANSI/NSF Standard 61.

AquataPoxy A-6 Paint

Stays White • Hardens underwater EPOXYBOND® Pool Putty is a unique epoxy putty you can mix in your hands. Simple to use. . .CUT, MIX and FIX ! There’s no need to drain concrete pools to repair leaks and cracks because EPOXYBOND® Pool Putty cures under water. EPOXYBOND® Pool Putty has been keeping pools usable for more than 25 years. EPOXYBOND® Pool Putty.................74-107 Weight: 1 lb.

A solvent free,100% solids, corrosion resistant epoxy coating that can be applied to dry or damp metal or concrete, including underwater. Color is white. Coverage is 160 square feet per gallon at a 10-mil thickness. Quart Kit............................................ 74-200 2-Gallon Kit........................................74-202

AquataPoxy A-61 Coating

A solvent free, 100% solids, high build epoxy coating formulated for broad range corrosion protection and a 5-hour quick return to service. Can be applied to dry, wet or underwater surfaces. Color is white. Coverage is 20 square feet per gallon at an 80-mil thickness. 1-Gallon Kit.........................................74-208

A unique hand mixable epoxy sealant that cures in minutes. Ideal for wet surfaces and underwater repairs. Epoxy-Putty contains fading blue dye and becomes pure white after mixing. When mixed, EpoxyPutty bonds tenaciously to wet surfaces even when totally immersed and will cure under water down to 40°F. Epoxy-Putty 4 oz. tube..................... 74-195 Epoxy-Putty 12 tube box.................. 74-196 Weight: 6 Ibs., 4 oz.

Underwater Magic

NEVER EMPTY YOUR POOL AGAIN! Underwater Magic is an extremely strong one component adhesive and sealant, utilizing plastics technology. It is designed for a wide variety of indoor and outdoor swimming pool repair applications. It is 100% silicon free, odorless, chlorine and UV resistant. Color is white. Underwater Magic............................74-976 9.13 oz. Cartridge

3M Concrete Repair

This self-leveling urethane® flows smoothly into cleaned cracks and gaps and hardens in as little as 5-minutes. Hardens to any depth without cracking or shrinking. Works on horizontal repairs and is great for setting anchors. Applied with a standard caulking gun (not included). 3M Concrete Repair......................... 74-198 8.4 fl.oz. Cartridge

Silicone Sealant

Aquaguard Super Epoxy 50 ML Kit

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! FOR MORE INFORMATION 800.428.3254

Aquaguard is 2-part self-leveling, nonsagging epoxy system that includes a (1) dispensing gun, (1) 50 ml cartridge and (2) mixing tips. Adheres to concrete, fiberglass and steel surfaces. Great for filling in cracks, installing tiles and fixing cracks in skimmers. Aquaguard 50 ML Kit.......................74-962 Small Injector Gun............................74-963 50 ML Cartridge................................74-964 Mixing Tips........................................74-965

This one-part 100% silicone moisture curing RTV (room temperature vulcanizing) compound forms a tough and durable seal with the longterm flexability. Adheres to surfaces such as chrome, aluminum and stainless steel without priming. Coverage: standard 10.2 oz. cartridge covers approximately 97.65 linear feet of 1⁄8" x 1⁄8" bead. Color is white. Not to be used for underwater applications or to be painted over. Silicone Sealant................................74-360 10.2 oz. Cartridge Case of 24 Cartridges.................. 74-360.C

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

PAINTING & PATCHING

Epoxy Pool Coatings NEW

Ramuc Coating Systems for Commercial Pools

Ramuc® is the leading manufacturer of specialty aquatic coatings that has been trusted for over 90 years to protect and rejuventate commercial pools, spas, fountains, waterslides and other aquatic features.

HB31 High-Build Epoxy Coating

Hi Build Epoxy Coating

Ramuc Hi Build Epoxy™ provides unsurpassed stain, chemical and abrasion resistance. Renovates aged concrete, plaster, and fiberglass surfaces. VOC compliant in US and Canada. This superior high-build epoxy coating is formulated to provide the longest lasting finish of any pool paint. Packaged in an easy to use 1:1 mix ratio, Hi Build Epoxy rolls easily and builds up to 8 mils dry per coat, rendering “smoothing” qualities on rough surfaces. Two coats offer up to 8 years of service life. Apply with brush, no thicker than 3/8" mohair or lambskin roller, airless or conventional sprayer. Avalable in 2-gallon kits. 2-Gallon Can Kit................................74-054 Weight: 20 lbs. Black (BK), Dawn Blue (B) and White (W). Coverage: 150-200 square feet per gallon. Recoat coverage is 250-300 square feet.

This 3:1 high-build coating cures to a satin finish with excellent coverage rates, especially on previously painted epoxy surfaces. Because of their chemical cure, epoxies are the paints of choice for indoor and outdoor pools. HB31 Epoxy rolls or sprays easily up to 8 mils dry per coat rendering “smoothing” qualities on rough surfaces. Two coats offer up to 8 years’ service life. Apply with brush, no thicker than 3/8" mohair or lambskin roller, airless or conventional sprayer. Avalable in 1 and 4-gallon kits. 1-Gallon Can Kit................................74-055 Weight: 28 lbs. (Black (BK), Dawn Blue (B), Glacier Blue (GB), Ocean Blue (OB), White (W). 4-Gallon Can Kit................................74-056 Dawn Blue (DB), White (W) ONLY) Weight: 62 lbs. Coverage: 150-200 square feet per gallon on bare, sandblasted or rough surfaces. Recoat coverage is 250-300 square feet.

BLACK

DAWN BLUE

EP Epoxy Coating

Ramuc EP Epoxy™ cures to a hard, tough, and durable finish. It provides stain, chemical and abrasion resistance for protection of concrete, plaster and fiberglass swimming pools, spas and slides. High solids, high gloss epoxy coating provides 3 to 4 years of service life. VOC compliant in US and Canada. Excellent coverage rates, especially on previously painted epoxy surfaces. EP Epoxy has been a proven performer for more than 50 years. Epoxies are the coating of choice for indoor pools due to their chemical cure. Apply with brush, no thicker than 3/8" mohair or lambskin roller, airless or conventional sprayer. Avalable in 1-gallon kits only. 1-Gallon Can......................................74-022 Weight: 13 lbs. (Black (BK), Aqua Green (AG), Dawn Blue B), Dark Blue (DB), Royal Blue (RB), White (W). Coverage: 175-200 square feet per gallon on bare, sandblasted or rough surfaces. Recoat coverage is 375-400 square feet.

DAWN BLUE GLACIER BLUE

BLACK

AQUAGREEN

DAWN BLUE

DARK BLUE

ROYAL BLUE

WHITE

WHITE OCEAN BLUE

NOTE: Preparation Tips

WHITE

SURFACE PREPARATION Whatever coating you use will adhere best to a solid and clean surface. Inspect the surface condition of your empty pool. Repair minor cracks or chips and sand down all peeling or flaking areas. Follow this by power washing the entire surface to remove loose paint and other debris. Let it dry, then sweep away loose impediments. CLEAN THE SURFACE Your pool surface must be completely clean and free of loose paint, dirt, oils, or solutions before you apply your new coating system. We recommend using Ramuc’s Clean & Prep Solution for this process, which replaces the traditional three-step pool cleaning process with one step. Flush the surface three times with a strong stream of clean water from a garden hose. Do not flush using a power washer. LET THE SURFACE DRY The type of coating you will be using dictates how dry the surface must be before you begin. Acrylic paint can be applied to a damp surface, but epoxy must be applied to a completely dry surface. Check the instructions on your product label to determine dryness requirements.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

PAINTING & PATCHING

Rubber-Based, Acrylic Pool & Deck Coatings NEW

Ramuc Coating Systems for Commercial Pools

Ultra Pro 2000 Synthetic Rubber Coating

A-2 Synthetic Rubber Coating

Ramuc A-2 is a premium rubber coating formulated to provide excellent hiding, coverage and protection. It restores and upgrades previously painted chlorinated rubber and synthetic rubber surfaces, and is VOC Compliant in all 50 states and Canada. For upgrading and restoring previously painted synthetic or chlorinated rubber surfaces. Self priming, 2-coat system. High-gloss finish allows for easty cleaning. Up to 4 years of service life. Excellent coverage rates. Apply with brush, no thicker than 3/8" mohair or lambskin roller, airless or conventional sprayer. Avalable in 1-gallon cans and 5-gallon pails. 1-Gallon Can...................................... 74-014 Weight: 13 lbs. 1-Gallon Pail....................................... 74-016 Weight: 65 lbs. Black (BK), Dawn Blue (B), White (W). Coverage: 200-300 square feet per gallon on bare surfaces and 300-400 square feet per gallon on recoats.

Ramuc Ultra Pro 2000 Synthetic Rubber Coating is VOC compliant in all 50 states and Canada. It is designed for commercial use where a competitively priced paint is required and pool maintenance is performed every few years. This coating is an excellent choice for recoating previously painted chlorinated rubber and synthetic rubber surfaces. For use on previously painted chlorinated or synthetic rubber surfaces, as well as bare concrete. Selfpriming 2-coat system. Up to 2 years service life. Apply with brush, no thicker than 3/8" mohair or lambskin roller, airless or conventional sprayer. Avalable in 1-gallon cans and 5-gallon pails. 1-Gallon Can...................................... 74-018 Weight: 13 lbs. Dawn Blue (B), Royal Blue (RB), and White (W). 5-Gallon Pail...................................... 74-019 Weight: 65 lbs. Dawn Blue (B), White (W) ONLY. Coverage: 175 - 200 square feet per gallon on bare surface and up to 300 square feet per gallon on recoats.

DS Acrylic Pool Coating

Ramuc DS acrylic aquatic coating is formulated to offer all the advantages of water-based technology, and can be applied to damp surfaces, previously painted chlorinated and synthetic rubber surfaces. DS can be used when short down times are critical, as the pool can be filled within 3 days after the final application. Water-based acrylics are extremely colorfast and UV resistant. Self priming, 2-coat system. Provides a matte finish. Up to 2 years of service life. Clean up with soap and waterApply with brush, no thicker than 3/8" mohair or lambskin roller, airless or conventional sprayer. Avalable in 1-gallon kits only. Not for use on fiberglass surfaces or pools previously coated with epoxy. 1-Gallon Can..................................... 74-050 Shipping Weight: 12.25 lbs. 1-Gallon Pail.......................................74-052 Weight: 62 lbs. Black (BK), Dawn Blue (B), Royal Blue (RB), White (W). Coverage: 350 - 400 square feet per gallon.

BLACK

DAWN BLUE

ROYAL BLUE

DAWN BLUE

ROYAL BLUE

WHITE

ADC Acrylic Deck Coating BLACK

NEW

DAWN BLUE

WHITE

This durable product is water-based, featuring soap and water clean-up, and allows a concrete deck or patio to return to service in 48 hours. The coating is colorfast, UV resistant and excellent for restoring bare or previously painted concrete surfaces. Elevate the aesthetics and functionality of your textured concrete deck surfaces with Ramuc® Acrylic Deck Coating. Designed for both beauty and safety, this coating provides a non-slip finish ideal for high-traffic areas. Fast dry formula. Self-priming, 2-coat system. Provides a matte finish. VOC compliant in US and Canada. Apply with brush, no thicker than 3/8" non-shedding roller. 1-Gallon ADC Acrylic Deck Coating…………….………74-025 Weight: 12.5 lbs. Honey Sand (HS), Dune Shadow (DS), Silver Creek (SC), Sandstone (SS), Cayman Sand (CS), and Whisper White (WW). Coverge: 175 square feet per gallon.

HONEY SAND

DUNE SHADOW

SILVER CREEK

SANDSTONE

CAYMAN SAND

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

WHISPER WHITE

PAINTING & PATCHING

Specialty Coatings, Patching & Sealing Products Ramuc Coating Systems for Commercial Pools

NEW

Epoxy Patching Compound

NEW

Epoxy Patching Compound creates a superior bond to all epoxies, polyester resins, metals and wood. It can be sanded, machined, cut, filed, planed, drilled, tapped, or nailed making it perfect for filling, filleting, forming, fairing, and fastening. This low odor formula is resistant to chemicals and is safe to use above and below the waterline. Epoxy Patching Compound can be molded and shaped during aplication and is easily tinted with paints and stains. Epoxy Patching Compound can be over coated by most paints and stains. Will not sag, run or shrink. Great for large or small repairs. Will remain flexible. Applicable above or below the waterline. Applied with caulking gun. Epoxy Patch Cartridge (Each)............................74-984 Weight: .8 lbs.

74-602

PSL Nitrile Rubber Caulk

Ramuc PSL is an excellent choice for repairing cracks that may develop over time in pool walls, steps, and other vertical or sloped surfaces. Its unique formulation allows it to be applied directly into cracks up to ½” wide, even under wet conditions, without sagging, ensuring the integrity of the repair. This material is also effective for sealing grout lines in tiled pools, particularly in areas prone to water intrusion or where traditional grouts may fail. Permanent, flexible bond, non-sag formula. Excellent adhesion to most surfaces Can apply down to 32 degrees. Cures under water. Applied with standard caulking gun. Color is off-white PAL Caulk Cartridge (Each).............74-982 Weight: 1 lbs.

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254 50

74-610

74-604

Clean & Prep Solution

Ramuc Clean & Prep™ Solution is used to clean and degrease; while simultaneously dissolving mineral deposits and increasing porosity for good adhesion on surfaces for painting. It can be used on: painted surfaces, bare plaster, concrete or fiberglass. Clean & Prep is VOC compliant in US and Canada, odor and fume free, water-rinse neutralize and is biodegradable. It is safe to use near plants or grass. Cleans, degreases and prepares surface for proper adhesion prior to painting. Odor free and biodegradable. Replaces TSP/ Acid Etch/TSP process. Apply with garden sprayer. 1-Gallon Clean & Prep......................74-987 Weight: 10.5 lbs. Coverage: 400 to 800 square feet per gallon depenging on surface.

74-608 74-606

74-612

Painting Accessories

For your convenience, Recreonics is offering these painting accessories specifically constructed for marine or aquatic applications. 9" Plastic Tray...................................74-602 1⁄2 gallon capacity. 9" Roller Cover..................................74-604 Long nap, great for epoxy and rubber based coatings. 9" Roller Cover..................................74-606 Short nap,for high solid epoxies such as Zeron or EP Hi Build. 9" Roller Frame.................................74-608 Plastic threaded handle. 5-Gallon Bucket Grill........................ 74-610 2-1⁄2" Brush......................................... 74-612 Chip bristle – Throw away. 4" Brush............................................. 74-614 Chip bristle – Throw away. 60" Wooden Handle......................... 10-346 Threaded end.

Ramuc Solvent Thinner

Specially formulated to reduce spray applied solvent-based coatings. Cleans rollers and spray equipment. 1-Gallon Ramuc Solvent...................74-043 Weight: 7.5 lbs.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

PAINTING & PATCHING

Rubberized Non-Skid Coatings

UT-200 Submersible, Medium Texture Tuff Coat UT-200 Rubberized Non-Skid Coating

Tuff Coat UT-200 is a single component, flexible, water-based non-skid coating created through a unique process of cross-linking urethanes, acrylics, copolymers and recycled rubber granules to create a long-lasting non-slip finish. This product can be applied by a Tuff Coat textured roller, low-pressure hopper spray gun, or commerical texture sprayer. This product is designed to provide an attractive, highly durable, impact-resistant, non-slip surface for splash pads, kiddie, catch and wave pools, spray parks, restroom floors, deck surfaces and other areas requiring slip resistance that can be used in or out of water.

Tuff Coat UT-200 series is a single component, flexible, water-based non-skid coating created through a unique process of cross-linking urethanes, acrylics, co-polymers and recycled rubber granules to create a long-lasting non-slip finish. Exceptionally easy one-part application. Soap and water clean-up. Highly durable and impact resistant. This product is low odor and should be applied with a Tuff Coat roller or low-pressure hopper spray gun. 1-Gallon Can..................................... 74-060 Weight: 14 lbs. 5-Gallon Pail......................................74-062 Weight: 70 lbs. (Reference color chart for available choices) Coverage is 45 square feet per gallon.

UT-80 Adhesion Primer

Tuff Coat UT-80 is a two-component water-based epoxy primer/sealer. Excellent for concrete, masonry, fiberglass, wood, and previously painted substrates for heavy use and moisture areas. Tuff Coat UT-80 can be applied to damp concrete surfaces. This primer is compatible with all Tuff Coat rubberized non-skid coatings. Simple 1:1 mix ratio. This product is low odor and should be applied with a Tuff Coat roller or low-pressure hopper spray gun. 1-Gallon Can Kit................................74-064 Shipping Weight: 14 lbs. 2.5-Gallon Pail (Part A).....................74-065 Shipping Weight: 35 lbs. 2.5-Gallon Pail (Part B).....................74-066 Shipping Weight: 35 lbs. Coverage is 250 square feet per gallon.

AVAILABLE COLORS

UT-15 Tuff Coat Cleaner & Degraser Tuff Coat’s flexible matte finish dries to 30-35 mils of thickness creating a finish that hides significant imperfections on all surfaces as well as improves existing nonskid finishes to provide additional safety.

Fiberglass, Concrete & Wood Application Guide 2 Coats of Tuff Coat Rubberized Non-Skid Coating 1 Coat of Tuff Coat UT-80 Adhesion Primer Concrete, Previously Painted Surface, Fiberglass or Wood

Tuff Coat Cleaner and Degreaser UT-15 is a commercial strength, concentrated formula that contains a proprietary blend of biodegradable surfactants, detergents and emulsifiers in a water-based solution. Apply with cleaning rag, brush, pour or pressure washer. 1-Gallon Jug.......................................74-067 Weight: 5 lbs. Coverage is 250 square feet per gallon at full strength.

BLACK UT-101 / UT-201

BRICK RED UT-102

CARIBBEAN BLUE UT-103 / UT-203

DARK BLUE UT-104 / UT-204

DARK BROWN UT-105

DARK GRAY UT-106 / UT-206

DARK GREEN UT-107

GREEN UT-108 / UT-208

KEY WEST SAND UT-109 / UT-209 / UT-109ST

LIGHT BLUE UT-110

LIGHT GRAY UT-111 / UT-211 / UT-111ST

MEDIUM BLUE UT-112 / UT-212

MEDIUM GRAY UT-113 / UT-213

OLIVE UT-114

RED UT-115

SAND UT-116 / UT-216 / UT-116ST

TAN UT-117 / UT-217

WATERPARK BLUE UT-118 / UT-218

WHITE UT-119 / UT-219 / UT-119ST

SAFETY ORANGE UT-220

SAFETY YELLOW UT-221

Tuff Coat Texttured Rollers

Tuff Coat non-skid coatings must be applied by Tuff Coat rollers. Tuff Coat rollers are designed to ensure a uniform finish and proper dispersion of the rubber granules. 4” Roller (Twin Pack).......................74-068 9” Roller (Single)...............................74-069

BLACK UT-301

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

DECK EQUIPMENT

ADA Compliant - Battery Powered Lifts Pool Lift Available Sign... 46-745 Dimensions: 9" W x 12" H

PAL2 with Lift Operator®

Controller located on the mast that provides true operational redundancy from the control box and the handset. The PAL2 has been third party tested and verified ADA compliant. The PAL2 has a lifting capacity of 300 lbs. and offers a 240° rotation to ensure safe transfer. Constructed of powder coated stainless steel and aluminum. Requires completed pool profile worksheet.

The PAL2 pool lift features a sleek, modern design with attractive matte finish and is availale in both standard and HI/LO models. This lift is completely portable and easily removed from the deck when the pool is closed. It comes standard with our Secure-It Kit, which allows the lift to be fixed to the deck. The PAL2 features the LiftOperator®

PAL2 Aquatic Lift Series

Access Lift Warning Sign..............46-774 Dimensions: 9" W x 12"

Splash™ Pool Lift

The Splash™ Lift series meets the Americans with Disabilities Act Access Guidelines (ADAAG 2010). The Splash™ lift installs into your pool deck via an anchor (sold separately), and can be easily removed for winter storage. 359° rotation ensures a safe transfer area. The standard Splash™ pool lift has 400 pound lifting capacity.

Includes Battery, Charger, Battery Console Cover, Waterproof Control, Footrest and Seatbelt Assembly, Secure-It-Kit

Splash™ Aquatic Lift Series

Catalog No.

Lift Description

Lifting Capacity

46-770

PAL2 with LiftOperator® with Armrest

300

1,200

46-771

PAL2 HI/LO Lift w/ LiftOperator, Armrest

300

1,200

Shipping Weight )lbs.)

PAL2 Accessories and Replacement Parts Description

Catalog No.

Description

46-736 46-738 46-745 46-753 46-754 46-756

Seat Belt Assembly Spineboard Attachment Lift Available Sign L34 Actuator (NEED SN) Battery Cover (Tan) Secure-It-Kit

46-966 46-975 46-976 46-979 46-982 46-987

Seat/Mast Cover (Tan) Seat Saver Cover (Tan) Stability Strap (NEW SEAT) Cover for Lift Operator (Tan) Charger - Lift Operator Battery - Lift Operator-

S.R. Smith California Compliant Lift Operator Kits Catalog No.

Description

47-227 47-228

2-Button Control Assy. Kit 4-Button Control Assy. Kit

1001540-BC 1001550-BC

aXs

Battery Assembly 60-Watt Corded Charger 2-Button Lift Operator 4-Button Lift Operator

1001495-BC-R 1001530-BC-R 400-7001-BC 400-7000-BC

Catalog No.

46-760LA 46-762LA 46-768LA

46-687LA 46-688LA

Lifting Capacity

ShippingWeight (lbs.)

Splash™ Aquatic Lift with Armrest Splash™ Aquatic Lift HI/LO with Armrest Splash™ Extended Reach with Armrest Splash™ California Package with Mast Cover, Caddy and Armrest Assembly

400 400 300

275 275 275

400

275

Splash™ Extended Reach California Package (w/Mast Cover, Caddy, and Armrest Assembly) Splash™ Extended Reach HI/LO w/Armrest

300

293

300

275

Lift Description

Splash™ Accessories and Replacement Parts Catalog No.

Description

Catalog No.

Description

46-736

Seat Belt Assembly

46-756

Secure-it-Kit

46-737

Mast Cover (Tan)

46-764

Splash Secure-it-Kit

Multi- PAL Lift PAL 2 Splash

46-738

Spineboard Attachment

46-966

Seat/Mast Cover (Tan)

N/A

46-739

Splash Caddy

46-975

Seat Saver Cover (Tan)

46-743

LiftLock2 Anchor Assy.

46-976

Stability Strap (NEW SEAT)

46-745

Lift Available Sign

46-979

Cover for Lift Operator(Tan)

46-747

Control Box Linak

46-982

Charger - Lift Operator

46-753

LA34 Actuator (NEED SN)

46-987

Battery - Lift Operator

46-967

Seat/Mast Combo for ER and Hi/Lo (Tan)

N/A N/A

California Compliant Charging Systems for Lift-Operator 47-225 47-226 47-230 47-231

Includes Battery, Charger, Battery Console Cover, Waterproof Control, Footrest and Seat Belt Assembly

46-765LA

Catalog No.

S.R.Smith Part No.

The Extended Reach version of the Splash™ pool lift has a 300 pound lifting capacity. The Splash™ frame is fabricated out of powder coated stainless steel and aluminum. Review the chart below for the different available versions of the Splash™ lift and choose the one that best fits your facility needs. Anchor sold separately. Requires completed pool profile worksheet.

N/A

46-754

Battery Cover (Tan)

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

DECK EQUIPMENT

ADA Compliant - Battery Powered Lifts Access Lift Warning Sign..............46-774 Dimensions: 9" W x 12"

Pool Lift Available Sign.......... 46-745 Dimensions: 9" W x 12" H

MultiLift2™ Access Lift

The multiLift2® series meets the Americans with Disabilities Act Access Guidelines (ADAAG 2010). Featuring a field reversible seating design, the flange mounted lift is built with powder-coated stainless steel and aluminum construction with a 350lb. lifting capacity. The updated design increases previous deck-to-water level

capacity from 8" to 14.5" as well as improvements to both minimum and maximum setback clearances. The multiLift2 comes standard with the LiftOperator® Intelligent Control System and is available in three color options (see below). Order 48-001 anchor kit for new construction installations. Requires completed pool profile worksheet. Anchor sold separately. Installation Template comes with the anchor.

The MultiLift2 Complete Includes Lift-Operator with Water-Resistant Hand Control, Battery, Charger, Seat Belt Assembly and Electronics Console Cover.

Lifting Capacity

ShippingWeight (lbs.)

MultiLift2 Less Anchor (Grey Mist)

350

145

46-892.LA

MultiLift2 Less Anchor (Taupe)

350

145

46-894.LA

MultiLift2 Less Anchor (Slate)

350

145

46-890.LA

Lift Description

aXs2 Accessories and Replacement Parts Description

SLATE (.S)

Shipping Weight (lbs.)

aXs2 Pool Lift Less Anchor

300

132

46-933

aXs2 Pool Lift with Caddy Less Anchor

300

207

46-934

aXs2 Pool Lift Round Post Less Anchor

300

132

SLATE (.S)

GREY MIST (.G)

aXs2 Accessories and Replacement Parts

GREY MIST (.G)

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254

Lifting Capacity

46-931

TAUPE (.T)

Third-party tested and verified this ADA compliant access lift has a 300 lb. lifting capacity. Features integrated armrests and a sturdy roto-molded seat. Ships complete with the LiftOperator® Intelligent Controller, 24-volt battery, charger, electronic console cover, seat belt assembly. Anchor sold separately.

The aXs2 is a low profile pool lift with a compact footprint. It is ideal for community and hospitality swimming pools. Constructed from stainless steel and powder-coated aluminum extrusions. Provides 360-degree rotation to ensure sufficient clear deck space for safe transfers.

Catalog No.

MULTI-LIFT2 Series

Catalog No.

aXs2 Pool Access Lift

Catalog No.

S.R. Smith No.

46-736

900-1000

Seat Belt

46-743

300-6600L

LiftLock2 Anchor

46-975

970-5000T

Seat Saver Cover (Tan)

46-976

900-6000

Stability Strap

46-987

1001-495

Lift Operator Battery

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

Description

DECK EQUIPMENT

Battery and Water Powered ADA Compliant Lifts

Aqua Creek Ranger 2 Pool Lift

This compact, non-rotational lift is ADA and UL Safety Certified. Field-reversible design with durable stainless steel components. Anchor sold separately. Ranger 2 Lift (White/Tan)..........46-900.WT Also available in white with blue seat (.WB), white with gray seat (.WG), white with white seat(.WW). Shipping Weight: 160 lbs Anchor Kit for Ranger 2.................. 46-902 (Standard Installation Applications) Cover for Ranger 2.......................... 46-903 Available in Blue (.B), Gray (.G) and Tan (.T)

Aqua Creek Mighty 400 Lift

The ADA Compliant, UL Certified, Mighty 400 pool lift has a 400 lb. lifting capacity, 360-degree rotation, and can reach out acroos the pool deck by as much as 44”. Mighty 400 Lift......................... 46-926.WB Also available in white with tan seat (.WT), white with gray seat (.WG), and white with white seat (.WW). Shipping Weight: 290 lbs Anchor Kit for Mighty 400.............. 46-922 (Standard Installation Applications) Cover for Mighty 400.......................46-927 Available in Blue (.B), Gray (.G) and Tan (.T) Shipping Weight: 8 lbs

46-637

46-671

Aquatic Access Lift IGAT-180 AD (Automatic 180º Seat Turn)

Including all of the ADA-compliant features of the IGAT-180, the IGAT-180AD for pools with covers is entirely above the deck until the seat is lowered. Lifts 350 lb. at 55-65 PSI. This lift requires a heavy-duty anchor.

All lift orders will require a completed pool profile worksheet Aquatic Access ADA-compliant Lift IGAT-180 with anchor...................... 46-640 Shipping Weight 1 box 78 lb. 1 box 30 lb. Aquatic Access ADA-compliant Lift IGAT-180 Complete..........................46-670 Same as 46-640 but includes 2 seatbelts, headrest and flip-up outer arm. Aquatic Access ADA-compliant Lift IGAT-180AD with anchor................. 46-671

Aqua Creek Scout Excel Pool Lift

ADA Compliant and UL Safety Certified with 360° rotation and adjustable seat height, the Scout Excel is versatile enough to fit almost any pool profile. Anchor Sold Separately. Scout Excel Lift (White/Blue)... 46-920.WB Also available in white with tan seat (.WT), white with gray seat (.WG), white with white seat (.WW). Shipping Weight: 275 lbs Anchor Kit for Scout Excel.............. 46-922 (Standard Installation Applications) Cover for Scout Excel...................... 46-924 Available in Blue (.B), Gray (.G) and Tan (.T) Shipping Weight: 6 lbs

46-631

46-640 with optional flip-up outer arm

Aquatic Access Lift IGAT-180 (Automatic 180º Seat Turn)

NOTE: Add (.LA) to the 46-640, 46-670, 46-671 and 46-673 to order the lift less anchor.

Aquatic Access Accessories

Note: All Aqua Creek lifts can be custom powder-coated if provided with RAL number.

The green water-powered solution to pool access complies with the 2010 Standards for Accessible Design. Mounts into a socket in the deck and rolls away for storage. Features independent operation from deck and water via dual controls. Lifts 400 lb. with 55-65 PSI water pressure. Includes padded flip-up footrest, seatbelt, and anchor socket with cover.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

Recessed Socket............................... 46-631 Recessed Socket Cover.................. 46-634 Seat Belt........................................... 46-635 Headrest.......................................... 46-636 California Seating Package............ 46-638 Includes flip-up outer arm required by CBC. Flip-Up Outer Arm........................... 46-639 Spineboard Assembly......................46-672

DECK EQUIPMENT

ADA Compliant Steps and Ladders Note: Shown with (2) side skirts. One comes standard, the other would be in addition.

AquaTrek 2 ADA Compliant Steps

Light Blue (.LB)

Safety Yellow (.Y)

ADA Easy Stair

Med. Blue (.B)

The ADA Easy Stair is a proven economical solution for all pools requiring a primary or secondary means of ADA access. This durable marine-grade fiberglass stair system is lightweight, compact and with the included dolly is easily portable. The ADA Easy Stair requires no anchoring to the pool deck or any pool modification. Each pool stair is custom fabricated and manufactured to your pool profile with just a few simple measurements. Our solid construction includes entrapment skirts with protective wear strips for increase durability; white non-conductive polymer coated steel handrails, and non-skid ADA compliant gel-coated steps for secure footing. The approach platform is designed based on deck edge and gutter profiles, to fit both corner and standard placement. Maximum load capacity is 500 lbs. Ships fully assembled. Available in Light Blue (.LB), Medium Blue (.B) and Safety Yellow (.Y). ADA Easy Stair................................. 46-800 Will accommodate a top-of-deck to pool floor distance of 32" to 67". Shipping Weight: Will vary from 160 to 190 lbs.

This ADA compliant step system is designed for frequent installs and removals in and out of the swimming pool. Eash step unit is custom made based on a detailed measurement guide that must be completed to determine how many steps will be required to accommodate your pool/deck profile. Available from 3 to 8 step tread models. Designed with inside ADA rails 24” wide between rails-closed risers and a safety side skirt on one side only. Additional side skirt for the other side can be ordered separately. The step systems have a 600 lbs. weight capacity 12” tread depth and 7” maximum riser height. No bonding required. 5-Tread Step...................................... 46-718 Shipping Weight: 220 lbs. 6-Tread Step...................................... 46-719 Shipping Weight: 310 lbs. 7-Tread Step......................................46-720 Shipping Weight: 330 lbs. 8-Tread Step...................................... 46-721 Shipping Weight: 350 lbs. Options: 5-Step Additional Side Skirt............ 46-615 6-Step Additional Side Skirt............ 46-616 7-Step Additional Side Skirt............ 46-617 8-Step Additional Side Skirt............ 46-618 Replacment Parts: Replacement Tread for Step........... 46-613 (30” L x 13.5” D) 4” x 28” Yellow Safety Strip........... 46-608 4” x 28” Black Safety Strap............. 46-610

NOTE: A detailed questionnaire documenting your swimming pool’s specific deck, wall and pool floor dimensions is required for both determining unit required and fabrication.

Aqua Step ADA

The Aqua Step ADA is built to meet or exceed the current ADA mandates for pool stairs. The ADA model is portable, extremely durable, and carries an exclusive limited lifetime frame warranty. Standard ADA features include shielded riser openings, a full 11" of exposed foot strike area to allow easy forward entry, hand rails that extend a minimum of 12" onto the top platform entry area, and a 34" to 38" railing height depending on the model. Per ADA guidelines the railings are no more than 24" apart and the non skid surfaces meet or exceed OSHA guidelines. The Aqua Step ADA frame is constructed of extruded high density plastic. The railings are crafted from fluted UVA protected high density plastic for durability and enhanced grip. An aluminum subframe is installed for added durability to each railing. Individuals treads and all hardware are stainless steel. The Aqua Step ADA weight capacity exceeds 600 pounds and will safely facilitate all users. Transport wheels are standard for easy maneuvering on the deck. Aqua Step ADA units incorporate Custom Approach Platforms at no extra cost to accommodate any/all deck configurations. Pool profile drawings must be submitted when ordering as each Aqua Step ADA is custom built for your pool. 4-Step Aqua Step ADA.....................46-907 Shipping Weight: 150 lbs. 5-Step Aqua Step ADA.................... 46-908 Shipping Weight: 180 lbs. 6-Step Aqua Step ADA.................... 46-909 Shipping Weight: 210 lbs. 7-Step Aqua Step ADA..................... 46-910 Shipping Weight: 240 lbs. 8-Step Aqua Step ADA......................46-911 Shipping Weight: 270 lbs. Optional Safety Side Guards........... 46-915 Optional Safety Side Guards are installed after securing the Aqua Step ADA to the deck for patrons pool access. The Side Guards hook over the frame and are secured with a twist lock system.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

DECK EQUIPMENT

Wheelchairs and Underwater Platforms

46-715

Mobile Aquatic Chair (MAC)

This chair is essential for facilities utilizing a ramp, zero-depth entry or movable floor. The MAC is built specifically for use in aquatic environments. Features a powder coated stainless steel frame to resist corrosion and a swing away arm for easy transfer. Front and rear stabilizer wheels eliminate the tendency of a chair to pitch forward or back while going down the ramp. The chair has a 300 lb. weight capacity and features an 18" wide seat. Mobile Aquatic Chair (MAC)............46-723 Dims: 43" Long x 25" Wide x 22" High Shipping Weight: 60 lbs.

Swim Teaching Platform

The Swim Teaching Platform is a standing deck designed for teaching lessons in deeper water. The platform creates a sturdy, non-slip surface above the pool bottom, creating a safe and enjoyable learning experience. Made out of a uniquely molded fiberglass, the Swim Teaching Platform is sturdy and built to withstand chlorine and sun damage.

Swim Station

The swim station is incredibly strong, lightweight, versatile and easy on your budget. Builds confidence quickly and safely in young swimmers teaching platforms open many possibilities for swimming games, drills, and skills while maintaining interest levels of young swimmers. Fabricated out of construction grade fluted PVC with an aluminum sub-frame. Simply flipping the platform over provides 2 teaching heights (14"and 20") to quickly adjust for different age groups. Exclusive textured plastic surface provides sure footing for young swimmers. Swim Station......................................46-717 Dims: 32" W x 54" L x 14"/20" H Shipping Weight: 75 lbs.

46-716

AquaTrek™ Wheelchair

Designed for use in swimming pools, spas and showers. Features a swinging side arm, retractable footrest, and graphite hand rims. Seatbelt, shoulder harness and anti-tip are add-on options. New non-sacral seating option also available. Weight capacity 350 lbs. AquaTrek™ Wheelchair.................... 46-598 For Patrons 6'-0" and Taller AquaTrek™ Wheelchair.................... 46-599 For Patrons under 6'-0" Optional Seatbelt.............................. 46-621 Optional Shoulder Harness............ 46-622 Anti-Tip Option................................ 46-423

Railing creates a safe and clear distinction between teaching areas and can be connected to create larger platforms. In order to accommodate the varying swimming pool depths the legs of the Swim Teaching Platforms can be cut to varying lengths in the field by the purchaser. Assembly instructions as well as a dimensional chart comes with each unit. The Swim Teaching platform structure has wheels for easy storage and is light enough to be moved by one person. Small Teaching Platform.................. 46-715 Dimensions: 43.3" Wide x 47.25" Long Height: (Floor to Top of Handrail): 71" Shipping Weight: 52 lbs. – Ships Motor Freight Teaching Platform............................ 46-716 Dimensions: 43.3" Wide x 70.85" Long Height: (Floor to Top of Handrail): 80" Shipping Weight: 85 lbs.–Ships Motor Freight

CALL OR EMAIL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND PRICING! 800.428.3254 SALES@RECREONICS.COM

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

DECK EQUIPMENT O C R E NI C

Swim Stations and Underwater Bikes

A LIT Y

46-730.PLTFM

Portable Swim Station

The RECREONICS Underwater Platform provides the instructor with a portable and durable platform 60" x 40" and is designed to be free standing with variable and adjustable height. PVC guard rails can be assembled and installed for further student stability and security. The rails are locked in an “L” arrangement that provides confidence but with easy, non-impeded access to the swimming area outside the Underwater Platform.

Your students will push-off sooner and with less coaxing and make those first independent swimming motions without the fear and trepidation that is sometimes companion to hanging on to a gutter and pushing off a vertical wall. The RECREONICS Underwater Platform is available in three heights. Comes complete with easy to follow instructions. All you supply is the sand. Requires a minimum (2) people 15-20 minutes to get in and out of pool. Underwater Platform..........46-730.PLTFM Decreases water depth by 12" Shipping Weight: 150 lbs. (4 Boxes) Underwater Platform.......... 46-731.PLTFM Decreases water depth by 15" Shipping Weight: 150 lbs. (4 Boxes) Underwater Platform..........46-732.PLTFM Decreases water depth by 18" Shipping Weight: 185 lbs. (5 Boxes)

NOTE: The Pool Platform is a teaching aid intended for aquatic instruction. It is not meant to be used as a permanent pool fixture.

This Swim Station is lightweight, colorful, and fun to use. The Swim Station helps build confidence and dramatically accelerates learning time. The platform is equipped with 2 railings, 1 long and 1 short. Makes available a wide variety of new games and drills incorporating the Swim Station. Unique features include an innovative linking system when 2 or more platforms are used. The 100% modular rail system allows a wide variety of configurations for creative drills and games covering all age groups. Adjustable legs allow quick adjustments between different ages and heights of young swimmers. Options include: Oversize leg kits and additional railings. Portable Swim Station.....................46-733 Dimensions: 60" W x 38" Depth Height: Adjustable (12"-16") Weight: 50 lbs. Optional Side Rail.......................46-733.SR Weight: 8 lbs. Optional Front Rail..................... 46-733.FR Weight: 11 lbs.

Stainless Steel Teaching Platform

This adjustable height instructional platform is a fantastic aid for both young swimmers and their instructors. The platform is constructed out of T-304 stainless steel with all “worked areas” electro-chemically passivated stainless steel for maximum corrosion resistance. The main platform deck is constructed out of white non-skid resin coated fiberglass reinforced grating in a “T” bar configuration. The adjustable legs with white rubber bumpers will allow the user to adjust the height of the platform from 18" to 26" above the pool floor in 2" increments. Stainless Steel Teaching Platform..46-735 Overall Dimensions: 60" wide x 39" deep Weight: 185 lbs.

Tidalwave Aquatic Exercise Bike

The Tidalwave aquatic bike uses a transmission with a unique flywheel design. The adjustable handlebars allow users of all types to customize their workout. The frame is fabricated out of powder-coated stainless steel. Weight capacity is 300 lbs. Features an easy fold frame design and comes standard with a bicycle style seat. The Tidalwave is an excellent option for physical therapy and rehabilitation limited applications. Three year limited warranty on metal frame, one year for parts and transmission. Tidalwave Aquatic Exercise Bike... 95-425 Available in Neon Green (.G) Pink (.P) and Yellow (.Y),Gray (.GR), Tan (.T), White (.W). Shipping Weight: 60 lbs. Options: SemiRecumbent Seat...................... 95-426 Provides back support. Sports Seat........................................95-427

ProWave Pool Bike

The ProWave pool bike offers an incredible physical, cardiovascular, and most importantly fun workout right in the pool. The unique flywheel design provides a smooth operation and you can adjust your resistance to create a more invigorating workout with a simple tun of the tension knob. Three year limited warranty on frame. ProWave Pool Bike.......................... 95-430 Available in Neon Green (.G), Pink (.P) and Yellow (.Y), Gray (.GR), Tan (.T), White (.W). Shipping Weight: 51 lbs. Training Bar Option.......................... 95-431 Comfort Seat Option....................... 95-432

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

DECK EQUIPMENT

Diving Towers with Stair Entry Systems Stair Entry

Dive Towers with

These 3-meter dive towers with stair entry systems are an evolution of design based on years of both user and aquatic consultant request for a safer and more comfortable way for the swimmer to ascend to the diving board. They are available both with a new diving tower or as a retro-fit to an existing Paragon diving tower. Each new tower is furnished complete with railings, rear and front anchors, pedestal, and fulcrum. Intermediate railings have a thickness of .065" guard rails are .109" and all structural members are .145". Standard tower pedestals come with a red prime coat, ready for painting to match your facility. T-304 stainless steel pedestals are available as an upgrade and at an additional cost. The stair entry system includes 1" outside diameter vertical pickets, not greater than 5" on center. All treads and platforms to be made from white Duradeck fiberglass decking. Stair treads shall be 11" standard and risers shall not exceed 9". Standard models satisfy most pool configurations; however, the stair entry system can be varied to suit specific job requirements or specifications. Many custom architectural elements are also available including plexiglas panels (in place of pickets). AutoCAD® drawings and Revit models are available. Diving boards are ordered separately and must be specified at time of order.

Paragon 3-Meter Diving Towers with Stair Entry System Tower Model

Paraflyte

Duradapt

Sportflyte

Stair Position

Right

Left

Right

Left

Right

Left

Catalog No.

42-260

42-261

42-262

42-263

42-264

42-265

Diving board length and style must be specified at time of order.

RETROFIT Stair Entry To Exisiting Paragon 3-Meter Dive Towers Tower Model

Paraflyte

Existing Ladder

Duradapt Rear

Sportflyte Rear

Rear

Stair Position

Right

Left

Right*

Right

Left

Right*

Catalog No.

42-366

42-367

42-368

42-369

42-370

42-371

42-372

*Standard access is on Right Side (viewed from rear of tower, facing pool). Left side access also available upon request. Custom retrofit solutions available for other styles.

WARNING: Diving equipment shown here should be used only on pools that conform to FINA, NCAA, NFSHSA and US Diving standards. Please refer to your local, municipal and state statutes, ordinances, rules and regulations which may vary.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

DECK EQUIPMENT

Diving Towers Paragon Paraflyte Diving Tower (Ladder at Side)

Three-Meter

Recommended whenever deck space is limited. Access ladder can be mounted on either side. Includes flanged pedestal, geared adjustable fulcrum and rear swivel. Paragon Paraflyte Diving Towers Catalog No.

Height Above Water

Ladder Location

Railing Wall Thicknes

Shipping Weight (lbs.)

42-106

3-meter

42-108

3-meter

Side

.145

1,055

Side

.109

42-110

835

3-meter

Side

.065

785

42-114

1-meter

Side

.145

615

42-116

1-meter

Side

.109

480

42-118

1-meter

Side

.065

440

One-Meter

14'/16' Fiberglass: (.14C/.16C), 14'/16' Aluminum: (.14P/.16P) 14'/16' Duraflex: (.14D/.16D), 16' Maxiflex: (.16M)

NOTE: Pedestals ship with red primer paint coat only.

Paragon Paraflyte Diving Tower (Ladder at Rear)

The most common option, designed for competition and larger commercial or institutional recreational pools where ample space is available. Includes flanged pedestal, geared adjustable fulcrum and rear swivel.

Three-Meter

Paragon Paraflyte Diving Towers Catalog No.

Height Above Water

Ladder Location

Railing Wall Thicknes

Shipping Weight (lbs.)

42-072

3-meter

42-074

3-meter

Rear

.145

860

Rear

.109

42-076

750

3-meter

Rear

.065

705

42-080

1-meter

Rear

.145

445

42-082

1-meter

Rear

.109

425

42-084

1-meter

Rear

.065

385

One-Meter

14'/16' Fiberglass: (.14C/.16C), 14'/16' Aluminum: (.14P/.16P) 14'/16' Duraflex: (.14D/.16D), 16' Maxiflex: (.16M)

Paragon Sportflyte Diving Tower (Ladder at Rear)

NOTE: Pedestals ship with red primer paint coat only.

Three-Meter

These diving towers are not for competition use, but instead offer an economical option for recreation diving. Includes flanged pedestal and a fulcrum that can be repositioned. Paragon Sportflyte Diving Towers Catalog No.

Height Above Water

Ladder Location

Railing Wall Thicknes

Shipping Weight (lbs.)

42-120

3-Mtr./16'

Rear

.065

505

42-122

3-Mtr./14'

Rear

.065

505

42-124

1Mtr./16'

Rear

.065

345

42-126

3-Mtr./14'

Rear

.065

345

One-Meter

NOTE: Type and length of board must be specified when ordering. Diving boards are sold separately. Duraflex or Maxiflex boards can’t be used in conjunction with Sportflyte diving towers.

NOTE: Pedestals ship with red primer paint coat only.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

DECK EQUIPMENT

Paragon Duradapt Towers Paragon Duradapt Dive Towers (Sloping Pedestals)

Three-Meter Duradapt

NOTE: Pedestals ship with primer paint coat only.

Paragon Dive Tower General Information Diving Boards

Paragon Paraflyte diving stands/towers are designed to receive either a 16' or 14' diving board. Duraflex 16' springboards are the only board that should be used for competitive diving. 16' or 14' S.R. Smith aluminum or fiberglass/wood boards are to be used for recreational diving purposes. Diving boards are ordered separately, but must be specified when order the dive tower.

Diving Tower Material of Construction

Paragon offers three material grades of diving towers/stands Ultraflyte offer the premium material grade. All tubing in fabricated from (1.90” O.D. x .145” wall T-304 stainless steel). Superflyte is the general purpose material grade. All tubing is fabricated from a mix of (1.90" O.D. x .145" wall (Structural Components), .109" and .065" T-304 stainless steel). Topflyte is the economy material grade. All tubing except for flexural members are fabricated out of (1.90" O.D. x .065" T-304 stainless steel).

Made to accept the Duraflex Short Stand (fulcrum and anchor/hinged assembly). Recommended only for competition pools and made only for 16' Duraflex (40-326) or Maxiflex “B” (40-329) boards. Ladder can be mounted at side or rear of tower. Include flanged style pedestal, and two rear anchors. The Duraflex Short Stand without guard rails (42-209) for the Duradapt dive tower is not included and must be ordered separately. Three-Meter Tower (Ultraflyte).......................................... 42-190 All railings are .145 wall thickness. (Order fulcrum and anchor/hinge assembly separately) Shipping Weight: 1,050 lbs. Three-Meter Tower (Superflyte)........................................ 42-192 All railings are .109 wall thickness except for flexural members. (Order fulcrum and anchor/hinge assembly separately) Shipping Weight: 880 lbs. One-Meter Tower (Ultraflyte).......................................... 42-194 All railings are .145 wall thickness. (Order fulcrum and anchor/hinge assembly separately) Shipping Weight: 600 lbs. One-Meter Tower (Superflyte)........................................ 42-196 All railings are .109" wall thickness except for flexural members. (Order fulcrum and anchor/hinge assembly separately). Shipping Weight: 490 lbs.

Geared Adjustable Fulcrums

The geared fulcrum permits divers to select the right amount of spring preference. Calibrated markings on the gear-holder make it easy for the diver to re-set the fulcrum. Smooth, precise adjustments are easy due to the machined gears and freely turning sleeve on the axle. The adjusting wheel is operated by hand or foot for the full 24" fulcrum range. Stops are provided to limit the range for recreational usage. Holders keep the roller gears locked into the gear track and shields all gears from contact by divers and spectators. The Paragon Paraflyte (Ultraflyte and Superflyte material grade) dive towers come with the deluxe geared adjustable fulcrum. The Topflyte material grade dive towers are provided with the economy grade geared adjustable fulcrum.

Duraflex Short Stand....................... 42-209 Includes fulcrum and rear hinge assembly. Does not include guard rails. Specify board length when ordering. See Anchors on page 61. Weight: 140 lbs.

WARNING: Diving equipment shown here should be used only on pools that conform to FINA, NCAA, NFSHA and US Diving standards. Please refer to your local, municipal and state statues, ordinance, rules and regulations which may vary.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

DECK EQUIPMENT

Duraflex Competitive Dive Stands Duraflex Replacement Parts 43-105

43-102

43-106

43-108

43-107

43-109 43-110

43-112

43-115

Duraflex Dive Stands

The Duraflex 1-meter and 3-meter stands are designed to provide a firm foundation for mounting Duraflex aluminum springboards. The stands consist of a ladder assembly, fulcrum assembly and main support assembly. These components are fabricated from heavy-duty aluminum castings coated with a top quality epoxy powder coating. The double rails on both sides are made from high-quality stainless steel. For anchorage you can choose to use either the (set of 8) bronze castings that are set before the concrete is poured or the Hilti stainless threaded inserts that can be installed after the concrete deck has been poured. Castings are recommended for new deck installation and Hilti anchors are recommended for existing deck installations. Anchor layout template is provided with all dive stands. Duraflex Dive Stands Catalog No.

Height Above Water

Duraflex Model No.

Deck Foot Print Used

Ship Wt. (lbs)

42-200 3-Meter 70-231-300 69.50" x 152.53" 920 42-201

1-Meter 70-231-400 29.25" x 136.89" 470

Note: All orders for Duraflex Dive Stands require a production questionnaire and a FINA standard confirmation form to be completed and submitted.

NOTE: When ordering a Duraflex Dive Stand, a dive stand questionnaire and a FINA standard confirmation form must be completed before stand can be fabricated. The pool where the stand/ board will be installed must have diving-well dimensions conforming to FINA, USA Diving, and/or NCAA dimensional requirements.

43-132 43-113/43-114

43-133

Duraflex Short Stands

Following Duraflex’s tradition of innovation and providing world-class competition diving boards, the all-new Duraflex Short Stand gives divers increased confidence, consistency, and performance between diving board stands.

43-138

43-139

43-140 43-143

Duraflex Short Stands Shipping Weight (lbs)

Catalog No.

Description

42-216

Short Stand (Used with 16' Maxi-B Board)

220

42-217

Short Stand (Used with 16' Duraflex Board)

220

42-218

Short Stand (Used with 14' Duraflex Board)

220

43-102 43-105 43-106

Duraflex Pre-Set Deck Anchor Set Options Anchor Set Descriptions

Used For:

Ship. Wt (lbs.)

42-210 Set of (8) Bronze Castings 1M/3M Stands 16 42-211 Set of (6) Bronze Castings Short Stands

Duraflex Existing Deck Anchor Set Options Catalog No.

Anchor Set Descriptions

Used For

Ship. Wt (lbs.)

42-250 (8) Stainless Hilti Anchors Epoxy/Dispenser 15 42-252 (8) Stainless Hilti Anchors Epoxy (ONLY) 14

43-145

Duraflex Replacement Parts Catalogx Duraflex No. No.

Note: All orders for Duraflex Dive Stands require a production questionnaire and a FINA standard confirmation form to be completed and submitted.

Catalog No.

43-141

43-107 43-108 43-109 43-110 43-111 43-112 43-115 43-114 43-132 43-133 43-138 43-139 43-140 43-141 43-143 43-145

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

Part Description

Nyliner Hinge Pin 11⁄4"-Ring 3⁄8" x 11⁄4" Slotted Round Head SF162 Bolt w/ Washer 3⁄8" x 11⁄2" AL Hex. HD SF106 3⁄8" x 11⁄4" AL Hex HD SF104 SF122 Board Bolt (Set of 2) W/ Gel C202 Hinge Assembly 3⁄8" x 11⁄4" AL Hex HD Bolt SF105 SF118 5⁄16" x 5⁄8" SS Rail Clamp Bolt C207 S/S Rail Clamp (Bolt is Separate) 521 Roller Clamp 524 Roller Bearing 517 Roller Block Assembly 518 Slide Bearing 515 Rubber Bumper 516 Anti-Rattle Clamp C208A Track with Bolts C209 C203 C210

529

Track Bolt

DECK EQUIPMENT

Competitive Springboards and Recreational Diving Boards Duraflex Board Refinish Service

Duraflex Aluminum Springboards

The 16' Maxiflex model B springboard (pictured above) is the diving board that is used in all major competitive diving events worldwide. Collegiate dive programs exclusively use the Maxi-B diving boards, as do many high schools. The Maxi-B is lighter in weight, and is said to give a slightly quicker action in the hurdle-step. The 14' and 16' Duraflex springboards (not pictured) are used for recreational diving purposes at commercial pool facilities that conform to FINA, USA Diving and/or NCAA dimensional requirements. MaxiFlex “B” Springboard (Pictured Above) Catalog No.

40-329

Length

16'-0"

Duraflex Model

Board Width

Ship WT. (lbs.)

66-231-330

195⁄8"

185

Duraflex Recreational Diving Boards (Not Pictured) Catalog No.

Length

Duraflex Model

Board Width

Ship WT. (lbs.)

40-324

14'-0"

66-231-324

195⁄8"

180

40-326

16'-0"

66-231-326

195⁄8"

185

Duraflex Board Cover (With Board)…….................................40-340 Duraflex Board Cover (Separate)…….….................................40-341 The new Duraflex Board Cover provides improved protection to your Duraflex board and will help maintain board performance and longevity. Available in black and shale gray. Save on the cover by ordering it with the board.

CALL OR EMAIL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND PRICING! 800.428.3254 SALES@RECREONICS.COM

This service allows you to ship your Duraflex or Maxi-Flex springboard back to the Duraflex International fatory to be refinished. When preparing your springboard for shipment is it important to protect it from freight damage. You should remove the hinges, wrap the board in a mininum of 3/8” thick corrugated cardboard, using duct tape. Do not wrap 2 or more boards together. A single board can be carried by two people. Do not use a forklift to load the board into the truck trailer. We strongly recommend that you take clear images of your springboard prior to packaging and shipment. This will be helpful evidence if you do have to file a freight claim. Factory Board Refinish...…..........40-332

40-335

S.R.Smith Aluminum Diving Board

This aluminum diving board is intended for heavy duty recreational use on commercial swimming pools. Features an epoxy and welded beam extrusion construction with welded ends, providing exceptional durability, and a non-slip tread for maximum safety. Available in White and (.B) Marine Blue (Sides). S.R. Smith Aluminum Diving Boards Catalog No.

Length

S.R. Smith Model

40-110

10'-0"

66-209-3102

18"

40-110.B

10'-0"

66-209-3103

18"

Ship WT. (lbs.)

40-112

12'-0"

66-209-3122

18"

40-112.B

12'-0"

66-209-3123

18"

98 190

40-114

14'-0"

66-209-3142

20"

40-114.B

14'-0"

66-209-3143

20"

190

40-116

16'-0"

66-209-3162

20"

206

40-116.B

16'-0"

66-209-3163

20"

206

Replacement Vinyl Channels

For Duraflex diving boards. Channels are available in two lengths. Includes glue and application brush. When ordering, please specify length. (8) 6" Channels................................ 40-335 Weight: 2 lbs. (8) 30" Channels.............................. 40-336 Weight: 7 lbs.

S.R. Smith Frontier III Board

The Frontier III Commercial board features a durable acrylic outer body with non-slip tread. They are available in 10', 12', 14' and 16' lengths. 12', 14' and 16' boards are available in White, (.B) Marine Blue (Sides) and (.BMT) Marine Blue with matching tread. S.R. Smith III Wood/Fiberglass Boards Catalog No.

NOTE: All orders for Duraflex springboards will require the purchaser to sign-off affirming comparison to the current World Aquatics (Formerly FINA) / USA Diving / NCAA / NFHS Depth and Dimensions regulations for diving facilities to the depths and dimensions of the diving well located the facility where the the springboard will be utilizied. Confirmaton that the swimming pool diving well where this diving board(s) or diving stand(s) will be installed and used, meets or exceeds all of the current minimum depths and dimensions required for a competitive diving well as specified by World Aquatics (Formerly FINA), USA Diving, the NCAA, or the NFHS is required.

Length

S.R. Smith Model

Board Width

Ship WT. (lbs.)

40-047

12'-0"

66-209-6122

18"

110

40-047.B

12'-0"

66-209-6123

18"

110

40-047.BMT

12'-0"

66-209-6123T

18"

110

40-048

14'-0"

66-209-6142

20"

190 190

40-048.B

14'-0"

66-209-6143

20"

40-048.BMT

14'-0

66-209-6143T

20"

190

40-049

16'-0"

66-209-6162

20"

230

40-049.B

16'-0"

66-209-6163

20"

230

40-049.BMT

16'-0"

66-209-6163T

20"

230

NOTE: Please specify the desired color of the diving board sides. Add (.B) for marine blue after the catalog number.

Marine Blue

White

Board Width

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

DECK EQUIPMENT

Dive Stand Anchors, Fulcrums & Accessories

Geared Adjustable Fulcrums Anchor Bolt Assembly

The (8) anchor j-bolts are carbon steel, 3⁄4" in diameter. Each bolt is hooked at the bottom. A threaded busing is provided at the top. A template is included for accurate setting for alignment with the dive tower pedestal. Anchor Bolt Assembly.................... 42-088 Weight: 15 lbs.

Cage Anchor Assembly

Must be used as the pedestal anchor with the tower is supported on a framed slab. Anchor consists of 3⁄4" thick carbon steel plates, 3⁄4" threaded rods with threaded bushings. Can be fabricated to accommodate a beam or slab of any thickness greater than 6". Cage Anchor Assembly................42-087.5 Weight: 95 lbs.

A readily adjustable fulcrum is required for competitive diving. A geared fulcrum permits each diver to select just the right amount of spring for his or her weight and specific dives. Calibrated, full-view markings on the gear-holder make it simple for each diver to re-set the fulcrum where desired. Smooth, precise adjustments are easily made because of the machined gears and freely turning sleeve on the axle. The adjusting wheel is easily operable by hand or foot for the full 24" fulcrum range. Stops are provided to limit range for recreational applications. Holders keep the rolling gears locked into the gear track and shields all gears from contact by divers and spectators. 26" Deluxe Geared Fulcrum........... 40-088 Shipping Weight: 75 lbs. 30" Deluxe Geared Fulcrum........... 40-089 Shipping Weight: 77 lbs. 26" Economy Geared Fulcrum....... 40-409 Shipping Weight: 50 lbs. 30" Economy Geared Fulcrum........ 40-410 Shipping Weight: 52 lbs.

Diving Board Mounting Kits

Diving board mounting kits reduce clatter, board noise and greatly extend diving board life. Kit includes stainless butt plates, rubber pads, bottom plate and carriage bolts. Be sure to include center-to-center distance of two-hole mounting and specify board length when ordering. Diving Board Anchor Plate Set............................................ 40-024 For 18" wide boards. Weight: 2 lbs. Diving Board Anchor Plate Set.......................................40-024.20 For 20" wide boards. Weight: 7 lbs. Replacement 1/8" Rubber Pad, 18"............................................. 40-025 Weight: 7 lbs. Replacement 1/8" Rubber Pad, 20"............................................ 40-026 Weight: 7 lbs. Replacement Diving Board Assembly Includes a heavy-duty stainless steel bolt and fitting nut. Fits most diving board anchor plate sets. Dimensions: 5-1⁄2" long Weight: 3 oz. Bolt Assembly.................................. 40-028

Fulcrum Covers 28"

28" Fulcrum Sleeve.......................... 41-032 Weight: 4.5 Ibs. 24"

24" Fulcrum Sleeve...........................41-031 Weight: 4 Ibs.

Rear Swivel Assemblies (Pair)

Rear Anchor Deluxe

Used to anchor rear legs of all Paragon diving towers. Includes two-piece heavy cast bronze with chrome-plated upper flange and required hardware. Rear Anchor Deluxe......................... 44-319 Weight: 7 lbs.

Permits free movement of the butt end of the diving board, thereby improving diver performance and increasing board life. Rear Swivel for Duraflex Board...... 40-417 Weight: 8 Ibs. Rear Swivel for Maxiflex Board....... 40-418 Weight: 7 Ibs. Rear Swivel for all other boards..... 40-416 Weight: 7 Ibs.

18"

18" Fulcrum Sleeve (S.R. Smith)..... 41-005 Weight: 3.5 Ibs. 18"

18" Fulcrum Sleeve (Paragon)......... 41-030 Weight: 3.5 Ibs.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

DECK EQUIPMENT

Paragon Starting Platforms How To Size Your Starting Platforms 1. Establish the maximum desired height above water using applicable rulings that govern competitive swimming. Information provided is the latest available at the time of printing. Please confirm that rules have not changed. IMPORTANT: Please refer to your local, municipal, and state statues, ordinances, and regulations, which may vary from locale to locale.

Adjustable Backplate

Side Hand Grips

Rear Mount Vertical Bars for FINA Meets

Starting Platform Height Requirements WATER DEPTH** Less Than 4'-0" Greater Than 4'-0" to 4'-6" 4'-6'

Ruling Body

Course Length

FINA

Long/Short

No Platform

NCAA

Long/Short

No Platform

30" MAX

USAS

Long

No Platform

20" – 29-1⁄2"

No Platform

20” – 29-1⁄2”

No Platform

30” MAX

Short USMS

Long Short

NFHS

Long/Short

20"– 29-1⁄2"

30" MAX 30” MAX

**Location of Water Depth Measurements from Pool Wall FINA 3'-3-1⁄2" (1 meter) to 19’-8-1⁄4” (6 meters) NCAA Minimum 4'-0" throughout pool recommended USAS 3'-3-1⁄2" (1 meter) to 16'-5" (5 meters) USMS 3’-3-1⁄2" (1 meter) to 16'-5" (5 meters) NFHS From pool wall (0 meters) to 16'-5" (5 meters)

Side Mount

Horizontal Backstroke Bars

What Sets Paragon Starting Platforms Apart Paragon Starting Platform Tops

The most important part of a starting platform for a competitive swimmer is the surface they are launching from. Paragon’s top is made from a solid sheet of highdensity UV inhibited polypropylene that features a cross-grooved, non-skid sand finish. The cross-grooved pattern enhances water drainage which is crucial to a solid start. The top is impervious to corrosion, warpage or cracking. We offer both a standard (24" x 20") and a Track Start (24" x 32") size. Top surfaces can be fabricated with custom colors matched to any Pantone color as well as custom logos. In addition to the starting platform top, we also offer the Track Start Plus+™ Adjustable Backplate Kit, which is made exactly like the platform tops. The backplate frame is made from powder-coated (black) stainless steel. Custom colors and logos are available options.

Paragon Custom Logo Tops and Backplates

Our custom logo sand top and back plate option has become a very popular upgrade. We have been customizing our tops and back plates for facilities all across the United States. This custom feature offers expanded design options such as school or team logos. Complete logo artwork digital files with PMS colors are required.

Competitor Dual-Wedge™ Anchor

Paragon Anchors

In addition to the importance of the starting platform top, the ability of the anchor to achieve zero-movement is paramount to swimmers. Paragon’s patented Dual-Wedge™ toolless clamping anchors in conjunction with their taper-lock base has no equal. Once the starting platform is inserted into the anchor and is tightened by hand all movement is eliminated. Available in both Quickset® Dual-Wedge™ for single leg platforms and Competitor Dual-Wedge™ for dual leg platforms. Custom depth anchors are available to allow for the same platforms to be used in multiple locations with different deck-towater dimensions.

2. Determine the “B” Dimension: The dimension is always taken from the vertical pool wall to the center of the anchor socket. 3. Calculating the “A” Dimension: The “A” dimension is defined as the vertical dimension from the top of the anchor socket (flush with the pool deck slab) to the top, front edge of the starting platform. The “A” dimension plus the deck to water dimension (DW) cannot exceed the maximum height above water (H) as determined by your ruling body. If your pool deck is sloped (for drainage), please account for the rise/drop in elevation of the deck incalculating the “DW” dimension. 4. For each given pool type, Paragon has general platform recommendations. These are provided for your convenience in selecting a platform. Select a platform with the appropriate “A” and “B” dimensions as determined above.

Paragon Pedestals

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

Paragon’s superior starting platform pedestals are fabricated as a single weldment of high grade certified T304L stainless steel, polished and buffed to a 320-grit finish. Welds are electro-chemically passivated for maximum corrosion resistance. Each pedestal is custom fabricated to accommodate each facility. Available as single leg (quickset) or dual leg (competitor) versions. All pedestals can be powder coated to match any RAL color.

Quick-Set® Dual-Wedge™ Anchor

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254

DECK EQUIPMENT

Paragon Starting Platforms

Colorado Block® (Side Mount)

With the Colorado Block you can rely on accuracy to 1/100th of a second! The RJP portion of the block can decipher between weight shifts and actual starts. The uniquely-engineered Colorado Block houses the connection plate, which protects the electronics from the harsh pool environment. Additionally, it enables the removal of the timing system without tools. Anchor sold Separately. Colorado Block (Side Mount).... 46-410.LA Shipping Weight: 90 lbs. 6" Dual Wedge® Anchor................... 46-156 Shipping Weight: 6 lbs. Standard Color Upgrade................ 46-458 Custom Logo Upgrade.................... 46-465 Sponsor Kit........................................ 46-415

Sponsor Panel Kit (Side Mount)...... 46-415 Sponsor’s panel of powder coated stainless steel fits on platform’s slide brackets to display sponsor info, school logo, etc. Also includes brackets (only) for the horn and deck plate, which are sold separately. Shipping Weight: 30 lbs.

The starting platform above is shown with an “A” dimension of less than 24.5" and a “B” dimension of 18". Ships complete with 6" Competitor Dual-Wedge® anchor unless otherwise specified. All starting platforms require a completed order information sheet. Custom platforms require approved submittal drawings and could incur additional charges. Both color and logo upgrades to the platform tops are available. Anchor sold Separately. Track Start Competitor Starting Platform (Side Mount)................46-400.LA Shipping Weight: 90 lbs. 6" Dual-Wedge® Anchor................... 46-156 Shipping Weight: 6 lbs. Standard Top Color Upgrade......... 46-458 Custom Top Logo Upgrade............ 46-465

Track-Start Competitor (Side Mount)

This extremely versatile starting platform features the 24" wide x 32" deep sandgrooved track-start top. This starting platform is shown in the image above with an “A” dimension greater than 24" and a “B” dimension of 18".

Track-Start Plus+™ Enhancements

Colorado Block® (Rear Mount)

The rear mount version of the Colorado Block® is required for anchor setback or “B” dimension of 36"-40”. The rear mount models are available with powder-coated stainless steel sponsor’s panels. The horn and connector plate brackets are mounted to the bottom side of the platform top. Anchor sold Separately. Colorado Block (Rear Mount).... 46-412.LA Shipping Weight: 100 lbs. 10” Dual Wedge® Anchor................ 46-159 Shipping Weight: 8 lbs. Standard Color Upgrade................ 46-459 Custom Logo Upgrade.................... 46-465 Sponsor Panel Kit............................. 46-416 (Specify stainless or plastic) Shipping Weight: 20 lbs.

The starting platform above is shown with “B” dimension of 24". The starting platform design and appearance changes somewhat based on the swimming pool deck-to-water, the desired height of the platform top above water, the ruling body that swim meets will fall under and the required “B” or anchor set-back dimension. All of these dimensions determine the final design and appearance of the TrackStart Side Mount Starting Platform.

These new options are available for all Track Start™ starting platform models and can also be easily added as a retro-fit to any existing Track Start™ platform. Adjustable Backplate Kit................. 46-418 Includes T-304 stainless steel, powder coated supporting frame, T-304 slide track with locking pins. The footrest is constructed of cross-grooved, sand-coated, polypropylene top material. Custom colors are optional (46-466) with block; (46-466.A) ordered separately. Side Hand Grip Kit............................ 46-419 Includes (2) black powder-coated 1” O.D. T-304 stainless steel handles with mounting plates and required hardware. Powder Coat for Hand Grips...........46-467 This upgrade is for any color other than black. Safety Cover...................................... 46-160 Tough, lightweight, orange plastic safety cover designed specifically for Paragon platforms with adjustable backplates on 24" x 32" Tops.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

DECK EQUIPMENT

Paragon Starting Platforms

Track Start Competitor Long Reach (Rear Mount)

Designed to accommodate anchor setbacks or “B” dimensions of 36"-40". Anchor sold Separately. Track Start Competitor Platform (Rear Mount)................................46-402.LA Shipping Weight: 100 lbs. 10” Dual Wedge® Anchor................. 46-159 Shipping Weight: 8 lbs. Standard Color Upgrade................ 46-459 Custom Logo Upgrade.................... 46-465

Track Start Quickset

Long Reach Standard Competitor Starting Platform (B = 20" - 29-1⁄2")

The Competitor platform (dual leg models) is our premier starting platform. This versatile design accommodates our standard tops (24" x 20"). The competitor style platforms provide the ease of including your school graphics to your top. All Competitor Dual Wedge® anchor systems (patented) offer the feature of installing the platform without tools and come in two types of anchor assemblies, 6" Competitor (for anchor setbacks of under 30") or 10" Competitor (for anchor setbacks of over 30"). All starting platforms are provided with anchors unless otherwise specified. Platform top consists of a 11⁄4" thick UV inhibited polypropylene top with patent-pending, cross-grooved, non-skid, white sand finish. Colors and graphics are an option. Anchor sold Separately. Long Reach Competitor.............. 46-110.LA Shipping Weight: 100 lbs. 6" Dual Wedge® Anchor.................. 46-156 Shipping Weight: 6 lbs. Standard Color Upgrade................ 46-455

Classic Standard Competitor

This dual leg design utilizes the standard size top (24" x 20") and offers the opportunity to have a colored top and/or custom graphics. The anchor setback or “B” dimension is fixed at 18". Anchor sold Separately. Classic Standard Competitor.... 46-104.LA Shipping Weight: 55 lbs. 6" Dual Wedge® Anchor................... 46-156 Shipping Weight: 6 lbs. Standard Color Upgrade................ 46-455

Full Height Single Leg Platforms

These starting platforms are available in a variety of configurations to accommodate your requirerments. They are provided with your choice of two anchoring systems, Paraflyte or Quickset. Platform top consists of a 11⁄4" thick UV inhibited 24" x 20" polypropylene top with patent-pending, crossgrooved, non-skid, white sand finish.

This starting platform offers the 24"W x 32"D track start top mounted to a single leg pedestal. This starting platform is designed to accommodate most pool configurations, however custom designs are available. This starting platform provides a seamless upgrade and replacement of your existing Paragon standard quickset starting platforms as they are designed to use your existing quickset anchors. Powder coating is now available for the stainless steel pedestals in a variety of colors. The anchor setback or “B” dimension ranges from 21” to 26” depending upon platform height. Anchor sold Separately. Track Start QS (Rear Step).........46-420.LA Track Start QS (Side Step)......... 46-421.LA Shipping Weight: 72 lbs. Quickset Dual Wedge® Anchor.................................... 46-101.QSDW Shipping Weight: 4 lbs. Powder Coating Upgrade............... 46-422 Standard Color Upgrade................ 46-459 Custom Logo Upgrade.................... 46-465

Designed to accommodate anchor setbacks of 30" to 40". Anchor sold Separately. Long Reach Competitor.............. 46-112.LA Shipping Weight: 120 lbs. 10" Dual Wedge® Anchor................. 46-159 Shipping Weight: 8 lbs. Standard Color Upgrade................ 46-455

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

Standard Paraflyte Platform

Long Reach Competitor (B = 30" - 40")

Designed to fit most pools. The anchor setback or “B” dimension ranges from 21" to 26" depending upon platform height. Requires tools for installation and removal. Anchor sold Separately. Standard Paraflyte...................... 46-100.LA Shipping Weight: 60 lbs. Paraflyte Anchor ...............................46-101 Shipping Weight: 4 lbs. Standard Color Upgrade................ 46-454

Starting Platforms and Anchors are sold separately. Add a (.LA) to the platform catalog number to order platform less anchor.

DECK EQUIPMENT

Paragon Starting Platforms, Top Renewal Services

Optional 46-177 Step

Long Reach Varsity Quickset

Long Reach Quickset Platform

Track-Start Plus+™ STS Backplate Kits

These new backplate kits can be adapted to new or existing Paragon Quickset, Paraflyte and Competitor style starting platforms. Features side-to-side adjustment that allows for unimpeded rear access and gives the swimmer flexibility for better take-off. For use with Paragon 24" x 20" tops only. Standard/Paraflyte Kit..................... 46-425 Shipping Weight: 20 lbs. Competitor Kit...................................46-427 Shipping Weight: 20 lbs.

The long reach standard Quickset starting platform is designed for deck level pools with wide overflow gutter systems. The anchor setback or “B” dimension is fixed at 34-1⁄2". Requires no tools for installation and removal. Anchor sold Separately. Long Reach Quickset Platform...... 46-102. QSLA Shipping Weight 60 lbs. Quickset Dual Wedge® Anchor.................................... 46-101.QSDW Shipping Weight: 4 lbs. Standard Color Upgrade................ 46-454

The long reach varsity quickset starting platform is designed for deck level pools with wide overflow gutter systems. The anchor setback or “B” dimension is fixed at 34-1⁄2". Anchor is sold separately. Long Reach Varsity Quickset.......... 46-136 Shipping Weight 54 lbs. Quickset Dual Wedge® Anchor.................................... 46-101.QSDW Shipping Weight: 4 lbs. Mounting Step...................................46-177 Required when “A” dimension is 15" or greater.

r Afte ore

Bef

Varsity Standard Quickset

Standard Quickset Platform

Designed to fit most pools. The anchor setback or “B” dimension ranges from 21" to 26" depending on platform height. Re-quires no tools for installation and removal. Anchor sold Separately. Standard Quickset................. 46-100.QSLA Shipping Weight: 60 lbs. Quickset Dual Wedge® Anchor.................................... 46-101.QSDW Shipping Weight: 4 lbs. Standard Color Upgrade................ 46-454

The varsity starting platform accommodates a less than maximum height above water. The platform top consists of 1-1⁄4” thick UV inhibited 24" x 20" polypropylene top with patent-pending, cross-grooved, non-skid, white sand finish. We recommend a mounting step (Catalog No. 46-169) be added when the “A” dimension is 15" or greater (at additional cost). Varsity models do not include a mounting step and must be specified at time of order. The anchor setback or “B” dimension is available in 14”, 18”, 21” or 26”. Ships complete with anchor. Anchor sold Separately. Varsity Standard Quickset............... 46-124 Shipping Weight 40 lbs. Quickset Dual Wedge® Anchor.................................... 46-101.QSDW Shipping Weight: 4 lbs.

Starting Platforms ship complete with anchors. Add a (.LA) to the platform catalog number to order platform less anchor.

Renew your existing Paragon Starting Platform Tops (and steps) Send us your old style Paragon white polypropylene tops and steps and take advantage of our refinishing program. You’ll get the most recent groove patterns as well as the sand finish surface for a great value.

Grooved/Sand Refinish for: Standard Platform (1-Step)...... 46-446 Competitor Platform................ 46-447 Shortee and Varsity.................. 46-448 Varsity with (2) Steps............... 46-449 Track-Start (Side Mount).......... 46-450 Track-Start (Rear Mount)...........46-451 Track-Start Plus Back-Plate..... 46-452

Color Upgrades for: Standard Platform (1-Step)...... 46-454 Competitor Platform................ 46-455 Shortee and Varsity.................. 46-456 Varsity with (2) Steps............... 46-457 Track-Start (Side Mount).......... 46-458 Track-Start (Rear Mount).......... 46-459 Angled Back-Plate.....................46-461

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

DECK EQUIPMENT

Platform Accessories/Backstroke Device

46-158

Paraflyte Anchor Assembly Quickset Dual-Wedge® Anchor

This quick-set anchor requires no tools to operate. The design features both the patented taper lock base and the new dual acting wedge design, which completely eliminate any front-to-back movement. The dual wedge anchor has an integral adjusting knob, which is easily turned by hand to install and remove. The anchor is constructed of heavy-duty T-304 stainless steel, and brass components. Includes flush cover for when the starting platform is out of the anchor. Quickset Dual-Wedge® Anchor.................................... 46-101.QSDW Shipping Weight: 5 lbs.

Ideal for situations where the platform does not need to be removed from the pool deck. Single-legged starting platform is bolted to the cast bronze anchor requiring tools for installation and removal of the platform. Paraflyte Anchor Assembly..............46-101 Shipping Weight: 4 lbs.

46-157

Replacement Paragon Tops

Paragon Platform Safety Cover

Standard replacement tops and top/step kits for your Paragon starting platforms. Standard white and includes required hardware. Sand Top and Step Kit (Standard).. 47-168 (24" x 20" Top and Step – White) Sand Top Kit (Standard).................. .46-145 (24" x 20" Top Only – White) Sand Top Kit (Competitor)............... 46-146 (24" x 20" Top Only – White) Sand Top and Step Kit (Track Start).46-468 (24" x 32" Top/Step for Side Step – White) Sand Top Kit (Track Start)............... 46-469 (24" x 32" Top Only for Rear Mount – White)

Keeps unwanted users off starting platforms. Tough, lightweight plastic. Safety orange color. Ships complete with bungee cord. Platform Safety Cover...................... 46-157 Fits 20" x 24" Paragon platform tops ONLY. Weight: 3 lbs. Track-Start Safety Cover.................. 46-158 Fits 24" x 32" Paragon platform tops ONLY. Weight: 5 lbs. Track-Start Safety Cover.................. 46-160 Fits Paragon Track-Start with backplates. (Not Pictured)

Sand Grooved Mounting Step

Backstroke Start Device

New Competitor Dual-Wedge® Anchor

These two-leg model anchors have been designed for greater support and improved operation. They now have the same locking features as the Quickset Dual-Wedge® Anchor with the advantage of two legs. The heavy duty cast stainless body features the patented taper lock in combination with the wedge/knob assembly. 6" Dual-Wedge® Anchor................... 46-156 For installations with anchor set back of 30" or less. Shipping Weight: 11 lbs. 10" Dual-Wedge® Anchor................. 46-159 For installations with anchor set back of 30" to 40". Shipping Weight: 13 lbs.

For Paragon starting platforms only. Includes required mounting hardware. Sand Grooved Mounting Step.........46-151

1" Hand Grip For Backstroke Bar

For Paragon starting platforms only. Hand Grip.......................................... 47-100

For use by TRAINED COMPETITIVE SWIMMERS only. Execute shallow racing dives only. IMPACT WITH POOL BOTTOM CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH. For use by TRAINED COMPETITIVE SWIMMERS only. Execute shallow racing dives only. IMPACT WITH POOL BOTTOM CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.

Starting Platform Labels..................47-206 Single Label

The versatile design allows this backstroke start device to attach to nearly any starting block with either straps or anchors. Once in place, pull down the backstroke wedge to the desired location on the pool wall and lock into place. Once the swimmer has left the wall, the backstroke start device will automatically retract up and out of the water until the next swimmer sets up for the next race without interfering with turns and finishes. The non-slip backstroke start device wedge measures 25.6" x 3.1" (65cm x 8cm) and features a 10° angle for foot placement at the race start. A measuring guide must be submitted with order. Backstroke Start SB Device........... 46-200 Includes Short 5.75" Bracket and Strap. Backstroke Start Device (LB)......... 46-202 Includes Long 9.25" Bracket and Strap. Weight: 15 lbs.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

DECK EQUIPMENT

Griff’s Guard Stations

Griff’s Vision Guard Station™ All Terrain Griff’s Guard Station®

The All Terrain Griff’s Guard Station® was

designed to work on any terrain. What used to be only available for poolside is now ready for a lakeside setting. It is available in 4'-0", 5'-0" and 6'-0" models. The guard station can easily adapt indoors, outdoors, by the pool, at the waterpark or on a sandy beach.

The patented design of the Griff’s Vision Guard Station™ minimizes the required deck space while maximizing the frontal edge of the guard station. This guard station can be positioned close to the pool edge and accommodates most pool gutter profiles, including zero-depth entry pools, and can be used in both indoor and outdoor applications.

Available in 1-step, 2-step or 3-step models. Features side-to-side access that allows for uninterrupted coverage of the pool area Features large pneumatic wheels that are during shift changes. The guard station designed to travel on any terrain. Large cush- frames are constructed of 1.90" x .065" ioned seat swivels for easy entry and can be T-304 stainless steel, polished to a 320folded down when not in use. These wheels grit finish. Cushioned seat swivels for easy can be locked and are easily removable with- entry and can be folded down when not in seconds to help prevent vandalism. Front in use, to prevent UV damage to the vinyl. and rear access allow for uninterrupted cov- Solid rubber wheels allow for easy mobilerage of water by the lifeguard when there ity. Heavy-Duty yet light weight non-skid is a shift change. Griff’s guard stations are fiberglass reinforced decking assures long designed to significantly increase lifeguard lasting, trouble free service. Ships complete effectiveness. with rescue tube/life ring holder and umbrel4' All Terrain Griff’s la ring guide. Guard Station®.................................. 42-682 1-Step Griff’s Vision Guard Station™...42-690 4'-2" seat above deck height 2'-8" Seat Above Deck Height Shipping Weight: 155 lbs. Shipping Weight: 165 lbs. 5' All Terrain Griff’s 2-Step Griff’s Vision Guard Station™..42-692 Guard Station®.................................. 42-683 3'-8" Seat Above Deck Height 5'-2" seat above deck height Shipping Weight: 180 lbs. Shipping Weight: 179 lbs. 3-Step Griff’s Vision Guard Station™..42-694 6' All Terrain Griff’s 4'-8" Seat Above Deck Height Guard Station®.................................. 42-684 Shipping Weight: 200 lbs. 6'-2" seat above deck height Griff’s Vision Sunshade.................. 42-695 Shipping Weight: 191 lbs. Shipping Weight: 50 lbs.

Griff’s Guard Station® (Elevated Step Model)

Griff’s Guard Stations feature front entry, elevated viewing station, easy access, and non-skid surface. A wide front step provides additional station and brings the guard chair closer to the pool edge. Heavy duty wheels allow convenient, easy portability. Stainless steel and fiberglass construction assures long lasting and trouble-free service. Provides three positions for better viewing. Platform size is 39" x 60" and is 24" above the deck. Front step is 14" x 43". Elevated step is 14" x 40" and 36" above pool deck. Griff’s Elevated Guard Station....... 42-604 Shipping Weight: 265 lbs.

Sunshade Feature for Griff’s Guard Station® Protects life guards from harmful UV rays while increasing visual effectiveness. Available for all three of Griff’s models.

Sunshade for Flat Station................42-670 Shipping Weight: 40 lbs. Sunshade for Elev. Step Station.... 42-671 Shipping Weight: 40 lbs. Sunshade for Full Station............... 42-672 Shipping Weight: 40 lbs. Available colors:

Yellow

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

Desert Sand

BrunswickGreen

Navy Blue

Cherry Red

Aquatic Blue

DECK EQUIPMENT

Portable Lifeguard Chairs

Lookout Platform Chair 1-Step Lookout Guard Chair

The platform of this chair is only 12" above the deck which allows for a safe, quick rescue. The 360º swivel seat at 2'6" above deck still allows for a clear field of vision. The 38" x 40" platform with rear entrance provides ample room for the lifeguard. Features T-304, 1.90" x .065" stainless steel construction, and one 19" sloping step. Includes umbrella holder and life ring holder. 1-Step Lookout Guard Chair........... 42-623 Seat Height: 30" above deck Platform: 38" x 40"; 12" from deck Shipping Weight: 115 lbs. Optional Wheel Kit...................... 42-623.W

3-Step Lookout Guard Chair

The Three Step Lookout lifeguard chair, provides a 4'-0" square platform surface area that is located 3’0” above pool deck. The chair provides a seat at a height of 4'-6" above the pool deck. The seat, mounted on a stainless steel sloping support pedestal, is capable of a full 360° rotation. Steps are 19" wide ABS and have a non-skid surface. 4” O.D. front wheels are provided for easy movability. Includes umbrella and ring buoy holder. 3-Step Lookout Guard Chair with Wheels...................................... 42-605 Shipping Weight: 175 lbs.

Engineered especially for busy aquatic facilities and water parks. Access from both sides allow uninterrupted guard change. Sloping steps allow quicker dismount. Portable, solid stainless steel frame, 360° swivel seat mounted on an extra large 60" x 36" non-skid fiberglass platform. Utilizes 26" steps. Seat height is 54" from deck. Platform height is 36" from deck. Stand includes umbrella and rescue tube holders. Lookout Platform Chair................... 42-625 Shipping Weight: 300 lbs.

Griff’s Guard Station® (Flat Model)

2-Step Lookout Guard Chair

This portable guard stand is made of 1.90" x .065" T-304 stainless steel and offers an elevated 360º swivel seat and more than enough room to accommodate two lifeguards during shift change. Seat sets 42" above deck. Includes umbrella holder and wheels. 2-Step Lookout Guard Chair.......... 42-624 Seat Height: 42" above deck Platform: 38" x 40" Platform Height: 24" from deck Shipping Weight: 130 lbs.

Lookout Dual Side Mount Chair

This newly designed guard chair offers access from two sides. The 360 degrees swivel seat is mounted on 4'x4' fiberglass platform. Seat height is 54” from deck. Platform height is 36” from deck. Made from T-304, .065" wall stainless steel. Includes umbrella and ring buoy holder. Lifeguard Chair................................ 42-600 Shipping Weight: 210 lbs.

Griff’s Guard Stations feature front entry, elevated viewing station, easy access, and non-skid surface. A wide front step provides additional station and brings the guard chair closer to the pool edge. Heavy duty wheels allow convenient, easy portability. Stainless steel and fiberglass construction assures long lasting and trouble-free service. This station has a wider access for easy entry. Platform size is 39" x 60". Step is 14" x 57". Platform is 24" above deck. Griff’s Flat Guard Station................ 42-602 Shipping Weight: 250 lbs.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

NOTE: Sunshade feature for Griff’s Guard Station found on page 69.

DECK EQUIPMENT

Permanent and Portable Lifeguard Chairs Outlook 1 Lifeguard Chair

Outlook 1 Lifeguard Chair

Institutional Lifeguard Chair

The 6' tall Outlook 1 lifeguard chair allows lifeguards to easily scan large pool areas. Outlook lifeguard chairs have an extended observation platform for improved visibility and safety. The slender design of this permanent lifeguard chair requires minimal deck space. Anchor assembly sold

separately.

Outlook 1 Lifeguard Chair……………42-612 Weight: 171 Lbs. Anchor Assembly............................... 47-115

Institutional Lifeguard Chair (Pictured Right) This economically priced lifeguard chair is perfect for all swimming pool recreation facilities. All railings are made from polished 304 stainless steel. Seat assembly allows for 360° rotation. Platform height is 4'-6" and seat height is 6'-1" above deck. Order anchors (44-300) and escutcheons (44-309) separately. Institutional Lifeguard Chair............ 12-517 Weight: 150 lbs.

Replacement Parts for Institutional Chair Footboard.......................................... 12-520 Replacement Seat........................... 42-629 Swivel Pedestal.................................45-037

Portable Observation Chair

Movable Lifeguard Chairs These movable lifeguard chairs are ideal when they need to be moved from location to location. These chairs are both rugged and stable, yet can be easily moved by one person. Available in 4'-0", 6-0" and 8'-0" seat height above deck. 4' Movable Guard Chair................... 12-498 Weight: 137 lbs. 6' Movable Guard Chair................... 12-500 Weight: 225lbs. 8' Movable Guard Chair................... 12-502 Weight: 235 lbs.

42-645 (3-Step)

Portable Observation Chair

Pictured at right. A lightweight, yet stable chair that is perfect for supervision, instruction or judging. Easily moved to wherever it’s needed. Available in three sizes. 2-Step Portable Observation Chair (3'-10" above deck).......................... 42-646 Shipping Weight: 85 lbs. 3-Step Portable Observation Chair (4'-6" above deck) (pictured).......... 42-645 Shipping Weight: 89 lbs.

4-Step Portable Observation Chair (6'-0" above deck)............................ 12-504 Ladder Tread.................................... 45-006 Shipping Weight: 95 lbs.

Movable Chair Replacement Parts Replacement Footboard................. 42-653 26" Sloping Ladder Tread............... 45-008 Metal Hub Wheel.............................. 47-102 Umbrella Ring Guide......................... 47-110 Umbrella Ring Holder........................47-111 Non-Corrosive Wheel....................... 47-183

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254 800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

DECK EQUIPMENT

Portable Lifeguard

Chairs NEW

Sentry HDPE Lifeguard Chairs Portable Lifeguard Stand

This chair features a molded fiberglass seat for increased durability and comfort. The seat support and the umbrella holder are constructed of 1.90" x .065" T-304 stainless steel. The chair mounting plate is 1⁄4" x 8" x 8". All three pieces are welded together for sturdy support. Portable Lifeguard Stand.................12-501 Dimensions: Height - 54-1⁄2" (deck to platform), 73" (deck to seat) Weight: 120 lbs.

NEW

The Vista Portable Lifeguard Chair

Comes in either 6’ or 8’ heights (8’ Height Shown in image above) that allow lifeguards to easily scan large pool areas. Featuring two wheels for flexibility to move and a swiveling seat to allow for 360 degree viewing. Non-slip sand treaded platform and a T-304 stainless steel frame for durability and corrosion resistance. 6’ Vista Portable Guard Chair........ 42-654 Shipping Weight: 206 Lbs. 8’ Vista Portable Guard Chair........ 42-655 Shipping Weight: 250 Lbs.

These chairs are constructed of highdensity polyethylene (HDPE) plastic. Available in 30", 42", and 66" seat heights. Includes 316-SS hardware, slip-resistant step treads, umbrella and cup holder. The 30" guard chair comes with anchor brackets. The 42" and 66" versions come with drilled anchor holes. Anchors are not provided. 30" Sentry Guard Chair.................. 42-660 Shipping Weight: 67 lbs. Optional Wheel Kit for (30")....... 42-660.W 42" Sentry Guard Chair................... 42-661 Shipping Weight: 95 lbs. Optional Wheel Kit (42")..............42-661.W Optional Life Ring Hook................. 42-662 66" Sentry Guard Chair...................42-674 Shipping Weight: 165 lbs. 66" Sentry with Center Supports...42-675 Shipping Weight: 180 lbs.

Replacement Parts Seat (Only)......................................... 42-671 Footboard (30’ x 42").......................42-672 Ladder Tread (with Hardware)....... 45-009 Left and Right Wheel........................42-673 (Includes Bracket and both left & right wheel)

The Low Profile Lifeguard Chair

Comes in 30”, 42” and 54” heights to allow for quick exits. Featuring two wheels for flexibility to move and a swiveling seat to allow for 360 degree viewing. Non-slip sand treaded platform and a T-304 stainless steel frame for durability and corrosion resistance. 30” H Low Profile Guard Chair.......42-657 Shipping Weight: 150 Lbs. 42” H Low Profile Guard Chair...... 42-658 Shipping Weight: 155 Lbs. 54” H Low Profile Guard Chair...... 42-659 Shipping Weight: 160 Lbs. Replacement Parts Seat (Only)......................................... 42-671 Footboard (30’ x 42").......................42-672 Ladder Tread (with Hardware)....... 45-009 Wheel.................................................42-673

CALL OR EMAIL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! (800) 428-3254 SALES@RECREONICS.COM

Portable Guard Station

Constructed of fluted PVC/aluminum reinforced frame that is extremely durable yet incredibly lightweight. Portable Guard Station.................... 42-619 Overall Height: 53", Seat Height: 31" Weight: 38 lbs. Optional Storage Box...................... 42-620 Seat and Chair Back Kit................... 43-721

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

DECK EQUIPMENT

Recycled Plastic Lifeguard Chairs Recycled Plastic Lifeguard Chairs

These lifeguard chairs are made from HDPE lumber made out of recycled plastic with UV inhibitors to resist fading. They will never rot or splinter and will never need to be painted or stained. All that is required is a maintenance schedule that includes a cleaning using soap and water. Chairs are shipped knocked-down and require assembly. All chairs are warranted to be free from original defects in material and workmanship for a period of 5 years. Includes T-305 stainless steel hardware. Upgrade to 18-8 chrome-plated bolts, nuts and washers with T-316 screws at an additional cost is available. All lifeguard chairs are available in (.C) Cedar, (.G) Green, (.R) Red (Red is at an additional cost), (.S) Sand and (.W) White.

Tailwind® LG505 Lifeguard Chair

Proudly made in the USA from recycled plastic lumber with T-305 stainless steel hardware. This lifeguard chair features a 30" seat height and includes both an umbrella and cup holder. Tailwind® LG505 Chair.................... 42-632 Chair Dimensions: 33" L x 29" W x 51" H Shipping Weight: 88 lbs. Deck Anchor Kit............................... 42-802 Shipping Weight: 17 lbs.

Tailwind® LG515 Lifeguard Chair

Proudly made in the USA from recycled plastic lumber with T-305 stainless steel hardware. This lifeguard chair features a 50" seat height and includes both an umbrella and cup holder. Tailwind® LG515 Chair..................... 42-636 Chair Dimensions: 43" L x 30" W x 70" H Shipping Weight: 185 lbs.

Tailwind® LG500 Lifeguard Chair

Proudly made in the USA from recycled plastic lumber with T-305 stainless steel hardware. This lifeguard chair features a 30" seat height and includes both an umbrella and cup holder. Tailwind® LG500 Chair..................... 42-615 Dimensions: 30" L x 29" W x 51" H Weight: 68 lbs. Platform Kit for LG500.................... 42-609 Shipping Weight: 25 lbs. Deck Anchor Kit............................... 42-802 Shipping Weight: 17 lbs.

Tailwind® LG510 Lifeguard Chair

NOTE: All of these chairs are made from recycled plastic lumber and stainless steel hardware. All chairs ship knocked-down via motor freight and require assembly.

Proudly made in the USA from recycled plastic lumber with T-305 stainless steel hardware. This lifeguard chair features a 40” seat height and includes both an umbrella and cup holder. Tailwind® LG510................................42-633 Chair Dimensions: 41” L x 30” W x 61” H Shipping Weight: 125 lbs.

Tailwind® LG517 Lifeguard Chair

Proudly made in the USA from recycled plastic lumber with T-305 stainless steel hardware. This lifeguard chair features a 60" seat height and includes both an umbrella and cup holder. Tailwind® LG517 Chair..................... 42-642 Chair Dimensions: 49" L x 66" W x 82" H Shipping Weight: 255 lbs.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

DECK EQUIPMENT

Recycled Plastic Lifeguard Chairs Accessory Items

Hard Surface Wheel Kit...................42-798 Fits all lifeguard chairs. For hard surfaces like concrete or tile. (Specify Color.) Shipping Weight: 20 lbs.

Tailwind® MLG520 Lifeguard Chair

Proudly made in the USA from recycled plastic lumber with T-305 stainless steel hardware. This lifeguard chair features side steps, a 50" seat height and a 33" platform height. Includes both an umbrella and cup holder. Tailwind® MLG520 Chair................ 42-622 Chair Dimensions: 48" L x 59" W x 70" H Shipping Weight: 220 lbs.

Tailwind® TLG530 Lifeguard Chair

Proudly made in the USA from recycled plastic lumber with T-305 stainless steel hardware. This lifeguard chair features side steps, a 64" seat height and a 47" platform height. Includes both an umbrella and cup holder. Tailwind® TLG530 Chair.................. 42-626 Chair Dimensions: 52" L x 59" W x 85" H Shipping Weight: 265 lbs.

Beach Wheel Kit.............................. 42-800 Fits all lifeguard chairs. For beach or lake front surfaces. (Specify Color.) Shipping Weight: 29 lbs. Umbrella Holder.............................. 42-804 For additional left side umbrella mount. (Specify Color.) Shipping Weight: 2 lbs.

All Recycled Plastic Lifeguard Chairs are available in:

White (.W)

Green (.G)

Note: There is an upcharge for Red.

Red (.R)

Cedar (.C)

Sand (.S)

Tailwind® MLG525 Lifeguard Chair

Tailwind® TLG535 Lifeguard Chair

Proudly made in the USA from recycled plastic lumber with T-305 stainless steel hardware. This lifeguard chair features a front ladder, 50" seat height and a 33" platform height. Includes both an umbrella and cup holder. Tailwind® MLG525 Chair................. 42-634 Chair Dimensions: 62" L x 59" W x 70" H Shipping Weight: 220 lbs.

Proudly made in the USA from recycled plastic lumber with T-305 stainless steel hardware. This lifeguard chair features a front ladder, 64" seat height and a 47" platform height. Includes both an umbrella and cup holder. Tailwind® TLG535 Chair................... 42-616 Chair Dimensions: 72" L x 59" W x 85" H Shipping Weight: 265 lbs.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

Proudly Manufactured

IN THE USA

DECK EQUIPMENT

Permanent & Semi-Permanent Lifeguard Chairs

Replacement Parts Ladder Tread........... 45-006 Umbrella Ring Guide............ 47-110 Umbrella Ring Holder............ 47-111 Replacement Footboard.. 42-652

Paraflyte OSHA Chair

Designed for usage that requires chairs to comply with federal OSHA regulations. Guard rails are 42" above the platform and extend to the front of the platform. Platform height is 4'-6" and the seat height is 6'-0" above the deck. Furnished with all required anchors and escutcheon plates. Paraflyte OSHA Chair..................... 42-640 Stainless steel rails are .065" wall and 1.90" diameter. Shipping Weight: 192 lbs.

Replacement Parts Ladder Tread ......... 45-006 Umbrella Ring Guide ........... 47-110 Umbrella Ring Holder ............ 47-111

Replacement Parts Ladder Tread........... 45-005 Umbrella Ring Guide............ 47-110 Umbrella Ring Holder............ 47-111 Replacement Footboard.. 42-649

Paraflyte Club Chair

Acclaimed Paraflyte styling and quality. A single anchor at stainless steel pedestal base supports the entire chair. The vertical access ladder requires less deck space and does not need separate anchors. Now with upgraded platform of laminated wood coated with fiberglass and polyester resin. Platform height is 4'-6" and the seat height is 6'-0" above the deck. Anchor furnished. Anchor sold separately. Paraflyte Club Chair......................... 42-613 Stainless steel rails are .065" wall and 1.90" diameter. Shipping Weight: 175 lbs.

Paraflyte Chair, Ladder at Rear

(Pictured left) Ladder at rear with flared guard rails provide easy access to the platform. Platform height is 4'-6" and the seat height is 6'-0" above the deck. Furnished with all required anchors and escutcheon plates. Paraflyte (Ultraflyte) Chair............... 42-610 Stainless steel rails are .145" wall and 1.90" diameter. Shipping Weight: 187 lbs. Paraflyte (Superflyte) Chair..............42-611 Stainless steel rails are .065” wall and 1.90” diameter. Shipping Weight: 157 lbs.

Rover Guard Chair

The Rover Guard Chair is designed for pools where the lifeguard chair must be anchored yet still be capable of being readily moved to opposite sides of the pool each day to keep the sun out of lifeguard’s eyes. The rear legs are set into sockets anchored in the deck while the front legs have wheels for easy relocation. Rover Guard Chair............................ 12-503 Includes (2) anchors. Seat Height: 6' Shipping Weight: 185 lbs. Ladder Tread ....45-006

Umbrella Ring Guide ........... 47-110 Umbrella Ring Holder ............ 47-111

Paraflyte Chair, Ladder at Sides Replacement Parts Ladder Tread........... 45-006 Umbrella Ring Guide............ 47-110 Umbrella Ring Holder............ 47-111 Replacement Footboard.. 42-649

(Pictured right) Two access ladders, one at each side, allow the lifeguard to dismount quickly and safely – from either side. Platform height is 4’-6” and the seat height is 6’-0” above the deck. Furnished with all required anchors and escutcheon plates. Paraflyte Chair, Ladders at Side.... 42-630 Stainless steel rails are .065” wall x 1.90” dia. Shipping Weight: 183 lbs.

Replacement Footboard................. 42-650

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

DECK EQUIPMENT

ALL

Replacement Seats, Swivels, Pedestals and Treads These replacement lifeguard seats are suitable for replacing existing seats on most lifeguard chairs. Check the bottom bolt pattern of your existing chair with the bolt pattern illustrated here. If they match, a replacement seat can be ordered.

45-005 & 45-006 19” wide

45-008 26” wide

(Back)

Replacement Treads

? ?

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

? (Front)

How to determine bolt hole pattern. Measure center to center from the bolt holes: across front, across back and from front to back.

KDI Fiberglass Seat

Fits all KDI Paragon guard chairs. Available in turquoise and white. Fiberglass Seat (Turquoise)............. 42-631 Fiberglass Seat (White)....................42-633 Bolt Hole Pattern: 6-1⁄2" Front x 7-1⁄4" Rear x 7" Front-to-Back Seat Dimensions: 16" H x 14" D Shipping Weight: 6 lbs. (OS)

These heavy-duty injection molded cycolac steps are for Paragon guard chairs only. All steps ship complete with hardware. 19" Cycolac (Straight)...................... 45-005 Shipping Weight: 2 lbs. 19" Cycolac (Sloping)...................... 45-006 Shipping Weight: 2 lbs. 26" Cycolac (Sloping)...................... 45-008 Shipping Weight: 3 lbs.

47-110

47-111

Paddock Fiberglass Seat

S.R. Smith (SwimQuip) Fiberglass Seat

Replacement for most Paddock guard chairs. Fiberglass Seat................................ 42-635 Bolt Hole Pattern: 6-1⁄2" Front x 7-1⁄4" Rear x 7" Front-to-Back Seat Dimensions: 16" H x 16" D Shipping Weight: 10 lbs. (OS)

Umbrella Ring Guide......................... 47-110 Replacement umbrella ring guide for Paragon guard chairs. Shipping Weight: 1 lb. Umbrella Ring Guide Holder.............47-111 Replacement umbrella ring guide holder for Paragon guard chairs. Shipping Weight: 1 lb.

Includes stainless steel swivel. Fiberglass Seat................................ 42-629 Bolt Hole Pattern: 5-1⁄4" Square Seat Dimensions: 16" H x 14" D Shipping Weight: 11 lbs. (OS)

Fiberglass Replacement Seat Blank Stainless Steel Swivel (Only)....... 42-629.S (For S.R. Smith guard chairs) Shipping Weight: 5 lbs.

This fiberglass seat comes without a specific bolt hole pattern so that it can be drilled in the field to fit the existing guard chair. Fiberglass Seat.................................42-637 Seat Dimensions: 16" H x 14" D Shipping Weight: 10 lbs. (OS)

Replacement Paragon Stainless Steel Pedestal................... 47-101 Replacement for all Paragon guard chairs utilize the pedestal seat. Shipping Weight: 9 lbs.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

DECK EQUIPMENT

Commercial Swimming Pool Ladders

(TYP.)

12" 9"

Cross-Braced Ladder With Stainless Steel Treads

Standard Vertical Ladder With Polypropylene Treads

26"

23"

5.5" RUBBER BUMPER Note: Anchor to Anchor Dimension is 20" O.C.

Commercial Pool Ladders

These newly designed and updated swimming pool ladders are available in standard and cross-braced styles. With 2,3,4 and 5 stainless steel/plastic insert or polyproylene treads. They are fabricated from T-304 stainless steel in either .065", .109" and .145" wall thickness. Powdercoating option is available on all ladders.

NOTE: These ladders have been re-designed based on current codes. Some of the dimensions have changed. Deck to water, distance from anchor to inside pool wall and distance between anchors must be verified. Call our sales consultants today for additional information. 800.428.3254

Safety-Grip Ladder Covers

Reduce liability and promote safety with Safety-Grip. Designed specifically for high traffic commercial use. Made from a commercial grade poly fabric blend with UV inhibitors. Just slide over rail and zip. 3' Safety-Grip - each (1.90") .......... 44-190 4' Safety-Grip - each (1.90")............ 44-191 5' Safety-Grip - each (1.90")........... 44-192 6' Safety-Grip - each (1.90")........... 44-193 7' Safety-Grip - each (1.90")............ 44-194 8' Safety-Grip - each (1.90")........... 44-195 Available in Royal Blue (.RB), and Teal (.T). Also available in sizes to fit 1.50" O.D. rails.

Commercial Swimming Pool Ladders Standard No. of Treads

Tread Material

Cross-Braced

.065" Wall .109" Wall

.145" Wall

No. of Treads

Tread Material

.065" Wall

.109" Wall

.145" Wall

2-Tread Polypropylene 44-025 44-033 44-033.5

2-Tread Polypropylene 44-009

44-017

44-018

3-Tread Polypropylene

44-011

44-019

44-020

3-Tread Polypropylene 44-027 44-035 44-035.5

4-Tread Polypropylene 44-013

44-021

44-022

4-Tread Polypropylene 44-029 44-037 44-037.5

5-Tread Polypropylene 44-015

44-023

44-024

5-Tread Polypropylene

2-Tread

Stainless

44-010

44-017.S 44-018.S 2-Tread

Stainless

44-026 44-040

3-Tread

Stainless

44-012

44-019.S 44-020.S 3-Tread

Stainless

44-028 44-042 44-043

44-031

44-039 44-039.5 44-041

4-Tread

Stainless

44-014

44021.S 44-022.S 4-Tread

Stainless

44-030 44-044 44-045

5-Tread

Stainless

44-016

44023.S 44024.S 5-Tread

Stainless

44-032 44-046

Raft Ladder

Designed for installation on floating rafts, this ladder bolts directly to a wooden deck. To mount, simply drill holes where needed in tubing and deck, and bolt ladder to decking. (1.90" x .065") 3 Tread............................................... 44-210 Weight: 37 Ibs. 4 Tread................................................44-211 Weight: 41 Ibs. 5 Tread............................................... 44-212 Weight: 45 Ibs.

44-047

Dock Ladders

Designed for permanent wooden docks, this ladder bolts directly to docking. To mount, simply drill holes where needed and bolt ladder to decking. (1.90" x .065") 3 Tread............................................... 44-215 Weight: 37 Ibs. 4 Tread .............................................. 44-216 Weight: 41 Ibs. 5 Tread .............................................. 44-217 Weight: 45 Ibs.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

DECK EQUIPMENT

Grab Rails

California Style Grab Rails Figure 4 Grab Rails

Pretzel Bend Grab Rails

Adjustable Grab Rails

Adjustable Long Reach Grab Rails

These “Figure 4” grab rails are designed for use on wide, flat decks without unusual curbs. Standard width is 2'2" and height is 2'11". .145" wall x 1.90" O.D.......................44-073 Weight: 50 Ibs. .109" wall x 1.90" O.D.......................44-072 Weight: 38 Ibs. .065" wall x 1.90" O.D...................... 44-071 Weight: 24 Ibs.

When there is minimal deck space available, the pretzel bend grab rails require the least amount of deck width for anchorage. Recommended for pools where deck or walking space is limited. Standard width is 1'5" and height is 2'5". .145" wall x 1.90" O.D.......................44-075 Weight: 40 Ibs. .109" wall x 1.90" O.D.......................44-076 Weight: 31 Ibs. .065" wall x 1.90" O.D......................44-077 Weight: 22 Ibs.

For pools with extra-wide gutters, or when deck to water distances are exceptionally large. Made extra wide to clear unusual gutters with legs offset laterally to minimize deck width requirements. Standard height is 2'5". .145" wall x 1.90" O.D.......................44-097 Weight: 45 lbs. .109" wall x 1.90" O.D...................... 44-098 Weight: 25 lbs. .065" wall x 1.90" O.D..................... 44-099 Weight: 23 lbs.

Long Reach Pretzel Bend Grab Rails Features closed design with adjustable front leg for additional strength and rigidity. Recommended for pools where unusual curbs or trenches prohibit the use of other types of grab rails. Standard height is 2'9". .145" wall x 1.90" O.D.......................44-078 Weight: 55 Ibs. .109" wall x 1.90" O.D...................... 44-080 Weight: 42 Ibs. .065" wall x 1.90" O.D..................... 44-082 Weight: 26 Ibs.

Available in size to fit extra wide gutter systems in the increasingly popular “Fast Pool” design concept. “B” dimension must be specified with order. Width can range from 3'0" to 4'6", height is 2'11". .145" wall x 1.90" O.D...................... 44-096 Weight: 80 lbs. .109" wall x 1.90" O.D...................... 44-094 Weight: 60 lbs. .065" wall x 1.90" O.D..................... 44-092 Weight: 39 lbs.

Similar to the standard pretzel bend, but recommended for swimming pools with extra-width gutters. These grab rails are 2'-6" wide from the center line of the rear post to the tip of the pool side bend. Features rear posts that are offset laterally to accommodate expansion joints or other deck obstructions. .145" wall x 1.90" O.D....................... 44-124 Weight: 52 lbs. .109" wall x 1.90" O.D....................... 44-125 Weight: 39 lbs. .065" wall x 1.90" O.D...................... 44-126 Weight: 25 lbs.

1.50" x .120" T-316 Stainless Steel is Available with Passivation and Powder Coating Options 78

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

DECK EQUIPMENT

Stair Rails, Grab Bars, Exercise Bars and Safety Grips Stair Rails

These rails can be provided in 1.90" O.D. or 1.50" O.D. in wall thicknesses of .065", .109", .120" and .145" with a polished 320grit finish. We can also provide passivated and powder-coated finishes upon request. We can provide almost any type of custom stainless steel rail for any application. Just provide us with a detail of the desired rail and we will quickly provide you with a quote and submittals drawings upon order. All stair rails must ship via motor freight.

Artisan Series

Deck Mounted Handrail

Deck mounted rails are intended for use with pools that are vinyl or fiberglass lined. Anchorage of the rails to the deck is 8" on center and provides stability needed without penetrating the molded steps or the pool floor. These rails are fabricated from 1.90" O.D. x .065" wall, T-304 stainless steel that is polished to a 320-grit finish. Sloped Handrail................................ 44-109 Weight: 15 Ibs.

The Artisan Series Stair and Hand Rails are a patented, designer inspired rail that provides an elegant custom look for any pool environment. All these Artisan rails come with 1.90” OD tubing with a .065” wall thickness and available in either 304 or 316L stainless steel. The Artisan Series Rails are also available with custom powder coated finishes.

Deck-Mounted Stair Rail (T-304).... 44-160 Deck-Mounted Stair Rail (T-316)..... 44-162 Weight: 25 Ibs.

Standard 2-Bend Stair Rails

These standard 2-bend stair rails are fabricated from 1.90" O.D. x .065" wall, T-304 stainless steel that is polished to a 320-grit finish. 48" 2-Bend Stair Rail.........................44-110 Weight: 15 Ibs. 60" 2-Bend Stair Rail.........................44-112 Weight: 16 Ibs. 72" 2-Bend Stair Rail......................... 44-114 Weight: 18 Ibs.

Custom sizes available.

Safety-Grip Stair Rail Covers

Safety-Grip is a soft zippered cover that zips over the stainless steel handrails in pools and spas. This innovative patented product will reduce liability and promote safety when getting in and out of the pool or spa. Safety-Grip prevents burns from “Hot” handrails due to intense heat from harsh UV sunlight in warmer climates and prevents slipping due to “oily” hands from suntan oil & lotions. Safety-Grip assists with gripping for those with arthritis and is a deterrent to children that slide down rails, which could result in injury. Comes in six standard lengths and can be fabricated in custom lengths if required.

Standard 3-Bend Stair Rails

These standard 3-bend stair rails are fabricated from 1.90" O.D. x .065" wall, T-304 stainless steel that is polished to a 320-grit finish. 48" 3-Bend Stair Rail.........................44-118 Weight: 15 Ibs. 60" 3-Bend Stair Rail.........................44-119 Weight: 16 Ibs. 72" 3-Bend Stair Rail........................ 44-120 Weight: 18 Ibs.

Safety Grip Rail Covers (Each) Length of Safety Grip

To Fit 1.90" O.D

To Fit 1.50" O.D

3' 44-190 44-196 4' 44-191 44-197 5' 44-192 44-198 6' 44-193 44-199 7' 44-194 44-200 8' 44-195 44-201 Available in Royal Blue (.RB) and Teal (.T)

Artisan Stair Rail (T-304).................. 44-163 Artisan Stair Rail (T-316).................. 44-164 Weight: 25 Ibs.

Flanged Therapeutic Exercise Bars

These exercise rails are ideal for use in special use pools. Clearance from the rail to the wall is 6". Fabricated from T-316 Marine Grade (1.90" O.D. x .049" wall) stainless steel. Includes mounting flange and hardware. Flanged Therapeutic Exercise Bars Catalog No.

Exercise Bar Length

Shipping Weight (lbs.)

46-812 46-813 46-814 46-815

2'-0" 3'-0" 4'-0" 5'-0"

4 6 7 8

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

DECK EQUIPMENT

ALL

Ladder Treads, Recessed Steps

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

Replacement Ladder Treads T = 2-1⁄4"

24-1⁄4" 4"

17-1⁄4" 3”

26" Cycolac, sloping....................... 45-008 Replacement cycolac tread for KDI Paragon lifeguard chair and dive stand ladders. For installation on vertically sloped post. Includes mounting hardware. Shipping Weight: 3 Ibs.

19" Cycolac, sloping........................ 45-006 Replacement cycolac tread for KDI Paragon lifeguard chairs, raft and thera-peutic ladders. For installation on vertically sloped post. Includes mounting hardware. Shipping Weight: 2 Ibs. 17-1⁄4"

T = 2-1⁄4"

24-1⁄8"

3" 5”

26" Cycolac, straight....................... 45-007 Replacement cycolac tread for KDI Paragon dive stand ladders. For installation on vertically straight post. Includes mounting hardware. Shipping Weight: 3 Ibs. T = 2-1⁄4"

20-1⁄4"

22"

22" Cycolac, sloping....................... 45-009 Replacement cycolac tread for S.R. Smith guard chair ladders. For installation on vertically sloped post. Includes mounting hardware. Shipping Weight: 2 Ibs. 18" 4"

T = 2"

19-13⁄16"

20" Blow-molded............................. 45-004 Replacement blow-molded plastic step for applicable ladders. For installation on vertically straight post. Includes mounting hardware. Shipping Weight: 2 Ibs.

How to Select the Correct Ladder Tread

T = 1-3⁄4"

19" Cycolac, straight....................... 45-005 Replacement cycolac tread for KDI Paragon lifeguard chairs and vertical ladders. For installation on vertically straight post. Includes mounting hardware. Shipping Weight: 2 Ibs.

Stainless Steel Recessed Step

This heavy-duty stainless steel recessed step is made from 14 gauge, Type 304 low carbon stainless steel and fabricated with all-welded construction. The step features a wide 5"H x 5"D x 15"W opening to meet most code requirements. The tread (bottom inside surface) is specially prepared to provide a non-skid step area. A bonding screw is provided for grounding. Stainless Steel Recessed Step....... 44-052 Shipping Weight: 7 Ibs.

17-1⁄2" 3"

T = 1"

18-1⁄2"

5”

A. Measure the ladder rail diameter B. Measure from center to center of the ladder rails C. Confirm the manufacturer

4" 18-3⁄4"

25-1⁄4"

3-1⁄2"

T = 1-3⁄4"

183⁄4"

25-1⁄4"

4”

19" Stainless Steel, straight............. 45-019 Replacement stainless steel tread for KDI Paragon vertical ladders. Includes mounting hardware Shipping Weight: 2 Ibs. 18-1⁄4" 3”

T =11⁄16"

19-1⁄8"

20" Stainless Steel, straight........... 45-002 Replacement stainless steel step with plastic insert for 20" S.R. Smith vertical ladder. For installation on vertically straight post. Includes mounting hardware. Shipping Weight: 2 Ibs. End Cap for Tread............................. 45-015 Insert for Tread.................................. 45-016

Ladder Tread Bolt and Nut

Made from heavy-duty stainless steel. These bolts feature a special curved head so that it fits flush on the step. Ladder Tread Bolt (Each)................. 45-017 Dimensions: 2-3⁄4"Long x 1⁄4" Thread.

LADDER TREADS

EXISTING LADDER RAILS

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254

Built-ln Injection Molded Step

This frostproof recessed step is made from heavy-duty injection molded plastic. This step installs flush with the pool wall. Features eight plastic ribs for structural support and a slip resistant step surface for safety. Built-ln Injection Molded Step....... 44-054 Outer Dims: 17-1⁄2"W x 7"T x 5-1⁄2"D Inner Dims: 15-1⁄2"W x 5"T x 5-5⁄16"D Weight: 2 Ibs.

Pit Access Step

These surge tank steps are designed to be driven into a pre-formed hole. The legs are 13" on center and the overall width is 14-3⁄4". These copolymer polypropylene plastic coated steps are corrosion resistant. They are easily installed and completely eliminate the potential of an infiltration source by completely sealing the cured concrete insertion hole. These steps meet ASTM-C-478, ASTM D-4104, ASTM A-615, and AASHTO M-199-811. Pit Access Step.................................32-057 Shipping Weight: 5 lbs.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

DECK EQUIPMENT

ALL

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

Anchors, Escutcheons, & Ladder Bumpers

44-309 45-022

45-021

Keyhole Escutcheon (1.90")........... 44-309 Made from stamped stainless steel.

44-300.2

44-300

Bronze Anchor Socket.................... 44-300 Dimensions: 4-1⁄8" Tall, 1.90" I.D. Weight: 3 Ibs. Bronze Anchor Socket................. 44-300.2 Dimensions: 41⁄8" Tall, 1.90" I.D. Weight: 3 Ibs.

44-315

45-020

45-025

Replacement Wedge Dogs

44-332

44-307

Stainless Anchor Socket..................44-332 Dimensions: 6" Tall, 1.50" I.D. Weight: 2 lbs. Bronze Anchor..................................44-307 Dimensions: 4-1⁄8" Tall, 1.50" I.D. Weight: 1 Ib.

A wedge dog slips inside the anchor socket keyway. Simply tighten the bolt and the wedge dog firmly wedges the ladder post. Identify your wedge dog from the ones shown. If you don’t see yours, email us an image and we will find a replacement for you. Large Wedge Dog............................. 45-021 Small Wedge Dog............................ 45-022 Brass Wedge Dog............................ 45-020 KDI Wedge Dog............................... 45-025

44-308

44-306

44-324

6" Tall Bronze Anchor......................44-324 Dimensions: 6" Tall, 1.90" I.D. Weight: 2 lbs. Aluminum Anchor Socket............... 44-306 Dimensions: 4-3⁄16" Tall, 1.90" I.D. Weight: 1 lb.

20"

Jig Mount Anchor Set..................... 44-304 Standard anchors are securely fastened to a steel framework ( jig). Assures perfect alignment for 20" center-to-center mounting. Dimensions: 3-1⁄4" Tall, 22-1⁄8" Long, 1.90" I.D. Weight: 8 Ibs.

44-352

44-322

Deck Mounted Anchor Flange....... 44-308 Made from aluminum. Dimensions: 2-1⁄2" Tall, 1.90" I.D. Weight: 1 lb. Heavy-Duty Clamp Flange............. 44-352 The flange is chrome-plated bronze with a stainless steel through bolt. Weight: 2 Ibs. Tall Aluminum Escutcheon............. 44-322 Dimensions: 4" Dia. x 2" Tall Weight: 1.5 Ibs.

44-333

44-317

KDI Keyhole Escutcheon (1.90")..... 44-315 Made from stamped stainless steel. KDI Keyhole Escutcheon (1.90")..... 44-317 Made from chrome-plated bronze. Includes threaded set screw. KDI Keyhole Escutcheon (1.90").....44-333 Made from cast stainless steel. Includes threaded set screw.

44-313

44-311

44-312

Round Escutcheon (1.90")............... 44-313 Made from stamped stainless steel. Round Escutcheon (1.90")............... 44-312 Made from chrome cycolac plastic. Round Escutcheon (1.90")................ 44-311 Made from white cycolac plastic.

44-318

44-334

Round Escutcheon (1.50")............... 44-318 Made from stamped stainless steel. Keyhole Escutcheon (1.50")............44-334 Made from cast stainless steel. Includes threaded set screw.

Handrail Stabilizing Plug

Anchor type handrails are often crushed at the end by the underground anchor causing the handrail to loosen and become unstable. When hammered into the crushed end of the handrail, the Handrail Stabilizing Plug rounds it out and provides a permanent strong supporting surface for the anchor to tighten against. For 1.90" x .049 or .065 rails. Handrail Stabilizing Plug................. 44-190 Shipping Weight: 1 Ib.

44-320

44-321

44-326

44-325

44-327

Ladder Bumpers

Female Ladder Bumper.................. 44-320 Male Ladder Bumper........................ 44-321 X-Pand-n-Lock Bumper................... 44-325 Nev-Off Bumper............................... 44-326 KDI Ladder Bumper..........................44-327

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

POOL COVERS

ThermGard® Covers and Reel Systems Why a Blanket?

Indoor and Outdoor pools are big energy consumers. Pool owners/operators spend billions of dollars annually to heat the nation’s pools. Much of this energy is often wasted and can be saved with proper management. Wasting energy also contributes to our growing air quality problem.

How Pools Lose Heat

Pools lose energy in a variety of ways, but evaporation is by far the largest source of energy loss for swimming pools. When compared to evaporation, all other losses are small. The reason evaportion has such an impact is that evaporating water requires tremendous amounts of energy. It only takes 1 BTU to raise 1 pound of water 1 degree, but each pound of 80º water that evaporates takes a whopping 1048 BTU’s of heat out of the pool.

Minimize Evaporation

VE N ! SA % O OST -80 C 60 RGY E EN

Recreonics Insulating Pool Blanket

Recreonics is now offering the best insulating pool blanket in the industry at reduced prices!

Available in two grades of material, with and without a weighted edge for outdoor applications. Each cover features a full 1⁄8" of polyethylene foam insulation which is carefully laminated to a tough woven, high density, ultra-violet stabilized polyethylene substrate coated, polyethylene film. All material is sewn together using a two-needle, lock-stitch which virtually eliminates unraveling of material.

Standard Insulating Pool Blanket (40 strands per square inch) 3-year warranty (90-Day Warranty on All Spa Covers) Square Feet

Deluxe Insulating Pool Blanket (44 strands per square inch) 5-year warranty (90-Day Warranty on All Spa Covers)

Hemmed Weighted Edges (Black) Edges (Black)

Square Feet

Hemmed Weighted Edges (Black) Edges (Black)

Since evaporation is the major source of heat loss for swimming pools, to minimize evaporation, one must cover the pool. Covering your pool when it’s not in use is the single most effective way to reduce pool heating cost. Savings of 60-80% are possible. - U.S. Department of Energy

Note: Grommets must be purchased separately for covers under 300 square feet.

Quality Fabric

Recreonics Stainless Steel Storage Reel Systems

The heart of a pool cover system is the fabric. Thermgard® uses a seven-layer, custom laminated polyethylene to provide the optimum in insulation and durability.

Customization

Covers are custom made to insure fit. Cutouts for ladders, handrails, slides and other water features are included.

1-299 300-999 1000-1999 2000-2999 3000+

60-203 60-192 60-191 60-190 60-185

60-204 60-198 60-197 60-196 60-187

These storage reels have been specifically designed and engineered for easy cover handling. These welded reels are constructed entirely of 304 stainless steel to offer the ultimate in corrosion resistance. Available in widths from 10 to 20 feet. 10-Year Warranty.

1-299 300-999 1000-1999 2000-2999 3000+

60-207 60-195 60-194 60-193 60-186

60-208 60-201 60-200 60-199 60-188

Maximum Capacity of each tube is 125-150 L.F. Now features modular design to reduce freight cost and potential shipping damage.

Standard Reel Covers Width of Reel

Single Winder

Double/Triple Winder

Width of Reel

Single Winder

Double Winder

Triple Winder

10' - 13' 14' - 17' 18' - 20'

60-176 60-177 60-178

60-179 60-180 60-181

10' 11' 12' 13' 14' 15' 16' 17' 18' 19' 20'

60-170.10 60-170.11 60-170.12 60-170.13 60-170.14 60-170.15 60-170.16 60-170.17 60-170.18 60-170.19 60-170.20

60-172.10 60-172.11 60-172.12 60-172.13 60-172.14 60-172.15 60-172.16 60-172.17 60-172.18 60-172.19 60-172.20

60-174.10 60-174.11 60-174.12 60-174.13 60-174.14 60-174.15 60-174.16 60-174.17 60-174.18 60-174.19 60-174.20

NOTE: When selecting reel, add one foot to the blanket width to determine required reel width. Power Drive for Reel Systems

The uniquely designed system places an electric gear motor on each Winding Tube shaft. There are no flexible shafts to connect and no gear or belt drives to maintain. The motor is permanently lubricated and maintenance free. The motor requires standard 115V electricity from a dedicated GFI outlet. The direction and speed can be controlled right at the storage reel. You can start the feed slow until the panel is straight and then crank up the speed and finish the job in seconds. Flip a switch and the direction is reversed to unwind the covers again at the speed you choose. The components are “wash down” grade. Hose everything off with water to keep it free of debris and looking good. Add the Power Drive to your pool cover system today. Call our sales consultants for pricing!

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

POOL COVERS

Safety Covers

Professional Support • Application Innovation • Off-Season Peace of Mind Recreonics offers a variety of commercial safety covers to accommodate a wide variety of pool sizes and shapes. All safety covers offered meet or exceed safety cover performance standards as set forth in ASTM F 1346-91.

AVAILABLE MATERIALS:

Secur-A-Pool Mesh (12-Year Limited Warranty): Recommended for large commercial pools and available in blue, gray, green, and tan. ProMesh (15-Year Limited Warranty): Recommended for covers up to 5,000 sq. ft. available in blue, gray, green, and tan. HyPerLite™ Solid (15-Year Limited Warranty): Recommended for covers up to 2,100 sq. ft. and available in blue, gray, green, and tan.

FEATURES & BENEFITS:

• For larger commercial covers, access the GLI commercial care team which includes in-field technical consultant, design engineer, and operations to turnkey the project with you from measuring to installation where GLI will guarantee the fit, form and function of the cover.

• Upgraded installation tools, and HD-commercial springs on covers over 2500 sq. ft., at NO CHARGE! • Best in class lead time for covers up to 5,000 square feet.

• New! CoverLink™ - A modular design application, that is composed of 2 to 3 sections of the safety cover joined together using the patent pending CoverLink™ system to ensure a ASTM strong application. Improves installations, openings, & closings. How to Get a Quote: Ask your Recreonics sales specialists about off-season pricing opportunities. All covers are made specifically to fit your swimming pool. Just send us detailed, dimensional information regarding your pool and we will provide you with a quote within 24-48 hours. When necessary, GLI will provide a proposal drawing for architects or engineering firms.

Safety Cover Accessory and Replacement Items

Brass Anchor Retainer Sleeve....... 62-283

2" Brass Anchor (Complete).......... 62-298 Stainless Steel Strap Buckle.......... 62-286

Brass Anchor Screw........................ 62-285

HD Commercial Cover Spring with Protector...................................62-278

Stainless Steel Installation Rod..... 62-299

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

COMPETITIVE EQUIPMENT

Competitor® Racing Lanes OFFICIAL LANE LINE OF

Competitor® Racing Lanes feature a flow through system to provide consistent wave quelling from one lane to another, a unique feature not found in other products on the market. Competitor swim lanes also feature Lifespan+™ a new protective formula with cutting-edge polymer- and color-stabilization components that substantially increase product life in harsh pool environments. Each Competitor® Racing Lane consists of a series of 4" Standard or 6" Gold Medal plastic discs and donuts strung on a vinylcoated 3⁄16-inch stainless steel cable. Opposing stainless steel spring and takeup reel keep the lanes tight. The take-up reel is tightened with a removable wrench. With quantity orders you will receive free wrenches: 1 wrench for 3-6 lanes, 2 wrenches for 7-12 lanes, and 3 wrenches for 13 or more lanes. Competitor® Racing Lane Lines may be custom designed and assembled to your specifications, offering the opportunity to design any length or color pattern. All lanes come with 15-meter opposing-color surface markers, unless specified otherwise. Racing lanes are shipped within 3 business days and are fully assembled to meet all FINA, USA, NCAA and NFHS standards. Available Disc and Donut Colors: yellow, orange, red, maroon, purple, blue, navy, burgundy, green, white, black, Vegas gold, sky blue and gray. NOTE: All orders for racing lanes require a completed color/configuration confirmation form. All Donuts will be made to match disc colors unless specified differently.

Competitor® Replacement Parts Catalog No.

Part Description

15-020

4" Competitor® Body Segment

15-022

4" Competitor® End Segment

15-039

6" Competitor® Lane Segment

15-024

4" or 6" Competitor® Donut Float

15-048

3⁄16" Vinyl Coated Lane Line Cable

15-034

Ratchet Take-Up Reel

15-038

Cover for Ratchet Take-Up Reel

15-036

Ratchet Take-Up Wrench

15-054

HD Tension Spring & Clamp Assembly

15-052

Standard ”S” Hook

15-045

8" Coated Extension

15-047

14" Coated Extension

15-049

24" Coated Extension

15-026

Nickel Plated Bronze Clevis Disconnect

15-027

Stainless Steel Disconnect Pin

15-055

Multi-Lane Brack (Pair)

4" Standard

6" Gold Medal

White

Black (Black C)

Red (186C)

Maroon (7622C)

Orange (021)

Yellow (108C)

Vegas Gold (871C)

Green (340C)

Sky Blue (542C)

Blue (3005U)

Navy (648C)

Burgundy (7643C)

Purple (Violet U)

Gray (424C)

Competitor® Swim Racing Lanes Catalog No. 14-329 14-330 14-331 14-332 14-333 14-334 14-335 14-336 14-337 14-350 14-351 14-354 14-329.B 14-330.B 14-331.B 14-332.B 14-333.B 14-334.B 14-335.B 14-336.B 14-337.B 14-352 14-353 15-068

Length

Disconnect 4" Diameter Standard Lanes 60' NO 75' NO 25-Meter NO 50-Meter NO 25-Meter Creates (1) 75' Lane 50-Meter Creates (2) 75' Lane 50-Meter Creates (1) 25-Meter Lane 50-Meter Creates (1) 75' and 25-M Lane 50-Meter Creates (1) 75' Lane 7' Extension 14' Extension Custom Custom Length Lane 6" Diameter Gold Medal Racing Lanes 60' NO 75' NO 25-Meter NO 50-Meter NO 25-Meter Creates (1) 75' Lane 50-Meter Creates (2) 75' Lane 50-Meter Creates (1) 25-Meter Lane 50-Meter Creates (1) 75' and 25-M Lane 50-Meter Creates (1) 75' Lane 7' Extension 14' Extension Custom Custom Length Lane

Weight 54 lbs. 68 lbs. 73 lbs. 139 lbs. 73 lbs. 139 lbs. 139 lbs. 139 lbs. 139 lbs. 7 lbs. 14 lbs. Approx. 1 lb./ft. 92 lbs. 111 lbs. 120 lbs. 233 lbs. 120 lbs. 233 lbs. 233 lbs. 233 lbs. 233 lbs. 11 lbs. 21 lbs. Approx. 1.5 lb./ft.

Note: The Hardware Kit for Custom Racing Lanes (Cat. 15-066) is ordered separately.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

COMPETITIVE EQUIPMENT

EZ-Tensioner, Water Polo Courses, Lane Line Reels

Powder Coated Aluminum Enclosed Wheel

EZ-Tensioner

The EZ-Tensioner is a cutting-edge response to the challenges associated with conventional tensioners designed with ease-of-use in mind. The EZ-Tensioner is user-friendly, uncomplicated, durable. Quick and easy operation and does not require any additional tools. Simply 3-clicks to tighten your lane line and only one motion to release the tension. The EZ-Tensioner is available as an upgrade to a new or reto-fitted to an existing lane line. You will need to order one tensioner upgrade per lane line.

You will need to order two tensioner upgrades for 50-meter lane lines that have two disconnects for smaller lines.

EZ-Tensioner Upgrade..................... 15-080 (One requried for each lane or disconnect) Cover ONLY for EZ-Tensioner......... 15-082 EZ-Tensioner ONLY........................... 15-084 (Includes Cover & Allen Wrench) EZ-Tensioner Kit................................ 15-086 (Includes EZ-Tensioner & Spring) EZ-Tensioner Kit 2............................ 15-088 (Includes (2) EZ-Tensioners)

Classic Stor-Lane Reel™

5" Stainless Steel Casters

This storage reel uses heavy duty molded end discs to keep the lanes on the core. Features streamlined hardware and an easy access handle on the end frame for safe mobility. Classic Stor-Lane Reel™.................... 14-360 Dimensions: 70"L x 46"W x 58"H Shipping Weight: 150 lbs. Stor-Lane Reel™ Cover...................... 14-365 This royal blue cover is made from tear resistant vinyl. Each Classic Stor-Lane Reel™ Stores Lane Length

4" Diameter

6" Diameter

60' 75' 25 Meter 50 Meter

8 7 6 3

5 4 3 1

The Classic Plus Stor-Lane Reel™

Competitor’s UPGRADED Stor Lane Reel. It is ideal for easy, mobile storage and installation of lane lines. Solid end wheels keep the lanes safely on the core to avoid tangles and lane line damage. A powder coated aluminum frame and end wheels offer durability for both indoor and outdoor use. A unique, end mounted handle and 5” stainless steel casters with individual brakes provide easy and safe maneuverability. Classic Plus Stor-Lane Reel™........... 14-359 Dimensions: 70"L x 46"W x 62"H Shipping Weight: 150 lbs. Classic® Stor-Lane Reel™ Parts Cat. No.

Part Description

15-032 15-067 15-035 15-072 15-073 15-074

Reel Core (Each) Retention Rod (Set of 3) End Disc (Each) 5" Standard Swivel Caster (Each) 5" Stainless Swivel Caster (Each) Classic Plus Conversion Kit

Note: Reel Core must ship via motor freight due to size.

Competitor® Water Polo Courses

We offer several different pre-designed courses for different water polo fields of play. The courses consist of 4" diameter Competitor® lanes with all required FINA markings. We can also offer custom fields of plays if provided with specifications. Competitor Water Polo Lanes Catalog No. 14-200

Length 75'

Note FINA Markings

Wt. 68 lbs.

14-202 25-Meter

FINA Markings

73 lbs.

14-204 50-Meter

30-Meter Playing Field 139 lbs.

14-206 50-Meter

25-Meter Playing Field 139 lbs.

14-208 50-Meter 14-210 31'-6"

Dual Playing Fields FINA Markings

139 lbs. 38 lbs

Elite Stor-Lane Reel™

This high capacity storage reel is ideal for proper storage and installation of racing lanes. It offers higher capacity with solid ends to keep lines safely on the core. The reel features powder coated aluminum frame and end wheels. Tow handle and 6" stainless steel casters with individual brakes provide easy and safe maneuverability. Elite Stor-Lane Reel™.........................14-361 Dimensions: 83"L x 60"W x 71"H Shipping Weight: 330 lbs. Elite Stor-Lane Reel™ Cover.......... 14-361.C This royal blue cover is made from tear resistant vinyl. Each Elite Stor-Lane Reel™ Stores

2024 FINA Ruling (Conversion Kits)

Lane Length

4" Diameter

6" Diameter

These kits will convert existing Competitor® sidelines to the 2024 FINA rule guidelines. 4" Dia. x 2M Red Tether....................14-216 6" Dia. x 2M Red Tether................... 14-222

60' 75' 25 Meter 50 Meter

15 12 11 5

8 6 6 3

Customize Your Elite Stor-Lane Reel!

You can now upgrade your Competitor Elite Stor-Lane Reel™ by adding your organization’s colors and logos. Choose from standard colors or provide RAL colors, and logos art work files. Standard Customization...........14-361.SC Includes custom wheel/frame color and two large logos. Deluxe Customization.............. 14-361.DC Includes custom wheel/frame color two large logos, small handle logo and frame text.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

COMPETITIVE EQUIPMENT

Anti-Wave Racing Lanes & Lane Caddy

ForeRunner Racing Lanes

These racing lanes are constructed of 4.75" diameter polyethylene discs with UV additives that are threaded onto a 2,000 lb. test strength, 20-strand, 1⁄8" diameter, un-coated stainless steel cable. Interspersed between the discs, seated into the recesses provided, are ovoid blow-molded floats.

One end of the racing lanes is secured by means of a copper sleeve that forms a loop holding a stainless steel eyelet and S-hook. The opposing end of the lane is fitted with the unique Supertensioner™ tensioning device. The lanes are shipped completely assembled; however some slight field adjustments may be required.

Anti-Wave 4.75" Dia. Forerunner Racing Lanes Catalog No.

Length

Disconnect

Weight

14-615 14-616 14-617 14-607 14-618 14-609 14-610 14-621

60' 75' 25-Meter 25-Meter 50-Meter 50-Meter 50-Meter Custom

NO NO NO (1) Disconnect / (1) Supertensioner NO (2) 25-Meter Disc. / (2) Supertensioners (2) 75' Disc. / (1) 14' Extension / (2) Supertensioners Sold Per Foot. (14-670 Hardware Kit Sold Separately)

55 lbs. 69 lbs. 75 lbs. 78 lbs. 150 lbs. 150 lbs. 150 lbs.

Antiwave Lane Caddy

Provides for a safe and quick way to remove and install racing lanes into your swimming pool. The lane caddy is designed to be quickly installed onto the pool deck. Fabricated from top quality hand laid fiberglass the lane caddy comes standard with a 3-year limited warranty. Lane Caddy........................................ 14-805 Shipping Weight: 15 lbs.

All Anti-Wave Racing Lanes are Available in the following Colors:

Note: Custom disconnects to create (2) additional lane lines are available upon request.

Black

Blue

Green

Grey

Maroon

Metalic Silver

Light Blue

Orange

Purple

Red

Teal

White

Yellow

Dark Blue

Anti-Wave 6" Dia. Maximum Racing Lanes Catalog No.

Length

Disconnect

Weight

14-624 14-625 14-626 14-636 14-627 14-629 14-628 14-638

60' 75' 25-Meter 25-Meter 50-Meter 50-Meter 50-Meter Custom

NO NO NO (1) Disconnect / (1) Supertensioner NO (2) 25-Meter Disc. / (2) Supertensioners (2) 75' Disc. / (1) 14' Extension / (2) Supertensioners Sold Per Foot. (14-670 Hardware Kit Sold Separately)

70 lbs. 80 lbs. 96 lbs. 99 lbs. 184 lbs. 184 lbs. 184 lbs.

Note: Custom disconnects to create (2) additional lane lines are available upon re request.

Maximum Racing Lanes

These 6" diameter lanes are suitable for top competitions and events where the highest performance is required. AntiWave’s racing lanes use hydromatic propulsion to disperse the waves along the lane line then re-directs energy downward

to stop all momentum, creating perfectly tranquil water. Made in the USA from UV stable resin plastic which reduces the risk fading and deterioration caused by long term exposure to sun light. Includes the unique Supertensioner™ turnbuckle tensioning device.

Metalic Gold and Pink are available with Custom Orders. Anti-Wave Pre-Cut Replacement Cables Cat. No

Part Description

14-705

Replacement Cable ONLY for 60' Lane

14-706 Replacement Cable w/ S-Hook for 60' Lane 14-707

Replacement Cable ONLY for 75' Lane

14-708 Replacement Cable w/ S-Hook for 75' Lane 14-709

Replacement Cable ONLY for 25-M Lane

14-710 Replacement Cable w/ S-Hook for 25-M Lane 14-711

Replacement Cable ONLY for 50-M Lane

14-712 Replacement Cable w/ S-Hook for 50-M Lane Note: All Cables Come with 2' of Additional Cable

Anti-Wave Replacement Parts

Catalog No.

Part Description

Catalog No.

Part Description

14-612 14-614 14-622 14-630 14-631 14-632

4.75" Dia. Replacement Disc 6" Dia. Replacement Disc Replacement Donut Supertensioner™ 2" Extension Hook 3" Extension Hook

14-633 14-634 14-635 14-672 14-701 14-702

8" Extension Hook 14" Extension Hook 21" Extension Hook Oval Copper Uncoated SS Cable (Per Foot) Thimble End Loop

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

COMPETITIVE EQUIPMENT

Lane Line Storage Reels & Lane Line Guard

The Ultimate Storeel

This storage reel is fabricated from durable white powder-coated aluminum. All four wheels independently lock and rotate for each of movement and stability. 6” diameter center spindle reduces potential damage to your lane lines. Comes with limited 3-year warranty. Ultimate Storeel ................................14-651 Dimensions: 48"D x 72"T x 90"W Weight: 106 Ibs. Ultimate Storeel Cover.................... 14-653 Heavy-duty green mesh cover. Weight: 6 Ibs. Each Reel Stores Lane Length

4.75" Diameter

6" Diameter

60' 75' 25 Meter 50 Meter

9 8 7 3

6 5 4 2

Standard Steel Lane Line Storage Reel

This heavy-duty storage reel is made from T-304 stainless steel. It features zinc plated locking casters that swivel 360º. Also available with all stainless steel casters. Add (.SS) to end of number. Standard Storage Reel..................... 14-367 Dimensions: 72"L x 44-1⁄4"W x 58-3⁄4"H Weight: 125 lbs. Paragon Cover For Reel................... 14-366 Made from HD polyester reinforced vinyl. Color is Blue. Recreonics Cover For Reel........... 14-367.C Made from 12 oz. polyester/vinyl laminate. Color is Blue. Each StorLine Reel Stores Lane Length

4" Diameter

6" Diameter

60'

75'

25 Meter

50 Meter

Large Capacity Lane Line Storage Reel

This larger capacity storage reel is made from T-304 stainless steel. It features zinc plated locking casters that swivel 360º. Also available with all stainless steel casters. Add (.SS) to end of number. Large Capacity Storage Reel............14-377 Dimensions: 72"L x 53"W x 64"H Weight: 140 lbs. Paragon Cover For Reel................... 14-372 Made from HD polyester reinforced vinyl. Color is Blue. Recreonics Cover For Reel........... 14-377.C Made from 12 oz. polyester/vinyl laminate. Color is Blue. Each Large Capacity StorLine Reel Stores Lane Length

4" Diameter

6" Diameter

60'

75'

25 Meter

50 Meter

XL Capacity Lane Line Storage Reel

This heavy-duty lane line storage reel is constructed from powder-coated T-304 stainless steel, which reduces corrosion. Standard color is silver gray. Special colors available are radiant white and and royal blue. Now with new HDPE hubs for easier operation. XL Lane Line Storage Reel.............. 14-655 Dimensions: 5'-9-1⁄4"W x 4'-1-7⁄8"D x 5'-3⁄4"H Shipping Weight: 210 lbs. Cover (Tan)........................................ 14-656 Each XL Capacity Reel Stores Lane Length

4" Diameter

6" Diameter

60' 75' 25 Meter 50 Meter

16 13 12 6

9 7 7 3

Lane Line Guard™

The Lane Line Guard™ prolongs the life of swimming pool lane lines by circumventing rough pool deck surfaces and corners by allowing lane lines to glide smoothly through the deep fiberglass channel. The lane line guard will help make the removal and installation of lane lines easier, and will protect your investment Lane Line Guard................................ 14-808 Shipping Weight: 14 lbs.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS FOR ALL YOUR LANE LINE STORAGE NEEDS. 800.428.3254

COMPETITIVE EQUIPMENT

Colorado Time Systems NEW

Aquagrip Replacement Touchpad

CTS Aquagrip touchpads feature a rugged tough plast construction and textured nonskid surface, offering enhanced grip for swimmers during starts and turnes. These touchpads come complete with 10-foot cable and test meter, ensuring conveniencce and functionality. 60" Aquagrip Touchpad................... 93-512 Dimensions: 60" W x 22"L Weight: 28 lbs. 78" Aquagrip Touchpad................... 93-516 Dimensions: 78" W x 22"L Weight: 35 lbs. Touchpad Brackets.......................... 93-530 (Specify Touchpad width) Note: Touchpad orders will require gutter profile.

Touchpad Caddy

The Championship Elite Start System

This rugged and flexible start system designed for elite competition and training. The system allows you to drive up to 12 Relay Judging Platforms with Speedlights, up to 13 External Visual Indicators, and 20 auxiliary block speakers or 2 underwater speakers. Features bright external 306-degree strobe, external visual indicators, and visual start signaling. Champion Elite Start System ........ 93-625 Dimensions: 6.5” x 6.5” x 14.0” Weight: 19.6 lbs. Additional Speaker……………………..93-628 Comes with 125’ cable. Battery (Requires 2)………………...…93-627

The caddy is for gutter hung touchpads only and can accommodate up to ten touchpads, five on each side. Frame is made of aluminum with four casters. Comes partially assembled and includes assembly instructions. Touchpad Caddy............................... 93-518 Dimensions: 82" W x 47"H x 22"D Weight: 105 lbs.

Additional Infinity Speaker............. 93-524 This 40-watt speaker comes with 125' of cable.

Infinity Start System

LET OUR EXPERT AND EXPERIENCED SALES CONSULTANTS ASSIST YOU WITH YOUR COLORADO TIME SYSTEM NEEDS. CALL US TODAY AT 800.428.3254 88

Tripod................................................ 93-522 This heavy-duty tripod works with either the Infinity or the Champion Elite start systems. The tripod is portable and height adjustable. Shipping Weight: 10 lbs.

The portable battery-operated starting system features a wired microphone with start button for the event official. A harmonic horn sound provides for consistent sound distribution across the pool and a fair start for all swimmers. A built-in strobe light flashes simultaneously with the horn to aid hearing impaired swimmers. Infinity Start System with wired microphone................... 93-520 Dimensions: 15" W x 8.9"H x 6.9"D Weight: 12 lbs. Microphone with 15' Cable............. 93-683 Power Cord....................................... 93-688 Battery (Requires 1)..........................93-627

Starting Platform Speaker.............. 93-600 This 6-watt speaker comes with cord and plug.

Push Button...................................... 93-526 Cable Harness for 6-lanes...............93-527 Cable Harness for 8-lanes.............. 93-528 Cable Harness for 10-lanes............ 93-529

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

COMPETITIVE EQUIPMENT

Colorado Time Systems

PC Portable Pace/Shot Clock 93-690

93-691

OTTER Scoreboards

Dolphin Timing System

The Dolphin is a breakthrough wireless timing system with a fully integrated HyTek Meet Management interface. Dolphin provides wireless, synchronized, stopwatch-style timing for swimming competitions. By synchronizing all the stopwatches to the same start signal, the system has improved accuracy compared to manual stopwatches. The Dolphin system includes handheld wireless stopwatches, starter units, base unit and Hy-Tek Interface. Features three modes of operation including electronic start system, Synchronized manual start and wireless back-up timing. USA Swimming compliant for semi-auto timing. 6-lane w/1 watch per lane.............. 93-650 6-lane w/2 watches per lane........... 93-651 6-lane w/3 watches per lane.......... 93-652 8-lane w/1 watch per lane.............. 93-654 8-lane w/2 watches per lane.......... 93-655 8-lane w/3 watches per lane.......... 93-656 Dolphin Base Unit............................ 93-665 Dolphin Stopwatch.......................... 93-666 Dolphin Starter..................................93-667 Interface Cable for Infinity............. 93-669 Interface Cable for Champ..............93-670 Wireless Adapter for Scoreboard...93-677

Features integrated 2.4GHz wireless technology. A great solution for tight spaces or as an auxiliary scoreboard within your facility. Offers wired or wireless communication with your CTS timing console, and wireless communication with your Dolphin Wireless Timing System. Weatherproof digits and electronics are housed in a powder-coated aluminum frame (available in black, bright red, cardinal red, maroon, navy blue, royal blue, purple, forrest green and white). Each scoreboard is shipped as one piece for ease of handling and installation. (115-230 Volt, 200-Watt.) Includes 14' power cord with NEMA 5-15R plug. OTTER 6-Lane Swim; EVENT/HEAT.................................... 93-690 Dimensions: 4'-8" H x 4'-0" W x 4-1⁄4" D Weight: 60 lbs. OTTER 8-Lane Swim; EVENT/HEAT..................................... 93-691 Dimensions: 5'-10" H x 4'-0" W x 4-1⁄4" D Weight: 70 lbs. Note: Otter Boards shipped fully-crated.

All of these units can be run as standalone pace clocks, or set to run in a series of pace clocks with or without a timer or controller. Every pace clock in a series displays the same information PC Standard (PC-Standard).............93-597 Does not include horn or battery. 110-volt only. Choose red or amber digits. PC Portable (PC-PORT)................... 93-595 Includes horn and battery. Both 110-volt and battery powered. Choose red or amber digits. Note: Sync cables are available for Pace Clocks upon request.

Pro Pace Clock Training System

The Pro Pace Clock/Shot Clock was designed with 15 training modes to fine-tune skills and create customized workouts. It can also show a variety of display options. The Pro Pace Clock can be used either with or without a timer or controller. PC Pro (PC-PRO).............................. 93-596 PC Pro Wireless (PCW-PRO).......... 93-599 Note: Sync cables are available for Pace Clocks upon request.

Portable Mini 2-Line LED Scoreboard

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! (800) 428-3254

This two-line mini LED scoreboard will display EVENT/HEAT and LANE/PLACE/ TIME. Can be stacked to create multi-line auxiliary scoreboard, or entry-level scoreboard solution. Viewing distance is at least 50-meters. Includes 3" legs and a handle for ease of portability. Compatible with CTS System 6, 5, 4 or Pace Clock Controller (UPC-C) compatible with Dolphin system through the Dolphin scoreboard adapter. (120-Volt). Portable Mini LED Scoreboard.......93-675 Dimensions: 13.75" H x 48" W x 4" D Weight: 45 lbs.

Wireless Deck Clocks

These deck clocks feature durable polyethylene enclosures that are water and sun resistant and completely corrosion free. Can be used as a game/shot clock or a pace clock. Receives game/shot data from a handheld controller (sold separately). Features an integrated weatherproof horn that produces both game and shot tones. Sold in pairs only. Deck Clocks (Pair)............................ 93-591 Shipping Weight: 30 lbs. Handheld Controller........................ 93-592

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

COMPETITIVE EQUIPMENT

Pace Clocks/Timing Clipboard

92-511

92-512

Competitor® 31" Battery-Powered Pace Clocks

The 31" octagonal pace clocks are available with two face color options, including the new, highly visible yellow on black. Sweep-minute and second hands resist warping and damage. Clear Plexiglas® lens protects the face and hands from splashing. A roll-away stand (sold separately) is available. Ships complete with (1) “C” battery. Weight: One box at 22 lbs. White face w/red & blue lettering.....92-511

92-518

Black face w/yellow & white lettering.. 92-512

Competitor® 37" Pace Clocks

These 37" Pace Clocks feature large, highly visible 3-1⁄2" quarter numbers, designed primarily for competitive swim training. The 37" clock is equipped with a retractable stabilizing plate to protect against wind or accidental contact – no additional clock stand necessary! In addition to having wheels that allow for easy movability, the 37" clock has a storage compartment built into the back of the clock. The models can be hung on a wall (mounting hardware not included). The 37" inch clock housings are offered only in white. Includes (1) C Batttery. 37" Battery with Black Face........... 92-530 37" Battery with White Face.......... 92-532 Shipping Weight: 36 lbs. (Motor Freight Only)

92-517 92-516

92-519

Competitor® 15" Battery-Operated Pace Clocks

Large numerals make the smaller, portable 15" pace clock ideal for swim pacing, aerobics and personal training. Plastic body, Plexiglas® lens and portability make it a durable and versatile timing tool. Ships complete with one “AA” battery. Weight: One box at 10 lbs. White Body, white face with red & blue lettering.........................................................92-516 White Body, black face with yellow & white lettering..................................................92-517 Red Body, white face with red & blue lettering.............................................................92-518 Red Body, black face with yellow & white lettering......................................................92-519 31" Pace Clock Parts

15" Pace Clock Parts

Catalog No.

Part Description

Catalog No.

Part Description

93-011 93-016 93-018 93-026 93-028 93-029 93-031 93-239 93-241

Motor - Battery (2015) 31" Plexiglas® Lens Roll-Away Stand Red Second Hand - Battery Black Minute Hand - Battery Blue Minute Hand - Battery White Second Hand - Battery 31" Color Dial Face (White) 31" Color Dial Face (Black)

92-231 92-232 92-235

15" Color Dial Face (White) On/Off Button Assembly 15" Plexiglas®

92-236 92-237 93-238 93-008 93-033 93-035

Second Hand (Red) Minute Hand (Black) 15" Color Dial Face (Black) Motor - Battery Minute Hand - Battery (Blue) Second Hand - Battery (White)

Ultrak 700 Clipboard.......................92-957 Cumulative split watch that has solar power with battery backup. Stopwatch & calculator can be run simultaneously. Calculator has memory feature.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

COMPETITIVE EQUIPMENT

Turnmaster Pro, Stopwatches, Lap Counter, Scoring Cards

Ultrak 410 Stopwatch....................... 92-941 Start/stop and reset, no additional features making it ideal for students and volunteers. Watch measures to 10 hours with 1/100 second resolution.

Turnmaster Pro

The Turnmaster Pro is a portable lane bulkhead designed to maximize lane usage. Easily installed in minutes, the Turnmaster Pro is suspended between two lane lines, dividing one lane into two. Built of durable vinyl ester chlorine resistant fiberglass. It is available in two different widths. 6'-9" Wide......................................... 92-930 Shipping Weight: 86 lbs. 8'-2" Wide......................................... 92-933 Shipping Weight: 110 lbs. Wet Deck Straps.............................. 92-934 Gutter Straps.................................... 92-936

Ultrak 460 Stopwatch......................92-947 The Ultrak 460 is a versatile stopwatch with features ideal for most coaches yet is ideal for students and volunteers because of its ease of use. With 16-memory, users can choose to view either the lap split or cumulative split after each reading. Each reading will be held on the display for 10 seconds when the automatic split release returns the display to the running event time. Users can recall up to 16 splits both during and after event. Available in Blue (.B), Red (.R) and Yellow (.Y).

Ultrak 495 Stopwatch..................... 92-942 Choose between event time or running lap time on the bottom row. 100 dual split recallable memory with continuous display of event time, three-line display in a classic case design, measures to 10 hours with 1/100 second resolution. Features stroke frequency along with time and calendar. Available in Black (.BK) and Yellow (.Y).

Diving Judges Flip Style Scoring Cards

Ultrak 330 Economy Stopwatch.... 92-940 Jumbo display single event timer with cumulative split capability, measures to 24 hours with 1/100 second resolution to 30 minutes, time of day, date and alarm. Available in Black (.BK ), Red (.R), Yellow (.Y).

Ultrak 320 Stopwatch..................... 92-948 Cumulative split and time out capabilities. Measure 24 hours to 1/100 second accurancy. Features time, day, date, daily alarm and hourly chime. Available in Black (.BLK), Blue (.B) and Red (.R).

The flip-over style score card system scores 0-10 with half point increments. Made from heavy-duty laminated plastic and bound together with coated wire. Comes complete with printed instructions for the dive judges to reference. Diving Judges Scoring Cards......... 92-058 Dimensions: 4" wide x 9" Long

CALL OR EMAIL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! (800) 428-3254 • SALES@RECREONICS.COM 800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

COMPETITIVE EQUIPMENT

Stanchion Posts, Anchors, Recall/False Start Rope 46-030

46-031

46-038

46-041

46-047

Sliding Collar with Eyebolt............. 46-030 Weight: 1 Ib. Sliding Collar with (2) Eyebolts....... 46-031 Weight: 1 Ib. Square Sliding Collar...................... 46-033 Weight: 1 Ib.

Stanchion Sockets

46-021

46-027

Stanchion Posts

For supporting backstroke lines and recall ropes. Constructed of T-304 stainless steel in varying lengths an wall thicknesses. Sliding collar sold separately. Stanchion Post

Recreonics Catalog No.

Height

Wall Thickness

4'-6"

.065"

46-021

4'-6"

.109"

46-023

For stanchion post and water polo goals. Three styles are available. Cast stainless steel with slip cap, cast bronze with slip cap, and cast bronze with tamper proof cap. All sockets include grounding screw. Stanchion Anchor (stainless)......... 46-038 Dimensions: 6" x 1.90" I.D. Weight: 2 lbs. Stanchion Anchor (threaded).......... 46-041 Dimensions: 6" x 1.90" I.D. Weight: 4 lbs. Tamper-Proof Stanchion Anchor....46-047 Dimensions: 6" x 1.90" I.D. Weight: 4 lbs.

Shipping Weight

4'-6"

.145"

46-022

8'-0"

.065"

46-020

8'-0"

.109"

46-024

8'-0"

.145"

46-025

Note: All 8' stanchions must ship motor freight.

46-038.C

4'-0" Barrier Stanchion....................46-027 This stanchion post is specifically designed to be used with rope to create required barriers. Made out of 1.90" x .065" T-304 stainless steel. Includes (2) U-hooks. 46-042

Square Stanchion Post

Manufactured from 2-1⁄2" square x .125" wall square T-304 stainless steel. The bottom 6" of the stanchion post that recesses in the anchor is round and can be used with all standard stanchion anchors. Sliding collar sold separately. 4'-6" Square Stanchion Post .....................................46-066 Shipping Weight: 21 Ibs. 8'-0" Square Stanchion Post .....................................46-065 Shipping Weight: 35 Ibs.

46-043

46-066

46-046

Recall and False Start Rope

A recall rope is a rope that spans the width of the swimming pool for the purpose of alerting and stopping swimmers who were not aware of a false start. Our false start ropes are constructed from lightweight 1⁄2" yellow polypropylene rope. The recall assembly includes (2) floats and (2) quick-snap connectors with weights. We have various sizes to accommodate most swimming pools. For 6 lane pool................................. 92-965 Maximum length 55'. Weight: 11 lbs. For 8 lane pool..................................92-967 Maximum length 67'. Weight 14 lbs. For 10 lane pool............................... 92-968 Maximum length 79'. Weight 16 lbs. For 12 lane pool..........................92-968.90 Maximum length 90'. Weight 17 lbs.

46-044

Stanchion Socket Slip Cap..........46-038.C Replacement Cap for 46-038 Stanchion Socket Slip Closure Cap.46-042 Replacement cap for stanchion anchor 46047. Threaded Closure Cap.................... 46-046 Replacement cap for stanchion anchor 46-041. Bronze Spanner Key........................ 46-043 This spanner key is used to tighten and loosen the cap for the 46-041 stanchion anchor. Slip Cap Key .................................... 46-044 This key is used to hook the cap on the 46038 stanchion anchor in order to remove.

CALL OR EMAIL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! (800) 428-3254 SALES@RECREONICS.COM

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

COMPETITIVE EQUIPMENT

Backstroke Pennant Lines, Movable Stanchion Anchor 117⁄8"

175⁄8"

Economical Vinyl Pennants

Competitor Backstroke Flag

These backstroke flags are made of a nylon material and are available in two sizes to meet all FINA, NCAA, USA, and NFHS regulations. Mounting is easy using our braided nylon cord and zinc plated swivel hook. To keep the flags more taut, use a take up reel with our vinyl coated cable. Numbers, letters and customized logos may also be imprinted on the flags. Nylon Flag (small)............................ 92-306 11" W x 14.5" L Nylon Flag (large)............................. 92-316 12" W x 18" L

Number, Letter or Logo....................92-307

3⁄16" Braided Nylon Cord

(per foot)........................................... 92-308 Zinc Plated Swivel Hooks............... 92-309 Graphic Set Up Charge................... 92-328 ((1) Charge Per Color. (2) Color Max.) Available in black (.BK), blue (.B), burgundy (.BG) (.BUR), green (.G), grey (.GR), maroon (.M),navy (.N), orange (.O), purple (.P), red (.R), Vegas gold (.VG), white (.W) and yellow (.Y).

12"

These vinyl pre-strung pennants are spaced and sized to meet AAU and NCAA requirements. 50' Multi-Colored Pennant.…….92-301 Also available in blue/white (.BW), green/ white (.GW), red/white (.RW), red/white and blue (.RWB). 100' Multi-Colored Pennant.…….92-300 Also available in blue (.B), blue/green (.BG) (.RBK), black/blue (.BKB), black/orange (.BKO), black/red (.BKR), black/white (.BKW), black/yellow (.BKY), black (.BLK), blue/ orange (.BO), blue/white (.BW), blue/yellow (.BY), green/white (.GW), green/yellow (.GY), orange/green (.OG), orange/white (.OW), red/white (.RW), red/white/blue (.RWB), red/ yellow (.RY), white (.W), yellow/white (.YW).

18”

Heavy-Duty Vinyl Pennant Lines

Heat sealed triangular pennants of alternating colors spaced according to regulations. Specify pool width when ordering – 5'0" extra cord will be provided at each end to reach to stanchions. Specify colors desired. Backstroke Flag............................... 92-304 (Sold unassembled per foot – specify colors) Backstroke Flag............................92-304.A (Sold assembled per foot – specify colors)

Decal (one side)................................ 92-321 (Heat applied decal pennants come unassembled) Screen Print Logo............................ 92-323 (One side, single color) Logo Set-up Charge........................ 92-324 (Per Order. Prices vary depending on complexity of logo.) Extra Cord (Per Foot)....................... 92-314 Available Colors: black, green, medium blue, navy, orange, purple, red, yellow and white 12"

18"

Pre-Strung Backstroke Pennants

The pennant lines are fabricated out of 12" wide x 18" long 12 oz. vinyl polyester fabric pennants. Each pennant is die-cut for accuracy and consistency of shape. Pennants are connected to a woven polyester fabric header that features a folded double stitched hem for strength and durability. Includes 5' of tie on each end. Sold in odd increments ONLY. Custom Color Pennant Line.............92-311

Stanchion and Backstroke flag sold seperately

Movable Stanchion Anchor

Made from durable, bright yellow molded polypropylene pylon is 27" tall and 18" x 18" wide at the base. The pylon is able to accept a standard 1.9 O.D. stanchion (sold separately). The threaded plug allows the pylon to be filled with water or sand to provide as much as 275 lbs. of anchor weight. Moveable Stanchion Anchor.......... 34-560 Dimensions: 27" high with 18" x 18" square base. Weight: 15 Ibs.

Standard Color Pennant Line (Per Foot).......................................... 92-303 Available Colors: white, blue, green, yellow, orange, red, purple, light grey, black and navy blue. 7" Vinyl Letter or Number............... 92-340 1' Pennant Tie Line (Per foot).......... 92-341 Pennant Only................................... 92-302 (Specify color) Logos are available for these flags.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

Required Information for Backstroke Flags

1. Number of lines 2. Width of pool that the lines are spanning 3. Preferred flag material (Nylon, Vinyl or Vinyl/Polyester) 4. Alternating colors 5. Numbers and or Letters 6. Logos 93

COMPETITIVE EQUIPMENT

Water Polo Goals

Universal Wall Goal (Short)

Deck-Mounted Water Polo Goals

These deck-mounted water polo goals are designed to meet the official rulings of FINA, NCAA, NFHS and USA Water Polo. The goal framework is fabricated from electro-chemically passivated T-304 stainless steel. These goals allow the cages to be adjusted vertically to have the top of the cage at the regulation height. Support legs have a standard setback of 30" and shall swivel to permit flat storage of the cage. The fascia of the goal is fabricated from fiberglass and shall be white in color. The water polo goals are furnished as a pair. Anchors, black-tarred nylon net and solid blue coated nylon backing are all sold separately.

Water Polo Goals (Pair).................... 92-831 Shipping Weight: 225 lbs. Black-Tarred Nylon Nets (Pair)....... 92-834 321 Nylon with 1-3⁄4" Mesh, bound edges and lacing cords. Shipping Weight: 4 lbs. Coated Nylon Backing (Pair).......... 92-835 Navy Blue #80 Herculite vinyl with brass grommets on edge of backing on 10” centers. Furnished with lacing cords. Shipping Weight: 25 lbs. Bronze Stanchion Socket with Threaded Cap (Each)............... 46-041 Each pair of goals requires (4) anchor sockets. Shipping Weight: 4 lbs.

The universal wall goal (short) is designed to fit to a raised end wall or on a movealbe bulkhead. Configured to make the most out of restricted space and is excellent for training, social matches and competition. Fabricated from powder-coated aluminum extrusions and hand-laid fiberglass. Includes tough black polypropylene net and blue canvas backing. Universal Wall Goal (Short)............ 92-836 Dimensions: 124"L x 26.62" W x 40.35"T Weight: 110 lbs. Anchor Each (Requires 2)............... 92-838 Weight: 6 lbs.

92-975

Antiwave Global Polo Goals

Anti-Wave Splashball Junior Floating Water Polo Goal (Folding)

Folds Flat!

These foldable global goals represent the culmination of 50 years of experience in goal innovation, design and production. Fabricated from custom marine grade powder coated aluminum extrusions with heavy-duty marine nylon and 316 stainless steel fittings. Global Goal (1.2m Depth)................92-975 Suitable for general training and competition. Global Goal (1.4m Depth)................92-976 Designed for top level FINA events. Junior Global Goal............................92-977 Compliant with all FINA JNR competition regulations.

The splashball junior floating goal is a twothirds size version of the original club goal which is now discontinued. The splashball junior floating goal features the added benefit that it folds flat for storage purposes and only weighs 75 lb. The splashball is the ideal recreational goal for kids’ games, practice, residential and club pools, or any location where a full-size competition goal is not needed. The framework is constructed out of durable white powder-coated aluminum.

Hardware is stainless steel. The flotation panels are fabricated out of hand-laid fiberglass, and the red net made out of tough polypropylene cord, knotted at every intersection. Average assembly time for two people is approximately one hour. Splashball Floating Goal (Each)......92-873 Shipping Weight: 75 lbs.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS FOR ADDITIONAL ASSISTANCE! (800) 428-3254

COMPETITIVE EQUIPMENT

Water Polo Goals, Balls and Caps

92-860

92-863

92-861

Water Polo Balls

Recreonics offers the water polo ball preferred by professionals and amateurs alike – Mikasa. Men’s Official Ball............................ 92-860 Shipping Weight: 2 Ibs. Women’s Official Ball...................... 92-863 Shipping Weight: 2 Ibs. Junior Water Polo Ball..................... 92-861 Shipping Weight: 2 Ibs. Folds Flat!

Competition Floating/Folding Senior Water Polo Goal 750

This full-size competition floating polo goal is designed to allow you to fold down the goal for storage purposes when not in use. Folding the goal is easy; just disconnect the two nylon rear struts from their sockets, and the goal folds back on itself.

Easy to carry, easy to store, also great value for the money. Includes black net. Floating/Folding Goal...................... 92-871 Dimensions: 148" W x 48" D x 36" T Weight: 85 Ibs.

“Odyssey” Floating Goal

eyelets on both ends of the goal and black netting secured by clips and d-shackles. 3-Year Limited Warranty. Odyssey Goal................................... 92-853 Dimensions: 152" W x 56" D x 42" T Weight: 110 Ibs., One (1) carton via truck Replacement Net (Black)................ 92-826 (Old style prior to 2020 with poly rope.) Replacement Net (Black).................92-827 (New style with clips and d-shackles.)

The “Odyssey Goal” is a floating water polo goal that conforms to all National standards. The goal’s one-piece welded upright/ crossbar assembly, single back brace and two rear struts are all made from white powder-coated aluminum extrusion. Three heavy-duty hand-laid fiberglass floatation panels (two sides and one rear) provide the necessary buoyancy. Includes (2) tethering

Water Polo Ball Release

The ball release is used for the start of play of water polo matches. Retained on the half distance line, the ball is put into play when the ball release is submerged by pulling the rope from the side of the pool, allowing for fair and accurate starts every time. Manufactured from high density plastic and stainless steel, it is designed to hold both men’s and women’s water polo balls. In order to use this release system, two eyebolts will need to be installed in the bottom of the pool. Eyebolts and ball are sold separately (see page 28). Water Polo Ball Release.................. 92-890 Shipping Weight: 2 lbs.

NOTE: Our sales consultants are experts regarding water polo fields of play. Call us today at 800.428.3254 800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS FOR ADDITIONAL ASSISTANCE 95

TRAINING EQUIPMENT

FINIS Swim Training Aids

Z2 Gold Zoomers®

These short blade swim fins feature a closed heel design that creates a soft and secure fit. The Z2 Zoomer® efficiently propels you forward while creating a balanced stroke. Strengthens hamstrings and glutes by catching water on the up kick. Recreonics Catalog No.

Size

Male

Female

92-760 92-761 92-762 92-763 92-764 92-765 92-766 92-767 92-768 92-769

K12 A B C D E F G H I

K12 1–2.5 2.5–4 4.5–5 5.5–7 7.5–8.5 8.5–10 10.5–11.5 11.5–13 13.5–14.5

K12 2–3.5 3.5–5 5–6.5 6.5–8 8.5–9.5 9.5–11 11.5–12.5 12.5–14 14–15.5

Foil Monofin

This technique monofin promotes development of the undulating foil body motion and propulsive dolphin kick. Features technique channels that control the flex of the fin and encourages correct foil movement. The large surface area of the Foil monofin works the core and leg muscles more than a standard fin. Foil Monofin..................................... 92-909 Available in X-Small (.XS), Small (.S), Medium (.M), Large (.L) and X-Large (.XL)

Agility Paddles

These strapless swim paddles will remain in place if the swimmer maintains early vertical forearm position. Features an ergono-mic shape that is designed to fit the natural contour of the hand. The convex design encourages paddle to have increased traction with the water and promotes early catch. Agility Paddles (pair)....................... 92-938 Available in Small (.S), Medium (.M), and Large (.L).

92-916

92-917

Freestyle Snorkel Zoomers® Gold

These short blade swim fins promote shorter and faster kicks specific to swimming. Train your legs for speed and endurance. Newly formulated with soft, natural rubber for increased comfort. Recreonics Catalog No.

Size

Male

Female

92-920 92-921 92-922 92-923 92-924 92-769

C D E F G I

3.5 to 5 5 to 7 7 to 8.5 8.5 to 10 10 to 11.5 13.5–14.5

4 to 5/6 6 to 8 8 to 9.5 9.5 to 11 11 to 12.5 14–15.5

This snorkel is designed for freestyle swimming. Features a unique curved shape that promotes optimal head position during freestyle. The center-mount design allows you to relax in the water in order to focus on specific strokes and will improve your technique. The hydrodynamic snorkel tube increases aerobic lung capacity. Freestyle Snorkel.............................. 92-917

92-916.P

Swimmer’s Snorkel

This is a technique and training snorkel. The snorkel allows you to breathe easy and focus on technique while you swim. The center-mount design allows you to relax in the water to focus on specific strokes and improve technique. Features a one-way purge valve that allows for clear and easy breathing. Freestyle Snorkel (Yellow)............... 92-916 Freestyle Snorkel (Pink)................92-916.P A portion of every pink snorkel purchased is donated to the Pooh Foundation to help fight cancer.

Swimmer’s Snorkel Jr.

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254

This snorkel is designed for pre-teen (ages 8-12 years old) training. Helps beginners concentrate on basics without worrying about rotating their head to breathe. The snorkel tube is 2" shorter in length which makes it easier on children’s lungs. Nose clip is included. Swimmers Snorkel Jr........................ 92-913

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

TRAINING EQUIPMENT

StrechCordz® Training Aids StrechCordz® wet and dry swim training products are the original resistance training tools for in-water applications. Swimmers use StrechCordz® resistance exercise products to improve stroke, strength and endurance. StrechCordz® products in lighter resistance levels are now available for use in water aerobics and other public pool exercise programs.

StrechCordz® Resistance Levels

Resistance levels are determined by the pounds of pull used to stretch tubing from one to three times its length, also known as its working range. 5-14 lbs.

8-24 lbs.

14-34 lbs.

20-45 lbs.

12-31 lbs.

Safety Cord Feature

Breaststroke Machine

Strengthens muscles and increases power through outward and inward sweep exercises. Attaches to a diving board, fence, rail or any stationary object. Sold as a complete kit only. Includes (2) paddles with (2) tubes and (2) combo mounting loops. Yellow................................................. 95-127 Green.................................................. 95-123 Red...................................................... 95-124 Blue.................................................... 95-125

Safety Cord Short Belt

Excellent for push-off drills and in-place resisted swimming. Features (1) waist belt with buckle that fits up to a 44", (1) 4' tube with safety cord. A loop on the end of the tubing is included for pool mounting. Green.................................................. 95-140 Red.......................................................95-141 Blue.................................................... 95-142

Long Belt Slider

StrechCordz® with Handles

The original dry-land training device. Use for curls, tricep extensions, flies and lat pulls to enhance speed, endurance and swim stroke. Includes (2) handles connected to (2) 4' tubes and a combination mounting loop. Yellow..................................................95-115 Green...................................................95-121 Red...................................................... 95-120 Blue.....................................................95-119

StrechCordz® with Paddles

The number one dry-land resistance product designed to emulate a swimming pull. StrechCordz® with paddles adds resistance to the pull in dry-land practice swim strokes. It trains swimmers to keep hands flat while opposing every movement to increase strength and ultimately speed. Used by The United States Olympic Team! Yellow................................................. 95-126 Green.................................................. 95-122 Red...................................................... 95-128 Blue.................................................... 95-129

For adding resistance to swimming, the long belt slider is the leading in-water training tool. It provides swim-out and pull-back resistance to improve strength and stamina. A proprietary, embedded safety cord runs the full length of the tub ing and acts as a limiter to help prevent over-stretching. Ideal for use in 25-yard or 25-meter pools. Yellow................................................. 95-137 Green...................................................95-118 Red...................................................... 95-138

Drag Belt/Tow Tether

Make long swim resistance training more effective with the drag belt and tow tether. The different chute sizes provide and endless combination of resistance levels and are compatible with flip turns. Features a belt that will adjust up to a 44" waist, (1) tow tether and one chute to provide in-water resistance. 8" Dia. Yellow Chute......................... 95-144 12" Dia. Blue Chute.......................... 95-145

Modular Set

An exercise machine in a bag, the modular set is a complete wet or dry-land swim training tool that can be used for pulls, rows, raises, curls, flies – nearly any resistance exercise you can imagine. Features carry bag with one pair each of interchangeable handles, paddles, adjustable leg straps, mounting straps and (2) 4' tubes. Yellow..................................................95-131 Green.................................................. 95-133 Red.......................................................95-116 Blue.................................................... 95-132

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254

TRAINING EQUIPMENT

ALL

R E O NI C

A LIT Y

Training Aids, Goggles

A LIT Y

Swim Trainer

This indestructible PVC with polyethylene trainer provides unique total flotation for swimming instructions. Makes the lesson fun for the young ones and provides an interesting break in training routines for competitive swimmers. Dimensions: Floats – 7" x 7" x 30" long Weight: 1 Ib. 6 oz. Swim Trainer...................................... 92-175

92-130.S

92-218.R

R E O NI C

Large Kickboards.............................. 92-218 Made in the USA from high-density XLPE foam. Nearly unbreakable, can't be torn and will not absorb water. These boards are designed with just the right buoyancy and rigidity for swim training. Available in Blue (.B), Red (.R) and Yellow (.Y). Dimensions: 12" W x 19" L x 1.5" T

92-130.M R

92-218.Y

A LIT Y

Recreonics Training Handpaddles

92-219.Y

Small Kickboards.............................. 92-219 A slightly smaller version of the standard kickboard. Ideal for younger swimmers, but often used by competitive teams as the smaller size requires more effort. Available in Blue (.B)., Red (.R) and Yellow (.Y). Dimensions" 11" W x 16.5" L x 1.5" T

Diving Brick

Special rubber covered weights for training or recreation. This special diving brick will not harm pool bottom or sides. Diving Brick...................................... 92-260 Dimensions: 10" x 4" x 2" Weight: 10 lbs.

92-215.L

92-130.L

92-215.M

92-219.B

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

A unique teaching tool for any swim program, these handpaddles provide arm stress for developing strength and are an essential stroke correction aid. Shipping Weight: 1 lb. Small Handpaddle (blue) .............92-130.S Dimensions: 7" x 4-1⁄2" Medium Handpaddle (red)..........92-130.M Dimensions: 7-3⁄4" x 4-7⁄8" Large Handpaddle (yellow) ......... 92-130.L Dimensions: 8-3⁄4" x 5-3⁄8"

92-215.S

Pull Boards

A unique training concept introduced in the 1970s. Does the job of the kickboard and the swim buoy. Interchangeable drag feature allows for flexibility by differing resistances. Does not distort body position. Large Pull Board (yellow)............. 92-215.L For men’s size 6-8. Weight: 6 oz. Medium Pull Board (red)..............92-215.M For men’s size 3-5. Weight: 6 oz. Small Pull Board (blue).................92-215.S For men’s size 2 or less. Weight: 5 oz.

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254 800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

TRAINING EQUIPMENT

Swim Caps, Goggles and Accessories

Unique one-piece flexible PVC frame design with patented seal for water tight comfort. Hydrospex Classic............................ 96-164 Light Blue (.B), Clear (.C), Frescia (.F) Smoke Ice (.S).

Excellent competitive and training goggle. Hypoallergenic soft silicone seals, polycarb onate lens, UV protection, anti-fog, mirrored coating. Vanquisher Mirrored 2.0 Goggle.... 96-172 Blue (.B), Key Lime (.KL), Speedo Red (.R).

Speedo® Solid Latex Cap

The #1 swimming cap in the world! Lightweight latex provides dynamic performance. Anti-roll edge provides secure watertight fit. Available in Blue (.B), White (.W), Navy (.N), Black (.BL), Pink (.PK). Speedo Solid Latex Cap................... 96-100

Smaller version of the Hydrospex goggle. Jr. Hydrospex Classic....................... 96-165 Blue Hawaii (.B), Bright Pink (.BP), Caribbean Blue (.CB), Silver Ice (.SI), Smoke (.S). Nose Clips, Regular (each)............. 96-090 Silicone-coated pads. Lightweight transparent plastic clip. Sold each. Available in Blue only.

Speedo® Silicone Cap

These swim caps provide lightweight durable performance. The contoured shape reduces drag. Cap goes on and off easy and won’t snag hair. Super soft, latex-free silicone provides optimum fit. Available in Blue (.B), Purple (.P), White (.W), Silver (.S), Black (.BL), Red (.R), Deep Gold (.DG), Pink (.PK), Teal (.T), Sapphire (.SP). Speedo Silicon Cap.......................... 96-120

This is a perfect introductory goggle for young swimmers. Features side release SpeedFit™ buttons for easy headstrap adjustment. SKOOGLES Youth............................. 96-168 Blue Ocean (.BO), Bright Pink (.BP), Citrus Green (.CG), Red/White/Blue (.RWB). Ear Plugs, Silicone........................... 96-096

Low profile and competitive racing design fits smaller faces. Double head strap, polycarbonate lens, UV protection, anti-fog, mirrored coating. Jr. Vanquisher 2.0 Mirrored............. 96-173 Blue (.B), Pink (.P), Smoke (.S).

ERGO

Ear Plugs........................................... 96-098

USA Latex Swim Caps

The cap choice for Olympic champions. Contoured shape reduces drag. Black............................................. 96-100.BF

PLEASE CALL US FOR LARGE ORDER DISCOUNTS 800.428.3254 800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

PROJECT DESIGN EQUIPMENT

Flow Control, Sight Glasses and Modulating Valves Flange, studs/bolts and gasket not included.

32-039

Modulating Float Valve Horizontal Application)

32-035

Griswold Hi-Flow Cartridge Automatic Flow Control

These unique wafer style hi-flow stainless steel cartridge flow controller will control incoming flows up to 8,250 gallons per minute. The unique valves were designed specifically for commercial pool applications. Installed on the discharge side of the recirculation pump, these valves can automatically regulate water flow. The standard valve body is constructed of ductile iron. Add a (.E) after the item number to specify an epoxy-coated corrosion resistant finish to the valve body. Specify system flow rate at time of order. 4" Hi-Flow Cartridge Valve............. 32-325 Flow Range: (35-300 GPM) 6" Hi-Flow Cartridge Valve............. 32-326 Flow Range: (35-600 GPM) 8" Hi-Flow Cartridge Valve..............32-327 Flow Range: (35-1,050 GPM) Direct Mount Meter Kit.................... 32-318 Used to determine flow variations.

Sight Glasses

Float Valve with Vertical Pivot Arm These valves feature a vertical pivot so that the floats can be adjusted for field setting of operating level. The valve body and disc are constructed of non-corrosive fiberglass. All metallic parts are made from stainless steel. Fiberglass flanges are standard class 150#. Extra weighted balls are recommended when the modulating valve is plumbed in-line on the main drain line in the surge tank.

These modulating type float valves are intended for use in aquatic systems where self-regulating flow is required. They work to make gradual adjustments to main drain flows based on surge tank water levels. These horizontal float valves come standard with two 8" diameter solid-core butyrate float balls and feature poly-propylene valve construction with stainless brackets and hardware. Valve operating range is 30" and can be adjusted via float location on the valve rod using the stainless steel collars which are provided. Modulating Float Valve - Horizontal App. Flange Standard Overall Width of Valve Size Float Balls (Outside to Outside of Floats 4" 32-039.04 18" 6" 32-039.06 20" 8" 32-039.08 22.5" 10" 32-039.10 25" 12" 32-039.12 28" Note: Vertical Travel Maximum is 30"

Vertical Pivot Modulating Float Valve Flange Size NA 6" 8" 10" 12" 14"

Standard Float Balls N/A 32-035.06 32-035.08 32-035.10 Not Recommended Not Recommended

Extra-Weighted Float Balls N/A 32-032.06 32-032.08 32-032.10 32-032.12 32-032.14

32-034

Flange, studs/bolts and gasket not included.

11⁄2" In-Line Sight Glass....................34-702

For 1-1⁄2" Pipe (SKT)

Weight: 1 lb.

2" In-Line Sight Glass.......................34-704 For 2" Pipe (SKT) Weight: 1 lb.

Modulating Float Valve (Horizontal Application)

These dual float modulating float valves are designed to modulate the flow of water from the main drain to the surge pit or tank. The valve body and disc are constructed of non-corrosive fiberglass. All metallic parts are made from stainless steel. Fiberglass flanges are standard class 150#. Available with standard float balls and extra-weighted balls. Horizontal Modulating Float Valve

PVC Sight Glass................................34-706 1-1⁄2" NPT Weight: 1 lb.

100

Flange Size 6" 8" 10" 12"

Standard Float Balls 32-034.06 32-034.08 32-034.10 32-034.12

Extra-Weighted Float Balls 32-036.06 32-036.08 32-036.10 32-036.12

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

NOTE:

Modulating valves are designed to regulate the flow between the main drain in the bottom of the swimming pool and the surge tank located under the deck or in the mechanical room. As water flows through the valve the wafer opens and closes which regulates the flow. The valve being opened between 60-70% is desired for optimum operation. The valve will close to a position to allow 20%+/- of the maximum water volume to flow. The key is to locate the modulating valve at the same elevation as the center line of the main drain.

PROJECT DESIGN EQUIPMENT

Gauges, Flow Control and Thermometers System Gauges

These gauges are designed for long and reliable service under rugged conditions. We offer you a wide variety to fit any application. These include pressure, vacuum and compound gauges, dry or liquid filled with different reading options. All gauges offered are provided with 1⁄4" NPT bottom connection.

Gauges Accessories

Heavy-Duty 3.5" Dry Compound Gauge

Heavy-Duty 2.5" Dry Compound Gauge

HEAVY-DUTY DRY GAUGES

Standard 2" Dry Pressure Gauge

Standard 3.5" Dry Pressure Gauge

Catalog Face Type Reading Number Diameter Gauge 32-800 2.5" Pressure 0-60 PSI 32-802 2.5" Pressure 0-100 PSI 32-804 2.5" Compound 0-30 Hg/0-60 PSI 32-806 2.5" Vacuum 0-30 Hg 32-818 3.5" Pressure 0-60 PSI 32-820 3.5" Pressure 0-100 PSI 32-822 3.5" Compound 0-30 Hg/0-30 PSI 32-824 3.5" Compound 0-30 Hg/0-60 PSI 32-826 3.5" Vacuum 0-30 Hg

32-482

32-484

32-480

1⁄4" NPT Brass Gauge Cock............. 32-482

Allows excess air to be bled. 1⁄4" NPT Brass Needle Valve........... 32-484 Throttling device for precise adjustments. 1⁄4" NPT Brass Snubber................... 32-480 Prevents wear on the gauge movement. 32-485

32-488

32-486

STANDARD DRY GAUGES Catalog Face Type Reading Number Diameter Gauge 32-400 2" Pressure 0-60 PSI 32-402 2" Vacuum 0-30 Hg 32-404 2" Compound 0-30 Hg/0-30 PSI 32-405 2" Compound 0-30 Hg/0-60 PSI 32-406 2.5" Pressure 0-60 PSI 32-408 2.5" Vacuum 0-30 Hg 32-410 2.5" Compound 0-30 Hg/0-30 PSI 32-411 2.5" Compound 0-30 Hg/0-60 PSI 32-412 3.5" Pressure 0-60 PSI 32-418 3.5" Pressure 0-100 PSI 32-414 3.5" Vacuum 0-30 Hg 32-416 3.5" Compound 0-30 Hg/0-60 PSI

Standard 4" Liquid Filled Vacuum Gauge

Standard 2.5" Liquid Filled Vacuum Gauge

STANDARD LIQUID FILLED GAUGES Catalog Face Type Reading Number Diameter Gauge 32-430 2.5" Pressure 0-100 PSI 32-431 2.5" Pressure 0-60 PSI 32-432 2.5" Vacuum 0-30 Hg 32-434 2.5" Compound 0-30 Hg/0-30 PSI 32-435 2.5" Compound 0-30 Hg/0-60 PSI 32-436 4" Pressure 0-100 PSI 32-437 4" Pressure 0-60 PSI 32-438 4" Vacuum 0-30 Hg 32-440 4" Compound 0-30 Hg/0-30 PSI 32-441 4" Compound 0-30 Hg/0-60 PSI

Panel Mount Gauges

3-1⁄2" Panel Mt. Pressure Gauge...32-112.P 1⁄4" NPT, 0-60 psi, back mount (includes one bracket) 3-1⁄2" Panel Mt. Vacuum Gauge.....32-112.V 1⁄4" NPT, 0-30 Hg, back mount (includes one bracket)

1⁄4" NPT Stainless Dampener.......... 32-485 1⁄4" NPT Stainless Snubber............. 32-486 1⁄4" NPT Stainless Needle Valve..... 32-488

Heavy-Duty 3.5" Liquid Filled Pressure Gauge

Heavy-Duty 2.5" Liquid Filled Pressure Gauge

32-702

HEAVY-DUTY LIQUID FILLED GAUGES Catalog Face Type Reading Number Diameter Gauge 32-808 2.5" Pressure 0-60 PSI 32-810 2.5" Pressure 0-100 PSI 32-812 2.5" Compound 0-30 Hg/0-30 PSI 32-814 2.5" Compound 0-30 Hg/0-60 PSI 32-816 2.5" Vacuum 0-30 Hg 32-828 3.5" Pressure 0-60 PSI 32-830 3.5" Pressure 0-100 PSI 32-832 3.5" Compound 0-30 Hg/0-30 PSI 32-834 3.5" Compound 0-30 Hg/0-60 PSI 32-836 3.5" Vacuum 0-30 Hg

4.5" Back “Blow-out” Dry Vacuum Gauge 4.5" Back “Blow-out” Liquid Filled Compound Gauge

BACK “BLOW-OUT” DRY GAUGES Catalog Face Type Reading Number Diameter Gauge 32-860 4.5" Pressure 0-60 PSI 32-862 4.5" Pressure 0-100 PSI 32-864 4.5" Compound 0-30 Hg/0-30 PSI 32-866 4.5" Compound 0-30 Hg/0-60 PSI 32-868 4.5" Vacuum 0-30 Hg

BACK “BLOW-OUT” Liquid Filled GAUGES Catalog Face Type Reading Number Diameter Gauge 32-870 4.5" Pressure 0-60 PSI 32-872 4.5" Pressure 0-100 PSI 32-874 4.5" Compound 0-30 Hg/0-30 PSI 32-876 4.5" Compound 0-30 Hg/0-60 PSI 32-878 4.5" Vacuum 0-30 Hg

Weksler Industrial Thermometers

These top-quality industrial thermometers are approved for use by architects, engineers and consultants everywhere for use in swimming pool applications.

9" Adjustable Angle Thermometer

This thermometer may be adjusted for any desired angle while installation is being made. Thermometer case is made of molded Valox® with a clear acrylic window. 9" Adj. Angle Thermometer with 3-1⁄2" stem..................................32-700 (0 - 120° F), 1-1⁄4"-18" NEF Swivel Nut 31⁄2" Brass Thermowell for Adjustable Angle Thermometer.........................32-730 9" Adjustable Angle Thermometer with 6" stem......................................32-702 (0 - 120° F), 1-1⁄4"-18" NEF Swivel Nut 32-732

6" Brass Thermowell for Adjustable Angle Thermometer.........................32-732

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

101

PROJECT DESIGN EQUIPMENT

Safety Vacuum Release Systems

Emotron PSP20 Pool Pump Automatic Shut Off System

Using the existing pump motor as a sensor, Emotron’s patented Shaft Power monitoring technology will reliably detect a swimmer blocking the suction drain and quickly shut off the pump. These unique systems accurately monitor motor power for either single phase or three-phase pumps. These systems are fully assembled control panels, designed to be installed between an existing pump control panel and the pump motor. Installation typically takes less than one hour with just one trade skill, an electrician. Existing Pump Controller/ Supply Breaker

Optional Alarm Horn or Lamp

Emotron PSP20 Automatic Pump Shutoff Device

Highlights of the Emotron PSP20 Pool Pump Automatic Shut Off Switch • CPSC recognized VGB secondary antientrapment method • Technology based on 350,000+ pump monitors installed worldwide • Simple installation, setup, and calibration • No plumbing required = no future leak issues • No false tripping – guaranteed! • Models for all voltage supplies • No additional control wiring for large 208/230V or 3-phase pumps • No bypass required for filter backwash or vacuuming • UL approved – required in many jurisdictions • Alarm output • No winterizing required • Unaffected by hydrostatic relief valves Emotron Automatic Pump Shut Off System Catalog Horsepower No. Range

Once installed, programming the PSP20 is very simple and only takes a couple of minutes. Setting the motor’s HP, full load amps and the number of phases are the only parameters needing to be set. Once the pump is operating in normal conditions, calibration takes just 3 seconds! Providing the pool’s filtration equipment and pump are correctly maintained, we guarantee no false alarms. These systems are impervious to the effects of filter backwashing and pool vacuuming. There is no need to disable system protection during these activities, thereby eliminating another layer of system complexity. The PSP20 has been certified by Intertek to comply with ASME A112.19.17-2002 and is UL listed to UL 508A.

102

Supply Voltage

AMP Range

Ship Wt. (lbs.)

32-660 .5 to 1.5 120 120 32-661 2.0 to 3.0 32-662 .5 to 3.0 208/230 32-662 .5 to 7.5 208/230 32-663 5.0 to 7.5 208/230 10.0 208/230 32-663 460 32-664 .5 to 7.5 460 32-665 10.0 to 15.0 32-666 20.0 to 30.0 460 10.0 208/230 32-670 32-670 15.0 to 20.0 208/230 32-671 25.0 to 30.0 208/230 40.0 460 32-672

1 1 1 3 1 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3

0.1 to 25 26 to 50 0.1 to 25 0.1 to 25 26 to 50 26 to 50 0.1 to 10 0.1 to 25 26 to 50 51 - 65 51 - 65 66 - 100 51 - 65

9 11 9 9 11 11 9 9 11 12 12 27 12

32-667 Remote Horn (120-Volt) 32-668 Remote Horn (208/230 Volt)

3 3

11⁄2” Socket Connection

Vac-Alert™ Safety Vacuum Release System

The Vac-Alert Safety Vacuum Release System is a device capable of providing vacuum release at a suction outlet caused by a high vacuum occurrence due to suction outlet flow blockage. SVRS devices must allow for vacuum release with or without suction outlet covers in place, and shall operate in such a way as to not defeat or disengage other layers of protection installed to protect against entrapment. The Vac-Alert vacuum release system’s spring loaded piston reacts in less than a second, opening to atmosphere and releasing the life-threatening suction of the drain. The Vac-Alert is a totally mechanical, non-electric safety system that is easy to install. Once installed, it requires little or no maintenance. The Vac-Alert suction lift model is a safety vacuum release system designed for suction lift applications where the circulation pump suction is no more than 24" below or no more than 42" above the level of the pool water surface. The Vac-Alert submerged model is designed for applications where the circulation pump suction is more than 24" below the level of the pool water surface. Suction Lift........................................ 32-680 Submersed Suction......................... 32-682 Shipping Weight: 9 lbs.

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS FOR ADDITIONAL ASSISTANCE 800.428.3254 800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

PROJECT DESIGN EQUIPMENT

Water Level Control Systems

Levolor Electronic Water Leveler (Model K-1100)

This electronic fill device detects low water conditions and automatically replaces water to a pre-set level. Can be used in any situation where a consistent water level is required. System includes the wall mount controller that is factory wired for 220-volt but can be field adjusted for 110volt service, sensor assembly with sensor wire. Available with or without the 1" plastic 24-VAC solenoid valve that will regulate flow up to 30 GPM. Without Solenoid Valve Levolor with 50' of sensor wire...... 32-561 Levolor with 100' of sensor wire.... 32-569 With Solenoid Valve Levolor with 50' of sensor wire..... 32-562 Levolor with 100' of sensor wire.... 32-568

CLA-VAL™ Float Valve

ELC-800r and ELC-810 Water Level Controllers

The ELC-800r features both normal-level sensing and low-level sensing options. This is a great option if emergency shut off and pump protection is a priority. The ELC-810 features normal-level sensing, high-level sensing, and a tri-level sensing option for splash pads. The highlight of the ELC-810 is the high-level overflow protection option. This removes the possibility of flooding and protects against human error. ELC Water Level Controllers Catalog No.

Type

Application Explanation

ELC 800r Models

32-623

Wet Well

Designed for mounting at static water levels. Usually in a pump pit in the equipment room. The wet well design allows pool water level sensing in a 2" static well located in the equipment room.

32-624

Sight Glass

Utilized with pools that have balance tanks.

32-625

Surge Tank

Utilized with pools that have a perimeter overflow gutter system in conjuction with the surge tank.

32-632

Surge Tank

Utilized with pools that have a perimeter overflow gutter system in conjuction with the surge tank.

32-633

Deck Well

Typically used with skimmer pools and installed on the deck near the pool side.

32-634

Wet Well

The wet well design allows pool water level sensing in a 2" static well located in the equipment room.

Standard 32-622 Well

ELC 810

Model Option Accessories

Optional/Replacement Items:

Levolor Electronic Water Leveler (Model K-2000)

This electronic fill device detects low and high water conditions and will automatically adjust to maintain the desired water level. System includes the wall mount controller that is factory wired for 220volt but can be field adjusted for 110-volt service, sensor assembly with sensor wire. Available with or without the 1" plastic 24VAC solenoid valve that will regulate flow up to 30 GPM. Without Solenoid Valve Levolor with 200' of sensor wire.... 32-571 With Solenoid Valve Levolor with 50' of sensor wire..... 32-565 Levolor with 100' of sensor wire.....32-572 1" Solenoid Valve (24-V)................. 32-564

The Cla-Val Model 124-01 float valve is a non-modulating valve that accurately controls the level of your swimming pool. This valve is designed to be installed in a swimming pool surge tank. The valve will open fully when the water level in the surge tank reaches a preset low point and close drip-tight when the level reaches a preset high point. This is a hydraulically operated, diaphragm valve. The float positions the pilot control to close the valve when the float contacts the upper stop. The high and low water levels are adjusted by positioning the stop collars on the float rod. The difference between the high and low levels can be adjusted up to 18". The valve includes the Hytrol (main valve) and the float control. The 1", 11⁄2" and 2" valves are epoxy coated cast iron with threaded connections. The standard valve ships complete with (2) 12" sections of PVC float rod and (1) stainless steel float. Stainless steel rod and floats also available. 1" Float Valve..................................32-510.E Weight: 8 lbs. 1.5" Float Valve..............................32-512.E Weight: 8 lbs. 2" Float Valve.................................32-514.E Weight: 8 lbs. 3" Float Valve.................................... 32-516 Weight: 8 lbs. Add an (.E) after the catalog number for the 3" valve to specify epoxy coating.

PVC Float Rod (per foot)................. 32-520 Stainless Float Rod (per foot).......... 32-521 Stainless Float Ball.......................... 32-525 Add a (.P) after part number if ordering as a replacement part.

ASCO RED HAT Brass Solenoid Valves Sight Glass

Standard Well

Wet Well

Surge Tank

These two-way general service valves operate with 120 or 24 (AC or DC) volt service. (Please specify.) 1" Solenoid Valve............................. 32-652 1-1⁄2" Solenoid Valve......................... 32-654 2" Solenoid Valve............................ 32-655

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

103

PROJECT DESIGN EQUIPMENT

Signet Flow Meters and Accessories

Signet 2551 Magmeter Flow Sensor (No Display)

Digital Flow Totalizer

Signet 8150 Digital Flow Totalizer We sell the Signet 8150 with the compatible Signet 515 flow sensor as a complete package. The large digital display indicates flow rate and totalized flow volume simultaneously. One of the three totalizers is resettable from the front panel or a remote location. The intuitive software design and four-button keypad provide for simple operation while setting screen displays and programming the system. Calibration can be easily performed by entering the AutoCal feature and entering a value to match an external reference. PRODUCT NUMBER 32-088.02PD 32088.025PD 32-088.03PD 32-088.04PD 32-088.06PD 32-088.08PD 32-088.10PD 32-088.12PD

PIPE READOUT SIZE

STRAIGHT PIPE RUN OF PIPE MATERIAL REQUIRED*

Digital

2.5" SCH. 80 PVC

SCH. 80 PVC

38"

Digital Digital Digital Digital Digital Digital

3" 4" 6" 8" 10" 12"

45" 60" 90" 120" 150" 180"

SCH. 80 PVC SCH. 80 PVC SCH. 80 PVC SCH. 80 PVC SCH. 80 PVC SCH. 80 PVC

Signet 9900 SmartPro™ Transmitter

The Signet 9900 field mount transmitter features an extra-large (3.90" x 3.90") auto-sensing backlit display. Provides “at-aglance” visibility that can be viewed at 4-5 times the distance over traditional transmitters. The highly illuminated display and large characters reduce the risk of misreading or misinterpreting the displayed values. The display shows separate lines for units, main and secondary. Runs on 12 to 32 VDC power (24 VDC nominal). Signet 9900 Smartpro™ Transmitter (Field Mount)......................................32-161 Rotor-X Flow Sensor

30"

The Signet 2551 Magmeter is an insertion style magnetic flow sensor that features no moving parts. The sensor is made out of polypropylene and T-316L stainless steel. These sensors provide a frequency or digital (S3L) output. 4-20Ma available upon request. (Please confirm required output signal.) Signet 2551 Magnetic Flow Sensor for 1⁄2" to 4" PVC Pipe........................... 32-206 Signet 2551 Magnetic Flow Sensor for 5" to 8" PVC Pipe............................ 32-202

Signet 8050 Universal Mount Kit

The Signet 8050 Universal Mount Kit mounts the 2551 Magnetic Flow Sensor onto a wall or pipe. Includes the transmitter base, universal mounting plate and bracket. Signet 8050 Universal Mount Kit... 62-165

Replacement Sensors (Includes 25' of sensor cable.) Rotor-X Flow Sensor (1⁄2"-4")........... 32-142 Rotor-X Flow Sensor (5"-8")............ 32-143 Rotor-X Flow Sensor (10"-up).......... 32-144 H.D. Wall Mounting Bracket............ 32-147

Replacement Flow Monitor Saddle Fittings

2" Saddle Fitting (PVC).................... 32-127 2-1⁄2" Saddle Fitting (PVC)............... 32-130 3" Saddle Fitting (PVC)..................... 32-131 4" Saddle Fitting (PVC).................... 32-132 6" Saddle Fitting (PVC).................... 32-133 8" Saddle Fitting (PVC).................... 32-134 10" Saddle Fitting (IRON)................. 32-135 12" Saddle Fitting (IRON)................. 32-136

104

Digital Monitor (8150)...................... 32-156 (Battery Powered)

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254

Signet 7300-7524 Power Supply and NEMA 4X Enclosure

The Signet Power Supply and NEMA 4X Enclosure are sold separately. Signet 7300-7524 Power Supply... 32-162 The innovative terminals on these power supplies use a special spring loaded screw. This makes installation as easy as pushing down and turning with a screwdriver. NEMA 4X Enclosure......................... 32-170 10" T x 8" W

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

PROJECT DESIGN EQUIPMENT

Flow Meters

Now with Schedule 40 and 80 PVC scale.

FlowVis® Flow Meters

Battery Powered Saddle Mount Digital Flow Meters Flow Meters — F300 Series

These economical NSF listed acrylic clamp-on insertion mount flowmeters feature dual flow range scale for both sch.40 and 80 PVC pipe installations. Includes neoprene gaskets and stainless steel pipe clamps. Accuracy is +/-5%. Blue-White F-300 Flow Meters Catalog Fits Flow Rate Flow Rate No. Pipe Size For Sch. 40 For Sch. 80 32-070.1 1" 5 to 35 GPM 4 to 26 GPM 32-070 1-1⁄2" 10 to 70 GPM 10 to 60 GPM 32-072 2" 20 to 120 GPM 18 to100 GPM 32-073 2-1⁄2" 29 to 150 GPM 25 to 130 GPM 32-074 3" 45 to 240 GPM 40 to 215 GPM 32-075 4" 75 to 420 GPM 70 to 375 GPM 32-071 6" 170 to 1100 GPM 160 to 1000 GPM 32-071.1 8" 300 to 2200 GPM 275 to 1950 GPM

These carefully engineered and innovative saddle-mount digital flow meters provide the performance and features of electronic meters without the need for an electrical hookup. No programming is required, that’s done for you at the factory. The battery-powered flow meter features a 6-digit easy to read LCD display, and a weather resistant ABS enclosure. Available for both schedule 40 and schedule 80 PVC pipe. Ships complete with (2) standard AAA alkaline batteries and required mounting clamps. 2" Digital Flowmeter....................... 32-080

Schedule 40 PVC Pipe Applications Saddle mount, Sch. 40 (30-300 GPM) 3" Digital Flowmeter........................ 32-081 Saddle mount, Sch. 40 (60-600 GPM) 4" Digital Flowmeter....................... 32-082 Saddle mount, Sch. 40 (100-1000 GPM) 6" Digital Flowmeter....................... 32-083 Saddle mount, Sch. 40 (200-2500 GPM) 8" Digital Flowmeter....................... 32-084 Saddle mount, Sch. 40 (400-4000 GPM) 2" Digital Flowmeter....................... 32-063

These flowmeters are accurate (98%+), reliable, easy to install and are NSF 50 certified. Features a velocity scale provides a readout of velocity in feet per second for both the suction and discharge side of the pump. Available for 1.5" to 2.5" (SCH 40 PVC), 3" to 8" (SCH 80 PVC). 1.5" to 2.5" does not require straight runs of pipe before or after. 3" (5 X before), 4" (5 X before), 6" (6 X before), 8" (8 X before) is required. Flow-Vis® (1.5" Sch. 40 PVC).......... 32-360 Flow Range: 10-80 GPM Flow-Vis® (2" Sch. 40 PVC)................. 32-361 Flow Range: 10-110 GPM Flow-Vis® (2.5" Sch. 40 PVC)........32-361.5 Flow Range: 10-110 GPM Flow-Vis® (3" Sch. 80 PVC)............. 32-362 Flow Range: 70-240 GPM Flow-Vis® (4" Sch. 80 PVC)..............32-363 Flow Range: 150-460 GPM Flow-Vis® (6" Sch. 80 PVC)..............32-364 Flow Range: 300-1,000 GPM Flow-Vis® (8" Sch. 80 PVC)............. 32-365 Flow Range: 600-1,800 GPM (Includes Digital Upgrade).

Schedule 80 PVC Pipe Applications

Vertical Mount Flow Meters

These economical flow meters are designed for applications in which the pipe runs vertically. For 2" Pipe (40-140 GPM)............... 32-380 For 4" Pipe (125-525 GPM).............32-383 For 6" Pipe (300-950 GPM)............32-384 For 8" Pipe (600-1,900 GPM)......... 32-385 Note: Add .S (Horizontal side mount option) or .T (Horizontal top mount option) to catalog number. These flow meters are not NSF listed.

Saddle mount, Sch. 80 (30-300 GPM) 3" Digital Flowmeter....................... 32-064 Saddle mount, Sch. 80 (60-600 GPM) 4" Digital Flowmeter....................... 32-065 Saddle mount, Sch. 80 (100-1000 GPM) 6" Digital Flowmeter....................... 32-066 Saddle mount, Sch. 80 (200-2500 GPM) 8" Digital Flowmeter........................32-067 Saddle mount, Sch. 80 (400-4000 GPM)

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254

Flow-Vis® Digital Upgrade Kit..........32-370 Add this upgrade kit (1.5" thru 6") to FlowVis® flow meters to provide for a digital reading as well as a 4-20 mA signal for communication with variable frequency drives. This wall-mounted FlowVis® Digital can be retrofitted to all new or existing FlowVis® flowmeters to provide easy access to an accurate flow reading. Flow-Vis® Digital Ext. Cable (25')....32-371 Flow-Vis Digital Signal Converter...32-372

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

105

PROJECT DESIGN EQUIPMENT

Valves, Air Blowers, Hydrotherapy Fittings

Hydro Jet Assembly.................... 34-304.W Complete jet assembly with 1-1⁄2" socket connections.

Asahi “Pool Pro” PVC Butterfly Valve

This PVC butterfly valve was specifically designed for commercial swimming pool applications. Features PVC body, PVC disc with EPDM seals and 316 SS non-wetted stem. The exclusive blue handle designates the proper valve is in place for chlorinated water applications. 4" (Lever)........................................... 32-280 6" (Lever).......................................... 32-282 8" (Lever).......................................... 32-284 8" (Gear)............................................ 32-286 10" (Gear).......................................... 32-288 12" (Gear).......................................... 32-290

Asahi True-Union Ball Valves

These PVC true union ball valves feature two-way blocking capability, PTFE seats and EPDM O-Rings. 1-1⁄2" Socket/Thread.......................... 32-291 2" Socket/Thread............................. 32-292 3" Socket........................................... 32-294 3" Threaded...................................... 32-295

Spa-Duty Air Blowers

Over the past several years, new blowers specifically for the spa industry have been developed. They feature all the performance and quality of the standard air blower with added features for the aggressive spa environment. 1.0 HP Spa Blower (3-6 Jets).......... 70-500 (115/208/230 Volt, single phase, 60 Hertz, Open Drip-proof) Weight: 64 lbs. 1.5 HP Spa Blower (5-10 Jets)......... 70-501 (115/208/230 Volt, single phase, 60 Hertz, Open Drip-proof) Weight: 76 lbs. 2.0 HP Spa Blower (8-12 Jets)....... 70-502 (115/208/230 Volt, single phase, 60 Hertz, Open Drip-proof) Weight: 83 lbs. 3.0 HP Spa Blower (12-17 Jets)...... 70-504 (208/230 Volt, single phase, 60 Hertz, TEFC) Weight: 98 lbs. 1.0 HP Spa Blower (3-6 Jets).......... 70-505 (208/230/460 Volt, 3-phase, 60 Hertz, TEFC) Weight: 60 lbs. 1.5 HP Spa Blower (5-10 Jets)........ 70-506 (208/230/460 Volt, 3-phase, 60 Hertz, TEFC) Weight: 71 lbs. 2.0 HP Spa Blower (8-12 Jets)........70-507 (208/230/460 Volt, 3-phase, 60 Hertz, TEFC) Weight: 76 lbs. 1.5 HP (High Pressure) Blower (5-10 Jets)......................................... 70-508 (208/230/460 Volt, 3-phase, 60 Hertz, TEFC) Weight: 86 lbs. 3.0 HP Spa Blower (12-17 Jets)...... 70-509 (208/230/460 Volt, 3-phase, 60 Hertz, TEFC) Weight: 90 lbs.

1" Air Control Assembly.............. 34-306.W (10-2100), 1" Slip Socket.

1-1⁄2" Gunite Venturi Tee Extension.................................... 34-313

Jet-Air Fitting (only).......................... 34-319 1-1⁄2" NPT, recommended to be used with our 34-002.75 eyeball fitting.

Blower Accessories These economical PVC ball valves feature two way blocking capability, PTFE seat backed by EPDM for low stem torque. 1⁄2" Socket..........................................32-257 3⁄4" Socket......................................... 32-258 1" Socket........................................... 32-259

In-Line Inlet/(Dual Conn.) for Spa Blower (1 HP-2.0 HP).....................................70-584 In-Line Inlet/(Dual Conn.) for 3.0 HP Blower............................ 70-585 2" Relief Valve.................................. 70-589 (.5-2.25 PSIG) 2.5" Dia. Pressure Gauge............... 70-595 (0-160 PSI), 1⁄2" NPT

106

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

Omni Ball Valves

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON HYDROTHERAPY FITTING AND BLOWERS 800.428.3254

PROJECT DESIGN EQUIPMENT

Inlet Fittings, No-Leak Flanges, Cathodic Protection 34-102

34-002

Fiberglass/ PVC Waterstop Couplings

34-118

Variable Orifice ABS Eyeball Wall Inlet Fitting

This unique eyeball fitting offers five different orifice fittings. (1", 3⁄4", 1⁄2", 3⁄4" orifice as well as a right angle baffled orifice). Fabricated from durable ABS plastic. Includes plaster shield to protect fitting during installation. Variable Orifice Eyeball Fitting........ 34-118 Fits flush with floor or wall. Adjust flow in four directions. 1-1⁄2" or 2" socket connection.

Wall Body Fittings

34-001

34-105

Flow Inlet Fittings and Accessories

Chrome-Plated Directional Flow Inlet Fitting .............................. 34-102 Chrome-plated bronze. Fits any 1-1⁄2" wall body fitting, available with orifice opening. [3⁄8" (.3), 1⁄2" (.4), 3⁄4" (.6) or 1" (.8)] Cycolac Directional Flow Inlet Fitting ...................................... 34-002 Fits 1-1⁄2" wall fitting, available with 3⁄8" (.375), 1⁄2" (.5), 3⁄4" (.75), 1" (.10) orifice opening. Cycolac Slotted Directional Inlet Fitting........................................ 34-001 Fits 1-1⁄2" wall fitting. Cycolac “Insider” Directional Inlet Fitting........................................ 34-105 Fits inside 1-1⁄2"Sch. 40 PVC pipe. Includes 5⁄8", 3⁄4", 1" and slotted openings.

These waterstop couplings feature a rough exterior sand finishing and a schedule 40 reinforced PVC fitting. Does not require grounding. 2" No-Leak Flange........................... 34-059 3" No-Leak Flange........................... 34-060 4" No-Leak Flange............................ 34-061 6" No-Leak Flange........................... 34-062 8" No-Leak Flange........................... 34-063 10" No-Leak Flange......................... 34-064 12" No-Leak Flange......................... 34-065

34-055

34-057

34-058

PVC Waterstop Fittings (Sch. 40)

An easy and cost effective solution to eliminating leaking and weeping in plumbing applications where PVC pipe is used through a concrete wall or floor. 1-1⁄2" PVC Waterstop ....................... 34-055 2" PVC Waterstop ............................34-057 3" PVC Waterstop............................ 34-058

34-015

Vinyl Liner Wall Body Fitting ............................. 34-015 Made specifically for vinyl liner pools. Fabricated from durable PVC. Fits 1-1⁄2" FIP, threaded with locking nut. Fiberglass Wall Body Fitting ............................. 34-016 Made specifically for fiberglass wall pools. Fabricated from durable PVC. Fits 1-1⁄2" FIP connection.

34-103

34-020

34-013

34-054

34-056

Cast Bronze No-Leak Flanges

34-113

34-012

Safety Grate Insert Grate................. 34-013 Cycolac, 1-1⁄2" MIP. Flush Plug......................................... 34-020 Cycolac, 1-1⁄2" MIP. Flush Plug........................................... 34-113 Chrome plated bronze, 2" MIP. All-Purpose Cycolac Plug................ 34-012 With O-ring, 1-1⁄2" MIP.

Cast bronze with integral waterstop. Use in concrete pools to provide a water stop against infiltration of pool or ground water in combination with wall fittings and wall fitting bodies. Threaded connections. 1-1⁄2" No-Leak Flange ...................... 34-054 2" No-Leak Flange .......................... 34-056

34-010 34-307

34-009

Chrome-Plated Wall Fitting Body ...................................... 34-103 Use as a vacuum fitting or as a receptacle for any 1-1⁄2" MIP wall fitting. Chrome plated bronze 1-1⁄2" FIP with 2" MIP. Cycolac Wall Fitting Body .............. 34-009 For concrete installation, 1-1⁄2" FIP or SKT, both with 2" MIP. Cycolac “Insider” Wall Fitting Body....................................... 34-010 For concrete/gunite installation. Fits inside 2" Schedule 40 PVC pipe.

34-308 34-309

Anodes Eyeball Insider Inlet Fitting

For concrete/gunite installations. Fits inside 1-1⁄2" schedule 40 PVC pipe. Includes 1", 1⁄2", 3⁄4" and 90° baffled orifice inserts. Eyeball Insider Inlet Fitting.............. 34-117

These sacrifical anodes provide for cathodic protection for existing Chester aluminum pools.. #4 Chester Pool Anode...................34-807 #7 Chester Pool Anode................... 34-808 Mounting Bracket............................ 34-809

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

107

PROJECT DESIGN EQUIPMENT

ALL

Skimmers, Fill Spouts, and other Fittings NSF Listed Skimmers

These skimmers are for concrete or gunite installations. Optional stackable notched extension collars allow for vertical adjustments. Includes NSF Listed Lid.

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

Floor Inlet Fittings

We offer a variety of floor inlet fittings to fit every application need.

34-601

34-605

34-609

Hydrostatic Relief Valves

34-119 34-210 34-212

Hayward (SP-1082) Skimmer.......... 34-212 Features 2" FIP connection, float valve assembly, debris basket and square lid. Weight: 13 lbs. Extension Collar................................ 34-210 Replacement NSF Lid...................... 34-592

Adjustable Floor Inlet Fitting ..........34-119 Fully adjustable ABS plastic fitting. 1-1⁄2" or 2" solvent weld connection. Inlet Cover Plate (ONLY).................. 34-122 Replacement cover for 34-119.

These valves in conjunction with a collector tube allow for ground water equalization when the pool is empty. Check local codes regarding use of these valves. Cycolac Hydrostatic Relief Valve.... 34-601 (1-1⁄2" and 2" Threaded Connection) 2" Threaded Brass Hydrostatic Relief Valve....................................... 34-605 1-1⁄2" Threaded Brass Hydrostatic Relief Valve....................................... 34-609 Installation/Removal Tool For Brass Valves................................34-611 (For Brass Valves Only)

34-602 34-005

34-205

34-204

34-114

Adjustable Wall or Floor Inlet........ 34-005 Cycolac 1-1⁄2" FIP x 2" MIP with adjustable flow capabilities. Floor Inlet Fitting............................... 34-114 Fully adjustable, cycolac. With diffuser plate and body to provide uniform distribution 1-1⁄2" FIP or SKT with 2" MIP.

Gutter/Deck Drain Fittings

Cycolac Collector Tube, 1-1⁄2"/2".... 34-602 1-1⁄2" or 2" MPT Cycolac Collector Tube mates up with item 34-601 Relief Valve. Commercial Collector Tube............ 34-606 2" FPT Bronze Collector Tube mates up with item 34-605 Relief Valve.

R E O NI C

Swimquip® U-3 Skimmer................. 34-204 Features 2" NPT connection, float/check valve, debris basket and round lid. Weight: 10 lbs. Extension Collar............................... 34-205 Replacement Lid.............................. 34-595

34-606

Fill Spouts

For adding fresh, make-up water at pool side. Required by code in many areas. Made from T-304 (.049" wall) stainless steel.

34-150

34-552

1" MIP................................................. 44-501 Weight: 1 Ib. 10 oz. 1-1⁄2" MIP............................................ 44-503 Weight: 2 Ibs.

Cycolac Gutter Drain........................ 34-150 This cycolac gutter drain fitting comes complete with grate. Open area: 4.81 sq. in., flow rate: 22.5 gpm at 1-1⁄2" per second. 2" socket connection. Dimensions: 2-1⁄2" W x 6" L Weight: 1 lb. Cycolac Gutter/Deck Drain............ 34-552 This 2" gutter/drain comes complete with grate. 2" socket or threaded connection. Dimensions: 2-3⁄4" W x 4-7⁄16" L Weight: 1 lb.

108

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

7”

44-503 (MIP)

Male Threaded

20”

A LIT Y

2" FPT Commercial Collector Tubes

Constructed of either schedule 40 or schedule 80 PVC pipe. 2" female connection. Sch. 40 Collector Tube................... 34-603 Shipping Weight: 5 lbs. Sch. 80 Collector Tube................... 34-604 Shipping Weight: 6 lbs.

PROJECT DESIGN EQUIPMENT

Main Drain Sumps NEW

DalMax™ Fiberglass Main Drains Dalmax Fiberglass Main Drains

MAIN DRAIN SUMPS (SOFA'S) Daldorado's DalMAX™ series of Sump and Grates for new construction are unblockable large area main drains (SOFA’s) safety tested and certified to ANSI/APSP/ ICC 16-2017 (PA 2012)and NSF/ANSI/CAN 50 2020. Daldorado provides a 25-year service life on all Main Drain Grates. DalMAX™ main drain sumps for commercial pools are constructed of reinforced fiberglass with reinforced long sides and marine grade gel coat. The grates are made from the highest quality PVC materials tested to NSF/ANSI/CAN 50 2020. They all include a 3" FRP water stop, Schedule 40 PVC fitting. Outlet sizes and locations must be specified with order. All are tested and certified as a SOFA to ANSI/APSP/ICC 16-2017 (PA 2012). They have a large open area of 62%, DalMAX™ is the clear choice for every new commercial pool construction. Each configuration has a separate certified flow rate per pipe size for additional safety and peace on mind. Daldorado main drain sumps are provided a warranty for the life of the aquatic facility. DalMax™ 24" x 24" Main Drain....... 34-565 Outlet Size: 4" 1,734 at 1.5 FPS (Floor) DalMax™ 24" x 24" Main Drain....... 34-566 Outlet Size: 6" 1,734 at 1.5 FPS (Floor) DalMax™ 24" x 24" Main Drain........34-567 Outlet Size: 8" 1,734 at 1.5 FPS (Floor) DalMax™ 24" x 24" Main Drain....... 34-568 Outlet Size: 10" 1,734 at 1.5 FPS (Floor)

The Daldorado DalMax™ series of unblockable large area main drains are specifically designed for new construction or renovation projects. The DalMax™ series is certified to APSP-16 2017 standards by IAPMO, and NSF50 certified for material composition. DalMax™ main drain sumps are constructed of fiberglass with grating featuring a large open area of 62%. The main drains ship complete with sump that includes a builtin frame, grate, approved fasteners and a removable internal strength support, which remains throughout construction. Standard units feature Schedule 40 PVC slip connections and include a 3" FRP water stop, 5" from top of sump. Outlet sizes and locations must be specified with order. General Certificate of Conformity (Service Life: Life of Aquatic Facility for Sump, 25 Years for Grates and Fasteners. 10-Year Limited Warranty).

The Beast Main Drain

One BEAST main drain unit replaces (2) domed 18x18 - multiple 12x12 domed 24x24 and 18x36 (all depths) single port units. 10” port can be bushed down to 8” or 6”. Includes built-in pressure test plate rated to 150psi. Flat Grate eliminates toe-stubbing and injuries while avoiding obstructions to the pool vacuum clearing systems. 10 year warranty. Certified service life 25 years for the Grate and “Life of the Facility” for the Sump. Comes with all appropriate certifications ANSI/APSP/ICC-16-2017 (PA 2021, NSF/ANSI/CAN-50 2020. The Beast Main Drain..................... 34-645 Dimensions: 24” L x 24” W x 21” D, 10” Port Weight: 59 lbs. (Must Ship Motor Freight) Floor: 1,734 GPM / Wall: 1,552 GPM

Daldorado DalMax™ Large Area Main Drains O.A. (Sq. Inch)

GPM Flow (Floor) @1.5 FPS

GPM Shipping Outlet Flow Weight Size (Wall) (lbs)

34-819

18" x 36" 401.76 x 34"

1,880

2,080

34-820

18" x 36" 401.76 x 34"

1,880

2,080

34-821

18" x 36" 401.76 x 34"

1,880

2,080

34-822

18" x 36" 401.76 x 34"

1,880

2,080

10"

34-823

18" x 36" 401.76 x 34"

1,880

2,080

12"

34-825

18" x 54" 602.64 x 34"

2,820

N/A

145

34-826

18" x 54" 602.64 x 34"

2,820

N/A

145

34-827

18" x 54" 602.64 x 34"

2,820

N/A

145

34-828

18" x 54" 602.64 x 34"

2,820

N/A

10"

145

34-829

18" x 54" 602.64 x 34"

2,820

N/A

12"

145

34-830

18" x 54" 602.64 x 34"

2,820

N/A

14"

145

Sump Size Recreonics (Length x Catalog Width x Number Depth

CALL OUR KNOWLEDGEABLE SALES CONSULTANTS FOR ASSISTANCE ON ALL VGB REQUIREMENTS. 800.428.3254

SuperSump™

ASME-2007 and NSF listed, the SuperSump™ now adds peace of mind and efficiency to its long list of benefits and advantages. Design features include an open grate area of 54%, Internal plumbing fittings, and a unique built-in water stop with two vertical extensions that prevents water passing over the flange. Sold in packs of (2) only. 9" L x 9" W x 11.93" D....................... 34-615 4" Side Outlet Open Area: 42.12 Square Inches Flow Rate (GPM): Floor: 261/Wall: 248 Shipping Weight: 9 lbs. 12" L x 12" W x 14.06" D................... 34-616 6" Side Outlet Open Area: 81.30 Square Inches Flow Rate (GPM): Floor: 365/Wall: 340 Shipping Weight: 13 lbs. 18" L x 18" W x 18" D........................ 34-617 8" Side Outlet Open Area: 183.06 Square Inches. Not to be used on wading pools or spas (Multiple Drain Use Only). Flow Rate (GPM): Floor: 816 Shipping Weight: 38 lbs.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

109

PROJECT DESIGN EQUIPMENT

VGB Compliant Main Drains and Drain Covers

34-632 34-630

MAHC-I 18" x 36" Stainless Steel Sump with Anti-Entrapment Cover

These stainless steel sumps are configurable to simplify compliance with the Model Aquatic Health Code, the International Swimming Pool and Spa Code, and the latest revisions to ANSI/APSP/ICC-16 2017. The sump is fabricated out of 316 stainless steel and features (2) hydrostatic ports, angled waterstop, bonding lug and (4) 9" x 18" anti-entrapment suction outlet covers with mud frame. These sumps are built to order based on required configurations and must be accompanied with a completed order form. Reusable test plugs can also be ordered as an option.

CALL FOR SPECIFICATIONS AND PRICING.

34-633

34-631

The 18" W x 36" L VGBA “unblockable” drain covers streamlined for installation and plan approvals. The compact modular frame and grate designs are expandable in 9" increments to create longer “field fabricated outlets” such as 18" x 54" and 18" x 72" drains. MAHC-I unblock-

able drain covers comply with all current commercial standards. They are offered in both new construction or for replacement purposes. Frame and grates are made from high-grade UV stabilized PVC. They have a 10-year lifespan.

MAHC-I VGBA Unblockable Anti-Entrapment Outlet Covers Catalog No.

Color

Overal L x W

Outlet Cover Components

34-630

White

18" x 36" (358 SI)

(4) 18" x 9" Grates

34-631

White

18" x 18" (179 SI)

(2) 18" x 9" Grates

VGBA Unblockable Retro-Fit Kits 34-632

White

18" x 36" (358 SI)

(4) 18" x 9" Grates

34-633

White

18" x 18" (179 SI)

(2) 18" x 9" Grates

Large Area Frame and Grates

The Daldorado DalMax™ series of unblockable frame and grates are available in both 18"x36" and 18"x54" and feature a 62% open area. The DalMax™ series is certified to APSP-16-2017 standards by IAPMO, and NSF50 certified for material composition (high-grade UV-stable PVC -Georgia Gulf 7140). Suitable for floor or wall installation. VGB Service Life of 25 years. 18" L x 36" W............. …………..……….34-815 Open Area: 401.76 Square Inches Flow Rate (GPM): 1,880 Floor at 1.5 FPS. Shipping Weight: 18 lbs. 18" L x 54" W.............. ……….………….34-816 Open Area: 602.64 Square Inches Flow Rate (GPM): 2,820 Floor at 1.5 FPS. Shipping Weight: 27 lbs.

Large Area SuperFlow™ Main Drain Grates 24" x 24" Frame and Grate

These Daldorado DalMax frame and grates are tested to APSP-16-2017 standards tested by IAPMO, and constructed of high-grade UV-stable PVC (Georgia Gulf 7140) -certified for NSF50, and an open area of 62%. Suitable for floor or wall installation. 10-Year Limited Warranty. 24" L x 24 Frame and Grate.......... ..34-810 Open Area: 357 Square Inches Flow Rate (GPM): 1,671 Floor at 1.5 FPS. Shipping Weight: 17 lbs.

These large area flat grates begin at 18" x 36" and increase in width in 18" increments. Can be installed end-to-end to accommodate higher flow rate requirements. VGB Service Life of 25 years. 18"W x 36"L....................................... 34-331 Open Area: 343.44 Square Inches Flow Rate (GPM): Floor: 2,080/Wall: 1,496 18"W x 54"L.......................................34-332 Open Area: 514.66 Square Inches Flow Rate (GPM): Floor: 4,269 18"W x 72"L.......................................34-333 Open Area: 686.88 Square Inches Flow Rate (GPM): Floor: 4,518

CALL OUR KNOWLEDGEABLE SALES CONSULTANTS FOR ASSISTANCE ON ALL VGB REQUIREMENTS. TOLL FREE 800.428.3254 110

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

PROJECT DESIGN EQUIPMENT

ALL

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

Waterway 18" x 18" Frame & Grate.....34-545 Consists of frame, (4) 9" x 9" grates and mounting hardware. Open Area: 174.4 square inches Flow Rating: 812 GPM (Floor) at 1.5 FPS

Waterway 12" x 12" Frame & Grate.....34-544 Consists of frame, grate and mounting hardware. Open Area: 62.4 square inches Flow Rating: 292 GPM (Floor) at 1.5 FPS

Waterway 9" x 9" Frame & Grate.... 34-543 Consists of frame, grate and mounting hardware. Open Area: 43.6 square inches Flow Rating: 203 GPM (Floor) at 1.5 FPS

VGB Compliant Main Drains & Drain Covers

AquaStar 24" x 24" Frame & Grate...34-629 Consists of frame, (4) 12" x 12" covers and mounting hardware. Open Area: 340 square inches

AquaStar 18" x 18" Frame & Grate.. 34-637 Consists of frame, vented riser, (4) 9" x 9" covers and mounting hardware. Open Area: 160.8 square inches

AquaStar 16" x 16" Frame & Grate....34-635 Comes with 3/4" and 1" deep mud frames, cover and mounting hardware. Open Area: 101 square inches AquaStar 14" x 14" Frame & Grate....34-636 Consists of mud frame, adapter frame, cover and mounting hardware. Open Area: 84 square inches

AquaStar 9" x 9" MoFlow™ Grate....34-650 Includes both grate and mud frame. Fits Standard 3⁄4" deep frame. Open Area: 36.8 square inches AquaStar 9" x 9" MoFlow™ Grate......34-652 Grate ONLY. Fits Hayward 1" deep frame. Open Area: 35.8 square inches

AquaStar 12" x 12" MoFlow™ Grate.....34-654 Includes both grate and mud frame. Fits Standard 3⁄4" deep frame. Open Area: 71.2 square inches AquaStar 12" x 12" MoFlow™ Grate...... 34-656 Grate ONLY. Fits Hayward 1" deep frame. Open Area: 69.1 square inches (4) 9" x 9" MoFlow™ Grates............ 34-658 Grates ONLY. Fits Pentair 3⁄4" deep frame. (4) 9" x 9" MoFlow™ Grates............ 34-660 Grates ONLY. Fits Hayward 1" deep frame. Open Area: 147.1 square inches

CALL OUR KNOWLEDGEABLE SALES CONSULTANTS FOR ASSISTANCE 800.428.3254

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

111

PROJECT DESIGN EQUIPMENT

VGB Compliant Drain Covers and Equalizer Fittings

AEGIS Anti-Entrapment Shield

SuperFlow™ Frame and Grates

These domed main drain grates are NSF and ASME listed. Can be used for both retrofitting old sumps and as a grate for new installations. Sold in 2-Pack ONLY. 9" x 9" Frame & Grate......................34-328 Consists of frame, grate and screws. Open Area: 42.12 Square Inches Flow Rate (GPM): Floor: 261/Wall: 248 12" x 12" Frame & Grate...................34-329 Consists of frame, grate and screws. Open Area: 81.3 Square Inches Flow Rate (GPM): Floor: 365/Wall: 340 18" x 18" Frame & Grate...................34-330 Consists of frame, grate and screws. Open Area: 183.06 Square Inches Flow Rate (GPM): Floor: 816/Wall: 712 For multiple drain use only. Not to be used in wading pools or spas.

32" Channel Drain with Flat Grate...34-375 This VGBA certified anti-entrapment suction outlet includes both the outlet cover and (3) port sump. The outlet ports are 2-1⁄2" OD and 2" ID slip. Open Area: 25.9 square inches

CALL OUR KNOWLEDGABLE SALES CONSULTANTS FOR ASSISTANCE WITH ALL OF YOUR VGBA DRAIN REQUIREMENTS. 800.428.3254 112

Easily installed without draining pool. Fabricated from fiberglass so no grounding is required. Approved for use over any size field built main drain sump up to 24" x 24". Includes stainless steel mounting hardware. 30" x 30" AEGIS Shield................... 34-695 Open Area: 128.21 Square Inches Flow Rate (GPM): 600 GPM at 1.5 FPS

6" Round Equalizer.......................... 34-665 This 6" round VGBA certified equalizer fitting is made from superior UV-resistant engineered polymers. Includes 316 stainless steel screws. 6" Bulkhead Adapter Fitting.......... 34-666 2" Threaded and 1-1⁄2" Socket Connection. (Must be ordered with 34-665)

SDX Retro High Flow Safety Drain Hayward 18" x 18" Frame & Grate..34-326 Consists of outer frame, inner frame, (4) 9" x 9" grates and mounting hardware. Open Area: 183.28 square inches Flow Rating: 520 GPM (Floor) at 1.5 FPS Hayward 18" x 18" Grate ONLY.......34-323 Consists of inner frame ONLY, grate and mounting hardware. Hayward 12" x 12" Frame & Grate..34-325 Consists of outer frame, inner frame, grate and mounting hardware. Open Area: 83.40 square inches Flow Rating: 390 GPM (Floor) at 1.5 FPS Hayward 12" x 12" Grate ONLY.......34-322 Consists of inner frame ONLY, grate and mounting hardware. Hayward 9" x 9" Frame & Grate.....34-324 Consists of outer frame, inner frame, grate and mounting hardware. Open Area: 45.80 square inches Flow Rating: 190 GPM (Floor) at 1.5 FPS Hayward 9" x 9" Grate ONLY.......... 34-321 Consists of inner frame ONLY, grate and mounting hardware. NOTE: All Hayward Frames and Grates are sold in 2-Packs ONLY.

This retro-fit fitting is VGB certified. The unit comes complete with cover, SDX cover support, stainless steel screws, plastic anchors, trim pack, security wrench and spacer ring. SDX Retro Safety Drain.................... 34-219 Flow Rate: 100 GPM

Max-Flo Suction Equalizer Fitting

This equalizer suction fitting is VGBA certified and are UL certified to this standard. Includes suction cover, wall fitting assembly, gasket and stainless steel screws. Recommended for retro-fits. 1-1⁄2" MPT Connection. Max-Flo Equalizer Fitting................ 34-226 Open Area: 9.02 Square Inches Flow Rate: Floor: 106 GPM

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

PROJECT DESIGN EQUIPMENT

Gutter and Deck Grating Systems

Daldorado Perpendicular Grating

This perpendicular grating is designed to comply with the International Child Finger/ Toe Entrapment IBC Guidelines featuring a gap opening of only 8mm. Made of high-grade UV-stable PVC. Available in 12", 14" and 16" widths. Available in white, bone and gray. Sold per lineal foot. Certified NSF/ANSI/CAN 50 - 2019. 10-Year Limited Warranty. Daldorado Perpendicular Grating Recreonics Catalog Numbere

Width

Bar Width

Opening Width

36-715

12"

36-716

14"

36-717

16"

.472" (12 mm) .472" (12mm) ,472" (12mm)

.315 (8mm) .315 (8mm) .315 (8mm)

SILENTFlow™ Parallel Grating

This grating system features a 40% open area which provides for whisper-quiet noise reduction. Made of high-grade UV-stable PVC. Available in 10”, 12", 14" and 16" widths for both radius and straight configurations. Complies with IBC child finger and toe entrapment openings of .315 (8mm). Available in white, bone and gray. Sold per lineal foot. Certified NSF/ANSI/CAN 50 - 2019. 10-Year Limited Warranty.

Open Area

40% 40%

Daldorado Standard Parallel Grating Recreonics Catalog Numbere

Width

36-721 36-730

Fastening Sets (25 Count) Perpendicular 12" Outside Corner

36-731

Perpendicular 12" Sloping Corner

36-732

Perpendicular 14" Outside Corner

36-733

Perpendicular 14" Sloping Corner

36-734 36-735

Perpendicular 16" Outside Corner Perpendicular 16" Sloping Corner

Opening Width

Open Area

Straight Style

40%

Grating Accessory Items

Bar Width

36-705

12"

36-706

14"

36-707

16"

.472" (12 mm) .472" (12mm) .472" (12mm)

.315 (8mm) .315 (8mm) 315 (8mm)

40%

315 (8mm) 315 (8mm) 315 (8mm) .315 (8mm)

40%

40% 40%

Radius Style 36-709

10"

36-710

12"

36-711

14"

36-712

16"

.472" (12mm) .472" (12mm) .472" (12mm) ,472" (12mm)

40% 40% 40%

Grating Accessory Items

Curb Angle No Tail

Curb angles provide the edge needed for setting tile or deck finishing. Made of high-grade UV-stable PVC and pre-drilled on 18" centers. Available in white, bone and gray. Sold per lineal foot with a 8' minimum. 10-Year Limited Warranty. Curb Angle........................................36-736 Fastening Sets (25 Pack).............….36-738 Order (1) bag for every 50'

36-720

Fastening Sets (25 Count)

36-723

Parallel 10" 90-Degree Outside Corner

36-724

Parallel 12" 90-Degree Outside Corner

36-725

Parallel 12" 90-Degree Sloping Corner

36-726

Parallel 14" 90-Degree Outside Corner

36-727

Parallel 14" 90 Degree Sloping Corner

36-728

Parallel 16" 90 Degree Outside Corner

36-729

Parallel 16" 90 Degree Sloping Corner

CapSHURE™ Deck Drain (Straight or Radius)

The CapSHURE™ drain is available in 8' lengths with 4" a grating width. It includes a heavy-duty base with a throw-away cap which helps the base keep its form when pouring and setting concrete. EPDM rubber joiners (sold separately) are used as flexible expansion joints. All grating constructed of high-grade UV-stable PVC. Complies with IBC child finger and toe entrapment openings of .315 (8mm) and is ADA compliant. The base is gray only and the grating is available in white, bone, and gray. Certified NSF/ANSI/CAN 50 - 2019. 10-Year Limited Warranty. Fastening Set for Grating: (Bag of 25). Order (1) bag for every 100 lineal foot. Straight Deck Drain (Per FT.)...........36-740 Includes Base, Grate and Cap. Sold in 8’ Lengths ONLY. Radius Deck Drain PKG................... 36-741 Includes Base, Grate and Cap. Price per foot and sold in 8' Sections ONLY.

CapSHURE™ Accessory Items: EPDM Rubber Joiner........................36-742 90-Degree Corner............................36-748 Fastening Sets (Bag of 25)..............36-756 Order (1) bag for every 100 lineal feet. Deck Drain End Cap.........................36-743 Deck Drain Bottom Outlet...............36-746 (3" Connection) Deck Drain T-Section.......................36-747 (Specify Color)

Hand Hold

Hand holds add safety for swimmers by giving them the extra grip they need. Made of high-grade UV-stable PVC. Features pre-drilled holes on 12" centers. Hand holds are available in white and bone. Sold per lineal foot with a 8' minimum. 10-Year Limited Warranty. Hand Hold..........................................36-737 Fastening Sets (25 Pack).................36-738 Order (1) bag for every 25'

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

CALL OUR KNOWLEDGEABLE SALES CONSULTANTS FOR ASSISTANCE WITH YOUR POOL AND DECK GRATING REQUIREMENTS. 800.428.3254 113

PROJECT DESIGN EQUIPMENT

Gutter and Deck Grating Systems NEW

Perpendicular PVC Grating

DalFLEX Lane Line Anchor

Introducing the revolutionary DalFLEX® Lane Line Anchor. What sets this anchor apart is the unique design, unmatched in the market. Experience seamless installation in almost all rim-flow gutter systems, providing you with unmatched flexibility and eliminating any trip hazards. Say goodbye to costly bonding or pool shell penetrations (compliant with NEC 680.26(c)), as the DalFLEX® now takes care of it all. Certified NSF/ANSI/CAN 502020. NO BONDING REQUIRED. Black silicone-wrapped flat 316SS ribbon extension (w/ ‘S’ hook) is securely fixed to DalFLEX® unit and folds back into base to be stowed away for later use. Installation hardware included. Manufactured in 4 sizes (10", 12", 14" and 16"). 10” DalFLEX Lane Line Anchor........14-510 12” DalFLEX Lane Line Anchor.........14-511 14” DalFLEX Lane Line Anchor........14-512 16” DalFLEX Lane Line Anchor........14-513 8” Lane Line Connector....................14-514 13” Lane Line Connector..................14-515 12” Drill guide with Locating Pin.....14-516 (Purchase (1) for every (20) Anchors installed) 16” Drill guide with Locating Pin..... 14-517 (Purchase (1) for every (20) Anchors installed) DalFLEX LLA Fastener Set...............14-519 (2 Per packet)

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254 114

The only grating system offered that utilizes a unified product to consistently match straight and most radius sections with ease. Widths from 4" to 20". Made from High grade UV-stabilized, outdoor quality premium-grade PVC. Complies with ASTM load and deflection requirements. Completely modular with interlocking stainless steel hardware. Available in three colors (white, bone, and gray). Ten-year limited warranty. 10' Minimum Order. Perpendicular PVC Grating – Per Foot Recreonics Catalog T or I Number Style Width

36-532 36-533 36-534 36-525 36-526 36-527 36-528

T T T I I I I

8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20"

Bar Opening Open Width Width Area 5⁄8"

3⁄8"

5⁄8"

3⁄8"

5⁄8"

3⁄8"

3⁄4"

3⁄8"

3⁄4"

3⁄8"

3⁄4"

3⁄8"

3⁄4"

3⁄8"

37.5% 37.5% 37.5% 35% 35% 35% 35%

Hand Hold Grate Bracket

The PVC Hand Hold provides added safety and a comfortable way for swimmers to hold on to the edge of the pool. PVC Hand Hold brackets are designed for mechanical fastening to the pool beam. Designed for compatibility with all Lawson Aquatics grating products. Ships in 10' sections. 10' Minimum Order. Hand Hold (White)........................... 36-549 Hand Hold (Bone)............................ 36-550

Fastening Set For Grating............... 36-551 (Box of 50). Order (1) box for every 100 lineal feet. Curb Angle – NO Tail...................... 36-545 Curb Angle – With Tail.................... 36-548

Quiet-Flow® Parallel Grates

Designed specifically to capture water quickly and reduce the noise of commercial gutters. Available in both straight and radius profiles. Pre-fabricated corner sections for parallel grating are also available. Ten-year limited warranty. Available in three standard colors (white, bone and gray). 10' Minimum Order.

Drain-the-Deck™ System

A system of PVC components designed to offer a generous 25% open space for water flow. All grates are completely modular and interlocking. ASTM tested for loads and friction. Prefabricated corner sections with perpendicular grating are also available. The grating is available in three standard colors (white, bone and gray). 10' Minimum Order. Quiet-Flow™ Straight 4" Deck Straight Drain (White)...... 36-560 Parallel Grating – Per Foot Connector Sleeve............................. 36-561 Recreonics Bar Opening Open Catalog T or I 90-Degree Inside Corner................ 36-562 Width Area Number Style Width Width 2" End Adapter (White)................... 36-563 5⁄8" 3⁄8" 37.5% 36-536 T 6" End Cap............................................. 36-564 5 3 36-537 T 8" ⁄8" ⁄8" 37.5% Drain Down Adapter (White).......... 36-565 5 3 36-538 T 10" ⁄8" ⁄8" 37.5% 45-Degree Inside Corner................ 36-566 5⁄8" 3⁄8" 36-539 T 12" 37.5% T-Section (White)..............................36-567 Fastening Set for Grating................ 36-551 Fastening Set For Straight Grating.............................................. 36-552 (Box of 50). Order (1) box for every 100 (Box of 50). Order (1) box for every 100 lineal feet. lineal feet. Fastening Set For Radius Grating...36-555 (Box of 50). Order (1) box for every 25 lineal feet.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

PROJECT DESIGN EQUIPMENT

GPM Gutter Grating

VGB Compliant GPM Grating

GPM Grating

GPM grating is custom fabricated from a marine-grade polymer and is environmentally stabilized to withstand the harshest aquatic conditions. It will not rot, discolor or delaminate. Even repeated blows from a heavy hammer will not break GPM grating. GPM grating has a slip-resistant matte finish on both sides to hide scuffs and scratches. Chemicals and UV have no effects. Whether for new construction, renovation or replacement, GPM grating is available in a wide range of thicknesses, shapes, lengths and widths. Custom-tailored to exact project requirements, whether curved, radius, round, or rectangular, all at prices competitive with stock grating! Call our sales consultants for additional information and a quotation tailored to your exact needs.

Certified VGB drain covers and sump grates are available in standard sizes. Custom sizes can be supplied to accommodate virtually any existing drain sump, outlet size or flows.

Available Options: Comfort Flow & Competition Flow

Available in Comfort Flow and Competition Flow configurations, grating sections are available with openings parallel or perpendicular to pool edge or grating length. Standard grating sections are white, gray or black.

Two thicknesses are available 1" (25mm) and 3⁄4" (19mm) in 4 standard configurations. Engraving and Personalization

Have text, icons or even your company logo engraved directly into the grating panel.

Standard widths are 8" (203mm), 10" (254mm), 12" (305mm) and 14” (356mm). Custom sizes are available upon request.

Comfort Flow

Large walking surface

One-Piece Radius Grating

GPM grating is the only solid one-piece grating system available as a radius with the capability of the open areas (slots) either perpendicular or parallel to the wall. GPM grating is custom fabricated to the specified curve radius. Our open areas are consistent and do not have the typical (and dangerous) open wedged slots.

Exclusive 10-Year Warranty Against Cracking or Breaking

Competition Flow

Wide open area for high volume flow to gutters

Colors

GPM Grating is available in a variety of colors. Colorfast and easy to clean. White, gray and black are standard.

Depth Markers and Warnings

GPM depth markers and warnings are offered in a variety of colors and sizes to suit your specific needs. Custom depth markers are available upon request.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

115

CIRCULATION

Strainers and Reducers

Fluidtrol Fiberglass Strainers

These strainers are fabricated out of a dual laminated PVC with fiberglass overlap process that is rated and tested at 50 PSI. They feature ANSI 150 lb. Van Stone type flange connections, 1" thick clear acrylic lid with 1⁄2" vent cap and stainless steel tee handles. Ships complete with a T-316 stainless steel basket with 1⁄8" perforations. Standard Fiberglass Strainers Recreonics Catalog No.

Inlet Flange

Outlet Flange

Weight

30-440 30-442 30-444 30-446

4" 6" 8" 10"

47 57 85 95

NOTE: Extra baskets are available. To order add a (.B) to the end of the strainer number. Multiple perforation sizes available.

Fluidtrol Reducing Strainers

These eccentrically reduced fiberglass/ PVC laminate strainers feature 150 lb. PVC flanges, 1" thick acrylic cover with a 1⁄2" vent, 1⁄4" neoprene O-ring seated in a slotted groove and T-316 stainless steel basket with 1⁄8" perforations. Eccentrically Reduced Fiberglass Strainers Recreonics Catalog No.

Inlet Flange

Outlet Flange

Weight

30-480 30-482 30-486 30-488 30-492 30-494 30-496

4" 6" 6" 8" 10" 10" 12"

3" 3" 5" 5" 5" 6" 6"

41 61 63 99 111 112 162

Marlow Fiberglass Replacement Strainer

These strainers were manufactured to have the identical centerline and face-toface dimensions as the Marlow cast-iron strainers. Constructed of PVC and fiberglass reinforced plastic. Includes a clear acrylic lid, stainless steel tee handles, Van Stone flanges and a heavy-duty 1⁄8" perforated T-316 stainless steel basket. Marlow Fiberglass Replacement Strainers Recreonics Catalog No.

Inlet Flange

Outlet Flange

Weight

30-460 30-461 30-462 30-463 30-464

4" 4" 5" 6" 6"

3" 4" 5" 5" 6"

46 47 54 56 57

Fiberglass/PVC

Stainless Steel

Mer-Made® Fiberglass Strainers

Fluidtrol Stainless Strainers

These strainers are fabricated out of fiberglass reinforced plastic construction and are pressure tested to 50 PSI. They feature a quick-opening acrylic see-thru lid, flanged connections drilled to 150 lb. ANSI Standard, and a T-316 stainless steel angled top basket. Available in both standard and eccentrically reduced models to fit all applications.

These strainers are fabricated out of Sch. 10 T-304 stainless steel construction rated at 50 psi and are hydrostatically tested to 11⁄2 times the design pressure. They feature 150 lb. Van Stone T-304 Stub end with back-up Rings, 1" thick clear acrylic lid with 1⁄2" vent cap and stainless steel tee handles. Ships complete with T-316 stainless steel basket.

Standard Fiberglass Strainers

Standard Stainless Steel Strainers

Recreonics Catalog No.

Inlet Flange

Outlet Flange

Weight

30-400 30-401 30-402

4" 6" 8"

47 57 85

NOTE: Extra baskets are available. To order add a (.B) to the end of the strainer number.

116

Recreonics Catalog No.

Inlet Flange

Outlet Flange

Weight

30-418 30-420 30-422 30-424 30-426

4" 6" 8" 10" 12"

60 80 130 180 260

Fluidtrol Concentric Reducers

These concentric reducers are available in both fiberglass reinforced plastic/PVC laminate and T-304 stainless steel. Concentric Reducers Inlet

Outlet

Fiberglass/PVC

T-304 Stainless

4" 6" 6" 6" 8" 8" 10" 10"

3" 3" 4" 5" 5" 6" 5" 6"

30-660 30-662 30-664 30-666 30-668 30-670 30-672 30-674

30-680 30-682 30-684 30-686 30-688 30-690 30-692 30-696

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

Other Sizes and Eccentric Styles Available Upon Request

CIRCULATION

End Suction Horizontal and Vertical Pumps NEW

Aurora® 3800 Series Single Stage End Suction Pumps SETTING NEW STANDARDS OF EFFICIENCY

Today’s installations demand quiet, smooth running pumps with long life. Aurora’s 100 years of experience with design, sales and manufacturing of centrifugal pumps has led to the 3800 Series. These modern pumps with a clean, straightforward design were developed with maximum interchangeability in mind. Aurora’s highly reliable 3800 pumps offer the best solution for commercial swimming pool applications.

The Aurora® 3801 horizontal close-coupled centrifugal pump features casted casing feet for easy back pullout, mechanical seal with stainless steel trim, Buna-N elastomers, ceramic seat and carbon washer. Equipped with a stainless steel shaft sleeve that extends the length of the seal plate. The pump shaft extension is gasket sealed from the pumped liquid. Impellers are constructed of 316 stainless steel and are dynamically balanced and key locked to the shaft. Standard features include 316 SST impeller, 316 SST shaft sleeve, double volume on 4" discharge and larger to reduce bearing loads. Gauge taps on suction and discharge. Available in four power frame sizes. Designed to exceed requirements of NEMA MG 1-2009, the coupled TEFC super premium efficiency motors can reduce energy losses by 10-50%. Reduce carbon footprints, as well as energy costs, lower noise and vibration, and easier maintenance. All pumps are epoxy coated and NSF listed.

Speck Normblock End-Suction Pumps

Redefining the limits of plastic pumps. The Normblock Multi takes the non-corrosive and lightweight benefits of plastic higher than any other American manufacturer. Ranging from 5.5 HP up to 30 HP using a quiet 1750 RPM, heavy-duty TEFC motor. Available with an optional 6” or 8” strainer. Each pump is tested to factory and customer specifications, with comprehensive individualized test results. Normblock 10 HP............................. 30-200 (208-230/460-Volt, 3-Phase, TEFC) Shipping Weight: 207 Lbs. Normblock 15 HP............................. 30-205 (208-230/460-Volt, 3-Phase, TEFC) Shipping Weight: 284 Lbs. Normblock 20 HP............................ 30-208 (208-230/460-Volt, 3-Phase, TEFC) Shipping Weight: 322 Lbs. Normblock 25 HP............................. 30-215 (208-230/460-Volt, 3-Phase, TEFC) Shipping Weight: 507 Lbs.

All end-suction pumps comply with the United States Department of Energy (US DOE) mandate regarding the minimum energy conservation standard.

Paco Horizontal Type LC End-Suction Pumps

The PACO line of end suction, single stage, close-coupled pumps provides high performance, quality, quiet operation and durability. These pumps offer low life-cycle costs, high efficiency for reduced operation costs, compensated double-volute design for reduced radial loads, minimized shaft deflection, prolonged seal and bearing life. Constructed of cast iron volute, bronze wear ring/shaft sleeve, and stainless steel impeller. Designed so that the motor/rotating element can be pulled out from the back for ease of maintenance and servicing. Includes cast-iron base with drip lip, grouting holes and tapped drain. Available with optional epoxy coating and NSF-50 certification.

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY FOR ASSISTANCE ON SIZING THE CORRECT PUMP FOR YOUR AQUATIC FACILITY 800.428.3254

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

117

CIRCULATION

Self-Priming Pumps

Pentair C-Series Bronze Pump

These commercial self-priming pumps made with Noryl® thermoplastic housings are durable yet lightweight for easy installation. Features a transparent lid, which allows visual inspection as well as a non-corrosive oversized strainer basket which extends the time between clean-outs. Includes a 3-phase, (TEFC) totally enclosed fan-cooled motor that will provide years of reliable service. 4" suction and discharge union connections.

CHK Series Pump Characteristic Curve: 3,450 RPM, 3-Phase, 60 Cycle 140

HCP 4000 SERIES PERFORMANCE DATA

100 HEAD IN FEET OF WATER

100 90

TOTAL HEAD (FT OF WATER)

30-320, 5HP 30-321, 7.5 HP 30-322, 10 HP 30-323, 15 HP 30-324, 20 HP

120

80 70 60 HCP125

80 60

30-324

40 20

30-320 40 30

HCP75 HCP55

100

HCP100

5.5 HP (230/460V, 3 PH, TEFC)…….30-921 Shipping Weight: 110 lbs. 7.5 HP (230/460V, 3 PH, TEFC)…….30-922 Shipping Weight: 125 lbs. 10 HP (230/460V, 3 PH, TEFC)……..30-923 Shipping Weight: 142 lbs. 12.5 HP (230/460V, 3 PH, TEFC)…..30-924 Shipping Weight: 155 lbs.

300

400

30-323 30-322

500

600

This new commercial pump is the first five-horsepower variable-speed pool pump that runs on single-phase or threephase power. This pump allows for custom programming of optimum pump speeds for specific tasks. It has four programmable settings that can be set to any speed ranging from 300 to 3,450 RPMs, and provides sophisticated, energy-saving pump technology without the high costs typically associated with independent pump/external drive setups. Integrating the pump with a 4-20mA flowmeter, this pump is capable of maintaining a constant flow based on flow requirements of the pool. 5 HP WhisperfloXF VS.................... 30-935 (208-230/277-460V single-phase) (208-460V three-phase) Suction and Discharge is 2.5", but can be adapted to 3". 3" (4-20mA) Flowmeter.................. 32-900 Includes Saddle External Control Wiring Kit............. 32-906 Required to connect the flowmeter to the pump. Performance Curves - Whisperflo XF vs Commercial Pump

700

800

US GALLONS PER MINUTE FLOW RATE IN G.P.M.

100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650700 FLOW (GPM)

200

30-321

WhisperFloXF® VS 5HP Pump

FACTORY PRESET SPEED 3450 RPM

Pentair CHK High Head Bronze Pump Catalog No.

Voltage

Phase

SFHP

Weight (lbs.)

30-320

220/440

1.15

5.75

336

30-321

7.5

220/440

1.15

8.63

349

30-322

220/440

1.15

11.50

376

30-323

220/440

1.15

17.25

398

30-324

220/440

1.15

23.00

403

Total Dynamic Head in Feet of H2O

Hayward HCP 4000 Series Pumps

The Purex C-Series heavy-duty bronze commercial pump is specifically designed for commercial, public or other large swimming pools, fountains and water features where high flow rates and continuous operation is desired. Features 6" suction and 4" discharge and ODP motor. Recommended for applications with required suction lift of less than 2'-0". Certified with NSF as a non-self-priming pump. Replacement Strainer Basket.........30-370 Weight: 3 lbs.

QUICK CLEAN - 3450 RPM

3000 RPM 2500 RPM

1720 RPM

60 PROGRAM 3 - 3000 RPM

50 40

PROGRAM 2 - 2500 RPM

30 20 PROGRAM 1 - 7200 RPM

10 0

100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260

Volumetric Flow Rate in GPM

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254 118

WHY SLOWER IS BETTER The surprising secret to minimizing pump energy cost is to operate at the lowest speed needed to accomplish a job. It takes far less energy to move water slowly than quickly. Reducing motor speed by 25% can actually reduce power consumption by 58%.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

CIRCULATION

Self-Priming Pumps and Variable Frequency Drives

EQ Series™ Commercial Pumps

EQ Series™ pumps are designed for maximum efficiency and quiet operation. They are the only non-corrosive, all plastic pumps designed for commercial swimming pools. These self-priming pumps are NSF listed and are available with ODP motors in single or three phase and TEFC motors in three phase only. Features 6" suction and 4" discharge flanges and includes an integral strainer and strainer basket. EQ pumps with 3-phase motors work great with the Acu Drive™ XS variable frequency drives found on this page. Pentair EQ Series™ Commercial Pump Catalog No.

HP Voltage Phase (ODP) Open-Drip Proof Motors

Weight (lbs.)

30-376 5 230 1 126 30-377 5 230/460 3 106 30-378 7.5 230 1 161 30-379 7.5 230/460 3 116 30-382 10 230 1 136 30-380 10 230/460 3 126 30-381 15 208-230/460 3 161 (TEFC) Total-Enclosed Fan Cooled Motors 30-385 5 208-230/460 3 127 30-386 7.5 208-230/460 3 147 30-387 10 208-230/460 3 193 30-388 15 208-230/460 3 207 15 HP 30-381 10 HP 30-380/382 7.5 HP 30-378, 30-379 5 HP 30-376, 30-377

140

Total Head In Feet

120 100 80 60 40 20 0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

Gallons Per Minute

Acu Drive™ XS VFD

The Acu Drive™ XS provides variable frequency power to your pump’s 3 phase motor, operating the pump at lower speeds (when site conditions allow) to save up to 60% or more on the pump’s electricity usage. Each Acu Drive™ XS includes battery backup, fused disconnect and a real-time clock. Electronics are sealed from ambient air to greatly extend the service life in demanding pool environments. Electronics are kept cool via an aluminum heat-sink and external fan. Motor, pump, and connecting equipment are protected from water hammer and vibration by the 2-step ramp (soft start) feature. Pentair ACU DRIVE™ XS VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES (3-Phase, NEMA 12 Enclosure) HP 3 5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40

200-240 VAC 30-710 30-711 30-712 30-713 30-714 30-715 30-716 30-717 30-718

360-480 VAC 30-720 30-721 30-722 30-723 30-724 30-725 30-726 30-727 30-728

Unique, intelligent features enhance efficiency by delivering the optimal voltage to the motor. Superior programming flexibility allows for time-based programming (lower off-hour speed settings) and/or closed loop programming (e.g. operating the pump at constant flow set point when used in conjunction with the optional flow sensor kit), by adjusting speed as the filter load changes throughout the backwash cycle. Flow sensor kit is highly recommended, especially in filtration/recirculation applications. Optional 6-year enhanced “on-site” service warranty is available. Start-up services are to be ordered separately (see chart below). Acu Drive™ XS Start-Up Services Catalog No. Part Description Start-up for Drives 32-942 (Max. 8 Hours On-Site)

6-Year On-Site Service Warranties HP 3 HP 5-25 HP 10 HP 15-40 HP

208-230 Volts 30-755 30-756

380-690 Volts

30-755 30-756

ACU DRIVE™ Flow Sensor Kits with PVC Saddle for Display on ACU DRIVE Only 32-900 32-901 32-902 32-903

3" Flow Sensor Kit (4-20 Output) 4" Flow Sensor Kit (4-20 Output) 6" Flow Sensor Kit (4-20 Output) 8" Flow Sensor Kit (4-20 Output)

ACU DRIVE™ Flow Sensor Kits with Iron Saddles and Wall-Mount Display 32-904 32-905 32-906

Replacement Strainer Basket........ 30-390 Fits all EQ Pump Strainers. Weight: 5 lbs.

10" Flow Sensor Kit (4-20 Output) 12" Flow Sensor Kit (4-20 Output) 25' External Wiring Kit

In addition to what is shown, we offer more variable frequency drives and options. Contact our sales consultants for additional information.

(800) 428-3254.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

119

CIRCULATION

Light Commercial Self-Priming Pumps

IntelliFlo3™ VSF Variable Speed and Flow Pump

This pump offers proprietary flow technology which maintains the pools optimal flow. The on board password protected touchscreen allows you to control by either RPM speed of the motor or target gallons per minute. Features a 2" FPT suction inlet and discharge outlet threaded connection and clear “see thru” strainer lid. Will provide up to 100 GPM at 70' TDH at 3,450 RPM. 3 HP (208-230 V, 1 PH, TEFC)........ 30-944 Shipping Weight: 55 Lbs. Replacement Strainer Basket.........30-979

IntelliFlo® VS+SVRS Pump

Whisperflo™ Pump

These single speed thermoplastic pumps are provided with a TEFC motor, stainless steel motor shaft and sealed bearing. Features the Cam and Ramp™ lid that is easy to remove and quickly locks in place with a quarter turn. 2" suction and discharge connection. 1 HP (208-230/460V, 3PH, TEFC)...30-936 Shipping Weight: 46 lbs. 1.5 HP (208-230/460V, 3PH, TEFC)..30-941 Shipping Weight: 48 lbs. 2 HP (208-230/460V, 3PH, TEFC)...30-951 Shipping Weight: 51 lbs. 3 HP (208-230/460V, 3PH, TEFC).. ...30-955 Shipping Weight: 58 lbs. Replacement Strainer Basket..........30-995

The Intelliflow VS+SVRS Pump provides a virtually fail-safe, tamper-proof entrapment protection solution. This unit meets the ASME A112,19.17 standard, thus complying with the Virginia Graeme Baker Pool and Spa Safety Act SVRS requirements. These SVRS protection functions can't be disabled. Features a 2" FPT suction inlet and discharge outlet threaded connection and a clear “see thru” strainer lid. Will provide up to 110 GPM and 70' TDH at 3,450 RPM. Includes a 230-volt, single-phase motor that pulls a maximum of 16 AMPS. Requires a 20-AMP, 2-pole, 230-volt circuit breaker for operation. NSF certified and UL, ETL listed. Intelliflo FS+SVRS Pump................ 30-932 Shipping Weight: 48 lbs. Replacement Strainer Basket........ 30-995

WhisperfloXF® High-Performance Pump

NEW

JCP Commercial Polymer Pump

This self-priming polymer commercial pump with integral strainer includes a NEMA premium-efficent motor. Features all stainless steel hardware, radial-seal stariner lid, 6” ANSI flange suction and 4” ANSI flange discharge. Faster priming times that other pumps in its class. NSF Listed.

These single speed pumps are provided with a TEFC motor, stainless steel motor shaft and sealed bearing. Features extra large strainer basket and union connectors for connecting directly to 2.5" or 3" plumbing. Compatible with the Acu Drive XS VFDs. 2 HP (208-230/460, 3PH, TEFC).... 30-913 Shipping Weight: 55 lbs. 3 HP (208-230/460, 3PH, TEFC).... 30-914 Shipping Weight: 60 lbs. 5 HP (208-230, 1PH, TEFC)............. 30-917 Shipping Weight: 63 lbs. 5 HP (208-230/460, 3PH, TEFC).... 30-918 Shipping Weight: 72 lbs. Replacement Strainer Basket.........30-979

Jandy JCP Commercial Pumps Catalog Weight No. HP Voltage Phase (Lbs.) (TEFC) Totally-Enclosed Fan Cooled Motors

30-394 30-395 30-396 30-397 30-398 30-399

120

5 5 7.5 7.5 10 15

230-Volt 208-230/460 230-Volt 208-230/460 208-230/460 208-230/460

1 3 1 3 3 3

178 169 197 201 209 249

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

FILTRATION

Stark Horizontal Fiberglass Sand Filter Systems

Manway Cover with Viewport is standard on all wound filters.

STARK® FILTRATION SYSTEMS Each Stark filter tank is manufactured under the strictest quality-control procedures. The patented, integral composite fiberglass construction eliminates welds or seams that can leak, blow out, or rupture from vacuum damage. As much as 80 continuous miles of resin-impregnated fiberglass filament is wound under tension, both orbitally and circumferentially for consistent quality. The resulting tank is both lightweight and strong.

Stark fiberglass filters are designed to have a life span three to five-times longer than metal filters. Resin-rich fiberglass shells do not crack, chip, flake, or invite rust the way the enamel coatings of metal tanks do. Even the valves and piping are corrosion resistant.

Backwash Control Options

All filter systems can be provided from fully-automatic microprocessor control, semi-automatic hydraulic control or manual valves with linkage backwash controls.

Custom Configuration: Modular By Design

Standard and custom styles are available allowing for influent and effluent placement to meet any and all design requirements. There are single or multiple units, side-by-side, end-to-end, or stacked. Manway locations are provided for every need. A choice of automatic or manual controls assures efficient operation. Architects and engineers favor the Stark system because it is designed to use as little as one-fourth the floor space of other filters. The self-supporting stackable structure eliminates the need for independent framework.

NSF-listed Stark filters are designed for 100 PSI working pressure. Tanks are available in 36", 42", 48" or 60" diameters. Each tank is pressure-tested prior to shipment. And the tank is completely impervious to corrosion. Stark fiberglass systems can significantly reduce capital construction costs with their self-stacking, modular design for fast, easy installation. The corrosion and weather-resistant attributes of the units also helps to reduce annual maintenance costs. Stark’s 100 percent corrosion-resistant fiberglass filters provide the perfect solution: dependable performance with ease of operation.

STARK® Para-Pump Booster System™

Corrosion-Proof

Engineered for a Lifetime of Performance

Every Stark Fiberglass Filter tank is built to resist structural failures caused by fatigue, corrosion, and scaling. Optional ultraviolet protection is available.

This optional booster system provides consistent valve-actuation in cases where city water pressure is unreliable. Includes a 1⁄2 HP (115/230/1PH) pump wired for 115 VAC with a pressure switch factory calibrated for 35 PSI shut-off, a 2.1 gallon hydro-pneumatic tank, check valve assembly, tee assembly, 100' of 3⁄8" tubing, all required tube connection fittings and anchoring hardware. Para-Pump Booster System™......... 23-255

STARK® CS400™ Backwash Controller

This semi-automatic programmable controller can backwash up to six filter cells in sequence via the integral multiport pressure distribution valve. This controller can initiate in three ways; true semi-automatic at a touch of a button, via an external signal from a master filter room controller, or by a signal from an optional differential pressure switch. Features include user-configured settings, alarms, automatic calculated backwash cycle time and valve control to ensure pump and heater protection prior to the start of the backwash cycle. The CS400™ requires 24VAC power (transformer NOT included). CS400™ Backwash Controller........ 23-250

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

121

FILTRATION

Stark Horizontal Fiberglass Sand Filter Systems

Stark™ RS (36" Dia.) and SS (42" Dia.) Series™ Filter Systems

These corrosion proof filament-wound composite filter system vessels are arranged side-by-side with top connections and manway access on one end. Features proprietary PARACOTE® all-weather exterior coating with UV inhibitors, injection-molded laterals with reverse "V" slots and schedule 80 PVC internal manifolds. Filters are NSF 50 listed and have a 100 PSI vessel pressure rating. Each system includes fully-assembled schedule 80 PVC manifolds manway viewport, backwash valve(s), sight glass, gauges, multiport control valve, manual air relief ball valve(s) and media dump port. Available with fully-automatic, semi-automatic or manual/ linkage backwash systems. The 23-247 Automatic air relief valve can be ordered as an option. 15-year limited warranty.

Stark™ S (42" Dia.) Series™ Filter Systems

These filter system vessels can be arranged side-by-side or stacked on top of the other. Designed for Seismic Zone 4 loading without the need for additional supports or braces. Features proprietary all-weather exterior coating with UV inhibitors. Manway access can be located on either side of each vessel. Includes all required schedule 80 PVC manifold piping for field assembly. Filters are NSF 50 listed and have a 100 PSI vessel pressure rating. Each system includes manway viewport, backwash valve(s), sight glass, gauges, multiport control valve, manual air relief ball valve(s). Available with fully-automatic, semi-automatic or manual/linkage backwash systems in multiple configurations. Automatic air relief valves (23-247 and/or 23-245) can be ordered as an option. 15-year limited warranty.

These 60" diameter corrosion proof filament-wound composite filter system vessels can be arranged side-by side with top connections and manway access on one end. Features proprietary PARACOTE® all-weather exterior coating with UV inhibitors. Filters are NSF 50 listed and have a 75 PSI vessel pressure rating. Each system includes fully-assembled schedule 80 PVC manifolds, manway viewport, backwash valve(s), sight glass, gauges, multiport control valve, manual air relief ball valve(s) and media dump port. Filter vessels over 40 square feet utilize an 8” air-actuated backwash valve. Available with fully-automatic, semi-automatic or manual/linkage backwash systems. The 23-247 Automatic air relief valve can be ordered as an option. 15-year limited warranty.

Stark™ S Series™ Filtration Systems

Stark™ 5S Series™ Filtration Systems

Stark™ RS/SS Series™ Filtration Systems Model No.

Tank Dia. X Length

No. of Tanks

Filter Area (SF)

Flow Rate at 15 GPM/SF)

RS1-60-04 RS1-72-04 RS2-60-06 RS2-72-06 RS3-60-06 RS3-72-06 RS4-60-06 RS4-60-06

36" x 60" 36" x 72" 36" x 60" 36" x 72" 36" x 60" 36" x 72" 36" x 60" 36" x 72"

1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4

13.5 17.2 27 34.4 40.5 51.6 54 68.8

Model No.

Tank Dia. X Length

No. of Tanks

Filter Area (SF)

Flow Rate at 15 GPM/SF)

Model No.

Tank Dia. X Length

No. of Tanks

Filter Area (SF)

Flow Rate at 15 GPM/SF)

203 258 405 516 608 774 810 1032

S1-48 S1-72 S1-96 S1-120 S1-144 S2-48 S2-72 S2-96 S2-120

42" X 48" 42" X 72" 42" X 96" 42" X 120" 42" X 144" 42" X 48" 42" X 72" 42" X 96" 42" X 120"

1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2

13.5 20 27 35 41 27 40 54 70

203 300 405 525 615 405 600 810 1050

5S1-30-06 5S1-35-06 5S1-40-06 5S1-45-08 5S1-50-08 5S2-30-08 5S2-35-08 5S2-40-08 5S2-45-08

60" X 78" 60" X 90" 60" X 102" 60" X 114" 60" X 126" 60" X 78" 60" X 90" 60" X 102" 60" X 114"

1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2

30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90

450 525 600 675 750 900 1050 1200 1350

203 300 405 405 600 810 608 900 1215 810 1200 1620

S2-144 S3-48 S3-72 S3-96 S3-120 S3-144 S4-48 S4-72 S4-96 S4-120 S4-144

42" X 144" 42" X 48" 42" X 72" 42" X 96" 42" X 120" 42" X 144" 42" X 48" 42" X 72" 42" X 96" 42" X 120" 42" X 144"

2 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4

82 40.5 60 81 105 123 54 80 108 140 164

1230 608 900 1215 1575 1845 810 1200 1620 2100 2460

5S2-50-10 5S3-35-06 5S3-40-06 5S3-45-08 5S3-50-08 5S4-30-06 5S4-35-06 5S4-40-06 5S4-45-08 5S4-50-08

60" X 126" 60" X 90" 60" X 102" 60" X 114" 60" X 126" 60" X 78" 60" X 90" 60" X 102" 60" X 114" 60" X 126"

2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4

100 105 120 135 150 120 140 160 180 200

1500 1575 1800 2025 2250 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000

Stark™ SS Series™ Filtration Systems SS1-48-04 SS1-72-06 SS1-96-06 SS2-48-04 SS2-72-06 SS2-96-06 SS3-48-04 SS3-72-06 SS3-96-06 SS4-48-04 SS4-72-06 SS4-96-06

42" X 48" 42" X 72" 42" X 96" 42" X 48" 42" X 72" 42" X 96" 42" X 48" 42" X 72" 42" X 96" 42" X 48" 42" X 72" 42" X 96"

1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4

13.5 20 27 27 40 54 40.5 60 81 54 80 108

Stark™ 5S (60" Dia.) Series™ Filter Systems

Note: Additional sizes and configurations available.

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND PRICING. 800.428.3254 122

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

FILTRATION

Stark Filter Replacement Parts

STARK® FILTRATION SYSTEMS

CM200 Manual Controller............. 23-235 Replacement Controller. Simply turn the knob to backwash each filter cell. (A=1, B=2, C=3, D=4, E=5, F=6) 10" L Stark Filter Lateral................. 23-205 3.5" L Stark Filter Lateral................ 23-206

6" Grey 3-Way Backwash Valve..... 22-238 23-218

23-220

23-222

Stark Filter Replacement Gauges

These liquid-filled heavy-duty gauges have 1⁄4" NPT back-mounts and include all required mounting hardware. Influent Pressure Gauge.................. 23-218 Effluent Pressure Gauge................ 23-220 Multi-Port Pressure Gauge............. 23-222

Re-build Kit for 6" Valve...................23-233

23-225

23-227

Internal Tank Diverter......................23-207

23-228

23-229 23-230

Stark Hydraulic Connection Fittings

Multi-Port Valve Assembly............. 23-242 (A = 1, B = 2, C=3, D = 4, E = 6 Tanks)

2" NPT Sight Glass.......................... 23-239

These quick-connect fittings are used in the Stark automatic and semi-automatic backwash controls, gauges and automatic air relief systems. Quick-Connect Brass Fitting.......... 23-225 1⁄4" MNPT x 3/8" O.D. Commonly used on Stark multiport valves. Quick-Connect Elbow Fitting..........23-227 1⁄4" MNPT x 3-3/8" O.D. Commonly used on Stark valves. Quick-Connect Fitting..................... 23-228 1⁄4" FNPT x 3/8" O.D. Commonly used on gauges and inlet side of Stark check valves. Quick Union Elbow Fitting............. 23-229 3/8" O.D. Commonly used on Stark 6" slide valves. Quick-Connect Tee Fitting.............. 23-230 3/8" O.D. Commonly used on tubing where a branch is required such as water supply to multiport valve and gauge.

Stark Filter Man-Way O-Ring........... 23-231

4" Grooved Coupling...................... 23-240 6" Grooved Coupling....................... 23-241

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

123

FILTRATION

Vertical Commercial Sand Filters B

Vertical Fiberglass Sand Filters

Shown with 4-Valve Manifold and Support Kit.

These vertical high rate sand filtration tanks are manufactured using CNC controlled filament winding equipment. The tanks are constructed with a dual laminate process consisting of a non-continuous strand and roving inner structure combined with a filament wound outer structure. The tanks’ superior construction is resistant to fatigue associated with operational cycling, corrosion and scaling and will provide decades of reliable service. These vertical filters are designed for 50 psi operating pressures and offer a 10year warranty. The filter(s) come standard with an overhead distribution assembly, lower collection assembly, 16" manway, flanged influent/effluent ports, manual air vent, influent/effluent pressure gauge, and a media/water drain combination port. The filters are NSF listed with single tank flows up to 700 GPM at 15 GPM/ SF. The tanks ship fully assembled with an imbedded U.V. protection for outdoor installations. Options including standard and custom manifold systems, supports, linkages, automatic backwash control systems and filter media can be purchased separately.

Astral Standard Bed Vertical Commercial Sand Filtration Systems Cu.Ft.

1⁄8" - 1⁄4"

Recreonics Catalog Number

Tank Diameter (Inches)

Port Sizes (Inches)

Filter Area Ft2

Filter/BW Rate 15 in GPM

Gravel Ft3 Gravel - 14

#20 Sand Ft3

Approx. Ship Wt. Lbs.

Overall Height "A" (Inches)

Overall Width "B" (Inche)s

Floor to Outlet "C" (Inches)

Inlet to Outlet "D" (Inches)

Overall Width "E" (Inches)

22-600 22-601 22-602 22-603 22-604 22-605 22-606 22-607 22-608 22-610

42.0 47.0 47.0 55.0 63.0 63.0 71.0 79.0 86.0 93.0

3.0 3.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0

9.26 12.16 12.16 16.58 21.64 21.64 27.34 33.80 40.30 46.72

138.9 182.4 182.4 248.7 324.6 324.6 410.1 507.0 604.5 700.8

4.0 6.2 6.2 10.0 15.0 15.0 16.5 23.5 38.5 40.0

21.0 30.5 30.5 42.0 47.5 47.5 62.0 84.0 137.5 143.0

292 428 428 463 681 681 693 818 1,168 1,669

66.1 71.3 71.3 69.6 73.3 73.3 73.8 81.3 108.0 100.0

42.6 48.3 48.3 56.3 64.3 64.3 72.3 80.3 87.3 93.3

20.0 22.4 22.4 23.0 26.8 26.8 28.4 31.1 40.0 38.0

25.2 25.2 25.2 24.0 20.3 20.3 18.3 20.1 26.0 23.6

47.5 52.4 53.1 61.1 69.1 68.3 76.3 84.3 91.3 97.3

22-598 22-599

42.0 47.0

2.5 3.0

9.26 12.16

138.9 182.4

50.5 54.6

42.6 48.3

20.0 22.4

10.8 12.2

47.5 52.4

42" and 47" Shallow Bed Filters

4.0 6.2

12.4 20.6

292 330

Commercial Filter Manifolds and Support Kits (Single Tank) Filter Tank Catalog Number

22-598 22-599 22-600 22-601 22-602 22-603 22-604 22-605 22-606 22-607 22-608 22-610

124

Tank Diameter (Inches)

Inlet/Outlet Port Size (Inches)

4-Valve Manifolds

42.0 47.0 42.0 47.0 47.0 55.0 63.0 63.0 71.0 79.0 86.0 93.0

3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0

22-618 22-619 22-620 22-621 22-622 22-623 22-624 22-625 22-626 22-627 22-628 22-629

Dual Tank Manifolds/Linkages

Sinle Level Linkage

Manifold Support Kit (Requires 2)

Inlet/Outlet Port Size (Inches)

2-Valve Manifold System

Single Lever Linkage Dual Tank

22-640 22-641 22-642 22-643 22-644 22-645 22-646 22-647 22-648 22-649 22-650 22-651

22-634 22-635 22-635 22-635 22-636 22-636 22-636 22-637 22-637 22-637 22-637 22-637

3" 4" 6" 8"

22-670 22-671 22-672 22-673

N/A 22-644 22-645 22-646

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

FILTRATION

Horizontal Hi-Rate Sand Filter THS Series Horizontal Hi-Rate Sand Filter

The THS filter is a NSF-approved 50-psi rated tank with flow rates up to 535 gallons per minute. The filter shell is manufactured from a unique and lasting composite laminate design that makes winding unnecessary. What really makes this THS filter stand out is its appearance.

Single Tank Manifold Kit..................22-379 Dual Tank Manifold Kit.................... 22-380 Single Tank Manifold for 34X61.... 22-392 Dual Tank Manifold for 34X61....... 22-393 (All kits above utilize Butterfly Valves.) Wedge Anchor Kit............................ 22-384

Recreonics Catalog Number

Tank Size

Filter Area (Sq. Ft.)

Flow Rate (15 GPM/Sq.Ft.)

Sand/Grave (Pounds)

22-378

34"D x 61"L

13.5

203

1,250/300

22-370

34"D x 84"L

19.0

285

1,350/600

22-372

42"D x 72"L

19.7

295

2,100/500

22-374

42"D x 84"L

23.2

348

2,400/600

22-376

42"D x 96"L

26.7

400

2,800/700

Manual Air Relief Kit........................ 22-385 Diaphragm Valve Kit (Single Tank)...................................... 22-381 Diaphragm Valve Kit (Dual 34").......................................... 22-382

Diaphragm Valve Kit (Dual 42")...........................................22-383 Single Tank Auto Backwash........... 22-388 Dual Tank Auto Backwash............. 22-389 Single Tank Semi-Auto Backwash.22-390 Dual Tank Semi-Auto Backwash.... 22-391

Jandy SFHT Horizontal Sand Filters

These filters are fabricated with a HD 5-layer laminated Isophthalic laminate applied radially and axially for maximum strength. Robotic hole placement ensures an exact fit of plumbing flanges. Features large 16” round access hatch with clear viewport. Proprietary laterals load and unload media more effectively, aiding in fast, efficient backwash cycles. Generous drain outlet speeds media replacement.

Jandy Commercial Vertical High Rate Sand Filters Catalog No.

Filter Diameter

Tank Length

Flange Conn.

Filter Area (SF)

Max Flow at 15 GPM/SF

22-850 22-851 22-852 22-853 22-854 22-855

34" 34" 34" 42" 42" 42"

61" 72" 84" 72" 84" 96"

4" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6"

13.5 15.3 19.3 21.0 23.0 26.0

203 230 290 315 345 390

Sand (Lbs.)

Tank Weight

1,400 780 1,600 865 2,000 925 2,700 1,105 3,100 1,200 3,200 2,555

Pre-Plumbed Manifold Kits

Save time and effort with these pre-plumbed manifolds. Specifically designed to maximize flow. Field-configurable for left or right plumbing 4,5, and 7-valve models to cover single or multiple tanks. Includes heavy-duty Cepex butterfly valves ANSI-150 flanged connections and linkage kits.

Jandy Manifold Systems with Linkage Catalog No.

Filter Size

No. of Tanks

No. of Valves

Flange Conn.

Shipping Weight

22-860 22-861 22-862 22-863 22-864 22-865 22-866 22-867 22-868 22-869 22-870 22-871

34 x 61 34 x 72 34 x 84 42 x 72 42 x 84 42 x 96 34 x 61 34 x 72/84 42 x 72/84/96 34 x 61 34 x 72/84 42 x 72/84/96

1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3

4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 7 7 7

4" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6"

214.1 342.4 347.4 329.7 329.8 348.8 403.8 533.1 539.6 716.7 898.2 990.3

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

125

FILTRATION

Hi-Rate Sand Filters

FullFloXF™ High Performance Valve Triton C Series Hi-Rate Sand Filter

The Triton C Series fiberglass filters are designed for a maximum operation pressure of 50 PSI. A unique internal design levels the sand bed and produces an even water flow. The filters feature 2" threaded bulkhead fittings and includes a manual air relief valve, pressure gauge and 2" drain for winterization. Multiport valves or valve adapters are sold separately. 30" Commercial Sand Filter............ 22-019 (4.91 sq. ft.) Weight: 65 lbs. Requires 600 lbs. #20 Silica Sand. 36" Commercial Sand Filter........... 22-020 (7.06 sq. ft.) Weight: 82 lbs. Requires 925 lbs. #20 Silica Sand. Replacement Pressure Gauge....... 32-403 (With backwash indicator.)

Triton C-3 Hi-Rate Sand Filter

The Triton C-3 Series fiberglass filters are designed for a maximum operation pressure of 50 PSI. A unique internal design levels the sand bed and produces an even water flow. The filters feature 3" flanged connections and includes a manual air relief valve, pressure gauge and 2" drain for winterization. Flanges, gaskets, hardware and valves are sold separately. 30" Triton Sand Filter...................... 22-029 (4.91 sq. ft.) Weight: 65 lbs. Requires 600 lbs. #20 Silica Sand. 36" Commercial Sand Filter............22-027 (7.06 sq. ft.) Weight: 82 lbs. Requires 925 lbs. #20 Silica Sand. Replacement Pressure Gauge....... 32-403 (With backwash indicator.)

This PVC valve has near zero pressure loss across the valve which significantly reduces the amount of energy required by a filtration system. The FullFloXF™ backwash valve easily retrofits to all Pentair Triton sand filters. Feature 2.5" ID and 3" O.D. connections and large comfort grip handle. FullFloXF™ Backwash Valve............22-577

Replacement Pressure Gauge

This unique replacement pressure gauge for all Triton filters features a unique backwash indicator that helps you track when backwashing is required. Replacement Pressure Gauge....... 32-403

2" Hi-Flow Multiport Valve Kit

This hi-flow multiport valve kit is constructed of solid, injection-molded PVC and features a full six-position, positive lock operation. Includes a one-piece handle and a special position for valve winterization. The 2" bulkhead fittings connect directly to the bulkhead fittings on the Triton C filters. 2" Hi-Flow Multiport Valve Kit........22-575 Weight: 8 lbs.

126

2" Multiport Valve Kit for Triton Filters

This side-mounted multiport valve is designed for maximum performance and working pressures. Features a heavy-duty PVC body, six-position, and positive-lock operation with special winterizing position. Includes 2" bulkhead threaded connections and see-through sight glass. 2" Multiport Valve Kit...................... 22-032

Valve Adapter Kits

The adapter kits are used for installations where a multiport valve is not utilized. They convert the threaded bulkhead fittings on the filter tanks to standard slip or threaded connections for manifolds with manual valves. Slip Connection Adapter Kit...........22-578 (For 1-1⁄2" or 2" Slip Connections) Threaded Conn. Adapter Kit...........22-579 (For 2" Threaded Connections)

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

FILTRATION

Hi-Rate Sand, D.E. Filters, Alternate Media NEW

AlphaCel® Swimming Pool Filteraid

AlphaCel® is a “green” swimming pool filtering media that can replace diatomaceous earth. Cellulose fibers are extracted from wood pulp to create a filter media with no safety warnings for handling or disposal. AlphaCel is easy to apply on filters and does not wear parts. It can improve water clarity and extend filter cycle time. AlphaCel® (25lb. Bag)………………...51-806 AlphaCel® (40- 25lb. Skid)…………..51-808 All AlphaCel® – except for (1) 25 lb. bag must ship via motor freight.

Hayward HCF Wound Vertical Filters The bobbin wound models filters deliver top-tier performance and durability for commercial pools. NSF 50 Listed, (5-20 GPM/SF), these filters feature UV-protected gel coats and corrosion-resistant fiberglass construction. Multi-diffuser heads and oversized laterals ensure optimal filtration. Features flanged connections a 5-year warranty. 42” Dia. HCF Filter, 3” Flange....... 22-052 (9.83 Sq. Ft.), Shipping Weight: 225 Lbs. Requires 225 lbs. gravel and 1,400 lbs. sand. 48” Dia. HCF Filter,3” Flange........ 22-053 (13.40 Sq. Ft.), Shipping Weight: 276 Lbs. Requires 600 lbs. gravel and 2.250 lbs. sand. 55” Dia. HCF Filter, 4” Flange....... 22-054 (16.94 Sq. Ft.), Shipping Weight: 600 Lbs. Requires 500 lbs. gravel and 5.300 lbs. sand. 63” Dia. HCF Filter, 6” Flange....... 22-055 (21.64 Sq. Ft.), Shipping Weight: 700 Lbs. Requires 850 lbs. gravel and 6.800 lbs. sand.

3” Multi-Port Valve Kit……………………22-047 For 22-052 and 22-053. Includes required piping and bulkhead fittings. 4” Multi-Port Valve Kit……………………22-048 For 22-054 and 22-055. Includes required piping and bulkhead fittings.

Quad D.E.® Filter

Quad D.E.® fiberglass filters provide the highest water clarity that is delivered by a diatomaceous earth filter with ease of cleaning typically experienced with cartridge filters. Four easily accessible and removable D.E. cartridges greatly increases the filter’s cleaning capacity. Cleaning couldn’t be easier. In fact, you have three options: backwash and recharge like a traditional D.E. filter, remove and rinse off the cartridges, or simply remove the lid, leave the cartridges in place, open the drain plug, and rinse. The filter has both manual air relief valve and a continuous internal air relief system to maintain efficient filtration. Features 2" diameter plumbing connections and a 1-1⁄2" bottom drain. 80 S.F. Quad D.E. Filter................... 22-552 Weight: 69 lbs. 100 S.F. Quad D.E. Filter................. 22-554 Weight: 78 lbs. 2" High-Flow MultiPort Valve Kit....22-575 Weight: 8 lbs.

NOTE: Replacement elements available for all pressure D.E. filters, including PAC FAB, Purex, Sta-Rite, SwimQuip, Hayward, & American Products.

Zeobrite® Molecular Sieve Filter Media

Zeolite is a naturally occurring mineral formed millions of years ago. Viewed under an electron microscope, the granules reveal void spaces as small as 3 microns. Small particles are trapped in the void spaces. Molecular sieving occurs when water contaminants such as ammonia and chloramines are adsorbed and chemically locked onto the zeolite granules. The combination of physical entrapment of fine particles and molecular sieving of contaminants makes zeolite a superb water filtration media and produces superior water clarity compared to regular sand media. Best of all, Zeobrite lasts just as long as sand. And when it’s finally time for replacement, all natural Zeobrite can be mixed into your garden soil, planter boxes or spread over your lawn as a natural soil enhancer. Zeolite (50 lb. Bag)........................... 21-208

Sand just can’t filter like Zeobrite!

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

127

FILTRATION

Filter Elements, Grids and Replacement Covers

Bottom Outlet Vacuum Filter Grids

These grids are precision vacuum-formed from quality polystryrene plastic. Covers are made from durable custom woven monofilament polypropylene featuring a velcro closure. Grids can be purchased as a complete assembly with cover and gasket or grid only. 24" x 45" Complete Assembly........ 29-100 30" x 36" Complete Assembly........ 29-102 38" x 48" Complete Assembly........ 29-104 30" x 60" Complete Assembly........ 29-106 24" x 45" Grid Only......................... 29-240 30" x 36" Grid Only......................... 29-242 38" x 48" Grid Only......................... 29-244 30" x 60" Grid Only......................... 29-246

Double Suction Side Vacuum Filter Grids

Outlet for these grids are located at the top of the short sides. 30" x 36" Complete Assembly....... 29-060 30" x 60" Complete Assembly........ 29-061 30" x 36" Grid Only......................... 29-262 30" x 60" Grid Only......................... 29-266

Element Replacement Covers

Made of heavy-duty woven monofilament linear polypropylene. Edges are sealed to prevent raveling. Furnished with velcro closures of easy-on, easy-off field replacement.

Bottom Outlet Covers

24" x 45"........................................... 29-203 30" x 36"........................................... 29-200 38" x 48"........................................... 29-202 30" x 60"........................................... 29-204

Side Outlet Cover

24" x 45"........................................... 29-068 30" x 36"........................................... 29-066 30" x 60"........................................... 29-070 38" x 48"............................................ 29-071

Double Suction Side Outlet Covers 30" x 36"............................................29-074 30" x 60"............................................29-078 36" Bowser-Keene Star Core Filter Sock.......................................... 29-081

Center Drain Elements

Side Outlet Vacuum Filter Grids

Outlets are located on short side of grid. Specify center height, corner height and offset distance when ordering. 24" x 45" Complete Assembly....... 29-050 30" x 36" Complete Assembly....... 29-052 38" x 48" Complete Assembly....... 29-054 30" x 60" Complete Assembly....... 29-056

Often referred to as “filter discs,” these center drain leaves are fabricated for absolute rigidity. Features corrugated channel patterns and internal reinforcement. Thermoplastic washers are permanently bonded to the element. 30" x 4-1⁄2" hub.................................. 29-108 26" x 4-1⁄2" hub...................................29-110 14-1⁄2" x 11⁄2" hub.................................29-112 14-1⁄2" x 2" hub....................................29-114 24" x 3" hub........................................29-115

SwimQuip Grids

18" x 16-1⁄2" Grid.................................29-116 18" x 22" Grid..................................... 29-117 18" x 19-1⁄4" (offset) Grid....................29-118 Brass Rod............................................29-119 Brass Wing Nut..................................29-121

Replacement Circular Covers, Discs & Spacers

Made of heavy-duty linear monofilament polypropylene. All edges are sealed to prevent raveling. Specify Velcro® or zipper closures. 30" Dia. Cover.................................. 29-206 26" Dia. Cover.................................. 29-208 24" Dia. Cover.................................. 29-209 16" Dia. Disc...................................... 29-210 19" Dia. Disc with 2" Hub................. 29-214 (For Pac Fab Filter Only) 3" x 1-1⁄2" Spacer (Paddock)............ 29-030 1-1⁄2" SwimQuip Spacer.................... 29-031 Paddock 3" Discharge End............. 29-032 Paddock 3" Closed End.................. 29-033 19" Dia. Cover with 2.5 Hub........... 29-034

CALL TOLL-FREE TODAY AND ALLOW A RECREONICS SALES CONSULTANT TO HELP YOU 128

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

FILTRATION

Cartridge Filtration Harmsco Betterfilter Cartridge Filters

Recreonics and Harmsco have teamed up to provide the superior Betterfilter cartridge filter. Constructed of low carbon 304 stainless steel with a brilliant corrosion-resistant finish, these filters will give long runs with little maintenance. Each tank is even warranted for ten years! The actual filtering is done by Harmsco

Super-Tuf Six cartridges. They give you superior water clarity through controlled porosity and are ready for action the minute they’re installed…requiring little maintenance thereafter. A filter flow rate of .2 gallons per minute per square foot provides the most efficient dirt-holding capacity and the longest filter runs. At this rate, each cartridge has the capacity of 1.2 gallons per minute. Each Betterfilter is tested and approved by the National Sanitation Foundation. The Betterfilter requires no complicated piping and no backwash disposal. To clean, simply remove the cartridges and hose down. Betterfilters are perfect for replacing older sand filters or diatomaceous earth filters. Refer to accompanying chart for selection and ordering information. Harmsco filters are ideal for filter renovations. A common problem of filter renovations is demolishing and removing the existing filters from the filter room, and installing the new filters without removing doors or tearing out walls. Harmsco cartridge filters are so compact, in many cases they can be brought in through an existing doorway and installed right next to the old filter without having to remove it.

How To Select A Harmsco Filter PRODUCT NO.

FILTER NSF 6 HOUR NO. OF AREA Approx. GPM GALLON CARTRIDGES (Sq. Ft.) MAX. CAP. TURNOVER

HEIGHT

FLOOR SPACE

PIPE IN &OUT WEIGHT

24-011

168

22680

30"

18" x 18"

82 lbs

24-012

252

94.5

34020

40"

18" x 18"

101 lbs.

24-013

336

126

45360

52"

18" x 18"

125 lbs.

24-014

450

168.75

60750

42"

20" x 20"

169 lbs.

24-015

100

600

225

81000

52"

20" x 20"

195 lbs

24-016*

150

900

337.5

121500

48"

28" x 28"

285 lbs.

24-017*

200

1200

450

162000

58"

28" x 28"

326 lbs

*These units feature flanged connections.

Harmsco Replacement Parts Harmsco #202 1⁄2" Wing Nut.......... 25-250 For all Betterfilter Cartridge Filters Harmsco #622 Cartridge Lifter...... 25-251 For Harmsco Betterfilter BF252 Harmsco #623 Cartridge Lifter..... 25-252 For Harmsco Betterfilter BF336 Harmsco #625 Centering Rod....... 25-253 For all Betterfilter Cartridge Filters Harmsco #639 Bottom Seal........... 25-254 For all Betterfilter Cartridge Filters Harmsco #653 Top Seal................. 25-255 For Harmsco Betterfilter BF900 and BF1200 Harmsco #671 Top Seal.................. 25-256 For Harmsco Betterfilter BF450 and BF600

Jack’s Formula Multilube

A unique lubricant and protecting agent where water is present. Designed to eliminate rust and corrosion. For use on all metal parts or gaskets exposed to water, salt, pool chemicals or constant water pressure. Reduces wear by 80%. Jack’s Formula Multilube................. 10-564 (1 oz. Tube)

Modular Media Filter

This Ultra Capacity Filtration System™ has a dirt-holding capacity that can be up to 3 times greater than other filters in equivalent-sized tanks. As a result, you enjoy virtually maintenance-free operation. The unique “filter within a filter“ design uses all areas of the filtration media equally. By maximizing the filtering capacity, this design lets you enjoy extended time between cleanings. Modular Media Filter-300 sq. ft..... 24-340 Shipping Weight: 120 lbs. Modular Media Filter-400 sq. ft..... 24-342 Shipping Weight: 125 lbs. Modular Media Filter-450 sq. ft...... 24-341 Shipping Weight: 147 lbs. Modular Media Filter-500 sq. ft......24-343 Shipping Weight: 150 lbs.

Replacement Modules for Modular Media Filter 100 SF Inner Replacement Module for 24-340......................................... 24-360 Shipping Weight: 9 lbs. 200 SF Outer Replacement Module for 24-340.......................................... 24-361 Shipping Weight: 21 lbs. 191 SF Inner Replacement Module or 24-341........................................... 24-362 Shipping Weight: 18 lbs. 259 SF Outer Replacement Module or 24-341............................................24-363 Shipping Weight: 27 lbs. 136 SF Inner Replacement Module for 24-342......................................... 24-364 Shipping Weight: 13 lbs. 264 SF Outer Replacement Module for 24-342......................................... 24-365 Shipping Weight: 18 lbs. 209 SF Inner Replacement Module for 24-343......................................... 24-366 Shipping Weight: 19 lbs. 291 SF Outer Replacement Module or 24-343...........................................24-367 Shipping Weight: 32 lbs.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

129

FILTRATION

ALL

Replacement Cartridges, Filter Flosser

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

Clean and Restore Your Filtration Equipment Mineral scale, minerals, rust and oils quickly build up inside virtually any type of filter. Standard backwashing cleaning does not properly remove these deposits thus filter

runs become shorter and shorter or the quality of filtration deteriorates. Chemical action is necessary to breakdown and remove these deposits and restore filtration

equipment to original condition. We have developed cleaning systems which will easily and quickly remove deposits from the filter without damage to the equipment.

Replacement Cartridges

Recreonics stocks a wide range of specialty cartridges for virtually any swimming pool application. A few of the standard sizes and shapes are pictured and the most commonly used are listed below. Since removal of backwash water has become a problem in many communities, cartridge filtration has been used for most spa installations. Below we list a few of the replacement cartridges for filters you may find in your facility. If you don’t see a replacement listed here please call and we will find a replacement for your particular need. Catalog Number

Size

Fits

70-831 70-832 70-830 70-836 70-838 70-839 24-062 24-064 24-066 24-068 25-011 25-012 25-013 25-003 24-081 24-082 24-083 24-084

20 sq. ft. 25 sq. ft. 50 sq. ft. 75 sq. ft. 80 sq. ft. 100 sq. ft. 50 sq. ft. 70 sq. ft. 100 sq. ft. 135 sq. ft. 55 sq. ft. 105 sq. ft. 155 sq. ft. 6 sq. ft. 60 sq. ft. 80 sq. ft. 105 sq. ft. 125 sq. ft.

Hayward C-225 Filter Hayward C-250 Filter Hayward C-500 Filter Hayward C-750 Filter Hayward C-800 Filter Hayward C-1100 Filter Sta-Rite 50TX Filter Sta-Rite 70TX Filter Sta-Rite 100TX Filter Sta-Rite 135TX Filter Harmsco 55 Filter Harmsco 105 Filter Harmsco 155 Filter Harmsco 42-1200 Filter Pentair Clean and Clear Pentair Clean and Clear Pentair Clean and Clear Pentair Clean and Clear

Super-Tuf 6 Replacement Cartridges The new polyester replacement cartridge is

built to out-perform any cartridge made. Long lasting and chemical resistant, they offer six square feet of filter area per cart ridge. They are 20 micron rated, and measure 93⁄4" x 23⁄4" O.D. to fit Harmsco, Swim Quip and most other cartridge filters. Super-Tuf 6 Replacement Cartridge Filter......... 25-003 Weight: 8 oz.

Filter Flosser Cartridge Cleaner

The Filter Flosser is a well made, cost effective, ergonomically designed and eco-friendly cartridge filter cleaning tool. The reason the Filter Flosser works so well is that the nozzles maximize water volume and provides focused, evenly distributed water spray that gets between the pleats of the cartridge. Fabricated out of polished aluminium and will connect to any standard garden hose. Reduces both cleaning time and water usage by at least 50%. Filter Flosser...................................... 10-575 Shipping Weight: 2 lbs.

REPLACEMENT CARTRIDGES ARE IN STOCK AND READY TO SHIP OUT NEXT DAY!

130

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

NOTE: Many pool operators find it most convenient to keep two complete sets of Super-Tuf cartridges on hand. When one set gets dirty, simply pop the second set into the filter and clean the dirty set when time is available. This eliminates filter down-time and saves on maintenance expense.

WATER TREATMENT

ALL

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

Granular Stabilized Chlorine (Sodium Dichloroisocyanurate)

Sanitizers, Cyanuric Acid, pH Balance Chemicals, D.E Giant Stabilized Chlorine Tablet (Trichloroisocyanuric Acid)

Sodium Carbonate (Soda Ash) These chlorinating concentrates have a high available chlorine content and contains a built-in stabilizer to reduce the decrease of sanitation power that sunlight can cause. The quick-dissolving formula provides effective chlorination and unlike calcium hypochlorite, it won’t add scaleforming and water-clouding minerals to your pool. Available in 25 and 50 Ib. pails. Chlorine Concentrate 25 Ib................................................... 50-199 50 Ib................................................... 50-201

Ideal for most chlorine feeders and floaters, easy-to-use, 3" giant size tablets have the sanitizing power and built-in chlorine stabilizers to reduce loss due to sunlight. 3" Tabletized Chlorine (Trichloro) 50 lb. Pail........................................... 50-210

Soda ash or sodium carbonate shouldbe used to adjust the level of the pH. pH levels should be maintained between (7.2 to 7.6). Sodium Ash (50 lb. Bag).................. 50-125

Sodium Bicarbonate Granular Calcium Hypochlorite

Brominating Products For Pools

These brominating products offer you an exciting alternative to chlorinating products. They come in easy-to-use tablets and are one of the most reliable forms of pool water sanitation available. But even more than convenience, the brominating tablets’ unique formula gives you a clean and clear pool without the eye and skin irritation or that unpleasant chlorine odor. Plus, while other sanitizers’ effectiveness is lessened by pH and temperature swings, bromine continues to kill bacteria. Bromine Tablets, 25 Ib. Pail............ 50-014 Bromine Tablets, 50 Ib. Pail........... 50-002

NOTE: All chemicals over 25 lbs. will ship via motor freight.

This dry granular chlorine contains 68% available chlorine. Dissolves fast for effective sanitation. It is convenient, easy to handle, doesn’t require expensive or large storage tanks and does not lose strength during storage. Granular Calcium Hypochlorite 100 lb. Drum......................................50-100

Sodium bicarbonate should be used to raise the level of alkalinity. Use sodium bicarbonate to raise the total alkalinity level to the desired range and then use Soda Ash to further correct the pH level. Alkalinity should be maintained between (80-120 ppm). 1.4 lbs. of sodium bicarbonate raises total alkalinity 10 ppm in 10,000 gallons of water. Sodium Bicarbonate (50 lb. Bag)... 50-130

Conditioner (Cyanuric Acid)

Conditioner prepares your pool to effectively use and preserve its chlorine residual and stabilizes your pool against UV degradations. Check with your local board of health for allowable levels. Conditioner (50 lb. Pail)................... 50-104

Diatomaceous Earth

(D.E.) is made up of tiny fossilized skeletons of small sea plankton that trap undissolved material. Diatomaceous Earth (50 lb. Bag)….51-750

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

131

WATER TREATMENT

Specialty and Enzyme Chemicals

Pro Series ProZymes - Pool

Reduces the build-up of non-living organic contamination. Increases filter run cycles by breaking down non-living filter clogging grime and grunge caused by sunscreens, lotions, body oils. Reduces scrubbing and brushing of tile/gutter line. Pro Series ProZymes - Pool (5-gallon).............................................51-514 Dosage Rate: 1 oz. per 2,000 gallons

Pro Series ProZymes - Spa

Specifically formulated for high bather loads in hot water environments. This unique concentrated formula powerfully biodegrades contaminants such as: body oils, cosmetics, lotions and other non-living organics. Regular use will reduce or eliminate the most common maintenance challenges that operators face including waterline rings, foaming, cloudiness, odors, loading/short cycling of the filter, and premature water change outs. Pro Series ProZymes - Spa (5-gallon)............................................ 51-520 Dosage Rate: 1 oz. per 100 gallons

Pro Series Pro Blend

Regular pool maintenance is easy with PRO SERIES Pro Blend. The outstanding benefits of the SMARTZyme™ technology are combined with our industry leading phosphate removal technology. Continually removes phosphates from pool water and reduces overall maintenance. Pro Series Pro Blend (5-gallon).......51-519 Dosage Rate: 5 oz. per 10,000 gallons

Pool First Aid

This is a pool problem solver. It gets rid of waterline ring, cloudy water, clogging filters and unpleasant odors with no scrubbing. It also includes a clarifier for quicker results. Pool First Aid (2L/67.7 oz).................51-510 Dosage Rate: 2 oz. per 1,000 gallons

51-529

Clean & Perfect

PRO SERIES® Stain & Scale Control™

PHOSfree® Extra Strength

Quickly reduces high phosphate levels. PHOSfree® X-Strength (3L/101.5 oz)...................................... 51-523

132

Protects pools from the damaging effects of scale buildup and staining due to excessive calcium, iron, copper and other minerals. Prevents scale from forming on chlorine generator cells and UV crystal lens in order to help maintain optimum performance. PRO SERIES Stain & Scale Control can be used with most sanitizing systems (do not use with biguanides) and is compatible with all pool surfaces. Stain & Scale Control (5-Gallon)......51-518

This naturally based enzyme cleaner is perfect for skimmers, furniture covers, and more. Clean & Perfect ................................ 51-529 (24 oz. Trigger Spray)

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

WATER TREATMENT

ALL

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

Specialty Chemicals

Basic Water Chemistry Correct water chemistry depends on balancing seven principal factors: 1. Total Alkalinity – Without a proper balance of total alkalinity, wild fluctuations of PH may occur. Total alkalinity is raised by adding sodium bicarbonate, or lowered by adding sodium bisulfate or muriatic acid. Proper Range (80-120 ppm) 2. pH – When pH is not balanced, bathers experience discomfort, equipment deteriorates and chlorine is rendered useless. pH is raised by adding soda ash or caustic soda and is lowered by adding sodium bisulfate or muriatic acid. Proper Range (7.2 – 7.6)

Oxy-Brite

This non-chlorine shock creates sparkling water and shock treats all in one step. Effective in chlorine and bromine pools. Allows for swimming immediately after application. 5 lb. Bottle..........................................51-201 20 lb. Pail........................................... 51-202 50 lb. Drum........................................ 51-203

3. Calcium Hardness – Without a proper balance of calcium hardness, calcium is leached from pool surfaces, or deposited on equipment. Calcium hardness is raised by adding calcium chloride. Proper Range (200-400 ppm) 4. Free Available Chlorine – When any chlorine compound is added to water, the percentage of strength is dependent on pH. At a pH of 7.0, a full 75% of the chlorine is in the active form of hypochlorous acid; at a pH of 7.5, only 48% is hypochlorous acid; and at 8.0, only 22%. Proper Range (1.0-3.0 ppm) 5. Combined Available Chlorine – When free active chlorine reacts with ammonia, organic nitrogen compounds and other contaminates in the pool water, chloramines are formed. Chloramines are not an effective disinfectant and are actually the cause of most eye irritation and odor problems. The prescence of combined chlorine can be removed by the addition of 10 ppm free available chlorine per ppm of combined chlorine or the use of other shocking agents. 6. Total Dissolved Solids – The total amount of all material dissolved in the pool water. As water is reused and material is added, a load develops that can become excessive to efficient operation and balance. The only proper cure is dilution with fresh make-up water. Proper Range (Should not exceed 1500 ppm) 7. Temperature – For swimming pools maintained within a range of 75º to 90º degrees F, The temperature factor is not important in proper water balance.

Algimycin 2000

This E.P.A. registered algaecide is so powerful it kills, prevents and controls black, green and yellow algae. 1 Quart Bottle.................................... 51-240 1 Gallon Bottle....................................51-241

TLC Clear Blue

Just a small amount of this super-concentrated formula adds sparkle while removing particles that dull pool water. A oneounce dose treats up to 5,000 gallons. 1 Quart Bottle.....................................51-210

Removes oil, grime, and mineral scale from common pool surfaces such as tile, vinyl, and concrete. 1 Quart Bottle.................................... 51-250

Filter Fresh

Sequa-Sol

This specially developed, acid-based liquid cartridge cleaner removes debris with its overnight soak and rinse formula. 1 Quart Bottle.................................... 51-280

Sequa-Sol sequestering agent holds iron, manganese, copper and calcium in solution so these minerals do not react with other elements in the water. 1 Quart Bottle.................................... 51-230 1 Gallon Bottle....................................51-231

Filter Cleanse

This multi-purpose granular formulation cleans and unclogs filters of grease, oils, and scale with a unique combination of acids and detergents. 2 lb. Bottle........................ 51-270 20 lb. Pail........................... 51-271

Natural Clear

Environmentally friendly Natural Clear is a natural, biodegradable water cleaner. It's new, more concentrated enzyme formula rids pools of organics that cause odor and scum lines. 1 Gallon Bottle....................................51-501

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

133

WATER TREATMENT

Chemical Storage Tanks, Labels, Mixer and Vapor Shield

Bracket Mount 1/3 HP Mixer

The pulsafeeder bracket mount mixer provides a means of mounting a mixer to a tank cover or other flat surface. Four 18/8 stainless steel bolts and two rugged 3⁄8 inch thick steel brackets hold the mixer securely. Features a 36" 316 SS shaft with a 2-3⁄8" diameter impeller. Includes 8', 3-wire, 18 gauge SJ cord and plug set. 1/3 HP Mixer................... 52-115 (115-VAC/ 60HZ/1,725 RPM/ TEFC)

Vertical Bulk Storage Tanks

These translucent, flat-bottom polyethylene tanks are appropriate for indoor or outdoor use. We offer both single wall and double wall options. Double wall tanks are designed for the most stringent environments and complies with Federal Regulation 40 CFR-264.193 requirements. Below are the most popular sizes. Other sizes are available.

ACID

Solution Tanks

Constructed of high quality, industrial grade polyethylene, these solution tanks come complete with rigid high-strength lids and features a convenient feed hole for easy solution replenishment. Accurately calibrated in 5 gallon increments on the outside of these tanks (except 75 gallon). 35 Gallon Tank with Lid...................52-702 Shipping Weight: 30 lbs. 50 Gallon Tank with Lid...................52-703 Shipping Weight: 30 lbs. 75 Gallon Tank with Dust Cover.....52-704 (Tank is black and not marked) Shipping Weight: 30 lbs. (Motor Freight)

(For pH Control)

DANGER! DO NOT MIX CHEMICALS

Vertical Bulk Storage Tanks Catalog No.

Capacity (Galons)

Dia.

Manway

52-720 52-725 52-727 52-729 52-731 52-733

65 100 165 220 300 500

23" 23" 31" 35" 35" 46"

49" 64" 58" 63" 81" 76"

8" 8" 8" 8" 16" 16"

Vertical Double Wall Bulk Storage Tanks 52-752 52-741 52-743 52-745 52-747 52-749

50 100 150 200 350 500

26.5" 35" 34" 41" 52" 59"

38" 39" 48" 52" 56" 71"

8" 16" 16" 16" 16" 16"

Note: Degree of Translucy varies with wall thickness.

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254 134

CHLORINE DANGER! DO NOT MIX CHEMICALS

ALKALINE Base or Caustic

DANGER! DO NOT MIX CHEMICALS

Chemical Labels (8 -1⁄2" T x 11" W)

Identify the contents of solution crocks easily with our brightly colored labels. “Acid” Label ...................................... 53-150 Day-Glo green. “Chlorine” Label .............................. 53-152 Day-Glo red. “Alkaline” Label ............................... 53-154 Day-Glo yellow. “Carbon Dioxide” Label .................. 53-155 Day-Glo red. “Sodium Hypochlorite” Label ........ 53-156 Day-Glo red. “Calcium Hypochlorite” Label ....... 53-157 Day-Glo red.

The Drum Safe

The Drum Safe allows chemical feed pumps to draw down drums and carboys of muriatic acid without a vacuum lock, while at the same time preventing all organic acid fumes and vapors from escaping and damaging equipment in the mechanical room. Simple to install, the Drum Safe is constructed of schedule 80 PVC with viton seals and diaphragm. Fits both plug and cap style drum caps with 3⁄4" knock-out fitting on 5- to 52-gallon acid shipping containers. Includes a weighted foot valve with debris screen and 15' of tubing. Available in three sizes for 1⁄4", 3⁄8" and 1⁄2" O.D. tubing. Drum Safe (1⁄4")................................. 52-095 Drum Safe (3⁄8")................................ 52-096 Drum Safe (1⁄2")................................. 52-097

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

WATER TREATMENT

Chemical Respirators, Protection and Transfer Pumps ALL

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

Comfo II Respirator

Comfo ll Respirators feature twin filter cartridges with large area and capacity for low breathing resistance and long service life. A soft rubber “half-mask” facepiece features a rolled cushion edge that provides a secure fit 45" Long Vinyl Apron (White)......... 12-675 on most faces. The Comfo ll Respirator is suggested by Mine Safety Appliances for extremely low levels of chlorine atmosphere, dusty atmosphere (such as diatomaceous earth) or for working in areas where danger to exposure may exist, but is not present. Order filters separately, listed below. Dimensions: 9-3⁄4" long x 7-1⁄2" wide Weight: 12 oz. Comfo ll Respirator........................... 12-640 Respirator Cartridges....................... 12-642 For use in low levels of chlorine vapor, particu- Protective Goggles........................... 12-638 late dusts or mists. Box of 10 cartridges. Weight: 2.2 Ibs.

PVC Gloves ....................................... 12-676

Advantage™ 200 Respirator

For those operations that require a maintenance-free respirator, the Advantage 200 respirator is a half-mask air-purifying respirator that provides maintenance-free protection against a variety of respiratory hazards. Created with economy and ease-of-use in mind, the Advantage 200 respirator requires only routine filter replacement. When the face piece wears out, replace the complete unit. The Advantage 200 respirator is approved by both the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) and the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA). (Cartridges sold separately) Advantage™ 200 Respirator............ 12-680 Respirator Cartridges........................12-681 Package of two

Visitor Specs & Dispenser

Wraparound frame with contoured nose piece for secure, comfortable fit. May be worn over most prescription eyewear. Polycarbonate lenses offer 99.9% UV protection. Brow bar fits snugly to forehead for extra protection. Dispenser includes 12 pair of polybagged glasses. Visitor Specs & Dispenser.............. 12-641 Dim. 22-1⁄2" H x 7" W x 2-1⁄2" D Visitor Specs (Each).................... 12-643

Chloramine Removal System

Paddock’s Chemical and pump room Evacuator (CPRE) is a one size fits all solution to poorly ventilated chemical and pump rooms. The compact design allows for simple installation, requiring only a 120v GFCI-protected outlet and exhaust vent opening. Chemical and pump rooms are typically hot, humid, and corrosive environments as a result of poor airflow and the presence of chemicals, motors, and pool equipment. Paddocks CPRE is your plug-and-play solution by creating a cross-ventilation airflow while source-capturing and exhausting corrosive chemical fumes. Features durable and corrosion proof HDPE construction, and custom backward inclined exhaust fan. Epoxy coated for superior corrosion resistance with sealed ceramic bearings. 1,000 cfm exhaust volume. Multiple exhaust options are available. Chloramine Removal System......... 52-065 Requires 120v GFCI-protected outlet. Standard Fabric Duct (Blue)………..52-066

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254 135

WATER TREATMENT

Chemical Metering Pumps

FLEXFLO® A100N Metering Pump

These peristaltic pumps have standard solid state output adjustments in 60 second cycles. All Blue-White pumps feature the tube failure detection system (TFD) that senses a tube rupture and automatically shuts the pump down. 3/8" Tube Connection. 1-year limited warranty.

FLEXFLO® A2A Metering Pump

Blue-White Flex-Flo Peristaltic Pumps Recreonics Catalg GDP Number (Max.)

PSI (Max.)

52-118 52-119 52-090 52-091 52-092 52-093

100 100 100 50 50 50

4.9 16 24 52.5 76.1 95.1

Tube Size 1⁄4" 3⁄8" 3⁄8" 7⁄16"" 7⁄16" 7⁄16"

Voltage

Shipping Weight (Lbs.)

115-Volt 115-Volt 115-Volt 115-Volt 115-Volt 115-Volt

12 Lbs. 12 Lbs 12 Lbs. 12 Lbs. 12 Lbs. 12 Lbs.

FLEXFLO® A1A Metering Pump

Specially designed for commercial aquatics, the A1A enables users who have a wide range of chemical feed requirements for sanitizing (sodium hypochlorite) and pH adjustment (acid). Output range of .01 to 100 GPD at pressure up to 40 PSI. Features a variable speed DC motor, NEMA 4X (IP66) washdown duty enclosure, patented tube failure detection system and 2-year limited warranty. Blue-White Flex-Flo® A1A Metering Pumps

52-033

Metering pumps feature corrosion-proof housings, solid state encapsulated electronics, and sophisticated valve action contributing to their dependability. The units feature a wide range of stroke and speed variables to meet any need. LMI pumps are available with or without the four function valve for priming ease. LMI Electronic Metering Pumps Recreonics Catalg GDP PSI Number (Max.) (Max.)

24 48 108 168 192 480

110 50 50 30 60 25

Conn. Size 3⁄8" 3⁄8" 3⁄8" 1⁄2" 1⁄2" 1⁄2"

Voltage

Shipping Weight (Lbs.)

120-Volt 120-Volt 120-Volt 120-Volt 120-Volt 120-Volt

10 Lbs. 10 Lbs. 15 Lbs. 15 Lbs. 20 Lbs. 20 Lbs.

Note: Add a C. after Recreonics Catalog Number to order pump with the four function valve option.

136

PSI (Max.)

Conn. Size

Voltage

Shipping Weight (Lbs.)

52-103

3⁄8"

115-Volt

13 Lbs.

100

Blue-White Flex-Flo® A2A Metering Pumps Recreonics Catalg GDP Number (Max.)

PSI (Max.)

Conn. Size

52-105 52-107

50 40

3⁄8"

132 381.6

3⁄8"

Voltage

Shipping Weight (Lbs.)

115-Volt 35 Lbs. 115-Volt 35 Lbs.

Blue-White Replacement Parts

LMI Metering Pumps

52-130 52-132 52-029 52-031 52-033 52-035

Recreonics Catalg GDP Number (Max.)

Specially designed for commercial aquatics, the A2A enables users who require higher chemical feed requirements for sanitizing (sodium hypochlorite) and pH adjustment (acid). Output ranges of 1.32 to 132 GPD up to 40 PSI and 3.82 to 381.6 GPD up to 40 PSI and 100:1 turndown ratio, Features a variable speed DC motor, NEMA 4X (IP66) washdown duty enclosure, patented tube failure detecion system and 2-year limited warranty.

Recreonics Catalog Blue-White Part Description Number No. 53-010 71000-159 Roller Assy. for 4T/6T Tubes 53-011 71000-350 Roller Assy. for 7T 53-014 C-342-6 Strainer for 3⁄8" O.D. Tube 53-015 C-346 Ceramic Weight 1⁄4" O.D. Tube Assy. (2016+) 53-026 A1-4T 3⁄8" O.D. Tube Assy. (2016+) 53-027 A1-6T 7⁄16" O.D. Tube Assy. (2016+) 53-028 A1-7T 53-029 72000-550 Retro-Fit Kit for A-100N 3⁄8" Threaded Injector 53-035 A-014N-6A 1⁄4" Tube Nut 53-038 C-330-4 3⁄8" Tube Nut 53-039 C-330-6 3⁄8" Injector (1.5" to 2" Pipe) 53-075 TI40-6V 3⁄8" Injector (Up to 6" Pipe) 53-076 TI72-6V 1⁄4" and 3⁄8" Foot Valve 53-077 C-340E

LMI Replacement Parts Recreonics LMI Catalog Part Part Description Number No. 52-070 34643 Metering Pump Bracket 53-050 25234 Foot Valve for 3⁄8" O.D. Tubing 53-051 25204 Foot Valve for 1⁄2" O.D. Tubing 53-054 25233 Injection Ftg. for 3⁄8" O.D. Tubing 53-056 25203 Injection Ftg. for 1⁄2" O.D. Tubing

1⁄4" Flow Indicator............................. 53-016

3⁄8" Flow Indicator............................. 53-017

Pulsafeeder Flow Indicator

3⁄8" Flow Indicator............................ 52-050 1⁄4" Flow Indicator............................. 52-051

Stenner Flow Indicator w/Bracket

1⁄4" Flow Indicator............................. 53-135

3⁄8" Flow Indicator............................. 53-136

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254

WATER TREATMENT

ALL

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

Chemical Metering Pumps

Stenner Metering Pumps

These metering pumps are completely self-priming and operate dry. They offer precision pumping of fluids up to 170 GPD. The pumps are tested by ETL to conform to ANSI/NSF STD 50. Stenner Peristaltic Metering Pumps

PULSAtron E Plus Pumps

The Pulsatron Series E Plus pump features an automatic control available with 4-20 mA DC direct or external pacing, with stop function. It also offers manual control by on-line adjustable stroke rate and stroke length. Series E Plus contains a highly reliable timing circuit as well as circuit protection against voltage and current upsets. This pump features solenoid protection by thermal overload with auto-reset. Six distinct models are available, having pressure flow capacities of up to 500 GPD and pressure capabilities up to 100 PSIG. Metering performance is reproducible to within +/- 2% of maximum capacity. Pulsatron guided check valves, with their state-of-the-art seat and ball designs, provide precise seating and excellent priming and suction lift characteristics. The timing circuit is highly reliable and, by design, virtually unaffected by temperature, EMI and other electrical disturbances.

Recreonics Catalog GPD PSI Tube Tube Number (Max.) (Max.) Size No.

PULSAtron C Plus Pumps

The C Plus series of metering pumps provide an economical selection and reliable performance. Features safe, easy priming and on line adjustable stroke rate and length setting. Approved for both outdoor and indoor applications. Four models are available. Pulsatron C Plus Pumps Recreonics Catalg GDP Number (Max.)

PSI (Max.)

Conn. Size

52-054 52-055 52-056 52-057

80 80 80 80

3⁄8"

6 12 24 30

3⁄8" 3⁄8" 3⁄8"

Voltage

Shipping Weight (Lbs.)

115-Volt 115-Volt 115-Volt 115-Volt

10 Lbs. 10 Lbs. 10 Lbs. 10 Lbs.

PSI (Max.)

Conn. Size

52-040 52-041 52-042 52-043 52-044 52-045

100 100 100 50 35 20

3⁄8"

24 44 94 190 240 500

3⁄8" 1⁄2" 1⁄2" 1⁄2" 3⁄4"

KopKit for PULSAtron E Plus Pumps

Voltage

Each KopKit contains the recommended spare parts that are usually required for preventative maintenance. KopKit for 52-040.........................52-040.K KopKit for 52-041...........................52-041.K KopKit for 52-042.........................52-042.K KopKit for 52-044.........................52-044.K KopKit for 52-045.........................52-045.K

25 100 100 25 25 100 25 25 25 100 25 25 25 25

1⁄4" 1⁄4" 1⁄4" 1⁄4" 3⁄8" 1⁄4" 1⁄4" 1⁄4" 3⁄8" 3⁄8" 1⁄4" 3⁄8" 1⁄4" 3⁄8"

1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 4 7 5 5 5 5

Voltage

120-Volt 9 Lbs. 120-Volt 9 Lbs. 120-Volt 9 Lbs. 120-Volt 9 Lbs. 120-Volt 9 Lbs. 120-Volt 9 Lbs. 120-Volt 9 Lbs. 120-Volt 9 Lbs. 120-Volt 9 Lbs. 120-Volt 9 Lbs. 120-Volt 9 Lbs. 120-Volt 9 Lbs. 120-Volt 9 Lbs. 120-Volt 9 Lbs.

Stenner Double Head Pumps

25 25

1⁄4" 3⁄8"

5 5

120-Volt 10 Lbs. 120-Volt 10 Lbs.

Stenner Replacement Parts Recreonics Catalog Number

Shipping Weight (Lbs.)

115-Volt 13 Lbs. 115-Volt 15 Lbs. 115-Volt 18 Lbs. 115-Volt 21 Lbs. 115-Volt 21 Lbs. 115-Volt 25 Lbs.

3 3 10 10 10 17 22 22 35 40 50 50 85 85

52-425 170 52-417 170

Pulsatron E Plus Pumps Recreonics Catalg GDP Number (Max.)

52-409 52-404 52-403 52-410 52-424 52-405 52-406 52-418 52-419 52-411 52-401 52-412 52-402 52-423

Shipping Weight (Lbs.)

CHEM-TECH Metering Pumps

Mechanical diaphragm design for long running life with built-in bleed valve for safe & easy “hands free” priming allows you to feed hypochlorite, acids and caustics at a very competitive price. Chem-Tech Metering Pumps Recreonics Catalg GDP Number (Max.)

PSI (Max.)

Conn. Size

52-046 52-032 52-034 52-038

100 100 60 60

1⁄2"

15 30 68 100

1⁄2" 1⁄2" 1⁄2"

Voltage

Shipping Weight (Lbs.)

115-Volt 115-Volt 115-Volt 115-Volt

10 Lbs. 10 Lbs. 10 Lbs. 10 Lbs.

Stenner Part No.

Part Description

53-081 UCCP201 #1 Pump Tube (Pkg. of 2) 53-082 UCCP202 #2 Pump Tube (Pkg. of 2) 53-083 UCCP205 #5 Pump Tube (Pkg. of 2) 53-084 UCCP204 #4 Pump Tube (Pkg. of 2) 1⁄4" Injection Check Valve 53-085 UCDBINJ 53-086 UCMAC38 Ceramic Weight (3⁄8" Clip) 53-088 MCCP202 #2 Pump Tube (Pkg. of 5) 53-089 UCMACW0 Ceramic Weight with 1⁄4" Clip 53-090 UCCP203 #3 Pump Tube (Pkg. of 2) 1⁄4" Ferrule (Pkg. of 24) 53-092 MCAK200 1⁄4" Conn. Nut (Pkg. of 10) 53-100 UCAK100 53-107 MCCVDBO Duckbill Check Valve (Pkg. of 5) 53-109 UCADPTR 3/8" Conn. Nut (Pkg. of 2) 1⁄4" Ferrule (Pkg. of 10) 53-110 UCAK200 53-112 MP90000 Rainroof for Metering Pump 3⁄8" Injection Fitting 53-114 CVIJ3/8 53-116 MCDBINJ 1⁄4" Inj. Check Valve (Pkg. of 5) 1⁄4" Suction Strainer 53-117 ST114 3⁄8" Suction Strainer 53-118 ST138 53-122 MCCP201 #1 Pump Tube (Pkg. of 5) 53-124 MCCP203 #3 Pump Tube (Pkg. of 5) 53-126 MCCP204 #4 Pump Tube (Pkg. of 5) 53-128 MCCP205 #5 Pump Tube (Pkg. of 5)

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

137

WATER TREATMENT

Chemtrol® Automatic Chemical Control Systems

PC6000 Programmable Controller The Chemtrol™ PC6000 is a powerful and reliable controller that incorporates automated control of water chemistry and filtration in a single unit with choice of backwash programs for single or multiple filters. All menus are displayed in English, French or Spanish with choice of US or metric units. Each unit is supplied with a comprehensive operation manual, on-site startup and training by a qualified dealer and a FIVE-YEAR electronics warranty. PC6000 Controller.......................... 56-540 (110-Volt) Includes sensor cell assembly with flow switch, control and monitoring of ORP, pH, heater, main pump, water level. Monitors PPM, filter pressures and features Langelier saturation index, automatic back wash, data logging, remote computer operation and voice telephone communication.

PC3000 Programmable Controller

The Chemtrol™ PC3000 is a user-friendly and reliable controller that is easy to install and operate. All menus are displayed in English, French or Spanish with choice of US or metric units. Each unit is supplied with a comprehensive operation manual, on-site startup and training by a qualified dealer and a FIVE-YEAR electronics warranty. PC3000 Controller........................... 56-515 (110-Volt) Includes flow cell assembly with flow switch, control and monitoring of ORP, pH, and heater. Features Langelier saturation index, automatic data logging, and full screen menus.

PC 1500 ORP/pH Digital Controller

The Chemtrol® PC1500 is a user-friendly and reliable controller that is easy to install and operate. All menus are displayed in clear language in English, French or Spanish with a choice of US or metric units. Each unit is supplied with a comprehensive operation manual, on-site start-up and training by a qualified dealer and a FIVEYEAR electronics warranty. PC 1500 ORP/pH Digital Controller... 56-554 (110-Volt) Includes, flow cell assembly with flow switch, control and monitoring of ORP and pH. Features Langelier saturation index, automatic data logging and full screen menus.

PC2100 Programmable Controller

The Chemtrol™ PC5000 is a user-friendly and reliable controller that is easy to install and operate. All menus are displayed in English, French or Spanish with choice of US or metric units. Each unit is supplied with a comprehensive operation manual, on-site startup and training by a qualified dealer and a FIVE-YEAR electronics warranty. PC5000 Controller........................... 56-518 (110-Volt) Includes flow cell assembly with flow switch, control and monitoring of ORP, pH, PPM, and heater. Features Langelier saturation index, automatic data logging, and full screen menus.

The Chemtrol® PC2100 is the newest member of the Chemtrol® line of automated water chemistry controllers. The PC2100 is a user-friendly and reliable controller that is easy to install and operate. All menus are displayed in English, French or Spanish with choice of US or metric units. Every unit is supplied with a comprehensive operation manual plus on-site startup and training by a qualified dealer and a FIVE-YEAR electronics warranty. PC2100 Controller........................... 56-555 (110-Volt) Controls and monitors ORP and pH. Features Langelier saturation index, automatic data logging, and full screen menus. New 8-line display and safety flowswitch included. Flow Cell Assembly is included.

138

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

PC5000 Programmable Controller

PC 1555 PPM/pH Digital Controller

The Chemtrol® PC1555 is a user-friendly and reliable controller that is easy to install and operate. All menus are displayed in clear language in English, French or Spanish with a choice of US or metric units. Each unit is supplied with a comprehensive operation manual, on-site start-up and training by a qualified dealer and a FIVE-YEAR electronics warranty. PC 1555 PPM/pH Digital Controller....56-559 (110-Volt) Includes, flow cell assembly with flow switch, control and monitoring of PPM and pH. Features Langelier saturation index, automatic data logging and full screen menus.

WATER TREATMENT

Chemtrol® Digital Controllers, CO2 Systems

Chemtrol® Monitoring and Control Options

The Chemtrol® Digital Controllers introduce a new standard of sophistication in automation based on advanced microprocessor technology. These simple and user-friendly controllers offer the choice of control in PPM of free chlorine or with ORP for chlorine, bromine or ozone. EMS IN ST IT

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

O CK

Ethernet/Internet.............................. 56-616 This communication options provides the controller with and Ethernet / Internet modem for remote operation using Ethernet / Internet network communication. The program allows you to access the controller from your smart phone, tablet, computer or any device with internet access. The free app is compatible with Apple and Android. This is a web-based program with true duplex operation capability representing the actual controller screen display with automatic downloading and visual graphics representation of test data. Modbus.............................................. 56-617 This communication option provides the controller with software-based conversion of sensor signals, set-point, high & low alarms, cumulative run time and total feed time for ORP, pH, PPM, Temperature, (Conductivity, Pressure influent and effluent, and Flow available with optional sensors) into MODBUS protocol for monitoring on Building Management Systems.

Chemtrol® Digital Controllers

ALL

Chemtrol® Communications Options

CO2 Gas pH Control System

Chemtrol® 250 ORP/pH Digital Controller

The Controller automatically maintains both sanitizer ORP (oxidation-reduction potential or Redox) and water pH in pools and spas. All operating functions are clearly labeled and accessible from the front panel, with safety and easy-reset features not found on other controllers. Not to be used with salt pools. Chemtrol® 250 Controller............... 56-560 (110-Volt) Includes OPR, pH probes and paddlewheel flowswitch.

Carbon dioxide is a natural, non-corrosive gas that can be used as a substitute for liquid acid. CO2 is available in standard pressurized gas cylinders. CO2 does increase the alkalinity of water and is therefore not recommended in applications where high alkalinity is problematic. CO2 pH Control System................ 56-505 Includes, cabinet, solenoid valve, PVC check valve/injector, flowmeter (0-40cfh), 15' feed tube and Victor SR311 pressure regulator. CO2 PH System w/Auto-Switch.... 56-507 Same as the 56-505, but designed for 2 or more CO2 cylinders on the same feed line. Will switch automatically over to the second cylinder when pressure gets low.

CO2 Feeder

Crossover Switch

CO2 Feeder 56-620

PPM Monitoring and Control Option Provides direct, reliable readings of free chlorine (HOCL) concentration in water. PPM Monitoring and Control Option................................. 56-545 Total Dissolved Solids Option........ 56-530 This option allows you to monitor total dissolved solids and temperature. Includes dual purpose TDS/temperature probe, required fittings and software. Flow Monitoring Option.................. 56-583 This option allows you to monitor the system flow rate. Includes flow sensor, saddle fitting (up to 8") and required software. Water Level Control Option............. 56-531 This option allows you to monitor and control the water level of the swimming pool/spa. Includes level sensor (choice of optical or float – please specify), mounting assembly and required software.

Chemtrol® 255 Digital Controller

The Controller introduces a long awaited technological breakthrough in automated water treatment with a proprietary new sensor for free chlorine. The new PPM Sensor is a solid state sensor with a selective membrane that provides direct readings of free chlorine in water concentrations ranging from 0.1 to 10 ppm (parts per million) or mg/l (milligrams per liter). Chemtrol® 255 Controller............... 56-562 (110-Volt) Includes PPM, pH probes, flow cell and paddlewheel flowswitch. Must specify if to be used on a salt or bromine pool. Not to be used in the State of Ohio.

This CO2 feeder incorporates a time proven design and a state-of-the-art valve to provide reliable and quality CO2 feeder at a competitive price. Available in both 0-30 and 20-200 SCFH models. These feeders are perfect for any aquatic application using CO2 for pH control. The feeder can be coupled with the 56-533 - pH control crossover switch for the ability to easily and quickly switch between CO2 and acid feed systems. CO2 Feeder (0-30 SCFH)............... 56-528 CO2 Feeder (20-200 SCFH)........... 56-529 CO2 Diffuser Assembly.................. 56-532

pH Control Crossover Switch

This pH Control Crossover Switch was specifically designed to be used in application where both CO2 and acid are used to control pH. The CSS allows for a simple flip of switch to change from using acid to CO2. There is no need to unplug one feeder and plug in a different feeder. pH Control Crossover Switch......... 56-533

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

139

WATER TREATMENT

Chemtrol® Accessory and Replacement Products

56-576 Temperature Sensor

Sensor Cell Cabinet Assembly

For even greater ease of installation and maintenance, the components of the flow cell assembly can be supplied in a preplumbed sensor cell cabinet. Sensor Cell Cabinet Assembly...... 56-534 Includes sensor cell, compression fittings, paddlewheel flowswitch, and sampling tap and lockable cabinet.

56-578 Conductivity (TDS) Sensor

Flow Sensor Monitoring Option

This option allows for monitoring and display of system flow on the Chemtrol® menu screen. Includes (1) (2536) Rotor-X sensor and PVC saddle fitting. Field calibration instructions are included. Return line size must be specified. Flow Sensor Monitoring Option.... 56-583 Must be ordered at the same time as the controller.

56-584

Conductivity (TDS) Sensor (only)...56-578 Includes 10' of cable. Temperature Sensor (only)..............56-576 Includes PVC Tee. Paddle Wheel Rotary Flowswitch.. 56-584 Features 1⁄2" NPT connections.

56-535

ALL

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

56-592

56-618

56-590 56-595

Flow Cell Assembly Options

For ease of installation and maintenance, the sensors can be mounted on this optional flow cell assembly. The assembly includes a sensor cell with an air vent and clear cover, two compression fittings for the ORP and pH sensors, paddle wheel flow switch, a water sampling tap, two ball valves for controlling the water flow in and out. Flow Cell Assembly with Flow Switch................................................ 56-595 Flow Cell Assembly......................... 56-596 Includes flow cell with tap and valves ONLY. Flow Cell (ONLY).............................. 56-535 Includes only the sensor cell and (2) 1⁄2" compression fittings.

140

pH Sensor Probe.............................. 56-590 (Includes 10' of cable) ORP Sensor Probe........................... 56-592 (Includes 10' of cable)

56-621

56-622

PPM Free Chlorine Sensor.............. 56-618 Membrane replacement sensor (only) with 0-10 PPM Range. Gel for Membrane............................. 56-621 Membrane Only for PPM Sensor... 56-622

NOTE: To ensure proper water flow, make sure that the bypass line is properly connected. The intake side should be off the pressure side of the recirculation system, i.e., after the filter. The return side should be to a low-pressure area-such as the vacuum side before the recirculation pump, or downstream after the heater, or atmospheric pressure in the pit of a vacuum sand filter or balancing tank.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

WATER TREATMENT

CAT Chemical Controllers, Saline Systems, Erosion Feeders

CAT 2000® Professional Package

The CAT 2000 offers powerful, affordable water chemistry management. It monitors pH and sanitizer activity to maintain safe and healthy water quality at all times and is compatible with chlorine, bromine and salt systems. CAT 2000 pairs CAT Professional Series pH and ORP sensors with a digital, microprocessor-based control interface. 5 year warranty on electronics, 26-month warranty on sensors. CAT 2000 PP.................................... 56-450 Includes pH, ORP control, PVC backboard, flow cell/sensor and flow switch.

52-302 Hayward Saline C® Series Salt

Chlorine Generators

The Saline C® Series salt chlorine generators provide a simplified, powerful solution for commercial applications. The Saline C 11.0 is capable of generating 11 pounds of chlorine per day, while the Saline C 6.0 generates 6 pounds per day. The single

52-300

CAT 4000® Professional Packages

The CAT 4000 is a wireless commercial remote water quality controller complete with CAT Professional Series pH and ORP sensors. It provides remote monitoring and access of water quality data with PoolComm via the internet or mobile device. It’s available with Wi-Fi® or cellular capability for 24/7 system access. 5 year warranty on electronics, 26-month warranty on sensors. CAT 4000 PP (Wi-Fi)....................... 56-460 Includes pH, ORP control, *water level, *tank level, *digital flow, back-up sanitizer, (1) aux relay, PVC backboard, flow cell/sensor and flow switch. CAT 4000 PP (Cell).......................... 56-462 Includes pH, ORP control, *water level, *tank level, *digital flow, back-up sanitizer, (1) aux relay, PVC backbord, flow/cell sensor and flow switch.

Replacement Probes pH Probe with 24" Cable................. 53-001 pH Probe with 10' Cable................. 53-002 ORP Probe with 24" Cable............. 53-003 ORP Probe with 10' Cable.............. 53-004 *Requires the purchase of additional sensors.

unit system eliminates the need for multiplexing numerous salt cells and optimizing use of space. Both systems plug and play with chemical automation systems and include an industrial-grade, clear cell with 4" and 2" inlet/outlet connections for the Saline C 11.0 and Saline C 6.0, respectively along with power supply. Features a 50 psi vessel pressure rating, reverse polarity and self-cleaning technology as well as a 2-year warranty. Salt operating range is 3,500 to 5,000 ppm. Minimum required flow is 80 GPM (Saline C 11.0) and 40 GPM (Saline C 6.0). Saline C 6.0...................................... 52-300 Includes Single electroytic cell with 2" connections and 110-volt plug in power supply. Saline C 11.0..................................... 52-302 Includes Single electroytic cell with 4" connections and 110-volt plug in power

Rainbow Erosion Feeders

These feeders use large or small trichlor or bromine slow-dissolving tablets. They install on the pressure side of the pump, downstream of the filter and heater. Rainbow (300-29X) Feeder............ 52-604 Off-line with 1⁄2" control valve and tubing. Treats up to 161,000 gallons @ 3PPM using 1" chlorine tablets, 9.8 lb. capacity. Dimensions: 12” Dia. x 39-3⁄4" Tall Rainbow (320) Feeder.................... 52-605 In-line with 1⁄2" control valve. Treats up to 13,040 gallons @ 3PPM using 1" chlorine tablets, 3.5 lb. capacity. Dimensions: 10" Dia. x 17-3⁄4" Tall High Capacity Feeder..................... .52-610 Off-line, 1" connections. Treats up to 97,000 gallons-chlorine/20,200-bromine. 15 lb. capacity. Dimensions: 8" Dia. x 21-1⁄2" Tall High Capacity Feeder...................... 52-612 Off-line, 1" connections. Treats up to 160,000 gallons-chlorine/40,900-bromine. 30 lb. capacity. Dimensions: 8" Dia. x 39-1⁄8" Tall High Capacity Feeder...................... 52-614 Off-line, 1" connections. Treats up to 332,000 gallons-chlorine/61,600-bromine. 40 lb. capacity. Dimensions: 8" Dia. x 51" Tall Spring Loaded Check Valve........... 52-608 1-1⁄2" inside and outside slip connections.

32-077

Saline C Accessories 3" Salt Generator By-Pass Kit........ 52-305 4" Salt Generator By-Pass Kit.........52-307 Back-Up Junction Box..................... 52-308 15' Cell to Power Cable................... 52-309 15' Flow Sen to Pwr. Spl. Cable...... 52-310

32-078

32-079

Low-Flow Flowmeters

1-1⁄4" Flowmeter.................................32-077 9 to 36 GPM (sch. 40), 8-40 GPM (sch. 80). Includes clamps and gaskets. 1⁄2" NPT In-Line Flowmeter..............32-078 .5 to 5 gallons per minute. Female threads. 1" NPT In-Line Flowmeter................32-079 1 to 10 gallons per minute. Female threads.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

141

WATER TREATMENT

Ultraviolet Treatment Systems

each model has been sized based on the most rigorous standards used today. A sensor installed on the treatment chamber provides continuous measurement of the ultraviolet intensity and ensures the system runs at peak efficiency. Process conditions are continuously monitored with both warnings and alarms provided as standard features. The UV Swim series has been designed for easy installation and minimum maintenance.

Ultraviolet Treatment Systems Aquionics offers two models of ultraviolet treatment systems; the UV Swim U and the UV Swim I. The treatment chamber of these units is fabricated out of high quality 316L stainless steel and

duction. Standard features include automatic wiping, over temperature protection, automatic dose control and power stepping. The UV Swim U is more efficient and environmentally friendly and offers better features than any range we’ve ever created

Third Party d Validate

ramine reduction. Utilizing medium pressure lamps, the UV Swim I is an excellent solution where space is limited. Standard features include an automatic wiping system, over temperature protection, power stepping and real-time dose display.

Other Features

Both of these systems include a control unit that features a full suite of indicators, alarms and ability to display either UV intensity or dose utilizing a real time LCD display. The control unit is built to the highest electrical standard and is UL Approved. Each system has warnings and alarms for the unlikely event of a failure, including a lamp or sleeve failure. Systems are available in a wide range of sizes to accommodate all facility sizes. Maintenance is minimal and extremely simple. Typically the ultraviolet lamps are changed once per year and only take 5-10 minutes.

UV Swim U

UV Swim U is Aquionics’ new and improved generation of UV water treatment systems engineered for pools, spray pads, spas, and other aquatic applications. The UV Swim U has been tested to and meets the rigorous standards of NSF/ANSI Standard 50 2002. Because it’s from Aquionics, it builds on our exceptional heritage of products and is chosen by leading pool operators across the country. It’s an ideal system to use as an add-on to the existing facility or built-in during new construction. The UV Swim U gives you cleaner water by providing high level of disinfection but also is an ideal solution for chloramine re-

UV Swim I

The UV Swim I Series from Aquionics is now fully compliant with NSF/ANSI Standard 50 2012 Cryptosporidium Inactivation and the USEPA Disinfection Guidance manual (UVDGM). With seven units in the range, the UV Swim I has one of the largest validation envelopes available. Units can be sized for a few GPM up to 5,000 GPM to include both disinfection and chlo-

Aquionics Ultraviolet Treatment Systems Recreonics Catalog Number

Aquionics Model

Flange Connection Size - ANSI

No. of Lamps

WATTS

POWER (kW)

VOLTAGE

52-200

U-152-3B

1200

1.2

95V to 260V (+/-) 10%

52-204

U-150-4C

2500

2.5

95V to 260V (+/-) 10%

52-208

U-150-4D

3500

3.5

190V to 480V (+/-) 10% 190V to 480V (+/-) 10%

52-209

U-150-6D

3500

3.5

52-210

U-200-6D

3500

3.5

190V to 480V (+/-) 10%

52-211

U-200-8D

5500

5.5

190V to 480V (+/-) 10%

52-212

U-200-6E

5500

5.5

190V to 480V (+/-) 10%

52-216

U-320-8E

5500

5.5

190V to 480V (+/-) 10%

52-217

U-320-10E

10"

5500

5.5

190V to 480V (+/-) 10%

52-218

U-320-10G

10"

10500

10.5

380V to 480V (+/-) 10%

52-219

U-321-12G

12"

10500

10.5

380V to 480V (+/-) 10%

52-221

UV-SWIM-I100

1,700

1.7

277/480V 50/60 Hz. (3L+N)

52-222

UV-SWIM-I200

2,500

2.5

277/480V 50/60 Hz. (3L+N)

52-223

UV-SWIM-I450

5,000

5.0

277/480V 50/60 Hz. (3L+N)

52-224

UV-SWIM-I1000

10,000

10.0

277/480V 50/60 Hz. (3L+N)

52-225

UV-SWIM-I4000

14"

24,000

24.0

277/480V 50/60 Hz. (3L+N)

142

Why Use UV

The primary action of UV is to initiate photochemical and photo oxidation reactions which destroy chloramines, a range of compounds responsible for unpleasant smells in pools. This is particularly important for indoor pools where features such as water slides and waves give a greater surface area for the release of chloramines into the air. UV reduces the chloramines burden, making the atmosphere safer and more pleasant. UV has an important secondary action; it kills bacteria, viruses and mold spores, thus reducing the risk of transmission of stomach, skin and respiratory tract infections to bathers.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY FOR PRICING! 800.428.3254

WATER TREATMENT

ALL

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

Taylor® Test Kits 56-192

56-214

56-184

(K-2000) Starter Test Kit ................. 56-184 This Starter (high range) test kit features .75 oz. liquid reagents, a color comparator, waterproof instructions, chemistry guide, and treatment charts. Tests for free and total chlorine (1-10 ppm), bromine (2-20 ppm), pH (7.0-8.0), acid and base demand. (K-2100) Starter™ Test Kit................. 56-183 Same features and tests as 56-184, except free and total chlorine (.25-2.5 ppm), bromine (.5-5 ppm).

(K-2005) Complete™ Test Kit........... 56-192 This complete (high range) test kit features .75 oz liquid reagents, a color comparator, waterproof instructions and treatment charts, chemistry guide and Watergram®. Tests for free and total chlorine (1-10 ppm), bromine (2-20 ppm), pH (7.0-8.0), acid and base demand, total alkalinity, calcium hardness and cyanuric acid. (K-2005-Salt) Complete™ Test Kit... 56-201 Same as 56-192, except also includes a test for salt. NSF Listed. (K-2105) Complete™ Test Kit............ 56-193 Same as 56-192, except free and total chlorine (.25-2.5 ppm), bromine (.5-5 ppm). (K-2005C) Service Complete™ Kit... 56-194 Same as 56-192, except features 2 oz. reagents and larger carrying case. NSF Listed. (K-2105C) Service Complete™ Kit.... 56-195 Same as 56-193, except features 2 oz. reagents and larger carrying case.

(K-2015) Test 4™ Test Kit .................. 56-210 This test kit has all the same features and tests as the 56-184. Tests for free and total chlorine (1-10 ppm), bromine (2-20 ppm), pH (7.0-8.0), acid and base demand, total alkalinity.

(K-1741C) Prof. Complete Test Kit.. 56-300 This Professional Complete test kit features 2 oz. liquid reagents, a liquid-to liquid slide comparator with 9 color standards, reagents color-coded to waterproof instructions, treatment charts, chemistry guide, Watergram®, attaché-style case with room to add more tests. Tests for free and total chlorine (0-3.0 ppm and 1.0-10 ppm), pH (6.8-8.4), acid and base demand, calcium and total hardness, total alkalinity, cyanuric acid, copper and iron.

(K-2006) Complete™ Test Kit.......... 56-204 This (high range) test kit uses the 9058 comparator and the sanitizer tests are titrations for improved accuracy. This kit features .75 oz. liquid reagents, a color comparator, waterproof instructions and treatment charts, chemistry guide and Watergram.® Tests for free and combined chlorine (1 drop = 0.2 or 0.5 ppm), pH (7.08.0), acid and base demand, total alkalinity, calcium hardness and cyanuric acid. (K-2006-Salt) Complete™ Test Kit.. 56-205 Same as 56-204, except includes a test for salt. NSF Listed. (K-2006C) Service Complete™ Test Kit.............................................. 56-225 Same as 56-204, except features 2 oz. reagents and larger carrying case. NSF Listed. (K-2106) Complete™ Test Kit........... 56-235 Same as 56-204, except tests for bromine (1 drop = 0.5 ppm or 1.25 ppm). No test for CYA.

(K-1765) Commercial™ Test Kit........ 56-190 This DPD commercial (low range) test kit uses chlorine and pH slides to test for free and total chlorine (0-3.0 ppm) and pH (6.8-8.4). (K-1765H) Commercial™ Test Kit..... 56-214 Same as 56-190, except free and total chlorine (1.0-10 ppm).

(K-2009) Pool Inspector™ Test Kit.... 56-237 This FAS-DPD (high range) Pool Inspector test kit measures free and combined chlorine (1 drop = 0.2 or 0.5 ppm), pH (7.08.0) and cyanuric acid (includes four extra bottles of CYA reagent).

(K-2007) Pool Inspector™ Kit.......... 56-239 This DPD (high range) Pool Inspector test kit uses a color comparator to measure free and total chlorine (1-10 ppm), bromine (2-20 ppm), pH (7.0-8.0) and cyanuric acid (includes four extra bottles of CYA reagent). (K-2007C) Pool Inspector™ Kit........ 56-240 Same as 56-239, except features 2 oz. reagents and larger carrying case. NSF Listed.

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY FOR QUANTITY PRICE BREAKS 800.428.3254

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

143

WATER TREATMENT

Taylor® Replacement Reagents Taylor Replacement Reagents Taylor Part No.

Description

Catalog No. (.75 oz.)

Catalog No. (2 oz.)

Catalog No. (4 oz.)

Catalog No. (16 oz.)

Catalog No. (32 oz.)

R-0001 R-0002 R-0003 R-0004 R-0005 R-0006 R-0007 R-0008 R-0009 R-0010 R-0011L R-0012 R-0013 R-0013-G R-0014 R-0015 R-0016 R-0600 R-0870-I R-0870-J R-0871 R-0872-C R-1003J

DPD #1 DPD #2 DPD #3 pH Indicator Acid Demand Base Demand Thiosulfate Total Alkalinity Sulfuric Acid Calcium Buffer Calcium Indicator Liquid Hardness Cyanuric Acid Cyanuric Acid - Gallon pH Indicator Acid Demand Base Demand Orthotolidine (OTO) DPD Powder-10 gram DPD Powder-.25 lb. FAS-DPD (Chlorine) FAS-DPD (Bromine) Phenol Red

56-326 56-328 56-330 56-344 56-350 56-354 56-358 56-362 56-366 56-370 56-441 56-376 56-442 56-386 56-443 56-390 56-391 56-310 56-312 56-355 56-399 N/A 56-318

56-332 56-334 56-336 56-444 56-352 56-357 56-360 56-365 56-369 56-372 56-445 56-379 56-380

N/A N/A N/A 56-346 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

N/A N/A N/A 56-353 56-392 56-393 56-397 56-446 56-398 56-447 56-375 56-448 56-384

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 56-315 57-616 57-600

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 56-320

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 56-356 N/A 56-322

N/A N/A N/A 56-317 N/A N/A 56-363 N/A N/A

NOTE: Note: All reagents have a shelf life, whether they are liquids, powders, crystals, tablets, or test-strip pads. If kept dry, powders and crystals are very stable; acids are also long lived. Date of manufacture is not the controlling factor when it comes to shelf life—storage conditions are more important. As with all perishables, reagents are sensitive to environmental influences and will last longer under controlled conditions. We recommend storing reagents at a consistent temperature in the range if 36°–85°F (2°–29°C). Keeping them out of prolonged direct sunlight. Replacing caps immediately and tightening them carefully so that exposure to air and humidity is limited. As a general precaution, replace all reagents more than one year old, or at the beginning of a new testing season.

144

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

WATER TREATMENT

Colorimeter, PockeTesters

P9056

Comparator Blocks for 2000™ Series (High Range) Comparator Block..... P9056 Used for test kits: 56-184, 56-210, 56-192, 56-194, 56-201, 56-239, 56-240. (Low Range) Comparator Block.......P9057 Used for test kits: 56-183, 56-211, 56-193, 56-195.

(K-1106) Phosphate Test Kit............. 57-619 Phosphate is a primary food source for algae, so it’s extremely important to monitor this parameter. The color comparison test can detect phosphate from 0-6,000 ppb.

(K-1738) Copper Test Kit................. 56-252 Measures total copper concentrations (0.2-3.0 ppm) using a Midget™ comparator.

pH PockeTester™...............................56-770 Allows direct reading of pH from 0.01 to 14.00 pH in 0.01 increments. Temperature can be measured from 34° to 149°F. Can store up to 15 readings. The PockeTester has an extra bold display that includes an analog bar graph feature.

(K-1579) Chlorine Bleach Kit.......... 56-364 When you buy bleach solutions in bulk, test to be sure you’re getting the full strength you’re paying for using the drop test (1 drop = 10 or 100 ppm) in this kit.

56-772

(K-1766) Salt Test Kit........................ 56-361 This test kit contains a drop test (1 drop = 200 ppm) for measuring salt (sodium chloride) in pools that use salt water chlorine generators.

Tracer PockeTesters™

(K-1518) Monopersulfate Kit............ 56-218 Developed in concert with Dupont, this drop test measures free and combined chlorine accurately in the presence of potassium monopersulfate oxidizing shocks.

ORP Tracer PockeTester™.................56-772 Measures oxidation reduction potential from -999 to +999 mV with a 1 mV resolution using a flat surface sensor. Convenient for quick checks of active sanitizers. Can store up to 15 readings. The PockeTester has an extra bold display that includes an analog bar graph feature. Salt/TDS/Temp PockeTester™.........56-776 The Salt PockeTester™ measures the Sodium Chloride level in salt water pools with a range from 0 to 9,999 ppm. TDS is measured from 0 to 9,999 ppm and Temperature from 34° to 149°F. A memory feature saves up to 25 test results.

pH/ORP PockeTester™ Kit................56-774 Measure pH 0.01 to 14.00 and ORP -999 to +999 mV with interchangeable flat surface sensors. The meter identifies which sensor probe is in use and retains its calibrations. Can store up to 15 readings. Features an extra bold display that includes an analog bar graph feature and pH mode also displays temperature. All the items are packaged in a rugged carrying case.

56-776

Salt/TDS/Temp PockeTester™ Kit....56-778 Measures the Sodium Chloride level in salt water pools with a range from 0 to 9,999 ppm. TDS is measured from 0 to 9,999 ppm and Temperature from 34° to 149°F. A memory feature saves up to 25 test results. The PockeTester is packaged in a rugged carrying case with a special calibration standard.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

145

WATER TREATMENT

ALL

LaMotte Test Kits and Reagents

Pool Manager Series

The Pool Manager series includes diagrammed instructions, saturation index, calculator, water quality handbook, case, and the precise octa-slide comparator system. All in a tough, blow molded carrying case. Kit is supplied with sufficient tablets for 50 tests on free chlorine, total chlorine and pH. Tablet reagents for 20 tests are provided for alkalinity, hardness, acid demand and cyanuric acid. Pool Manager Tablet Test Kit.......... 56-176 (0.2-3.0 Chlorine) Pool Manager Tablet Test Kit.......... 56-173 (.5-10.0 Chlorine) Pool Manager Tablet Test Kit (Bromine)..56-177 (.5-10.0 Bromine)

DipCell Series

The DipCell comparator is simple to use. Just dip the comparator in the water to get a sample, add reagents, cap, mix, read chlorine and pH immediately. Six color standards are provided for wide range chlorine from 0.5-10.0 ppm. The six standards include for pH range from 6.8–8.2. Kit also tests for total alkalinity, calcium hardness, acid demand, base demand and cyanuric acid. DipCell Pool Test Kit..........................56-181

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

PRO 250 Series

Each unit features liquid reagent systems for chlorine, pH, total alkalinity, calcium hardness, acid demand, base demand, cyanuric acid, copper and iron. Kit includes two octo-slide color bars with eight translucent color standards, color coded caps, diagrammed instructions, handbook, and saturation index calculator. PRO 250 Test Kit.......................... 56-182.H (0.5-10.0 Chlorine)

LaMotte Testabs® and Replacement Reagents LAMOTTE

RECREONICS TesTabs® (Visual Grade) 100 Tabs Box

1,000 Tabs Box

Part Number

Description

6999A 6905A 6915A 3920A 6994A 6846A

DPD #1 Rapid DPD #3 Rapid pH (Phenol Red) Alkalinity Cyanuric Acid Calcium Hardness

Part Number

Description

Part No. 15 ML

Part No. 30 ML

Part No. 60 ML

P-6740 P-6741 P-6743 7037 P-7026 P-7028 P-6111 7039 P-4259 P-7030 P-7031 7041 7042 P-6068 P-6460 P-6446

Chlorine DPD 1A Chlorine DPD 1B Chlorine DPD 3 pH Reagent pH Indicator Alkaline Indicator Alkaline Titrant Total Alkalinity Ind. Cal. Hard Buffer 1 Cal. Hard Buffer 2 Cal. Hard Titrant Calcium Hardness 2 Calcium Hardness 1 Acid Demand Base Demand Copper Reagent

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 56-654 56-663 56-664

56-650 56-651 56-652 56-667 56-653 56-657 56-658 56-668 56-659 56-660 56-661 56-669 56-677 56-674 56-675

56-670 56-671 56-672

56-387 56-388 56-389 56-394 56-395 56-396 Liquid Reagents

56-387.1000 56-388.1000 56-389.1000 56-394.1000 56-395.1000 56-396.1000

Item numbers in Red denote Hazardous Materials

146

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

56-673 56-678

56-662

WATER TREATMENT

ALL

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

LaMotte Test Kits, Spin Lab and Test Strips

ColorQ 2x Pro 7 Kit

This hand held photometer directly measures Free Chlorine (DPD), Total Chlorine (DPD), Bromine (DPD), pH, Alkalinity, Calcium Hardness and Cyanuric Acid (Stabilizer) directly on a digital display using both liquid reagents and Testabs®. Includes enough liquid reagents to measure 144 tests per test factor as well as 100 tablets for each Testabs® test. This test kit eliminates the need to visually determine slight color variations, thus taking the guesswork out of poolside water analysis. The photometer, testing reagents and photodiagrammatic trilingual instructions (English, Spanish, French) are packaged in a convenient carrying case for on-site testing. ColorQ 2x Pro 7 Kit...........................56-793

ColorQ 2x Pro 9-Plus Kit

This waterproof, Bluetooth® photometer directly measures nine tests that include Free Chlorine (DPD), Total Chlorine (DPD), Bromine (DPD), pH, Alkalinity, Calcium Hardness, Cyanuric Acid, Copper and Iron directly on a digital display using both liquid reagents and TesTab®. This test kit eliminates the need to visually determine slight color variations or use look-up tables, thus taking the guesswork out of poolside water analysis. The photometer, pool manager handbook, saturation index calculator, trilingual instructions (English, Spanish, French) and reagents are packaged in a rugged carrying case for on-site testing. ColorQ 2x Pro 9-Plus Kit..................56-795

WaterLink® Spin Touch™

The Mobile WaterLink® Spin Touch™ is a simple-to-use, portable photometer designed for commercial pools. This photometer can communicate through Bluetooth® with smartphone or tablet device or can be used as a standalone device with results shown on the touch screen. Pool or spa water is added into a unique WaterLink® Spin reagent disk (disks sold separately), then the disk is placed into the WaterLink® Spin Touch™ photometer. In just 60 seconds all of the tests are completed. The Mobile WaterLink® Spin Touch™ lab includes a photometer, USB cable/wall adaptor to charge the internal battery, disk shield, meter check disk, three syringes, and instruction manual packaged in a durable, waterproof carrying case. WaterLink® Spin Touch™.................. 56-790 WaterLink® Spin Disks (50 Count Box) Recreonics Lamotte Catalog No. Number

Test For:

Single Use Per Disk

ColorQ 2x Pro 7-Plus Kit

This waterproof, Bluetooth® handheld photometer directly measures Free Chlorine (DPD), Total Chlorine (DPD), Bromine (DPD), pH, Alkalinity, Calcium Hardness, and Cyanuric Acid directly on a digital display using both liquid reagents and Testtabs®. The handheld meter is easy to use and includes liquid reagents that measure 288 tests per 60 mL size bottle for Free Chlorine, Total Chlorine (Bromine) and pH. The Alkalinity, Calcium Hardness and Cyanuric Acid test is measured by using one TesTabs® tablet per test with 100 tablets included with the kit. The photometer, pool manager handbook, saturation index calculator, testing reagents, and trilingual instructions are packaged in a rugged blow molded carrying case for onsite testing. ColorQ 2x Pro 7-Plus Kit..................56-794

ColorQ 2x TesTabs® Pro 7 Kit

This waterproof, Bluetooth® handheld photometer directly measures seven tests which includes Free Chlorine (DPD), Total Chlorine (DPD), Bromine (DPD), pH, Alkalinity, Calcium Hardness and Cyanuric Acid. The photometer is easy to use and includes 100 TesTabs® tablet reagents per test factor packaged in blister-style foil. The user dispenses each tablet into a test tube by pressing the tablet through the foil. This eliminates the need to manually tear open a foil packet and carefully dispense the tablet. The photometer, testing reagents and photo-diagrammatic multilingual instructions (English, Spanish, French) are packaged in a convenient carrying case. ColorQ 2x TesTabs® Pro 7 Kit..........56-797

56-787

4328-H

FC, TC, BR, pH, CH, TA, CA, CU, IR, SALT

56-789

4329-H

FC, TC, BR, pH, CH, TA, CA, CU, IR, SALT, PHOSPHATE

56-786

4340-H

FC, BR, pH, CA

56-788

4334-H

FC, TC, BR, pH

3 Uses Per Disk

Insta-TEST® Plus 5 Strips

The Insta-TEST 5 Plus pool & spa strip measures free chlorine (010 ppm), bromine (0-20 ppm), total chlorine (0–10 ppm), total alkalinity (0240 ppm), pH (6.2-9.0) and total hardness (0800 ppm). This test strip is a dip-n-read strip with instant results. Insta-TEST Plus 5 Test Strips......................................... 56-750 Contents: 50 strips per bottle

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

147

WATER TREATMENT

Palintest Pool and Spa Test Systems

Replacement Accessories (Cont'd)

Lumiso 6 Pooltest Photometer Kit Lumiso Pooltest Expert

Lumiso Pooltest Expert Photometer featuring large touchscreen and USB connectivity. Supplied in hard carry case with all equipment needed with a reagent starter pack including: DPD XF, DPD XT, pH Phenol Red, Alkaphot, Cyanuric Acid, Coppercol, Calcicol, Iron MR, Phosphate LR and DPD Oxy Stop. Lumiso Pooltest Expert................... 56-930

The Lumiso Pooltest 6 enables a complete water balance calculation, with tests for alkalinity, bromine, calcium hardness, chlorine, cyanuric acid and pH. This kit includes a highly accurate electronic pool tester with USB connectivity to enable data management and compliance. The Pooltest 6 is packaged in a custom case, inclusive of all necessary reagents and accessories. With space for additional items including spare test tubes and check standards. Lumiso 6 Pooltest Photometer Kit. 56-928 Includes (5) test tubes, 450 reagents, (4) crushing rods, test tube brush and USB cable.

Check Standards for Pooltest 3 and 6.............................................. 56-848 (10ml) Measuring Syringe .............. 56-845 (1ml) Measuring Syringe ................ 56-838 Test Tube Rack for Pooltest 3 and 6...............................................56-847 Crushing/Stirring Rod..................... 56-840 Plastic Dilution Tube........................ 56-841 10ml Glass Test Tube....................... 56-842 (Package of 5) For Pooltest 9 and 25 only. 10ml Plastic Test Tube..................... 56-843 (Package of 5) For Pooltest 9 and 25 only. Wash Bottle...................................... 56-844

Replacement Tablet Reagents

Lumiso Pooltest Expert Check Standards

Neutral Density Filter, Verification Standards for Lumiso Pooltest Expert Photometer. One blank and one standard in specially designed holders will check all wavelengths. Supplied in hard case with certificate. Lumiso Expert Check Standards.... 56-931

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254 148

Lumiso 3 Pooltest Photometer Kit

The Lumiso Pooltest 3 combines testing for chlorine, pH and cyanuric acid, for reliable assessments of water quality. This kit includes a highly accurate electronic pool tester with USB connectivity to enable data management and compliance. The Pooltest 3 is packaged in a custom case, inclusive of all necessary reagents and accessories. With space for additional items including spare test tubes and check standards. Lumiso 3 Pooltest Photometer Kit.. 56-927 Includes (5) test tubes, 350 reagents, (4) crushing rods, test tube brush and USB cable.

Replacement Accessories Lumiso 3 and 6 Check Standards. 56-849 Compact 10ml Glass Cuvettes....... 56-830 (5-Pack) Compact Cuvette Rack.................... 56-831 Holds (8) Cuvettes

Test

Range (ppm)

Replacement Reagents

50 Tests 250 Tests

Free Chlorine

0.1-10.0

56-897

Free/Total Chlorine

0.1-10.0

56-899 56-900

Free Chlorine

0.1-5.0

56-862

56-863

Free/Total Chlorine

0.1-5.0

56-864

56-866

Bromine (9/10/25) 0.04-10.0

56-856

56-857

N/A

56-894

PHMB pH (Phenol Red)

2-100

56-898

6.8-8.4 units 56-889 56-890

Alkalinity

10-500

56-850

56-851

Calcium Hardness

5-500

56-858

56-859

Cyanuric Acid

2-200

56-872

56-873

Iron

0.1-1.0

N/A

56-880

Free /Total Copper 0.03-5.0

56-870

56-869

Salt

0-10,000

56-860

56-861

DPD-OxyStop

N/A

56-874

Phosphate

0-4

56-891

56-892

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

POOL HEATING

Commercial Pool Heaters Raypak® Hi Delta Commercial Pool Heaters

Recreonics Catalog No.

MBTUH x 1000 Input Output

.A Width

60-504

500

425

50"

1-1⁄4"

545

1-1⁄4"

Gas Conn Water Conn Flue Combustion Shipping NPT. NPT Size Air Size Lbs. (Approximate)

60-506

650

553

60-1⁄2"

590

60-508

750

638

67-1⁄2"

1-1⁄4"

675

60-510

900

765

78"

1-1⁄4"

740

60-512

990

842

57-1⁄8"

2-1⁄2"

10"

900

2-1⁄2"

12"

1010

60-514

1260

1071

68-1⁄2"

60-516

1530

1301

79-7⁄8"

2-1⁄2"

12"

1225

60-518

1800

1530

91-1⁄8"

2-1⁄2"

14"

10"

1350

60-520

1999

1699

102-1⁄2"

2-1⁄2"

14"

10"

1450

1760 1989

102-1⁄2"

2" 2"

2-1⁄2"

14" 16"

10" 10"

1450 1520

60-522 60-524

2070 2340

113-7⁄8"

Hi Delta has a patented burner with an innovative design that provides an optimized air-gas pathway for complete combustion, making the Hi Delta the most adaptable sealed-combustion heater on the market. Onboard VERSA IC control and Safety certified for indoor/outdoor installation, is direct vent capable, and comes standard with an outdoor intake air cover. 83.1% efficiency – reduce operating costs and heat your pool or spa water quicker. Low NOx certified. Available in 11 sizes and in natural or propane gas. Heater purchase includes factory certified start-up inspection and support.

2-1⁄2"

C.S.A.

CALL OR EMAIL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SALES@RECREONICS.COM 800.428.3254

Raypak® MVB Commercial Pool Heaters

service notifications to keep you informed, allows you to view and manage your Raypak systems at multiple sites, and provides instant visibility to historical data and performance reports. Safety certified for indoor/outdoor installation. Up to 83.3% efficiency. Low NOx certified. Available in 5 sizes in natural or propane gas. Heater purchase includes factory startup, inspection and support.

MVB pool heater provides installation flexibility, ease-of-commissioning, reliability, and long-term performance. The vertical design allows for the MVB’s small footprint, making it the perfect solution for small spaces and retrofit projects. Easily control with the 7" touchscreen display. Raymote connectivity enables real time

Raypak® MVB ® Commercial Pool Heaters Catalog Number

MBTUH Input/Output

Overall Height

Overall Width

Flue Dia.

Gas Conn.

Water Conn.

Weight (Lbs.)

60-640 60-641 60-642 60-643 60-644

500/420 750/630 1045/880 1425/1211 1900/1615

43" 49" 55" 61" 75"

30" 30" 30" 30" 30"

6" 6" 6" 8" 8"

1" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 2"

2" 2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2"

600 660 720 780 940

Note: Add a .P to the catalog number for propane models. Gas Conn. Differ.

Clearances (Inches) Combustible Min. Minimum Service

Front

Rear

Right

Left

Top

Floor

Vent

24 24

12 24

1 24

0 10

0 0

1 1

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

149

POOL HEATING

Commercial Pool Heaters Ultra High-Efficiency Pool Heaters

Raypak XTherm Commercial Heater

97% Efficient!!

Never before has a vertical heater provided both the installer and pool builder such installation flexibility, ease-of-commissioning, reliability and long-term performance. The XTherm has one of the smallest installed footprints of any vertical condensing heater. The compact design makes it the perfect choice for those hard to reach retrofit projects. Raypak’s XTherm is built with commercial-grade components and materials. From the steel channel base to the stainless steel flue wrapper, and condensing

heat exchanger, you can tell the XTherm is built to last. Category IV – CSA-certified 97% efficiency at full fire for water heaters in pool applications. The XTherm can use either AL29-4C stainless steel, PVC or CPVC for venting. Just specify the D-32 vent option when using PVC vent. Comes standard with on-board diagnostic center, real English, no codes. All models are certified for both indoor and outdoor applications. Meets all current Low NOx regulations. Suitable for altitudes up to 10,000 ft/ (derate above 5,000 ft). Equipped with cupro-nickel, copper, bronze and stainless steel waterways. Factory installation inspection, start-up and owner training are all included in the purchase price.

Raypak Xtherm® Commercial Pool Heaters 60-600, 60-602 and 60-604

Catalog No.

MBTUH Input/Output

Overall Height

Overall Width

Flue Dia.

Gas Conn.

Water Conn.

Weight (Lbs.)

60-600

999/969

55-1⁄8"

31-1⁄8"

1-1⁄4"

2-1⁄2"

1065

60-602

1500/1455

67-1⁄8"

31-1⁄8"

1-1⁄4"

2-1⁄2"

1234

60-604

1999/1939

81-1⁄8"

31-1⁄8"

2-1⁄2"

1461

60-632

3000/2910

73-1⁄4"

97-1⁄2"

10"

2-1⁄2"

2775

60-634

3500/3395

78-1⁄4"

97-1⁄2"

10"

2-1⁄2"

2975

4000/3880

83-1⁄4"

97-1⁄2"

12"

2-1⁄2"

3058

60-636

Clearances (Inches) for 60-600, 60-602 and 60-604

Front Rear Right Left Top Floor Certified Minimum 24 12 1 1 0 0 Minimum Service 24 36 24 1 10 N/A Clearances (Inches) for 60-630, 60-632, 60-634 and 60-630 Certified Minimum 24 12 1 1 0 0 Minimum Service 30 36 24 1 12 N/A

Vent 1 N/A 1 N/A

Raypak Xtherm® Heater Options

97% High Efficiency Heater

60-630 thru 60-636

150

• Primary Heat Exchanger ASME Cupro-nickel Tubes and Brass Headers • Condensing Heat Exchanger - High grade Stainless Steel • Small Footprint • Direct Vent Capability

Catalog Raypak No. No. 60-616 D-32 60-618 D-32 60-620 F-10 60-622 G-1 60-623 G-1 60-624 G-1 60-660 D-11 60-661 D-11 60-662 D-11 60-663 D-11 60-665 D-15 60-666 D-15 60-667 D-15 60-668 D-15 60-675 Z-12 60-676 Z-12 60-677 Z-12

Description PVC Venting Adapter PVC Venting Adapter Low Water Cut-Off CSD-1/GE Gap Code Ctrl. CSD-1/GE Gap Code Ctrl. California Code Control Outdoor Vent Cap Outdoor Vent Cap Outdoor Vent Cap Outdoor Vent Cap Sidewall Vent Cap Sidewall Vent Cap Sidewall Vent Cap Sidewall Vent Cap Condensate Kit Condensate Kit Condensate Kit

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

For Model 60-600 60-602/60-604 All Models 60-600 to 60-604 60-630 to 60-636 60-600 to 60-604 60-600 60-602/60-604 60-630 to 60-634 60-636 60-600 60-602/60-604 60-630 to 60-634 60-636 60-600 60-602/60-604 60-630 to 60-634

POOL HEATING

Commercial Pool Heaters Raypak® Professional Indirect Commercial Pool Heaters

The Professional Indirect powered by XTherm is Corrosion Resistant and can be built with cupronickel or titanium indirect heat exchanger. Easy to Install – Factory plumbed and tested skid mount saves time/money on installation and commissioning. Easily control with the 7" touchscreen display. Raymote connectivity enables real time service notifications to keep you informed, allows you to view and manage your Raypak systems at multiple sites, and provides instant visibility to historical data and performance reports. Up to 96% efficiency – reduce operating costs and heat your pool or spa water quicker. Low NOx certified. Available in 3 sizes and natural or propane gas. Propane gas connection sizes are different from natural gas connection sizes. Heater purchase includes factory start-up, inspection and support.

Raypak Xtherm® Indirect Heaters - Cupro Nickel MBTUH Input/ Output

Overall Height

Overall Width

Flue Dia.

60-690

999/959

55-1/4"

80-1/16"

1-1/4"

1343

60-691

1500/1440

67-1/8"

80-1/16'

1-1/4"

1448

60-692

1999/1939

75-1/8"

91-1/8"

1930

Catalog No.

Nat. Gas Conn.

Water Conn.

Weight (Lbs.)

Raypak Xtherm® Indirect Heaters - Titanium 60-695

999/959

55-1/4"

80-1/16"

1-1/4"

1343

60-696

1500/1440

67-1/8"

80-1/16'

1-1/4"

1448

60-697

1999/1939

75-1/8"

91-1/8"

1930

Note: Add a .P to the catalog number for propane models. Gas Conn. Size Differs.

Raypak® X94 Professional Series Commercial Heaters Catalog No. Catalog No. Natural Propane 60-670 60-671

Raypak® X94 Professional High Efficiency Gas Heater (ASME)

This heater is specifically designed for semi-commercial applications. The unique cabinet shape allows for close nesting on multi-unit installations, The X94 features stainless steel ASME heat exchanger, sealed combustion, direct vent and digital controls that allow it to control the system pump and 3-way valves. The X94 is rated at 94% efficiency. Warranty Comes standard with a 3-year parts and labor warranty.

BTUH Input (000) 399

Cabinet Width 46"

Multiple Venting Options The X94 Professional offers several different venting options. The unit can be installed with a 4" PVC, CPVC, polypro or stainless steel flue vent. The heater is equipped with a multiport vent adapter so no extra parts are required. The heater can also be installed with 4" PVC or metal pipe duct to bring fresh combustion air from outside the equipment room. Multiple Plumbing Options Provides for 4 possible water connection configurations. Super-Austenitic Stainless Steel Heat Engine The heat engine on the X94 is made from AL-6XN® Alloy Stainless Steel. AL-6XN® alloy is used primarily in condensers and heat exchangers on offshore oil platforms and power plants. This special alloy blend is far superior in strength, pitting and corrosion resistance that other types of stainless. The X94 is built specifically for the most rigorous environments including salt chlorine generated pools.

Cabinet Depth 22"

Vent Size 4"

Gas Conn. 3⁄4"

Water Conn. 2"

Weight (Lbs.) 300

Heat Exchanger The X94 is the first gas-fired heater that features a stainless steel heat exchanger designed specifically for pool heating. Excellent for salt chlorine generated pool. Flow Switch, T&P Gauges and PRV Valve These heaters ship complete with a flow switch, pressure relief valve and temperature/pressure gauge.

Heater Options 60-672

60-673

4" Stainless “T” Vent Kit (D-11)...... 60-672 4" PVC “T” Vent Kit (D-11)................60-673

Condensate Kit (Z-12).......................60-674

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

151

POOL HEATING

Commercial Pool Heaters Raypak® Digital Pool Heaters

A.S.M.E.

Raypak® Digital Pool Heater (ASME)

Catalog No. Natural 60-400

Elevation (FT) 0-2000

BTUH Input (000) 199.5

Cabinet Width 20"

60-408

2000-6000

199.5

60-402

0-2000

266

60-412

2000-6000

60-404

0-2000

Cabinet Depth 28"

Vent Size 6"

Gas Water Weight Indoor Conn. Conn. (Lbs.) Hood 3⁄4" 2" 206 60-451

20"

28"

3⁄4"

206

60-451

23"

28"

3⁄4"

229

60-452

266

23"

28"

3⁄4"

229

60-452

332.5

26"

28"

3⁄4"

249

60-453

60-416

2000-6000

332.5

26"

28"

3⁄4"

249

60-453

60-406

0-2000

399

29"

28"

3⁄4"

268

60-454

60-420

2000-6000

399

29"

28"

3⁄4"

268

60-454

Note: Propane Heaters available upon request. Reduce input BTU 4% for each 1000' above sea level over 200'. Heaters for elevations from 6,000' to 9,000' also available.

Optional Power Vent

This heater is specifically designed for semi-commercial applications. The unique cabinet shape allows for close nesting on multi-unit installations. The X94 features stainless steel ASME heat exchanger, sealed combustion, direct vent and digital controls that allows it to control the system pump and 3-way valves. The X94 is rated at 94% efficiency. Warranty Comes standard with a 3-year parts and labor warranty.

(For 60-400, -408, -402, -412) Power Vent (240-Volt Only).............60-457 Shipping Weight: 36 lbs. Power Vent (120-Volt Only)............ 60-459 Shipping Weight: 35 lbs. (For 60-404, -416, -406, -420) Power Vent (240-Volt)..................... 60-458 Shipping Weight: 36 lbs. Power Vent (120-Volt)...................... 60-460 Shipping Weight: 38 lbs.

Pentair ETi™ 400 High Efficiency Heater

The ETi 400,000 BTU natural gas pool and spa heater features corrosion resistant, TitanTough Direct-Fire Titanium, ASME certified heat exchanger. This heater features 96% thermal efficiency. The Eti™ 400 heater is certified for ultra low NOx emission and operates at an ultra quite noise level. Easy category IV venting with air intake up to 120' with 4" PVC and 300’ with 6" PVC pipe. Is rated for both indoor and outdoor installation. Convenient installation featuring a rotatable front door that allows the control pad to be rotated 180 degrees which allow

the heater to be plumbed on the right or left-hand side. Convenient front and rear gas connection capability. Unit is built standard for natural gas applications. A gas conversion kit can be purchased for propane applications. ETi™ 400 High Efficiency Heater... 60-680 400,000 BTU (Natural Gas Shipping Weight: 365 lbs. Direct Air Intake Kit.......................... 60-215 (For Indoor Applications.) Shipping Wt.: 5lbs Condensate Neutralizer Cartridge Kit.. 60-210 (Neutralizes condensate.) Shipping Wt. 5lbs. Propane Gas Conversion Kit............60-211 Shipping Weight: 2 lbs.

CALL OR EMAIL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS FOR ASSISTANCE AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. (800) 428-3254 OR SALES@RECREONICS.COM 152

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

POOL HEATING

Commercial Pool Heaters Service-Friendly Control System –

Fingertip setup, temperature adjustment and troubleshooting featuring 2-line, 16-character display in words instead of confusing codes.

Commercial-Grade Heat Exchanger – Highly efficient copper-finned tube design, time-proven in Lochinvar commercial water heaters and boilers*. – Advanced heat exchanger design with no O-rings, virtually eliminates leaks and failures. – ASME certified cast iron headers with slip-fit or threaded connections.

Advanced Combustion System –

Direct-spark ignition for superior reliability and efficiency as well as high-efficiency stainless steel burners.

Built-in Floor Shield –

Be confident installing on combustible flooring; there’s no need to purchase a separate kit.

Fully Sealed Combustion Chamber –

– Windproof design for safe operation. Keeps out wasps, spiders & pests. – Commercial-grade galvanized, painted steel jacket.

Lochinvar® EnergyRite® Pool Heaters - ASME Models

Five EnergyRite models are available; from 150,000 Btu/hr to 399,000 Btu/ hr. Lochinvar’s engineering delivers the highest thermal efficiency in its class. Also available for use with propane gas at elevations from 6,000 to 9,000 feet.

Catalog No. Natural

BTUH Input

Cabinet Width

Air Intake

Vent Size

Gas Conn.

Water Conn.

Weight (Lbs.)

61-400

150,000

23"

22"

3⁄4"

183

61-402

199,999

26-1⁄2"

3⁄4"

195

22"

61-404

250,000

30"

22"

3⁄4"

217

61-406

300,000

33-3⁄4"

22"

3⁄4"

240

61-408

399,999

41"

22"

3⁄4"

269

Note: Propane heaters available upon request.

Lochinvar® Copper-Fin2® Heater

Lochinvar® Copper-Fin2® Commercial Pool Heaters Catalog No. Natural

Catalog No. Propane

BTUH Input (1000)

Cabinet Width

Cabinet Depth

Vent Size

Gas Conn.

Water Conn.

Weight (Lbs.)

60-702

60-722

500

45-1⁄2"

22-1⁄4"

1-1⁄4"

468

22-1⁄4"

1-1⁄4"

541 577

60-703

60-723

650

56-3⁄4"

60-704

60-724

750

64"

22-1⁄4"

1-1⁄4"

60-705

60-725

990

48-14"

33-1⁄2"

10"

2-1⁄2"

712

33-1⁄2"

12"

2-1⁄2"

836

12"

2-1⁄2"

906 1,064 1,173

60-706

60-726

1,260

58-1⁄2"

60-707

60-727

1,440

68-3⁄4"

33-1⁄2" 33-1⁄2"

14"

2-1⁄2"

33-1⁄2"

14"

2-1⁄2"

60-708

60-728

1,800

82-1⁄4"

60-709

60-729

2,070

92-1⁄2"

Note: Propane Heaters available upon request. Reduce input BTU 4% for each 1000' above sea level over 200'. Heaters for elevations from 6,000' to 9,000' also available.

These horizontal chassis, fan-assisted, copper-finned tube pool heaters yield up to 85% thermal efficiency. Copper-Fin² achieves this efficiency through the combination of an advanced fan assisted combustion system and a gasketless heat exchanger. The sealed combustion design of the Copper-Fin² eliminates external heat losses, this means the energy dollars heat the water, not the mechanical room. The Copper-Fin² offers eight venting options to meet the most challenging installation requirements. The SMART SYSTEM is an advanced, state of the art integrated operating control. With up to four stages of individual operation, the SMART SYSTEM control can reduce the firing rate down to approximately 25% BTU/HR input. This simple but effective design matches the pool heater’s firing capacity to the heat loss of the pool or spa. All Copper-Fin² pool heaters are equipped with an automatic pumped bypass ensuring proper flow and return water temperatures to the heat exchanger. These heaters require mandatory factory authorized start-up supervision (not included in base price).

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

153

POOL HEATING

ALL

Commercial Pool Heaters

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

AQUAS also offers users the innovative SMART SYSTEM control allowing for unequaled control and monitoring functions such as pump control, cascading of up to 8 AQUAS packages and much more. The AQUAS commercial pool package is a factory assembled system featuring a free-standing boiler piped to a dedicated titanium pool heat exchanger. By separating the pool water from the direct-fired heat source, AQUAS reduces maintenance and promotes longer equipment life. The heat exchanger is sized to maximize the heat transfer of the boiler water to the pool water flowing through the heat exchanger with up to 98% thermal efficiency. Low return water temperature from a pool makes for an ideal application.

Additionally, AQUAS offers multiple venting options and tremendous flexibility for placement of units within the building, because it permits direct-vent air intake and exhaust runs up to 100 equivalent feet using either PVC, CPVC, polypropylene or AL29-4C stainless steel vent pipe. Intake and exhaust runs can terminate horizontally through a sidewall or vertically through the roof.

Call our sales consultants for additional information and pricing.

C.S.A.

CE Series (12kw-18kw)

These pool and spa heaters feature a flow switch to prevent operation when there is no water flow. An all stainless steel tank for long life and corrosion resistance is also standard. Available in single phase and three phase configurations. Accommodates flow rates of from 20 to 80 GPM.

CPH Series (24kw-30kw)

Along with the same features as the 12-18kw heaters, the 24-30kw heaters now include a digital thermostat for more precise control of pool water temperature. Accommodates flow rates of from 20 to 80 GPM.

PHS Series (36kw-57kw)

Along with the same features as the 12-18kw heaters, the 36-57kw heaters now include a digital thermostat for more precise control of pool water temperature. Accommodates flow rates of from 20 to 80 GPM.

Coates Electric Heaters Catalog No.

60-072 60-272 60-282 60-074 60-075 60-384 60-080 60-275 60-385 60-085 60-276

Voltage/Phase/ Full AMP Load

NPT Conn.

Weight (Lbs.)

Catalog No.

Voltage/Phase/ Full AMP Load

NPT Conn.

Weight (Lbs.)

12 12 12 18 18 18 24 24 24 30 30

240/1/51 208/3/34 208/1/58 240/1/77 240/3/45 480/3/22 240/1/102 208/3/67 480/3/29 240/1/128 208/3/84

1.5" 1.5" 1.5" 1.5" 1.5" 1.5" 1.5" 1.5" 1.5" 1.5" 1.5"

47 47 47 47 47 47 68 68 68 68 68

60-386 60-076 60-387 60-278 60-388 60-279 60-389 60-096 60-280 60-390

30 36 36 45 45 54 54 57 57 57

480/3/37 240/1/153 480/3/44 208/3/126 480/3/55 208/3/150 480/3/65 240/3/137 208/3/158 480/3/69

1.5" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2"

68 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

Note: Other Sizes, Voltages and Phases Available

VERY IMPORTANT

These heaters are not warranted for salt water application. New heaters specifically designed for salt water pools are available upon request. 154

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

POOL HEATING

Thermometers

32-702

32-732

56-112

Weksler Industrial Thermometers

These top-quality industrial thermometers are approved for use by architects, engineers and consultants everywhere for use in swimming pool applications. 9" Adjustable Angle Thermometer This thermometer may be adjusted for any desired angle while installation is being made. Thermometer case is made of molded Valox® with a clear acrylic window. 9" Adj. Angle Thermometer with 3-1⁄2" stem..................................32-700 (0-120° F), 11⁄4" – 18" NEF Swivel Nut 31⁄2" Brass Thermowell for Adjustable Angle Thermometer.........................32-730 9" Adj. Angle Thermometer with 6" stem......................................32-702 (0-120° F), 3⁄4" NPT 6" Brass Thermowell for Adjustable Angle Thermometer.........................32-732 Econo-Therm Thermometers These thermometers feature a rugged molded Valox® and a one-piece clear frame front and window. 2" Brass Thermowell........................32-740 6-1⁄2" Straight Thermometer with 4" stem......................................32-706 (20°-180° F), 3⁄4" – 28" NPT 4" Brass Thermowell........................32-742

56-122

Tube Thermometer............................56-112 Molded ABS tube body. Thermometer has Fº and Cº scale in sealed glass tube. 3' polyethylene cord. Weight: 6 oz. Floating Thermometer..................... 56-122 Molded ABS tube body with flotation cap. Cap has colorful design............Weight: 8 oz.

56-124

56-132

Jumbo Thermometer....................... 56-124 Black body is 10-3⁄8" long by 2-7⁄8" wide with jumbo easy-to-read markings. Dimensions: 12" long Weight: 8 oz. 10" Economy Thermometer............. 56-132 This 10" plastic thermometer includes a water pocket for sampling and cord. Dimensions: 10" long Weight: 8 oz.

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY AT 800.428.3254

Skimmers Lids with Built-in Thermometers

Retrofit your pool with these unique skimmer lids that have a built-in thermometers. Square Skimmer Lid......................... 56-128 Fits Hayward Square Lid Skimmer. Dimensions: 10" L x 10" W Weight: 1 lb. Round Skimmer Lid.......................... 56-129 Fits SwimQuip, Swimrite, Jacuzzi. Dimensions: 9-7⁄8" diameter Weight: 1 lb.

56-128

56-129

56-130

56-131

In-Line Dial Thermometer with 1/2" Brass Sweat Well.............. 56-130 Dimensions: 3" diameter with 2" stem, (50°-220°F) In-Line Dial Thermometer with 3/4" Brass Sweat Well..............56-131 Dimensions: 3" diameter with 2" stem, (50°-220°F)

56-154

In-Line Dial Thermometer................ 56-154 Dimensions: 3" diameter with 2" stem, 1⁄2" NPT (50°-220°F) In-Line Dial Thermometer with Nylon Well................................. 56-155 Dimensions: 3" diameter with 2" stem, 1⁄2" NPT (30°-130°F)

56-155

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

155

LIGHTING

Commercial Swimming Pool Lights

IntelliBrite® Architectural Series Lights

Amerlites Pool Lights

Features a stainless steel shell, 83⁄8" prismatic tempered glass lens, and a stainless steel face ring. Available in four wattages, two voltages and with three different cord lengths. Niche sold separately. STAINLESS STEEL FACE RING CORD 120V LENGTH 300 W

120V 500 W

12V 100 W

12V 300 W

N/A

64-210

N/A

64-207 64-212

N/A

N/A 6 lbs 64-232 10 lbs

15' 50'

Ship Wt.

Replacement Lens............................ 65-180 8-5⁄8" dia. clear tempered glass lens. Replacement Gasket ........................65-181 Should be replaced every time the light is re-lamped.

These white lights deliver more dazzling and dynamic LED pool lighting experience using and improved optics provides a cleaner white light and reduces glare. Tempered glass convex lens allows a wider angle of light distribution. Stainless steel face ring adds a sleek finish and helps to prevent cracking and corrosion. Available in 26Watt (Equavalent to 300-W incandescent), 31-Watt (Equavalent to 500-W incandescent), 120-Volt, 12-volt and in several cord length options. These LED lights are 60% brighter and 50% more energy efficient. INTELLIBRITE® ARCHITECTURAL SERIES POOL (WHITE) - 120-V

EQUIVALENT TO 300-WATT OF INCANDESCENT LIGHT Cord Catalog No. Voltage Power Length Ship Wt.

64-330

120-V

26-W

30'

64-331

120-V

26-W

50'

12 Lbs.

64-332

120-V

26-W

100'

16.5 Lbs.

64-333 64-334

120-V 120-V

26-W 26-W

150' 250'

21 Lbs. 27.5 Lbs.

10.5 Lbs.

PureWhite Pro® High Output LED Lamps

The commercial grade bright white (120Volt) LED lamps are available in in both cool white and warm white. Equivalent to a 500-Watt incandescent lamp. Convert all of your incandescent pool lights for increased energy savings and reduced maintenance cost. Compatible with Pentair Amerlite, Hayward Astrolite incandescent fixtures. HO LED Lamp (Cool White)............. 65-140 Includes silicone lens gasket for Amerlite fixtures. HO LED Lamp (Warm White)........... 65-142 Includes silicone lens gasket for Amerlite fixtures. Hayward Replacement Gasket...... .65-176 (For Hayward Astrolites ONLY)

EQUIVALENT TO 500-WATT OF INCANDESCENT LIGHT

64-335

120-V

31-W

30'

10.5 Lbs.

64-336

120-V

31-W

50'

12 Lbs.

64-337

120-V

31-W

100'

16.5 Lbs.

ETL Listed

5.45”

64-338 120-V 31-W 150' 21 Lbs. 64-339 120-V 31-W 250' 27.5 Lbs. INTELLIBRITE® ARCHITECTURAL SERIES POOL (WHITE) - 12-V

EQUIVALENT TO 500-WATT OF INCANDESCENT LIGHT Cord Catalog No. Voltage Power Length Ship Wt.

IntelliBrite® 5G LED Lights

These white LED light underwater lights are equivalent to 500-watt of incandescent light. LED technology offers powerful illumination with a green benefit of using 86% less electricity of incandescent lights. Niche sold separately.

64-340

12-V

31-W

30'

10.5 Lbs.

64-341

12-V

31-W

50'

12 Lbs.

64-342

12-V

31-W

100'

16.5 Lbs.

64-343

12-V

31-W

150'

21 Lbs.

INTELLIBRITE® ARCHITECTURAL SERIES - SPA (WHITE) - 120-V Catalog No. Voltage

INTELLIBRITE 5G LED LIGHTS

Power

Cord Length

Ship Wt.

5.5 Lbs.

CORD LENGTH

120V 55 W

12V 55 W

Ship Wt.

64-344

120-V

18-W

30'

64-345

120-V

18-W

50'

7 Lbs.

30'

64-320

N/A

11 lbs

64-346

120-V

18-W

100'

11.5 Lbs.

50'

64-321

N/A

13 lbs

64-347

120-V

18-W

150'

16 Lbs.

100'

N/A

16 lbs

150'

N/A

20 lbs

250'

N/A

30 lbs

64-348 120-V 18-W 250' 25 INTELLIBRITE® ARCHITECTURAL SERIES - SPA (WHITE) - 12-V

STAINLESS STEEL NICHES INSTALLATION

3/4" REAR

3/4" TOP

1" REAR

Ship Wt.

Concrete 64-904 64-907 64-905 5 lbs Steel/Fiberglass 64-908 N/A 64-909 5 lbs

156

Catalog No. Voltage

Power

Cord Length

Ship Wt.

5.5 Lbs.

64-349

12-V

18-W

30'

64-350

12-V

18-W

50'

7 Lbs.

64-351

12-V

18-W

100'

11.5 Lbs.

64-352

12-V

18-W

150'

16 Lbs.

4.89”

Replacement PureWhite™ LED Lamps

These replacement LED lamps offer ultra-bright white LED illumination equivalent to a 400-watt incandescent bulb, but only use 10% of the electricity. Rated for up to 50,000 hours of use and carries a three-year limited warranty. Ships complete with a high-quality silicon gasket for the Amerlite light only. This gasket must be utilized for warranty to be valid. Hayward lights can use the Hayward gasket (sold separately). Two models to choose from based on the original underwater light. 120-Volt PureWhite™2 LED Lamp.... 65-135 (Compatible with Amerlite 784 and Hayward SP058 Series Lights) Hayward Replacement Gasket....... 65-176 (For Hayward Light Only) 120-Volt PureWhite™2 LED Lamp...... 65-137 (Compatible with Sta-Rite/Swimquip™ Series 0508 lights). Includes a silicone gasket for the Swimquip light.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

LIGHTING

Commercial Swimming Pool Lights

Hydrel Model 4800 - LED Light Hydrel 4426 Monochromatic LED Lights

The 4426 36 LED, 86-watt monochromatic wet niche mounted underwater swimming pool light provides optimized energy performance and superior lumen output (up to 10,985) This light features a cast bronze fixture housing with stainless steel face ring and twist-lock mounting. Temperature sensing low water cut-off is standard. All fixtures are tested at 10 PSI internal pressure while totally submerged in water. The 4426 monochromatic LED light will replace the 4425 and 4427 incandescent lights that have now been obsoleted due to DOE regulations. Light comes standard with wide flood distribution, convex linear spread lens and 35' of cord. Custom cord lengths are available up to 120'. Stainless niche sold separately. Monochromatic 86-W LED Light.... 64-617 Available LED Colors: (30K Warm White .WW), (41K Cool White .CW), (53K Daylight White .DW), Red and Phosphor Converted Amber (.A), Blue (.B), Green (.G) and Red (.R). Niche For 64-617............................. 64-522 Stainless steel with cast bronze mounting ring which locks the fixture in position. Niche has four ears to tie to forms or steel structural rods. Pressure grounding lugs on interior and exterior surfaces. Niche conduit entrance is ¾" NPT and is located in the upper portion of the niche rear. This niche is ONLY for the 64-617 monochromatic light.

NOTE: Wattage, Light Distribution options are available upon request. All orders for Hydrel lights are non-cancelable and non-returnable. All orders will require a signed light configuration cut-sheet.

Hydrel Model 4426 DMX RGB LED Lights

The 4426 36 LED, 96-watt RGB LED array creates DMX controlled dynamic color. This wet niche mount underwater swimming pool light provides optimized energy performance and delivers 1,660 lumens. This light features a cast bronze fixture housing with stainless steel face ring and twist-lock mounting. Temperature sensing low water cut-off is standard. All fixtures are tested at 10 PSI internal pressure while totally submerged in water. Light comes standard with wide flood distribution, convex lens and 35' of cord. Custom cord lengths are available up to 120'. Stainless niche sold separately. DMX Color Changing LED Light..... 64-618 3-Channels (Red, Green, Blue). DMX console and DMX splitter sold separately. EZ™ Solo DMX Controller................ 64-625 Stand alone entry-level controller enabling show creation and playback direction at a LCD touchscreen. Start-Up for EZ Solo........................ 64-626 (Pricing for start-up varies based on location) Stainless Steel Niche........................64-576 This special stainless steel niche with cast bronze mounting ring provides conduit connections for both power and direct DMX signal. Niche conduit entrances are ¾” NPT and are located at the rear of the niche. This niche is ONLY for the 64-618 DMX RBG light

Options and Parts for Hydrel 4426 Light:

Additional Cord.............................64-528 The 4426 light comes standard with 35' of #16/3ST submersible rated cord for standard 120VAC line. Cord entrance is epoxy encapsulated. Additional cord lengths must be specified. Sold per lineal foot in 5'-0" increments up to a total of 120'. Additional DMX Cord...................64-529 Replacement Lens........................ 65-190 8-5/8" Clear Linear Spread Convex Lens Replacement Lens Gasket............65-177 Single Piece molded U-shaped silicon

The underwater light is a wet nichemounted pool light with temperature-sensing low water cut-off. The lamp housing and face ring is fabricated from stainless steel. Lights come standard with 35' cord. Custom cord lengths are available. Stainless niche sold separately. Available LED Colors: 3000K (Warm White .WW), 4100K (Cool White .CW), 5300K (Daylight White .DW), Amber (.A), Blue (.B), Green (.G) and Red (.R). 4800 LED (120-Volt) Light.............. 64-620 Requires transformer (sold separately) 4800 LED (12-Volt) Light................. 64-622 Stainless Steel Niche........................ 64-612 Replacement Lens............................ 65-196 Replacement Lens Gasket............... 65-178

Hydrel Model 4421 LED Light

The 4421C is a static white, wet niche, swimming pool fixture. The fixture will accentuate pools with breathtaking color temperatures, offering the latest LED innovations and advanced energy-saving technology. Light comes standard with bronze face ring, wide flood distribution, 40K color temperature, convex lens and 35’ of electrical cord. Stainless steel niche sold separately. Hydrel Model 4421 LED Light…….64-630 Niche For 64-630…….………………..64-575 Stainless sttel niche with cast bronze mounting ring. ¾” NPT Rear entrance.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254 157

LIGHTING

Fountain Lights, Junction Boxes, Transformers and Pool Lights NOTE: All Orders for Hydrel Lights are non-cancelable and non-returnable.

ETL Listed

PureWhite LED Underwater Fixture

These LED fixtures immediately and significantly reduce energy consumption by up to 80%. Will last up to 50,000 hours, which is 20 times longer than incandescent lights. Compatible with most Pentair®, Hayward®, Jandy® and Jacuzzi® niches. 58-Watt PureWhite LED Underwater Light Fixtures CORD LENGTH 120 Volt 12 Volt Lumens.

30' 50' 100' 150'

64-400 64-401 64-402 64-403

64-404 64-405 64-406 N/A

3900 3900 3900 3900

87-Watt PureWhite LED Underwater Light Fixtures CORD LENGTH 120 Volt 12 Volt Lumens.

30' 50' 100' 150'

64-407 64-408 64-409 64-410

64-411 64-412 64-413 N/A

4500 4500 4500 4500

Base Mount

53K white, Phosphor Converted Amber, Limited Wavelength Amber (590nm), Red, Green or Blue. Specify desired lens (clear convex, amber cones, blue convex, green convex, red convex, spread convex or frosted convex). Comes standard with 10' of cord. Additional cord lengths are available in 5' increments. 7-Watt LED BM Fixture (120-Volt)..... 64-455 53k White LED, Medium Flood, Convex Clear Lens, Base Mount, 10' Cord. 7-Watt LED BM Fixture (12-Volt)...... 64-457 53k White LED, Medium Flood, Convex Clear Lens, Base Mount, 10' Cord. Additional Cord in 5' Increments... 64-528 Note: longer cord lengths can cause voltage drops on 12-volt fixtures.

Hydrel Model 4800BM (LED)

The 4800 series base-mounted fountain fixture features a stainless steel housing, cast bronze rock guard, yoke and base assembly. Includes a 9-watt LED lamp that delivers 554 lumens (medium flood distribution). Available in 12 or 120-volt. Transformer is NOT included on 12-volt versions and must be purchase separately. Specify desired LED colors (30K white, 41K white,

64-614

64-550

64-616

Hydrel Fountain Light Junction Boxes Lexan Junction Boxes

Dimensions: 6-1⁄2" w x 3" d x 4" h 3 outlet, 3⁄4" connection .................. 64-160 3 outlet, 1" connection .....................64-161

64-141.B

64-141.S

Flush Junction Boxes

Safety Transformers

These Safety Transformers are specifically designed to supply 12 volts to pool/spa lights, submersible fixtures and outdoor garden lights. A grounded shield between the primary and secondary windings assures safe operation and the built-in circuit protection will disconnect power to the transformer in case of defect or overload. Safety Volt Transformers Catalog No. Enclosure Watts

Input (60-Hertz)

64-140.B Beige 100 64-140.S Stainless 100 64-141.B Beige 300 64-141.S Stainless 300 64-142.B Beige 600 64-142.S Stainless 600

120-Volt, 1 Amp 120-Volt, 1 Amp 120-Volt, 3 Amp 120-Volt, 3 Amp 120-Volt, 6 Amp 120-Volt, 6 Amp

158

Output

The bronze junction boxes are designed for connection of supply cords from underwater lighting fixtures and service conduits. They feature heavy-wall cast bronze construction, silicone gaskets with integral grounding lugs. All conduit entry points must be tapped at the factory. JB 1701 Junction Box....................... 64-614 JB 1710 Junction Box....................... 64-616 JB 1719 Junction Box...................... 64-550 Universal Strain Relief.................... 64-552 Potting Compound (35 cu. in.)....... 64-490

Wt.

12 or 13 Volt 7 12 or 13 Volt 7 12,13,14 Volt 13 12,13,14 Volt 13 12,13,14 Volt 26 12,13,14 Volt 26

Dimensions: 4-1⁄2" d x 3-1⁄4" h 3 outlet, 3⁄4" connection .................. 64-166 3 outlet, 1" connection .................... 64-167

CALL OR EMAIL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS FOR ASSISTANCE AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. (800) 428-3254 OR SALES@RECREONICS.COM 800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

LIGHTING

Replacement Gaskets and Lamps

65-181

65-176

65-100

65-105

65-106

65-184

Replacement Lens Gasket................65-181 8-3⁄8" Outside Diameter. Fits Pentair Amerlite® and IntelliBrite® lights. Replacement Lens Gasket............... 65-176 7-5⁄16" Outside Diameter. Fits Hayward SP0805 Series lights. Replacement Lens Gasket............... 65-184 4-1⁄8" Outside Diameter. Fits Pentair Spa Brite® lights.

65-110

65-177 65-111 65-165

Replacement Lens Gasket................65-177 9-11⁄16" Wide x 8-11⁄16" Tall. Fits Hydrel Model 4426 and 4428 lights. Replacement Lens Gasket............... 65-165 8-9⁄16" Outside Diameter. Fits Hydrel Model 4423, 4425 and 4427 lights.

65-162

Recreonics Lamp Reference Chart Recreonics Catalog No. Lamp Description

American KDI Sta-Rite Products Hayward Paragon Pac-Fab Swim Equip

65-100

300 Watt/12 Volt R-40 Flood Medium

791019

65-105

300 Watt/12 Volt Sealed Beam Screw

65-106

300 Watt/120 Volt, PAR 56 (Hydrel)

65-110

250 Watt/120 Volt T-14 Medium

65-111

Purex

SP541-Z1

––

61-4500 34600-0004 PO3350

––

SP502-Z1

––

SP500-Z3

––

56805

––

100 Watt/12 Volt R-20 Flood Medium

791081

SP550-Z4

––

65-0020 34600-0005

––

65-116

100 Watt/12 Volt (For KDI Dynalite)

––

56807

––

65-162

500 Watt/120 Volt, PAR 56 (Hydrel)

––

65-168

500 Watt/120 Volt T-4 Mini-Can

For Hydrel Model 4421

65-167 65-171

Replacement Grid Gasket................ 65-167 9-1⁄8” Outside Diameter. Fits Hydrel Model 4427 light. Replacement Grid Gasket................. 65-171 8-3⁄8” Outside Diameter. Fits Hydrel Model 4423 and 4425 lights.

NOTE: All light gaskets should be replaced every time the light is re-lamped or serviced.

Base Types

Mogul

Medium

Mini-can

Double Contact

Single Contact

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

Prong

Screw Term.

Med.-Mog. Adapter

159

FACILITY EQUIPMENT

Flooring Dri-Dek™ Flooring System

Dri-Dek quickly snaps together to fit anywhere.

It easily trims to fit wall-to-wall or around equipment.

3' x 4' Dri-Dek Sheet........................77-884

Color Options

Works well with wheeled traffic. Ideal for around pools or spas.

No more puddles. No more wet floors. No more germs. Now there’s Dri-Dek. The perfect solution for showers, steam rooms, dressing areas and locker rooms. Any place that gets wet. Why? Because Dri-Dek’s textured surface not only drains water. Its patented design lifts you above wet floors too. And it comes in 12 designer colors, so you can match any decor. Anywhere. Any time.

It’s a breeze to clean. Just hose it down. It’s that simple.

Red (.R) White (.W) Yellow (.Y) Hunter Green (.HG) Kelly Green (.KG) Almond (.A) Black (.B) Teal (.T)

1' x 1' Dri-Dek Tile...........77-887 to 77-890)

Gray (.G)

2"x12"Edge (Beveled Border) (77-881)

Burgundy (.BU) Dark Blue (.DB)

Perfect for towelling-off areas. Changing rooms. Locker rooms.

Pre-Cut Safety Strips

Combat slippery areas with our self-sticking Safety Strips. One side of each strip is a medium texture, diamond-hardmineral surface, and the other is a peel-and-stick adhesive. These strips are very easy to use, and are ready for traffic as soon as they are pressed into place. Standard color is black. Special colors are available in blue, green, brown or white. Pre-Cut Flex-Tread Safety Strips 3/4" W x 24" L (50-piece box) Marine Black.............................. 12-392.MB Caribbean Blue........................... 12-392.BB Pebble White.............................. 12-392.PW Shipping Weight: 2 lbs.

160

Pool Blue (.PB)

2"x2"Corner (77-882)

2" W x 24" L (50-piece box) Marine Black.............................. 12-394.MB Caribbean Blue........................... 12-394.BB Pebble White.............................. 12-394.PW Shipping Weight: 6 lbs. 6" W x 24" L (50-piece box) Marine Black...............................12-401.MB Caribbean Blue............................12-401.BB Pebble White...............................12-401.PW Shipping Weight: 12 lbs. Flex-Tread Anti-Slip Rolls 1" W x 60' L Roll Marine Black.............................. 12-405.MB Caribbean Blue...........................12-405.BB Pebble White.............................. 12-405.PW Shipping Weight: 1 lb. 2" W x 60' L Roll Marine Black.............................. 12-406.MB Caribbean Blue...........................12-406.BB Pebble White.............................. 12-406.PW Shipping Weight: 2.5 lbs. Flex-Tread Floor Prep – 4 oz. bottle......................................... 12-409 (Cleans approximately 50 sq. ft.)

(Samples available upon Request)

Dri-Dek™ Tile

(Please Specify Color.) Dimensions: 12"L x 12"W x 9⁄16" T 12-Tile Minimum Order (6-Pack).............................................. 77-887 (12-Pack).............................................77-888 (25-Pack)............................................77-889 (50-Pack)............................................77-890 Shipping Weight: 44 lbs. (Case of 50) Dri-Dek™ Sheets................................77-884 Dimensions: 3' W x 4' L x 9⁄16" T Shipping Weight: 12 lbs. per sheet Dri-Dek™ Rolls....................................77-886 Dimensions: 3' W x 12' L x 9⁄16" T Shipping Weight: 32 lbs. per roll Dri-Dek™ Edging.................................77-881 Dimensions: 12" x 2" Shipping Weight: 4 lbs. (Minimum of 6) Dri-Dek™ Corner (Case of 4)............77-882 Dimensions: 2" x 2" Shipping Weight: 1 lb. Dek-Bond, 1 oz. ................................77-883 Permanently bonds 100 Dri-Dek modules.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

FACILITY EQUIPMENT

Flooring

Entrap

This unique flooring material is designed to provide slip-resistant footing in barefoot traffic areas. Comfortable, attractive and durable, the all vinyl material allows water to run through its “z” construction, keeping it dry and safe. Dimensions: 3' x 20' roll Weight: 48 pounds Horizon Blue Entrap, 3' x 20' Roll........................................ 77-736 Wheat Entrap, 3' x 20' Roll ....................................... 77-732

PEM® Aquatic Matting

Reduce injury related risk and enhance your facility’s appearance with this new durable poly-extruded matting. The textured surface of this matting provides sure footing that reduces slippage under wet conditions. The porosity of the material allows moisture to flow through footing surface, eliminating standing water. This aquatic matting includes anti-microbial guard which is a non-leachable biocide which guards against the growth of mildew, fungiand bacteria. The soft PVC construction protects bare feet from splinters on surfaces such as bridges. Cleans easily with sweeping or washdown. Available in two thicknesses and four standard colors. Lightweight Aquatic Matting (25' Rolls)

Blue (.B)

Hunter Green (.HG)

Gray (.G)

Sandstone (.S)

High-Traffic Aquatic Matting (25’ Rolls)

Recreonics Catalog Number

Width

Thickness

Shipping Weight (Lbs.)

Recreonics Catalog Number

77-743

24"

1⁄4"

38 lbs.

77-739

77-744

36"

1⁄4"

57 lbs.

77-740

36"

3⁄8"

77-746

72"

1⁄4"

115 lbs

77-742

72"

3⁄8"

Lightweight Aquatic Matting (10' Rolls)

Thickness

Shipping Weight (Lbs.)

Width

24"

3⁄8"

60 lbs. 90 lbs. 180 lbs.

High-Traffic Aquatic Matting (10’ Rolls)

77-780

24"

1⁄4"

19 lbs.

77-785

24"

3⁄8"

27 lbs.

77-781

36"

1⁄4"

26 lbs.

77-786

36"

3⁄8"

38 lbs.

Available in Blue (.B), Gray (.G), Sandstone (.S)

CALL OUR KNOWLEDGEABLE SALES CONSULTANTS FOR ASSISTANCE 800.428.3254

Available in Blue (.B), Gray (.G), Hunter Green (.HG), Sandstone (.S)

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

161

FACILITY EQUIPMENT

Flooring, Water Polo Floor Markings

Heronrib® Matting

Floorline® Matting

This slip resistant, low profile (1⁄4" thick) matting is certified to ASTM 1677 - providing excellent safety and comfort. Made from high quality open-grid, flexible PVC that is infused with anti-microbial and anti fungal additives - Floorline® is perfect for light to medium traffic areas, indoor and out.

For outdoor applications, Floorline provides a great thermal barrier that will keep bare feet cool during hot summer days. Cleaning is easy - just roll up the matting and clean the surface underneath. The matting itself can be cleaned with typical household cleaning products or pressure washing. Available in 33' long rolls in widths of 2' or 3' and colors of Blue (.B), Beige (.BG), Green (.G), and Red (.R) 1-Year Warranty. 2' W x 33' L Floorline................ ……..77-625 Shipping Weight: 56 lbs. 3'W x 33' L Floorline................. ……..77-627 Shipping Weight: 80 lbs.

For high-traffic areas, Heronrib® is a slip resistant (ASTM 1677), multi-directional drainage product that is comfortable underfoot. Made from flexible PVC with anti-microbial and anti-fungal additives. The matting can be loose laid over existing surfaces. The 4 way drainage design will channel water away from the mat - ensuring no pooling underneath. Heronrib® matting provides a great thermal barrier that will keep bare feet cool during hot summer days.

Cleaning is easy - simply roll up the matting and clean underneath. The matting itself can be cleaned with typical household cleaning products or pressure washing. Available in 33' long rolls in widths of 2', 3' or 4' and colors of Buff (.B), Charcoal Gray (.CG), Forest Green (.FG), Ocean Blue (.OB), and Oxford Blue (.OXB). 3-Year Warranty. 2' W x 33' L Heronrib™ ............ ………77-630 Shipping Weight: 75 lbs. 3' W x 33' L Heronrib™ ............ ………77-632 Shipping Weight: 111 lbs. 4' W x 33' L Heronrib™ ............ ………77-634 Shipping Weight: 146 lbs.

Heron Walk Safety Matting

This 3/8” thick self-draining mat makes spaces accessible for both wheelchair users and pedestrians, with cross-directional top ribs for extra traction and and embossed surface for comfort underfoot.

It’s one-piece construction means Heron Walk is easy to clean and maintain, and can be quickly rolled out where needed or cut to fit on site. This UV-resistant mat can be used indoors and outdoors. Two-tier construction provides a thermal barrier by elevating bare fee off of hot surfaces. Available 2’, 3’, 4’ wide x 40’ or 50’ long roles in Black (.BLK) or Blue (.B). 2’ W x 40’ L Heron Walk……………..77-645 Shipping Weight: 101 lbs. 3’ W x 40’ L Heron Walk……………..77-646 Shipping Weight: 142 lbs. 4’ W x 40’ L Heron Walk……………..77-647 Shipping Weight: 189 lbs.

CALL OR EMAIL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND PRICING! (800) 428-3254 SALES@RECREONICS.COM

162

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

FACILITY EQUIPMENT

ALL

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

Weather-Resistant Outdoor Clock

These clocks operate in a wide range of climate conditions. The clock case is constructed of metal with a black wrinkle powder coated finish. The clock face is made of shatter-resistant plexiglass. Avail-able in 12", 15", 18" and 24" diameters with either UL electric or (1-”AA”) battery movement. Electric Movement 12" Diameter Clock.......................... 88-065 15" Diameter Clock.......................... 88-066 18" Diameter Clock.......................... 88-067 24" Diameter Clock......................... 88-068 Battery Movement 12" Diameter Clock.......................... 88-070 15" Diameter Clock........................... 88-071 18" Diameter Clock...........................88-072 24" Diameter Clock..........................88-073 Battery Booster Plus....................... 88-075 Changing batteries once a year costs valuable maintenance time. The Battery Booster can put an end to that and extend the battery life of your clocks up to 8 years. (Batteries not included.)

Clocks, Thermometers, Wristbands & Tally Counter

Clock sold separately.

80-350.R

80-350.B

80-350.G

80-350.W

80-350.BK

80-350.O

Weather-Resistant Cover

Constructed of high-impact polycarbonate, this all weather resistant cover will add to the life of your clock. 12" Clock Cover................................. 88-081 16" Dia. x 8" Deep 80-360

80-350.BKW 80-350.BW 80-350.RW 80-350.GW 80-350.OW

Big Clock (Inside/Outside).............. 88-057 Requires (1) AA battery (not included). 12" Diameter Shipping Weight: 2 lbs.

Elastic Wristbands........................... 80-350 Excellent quality elastic wristbands with all brass hardware. Any style checking tag may be attached. Complete with S-hook. Available in Red (.R), Blue (.B), Green (.G), White (.W), Black (.BK), Orange (.O), Black & White (.BKW), Blue & White (.BW), Red & White (.RW), Green & White (.GW), Orange & Black (.OBK), Orange & White (.OW). Brass S-Hooks.................................. 80-360 Ideal for attaching locker keys to check pins or tags, or to replace lost S-hooks. Sold per 100 only.

88-059

Hand Talley Counter....................... 80-365 For keeping accurate count of repeat events, numbers, or any activity where an accurate count is essential. Dimensions: 2" x 2" Weight: 3 oz.

Universal Clock Guards

Features a hinged front door for easy access. For indoor or outdoor use. Clock Guard for 12" Clock...............88-077 Clock Guard for 15" Clock.............. 88-078 Clock Guard for 18" Clock.............. 88-079 Clock Guard for 24" Clock.............. 88-080

88-062

Big and Bold Patio Thermometer.. 88-059 12" Diameter Shipping Weight: 2 lbs. Wind Chill/Heat Index Thermometer................................... 88-062 12" Diameter Shipping Weight: 2 lbs.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254 163

FACILITY EQUIPMENT

SUITMATE®, Suit Wringer, Totemasters

Suit Wringer

SUITMATE®

The SUITMATE® swimsuit water extractor removes 95% of the water from a wet swimsuit in eight seconds, without heat. An ideal amenity for swimmers, facility staff and owners, it helps prevent water damage caused by dripping wet swimsuits. Constructed of stainless steel and durable plastic. Features easy installation. Dimensions: 15" x 15" X 23" Tall Shipping Weight: 64 Ibs. SUITMATE® (115-Volt, 60 Hz)............77-451

The tried and true suit wringer has proven over the years to be indispensable in a locker room. This model features a heavy, institutional quality steel frame, with rubber rollers that leave suits almost dry. Dimensions: 181⁄2" x 331⁄3" X 121⁄4" Weight: 17 Ibs. Suit Wringer.......................................77-450

Original Equipment Totemaster™

Great for storing and keeping your aquatic programming accessories secure. Constructed of 3⁄16" all-welded wire with 3" square mesh. Features four heavy-duty swivel wheels and lockable hinge top (lock not included). No tools are required for assembly. Available in Royal Blue (.B). Dimensions: 24" W x 36" L x 36" H Weight: 48 lbs. Equipment Totemaster..................... 92-310

Totemaster™ Open Top

SUITMATE® Select Custom Wrap

This all-purpose carrier with open top storage baskets is great for storing and organizing your swim training or aquatic exercise equipment. Includes rotating hangers which are great for hanging training bands. Available in Blue. Dimensions: 48" L x 26" W x 54" H Weight: 46 lbs Totemaster™ Open Top.................... 92-325

Introducing the SUITMATE® Select program from Extractor Corporation. SUITMATE® Select allows you to customize the case of your SUITMATE® Swimsuit Water Extractor. Whether you want your SUITMATE® unit to blend-in or stand-out – we’ve got you covered. Show your team spirit by wrapping your SUITMATE® in your team logo or school colors. Or seamlessly blend your SUITMATE® Swimsuit Water Extractor into your environment by selecting a solid color or designer pattern of your choosing. All the benefits of The Original SUITMATE® Swimsuit Water Extractor, personalized for your facility! • Reduced maintenance costs • Reduces slip hazards • Easy installation • Dedicated technical support • Minimal power consumption • Improves swimmer satisfaction Suitmate® Select Cutom Wrap........77-452

Great for storing and keeping your aquatic programming accessories secure. Costructed of 3⁄16" all-welded wire with 3" square mesh with divider to separate equipment. Features four heavy-duty swivel wheels and dual lockable hinge top (lock not included). No tools are required for assembly. Available in Royal Blue only. Dimensions: 24" W x 60" L x 36" H Weight: 70 lbs. Totemaster Plus............................... 92-322

164

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

Mini Totemaster™

Totemaster Plus™

Great for storing and keeping your aquatic programming accessories secure. Constructed of 3⁄16" all-welded wire with 3" square mesh. Features four heavy-duty swivel wheels and lockable hinge top (lock not included). No tools are required for assembly. Available in Royal Blue only. Dimensions: 21" W x 21" L x 30" H Weight: 48 lbs. Mini Totemaster............................... 92-320 Replacement casters (set of 4) for all three of the Totemaster™ units we offer. Totemaster™ Casters........................ 92-315

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254

FACILITY EQUIPMENT

Storage Cabinets & Benches

Deck Stor-A-Way.............................. 92-400 High impact UV resistant ABS plastic with a rigid base. Ships assembled. Exterior Dimensions: 33"w x 31"d x 74"h Interior Dimensions: 28"w x 27"d x 64"h Weight: 160 lbs.

Wall-Mounted Aluminum Benches

These all-weather, portable and ruggedly durable fiberglass benches are the perfect team seating solution. EasyRec athletic benches can handle any environmental conditions from the pool, field, gym or locker room. Light-weight and stackable construction makes these high-capacity benches ideal for quick set-up and compact storage. Manufactured as a single piece provides strong, stable seating with a weight capacity of 500lbs. The Indoor/ Outdoor marine-grade gelcoat is corrosion, moisture, UV and scratch resistant. Choose from a large selection of colors and then customize the benches with your team logo or sports graphics. No assembly required. 2-year limited manufacturer warranty. EC

R E O NI C

Standard Powder Coating Colors

Powder-Coating is available for both the bench planks and supports. Add (.PC) to catalog number to indicate the powder-coating option. Specify desired color of both the plank and the supports from the color selection indicated above. 7'-6" Wall-Mounted Bench...............77-300 Shipping Weight: 20 Ibs. 15' Wall-Mounted Bench..................77-302 Shipping Weight: 40 Ibs. 21' Wall Mounted Bench..................77-304 Shipping Weight: 60 Ibs. 27' Wall Mounted Bench..................77-306 Shipping Weight: 80 Ibs.

4 Ft. Bench (Each)............................77-525 Dimensions: 48"L x 15"W x 18"H Shipping weight: 26 lbs 6 Ft. Bench (Each)............................77-530 Dimensions: 72"L x 15"W x 18"H: Shipping weight: 33 lbs. Custom Graphics on Ends...............77-536 Custom Graphics on Top.................77-540 For custom graphics there is a minimum order of 6 units. Purchaser must provide digital log files. Available Colors: Traffic Red, Wine Red, Pure Orange, Golden Yellow, Traffic Yellow, Traffic Green, Fir Green, Light Blue, Signal Blue, Cobalt Blue, Terra Bown, Traffic Black, Iron Gray, Cool Gray, Silk Grey, Traffic White

These sturdy and attractive wall-mounted benches are the perfect solution for aquatic facility seating requirements. This bench system consists of 10" wide non-skid aluminum planks and corrosion resistant aluminum under structure supports. Planks come in 7'-6", 15', 21' and 27' lengths. Mounting hardware is NOT included.

Fiberglass Stackable Benches

A LIT Y

Lane Line Storage Bench

This extremely durable and attractive storage bench is a must for all aquatic facilities. Each bench is constructed of tough, heavy-duty fiberglass panels, cast aluminum frames and heavy-duty hinges. Purchase the benches in series to accommodate your particular storage needs. These benches, when in series, can accommodate up to nine racing lanes having 4" diameter floats. These benches can also accommodate kickboards, hand paddles, vacuum hoses and many other items around the pool. Sits six people per bench.

Dimensions: 92"L x 15 - 5⁄8"H x 15" D Lane Line Storage Benches Without bottom panel ..................... 14-362 Weight: 111 lbs. (each) With bottom panel............................ 14-364 Weight: 131 lbs. (each) End panel.......................................... PB-305 (Sold separately) Lanes To Be Stored

Benches Required

60 foot lanes 75 foot lanes 25 meter lanes 50 meter lanes

8 benches 10 benches 11 benches 22 benches

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

165

FACILITY EQUIPMENT

Storage Boxes, Lockers and Shade Structures Not Avaiable For Sale In the State of Florida 92-406 92-360 92-354

Quality Fiberglass Storage Boxes

ing beauty and protection. All hardware is stainless steel. Perfect for storage of swimming pool accessories and doubles as a bench. Available in white, tan or gray.

These storage boxes are constructed of 3⁄16" thick fiberglass with UV gel coat that offers unsurpassed strength and long-last-

Towel/Gym Locker Combo

Fiberglass Storage Boxes Catalog No.

Width

Depth

Height

Weight (Lbs.)

92-406

39.5"

19.75"

21.5"

92-354

50"

29"

92-352

22"

18"

12"

28 56

92-360

48"

20"

18"

92-402

71"

22"

24.5"

92-363

85"

20"

18"

This vertical fiberglass storage locker features both wet and dry compartments. Both sides of the locker have five shelves. Each shelf compartment has two vents. This locker, featuring long lasting fiberglass construction, is resistant to chlorine and has 43 square feet of storage space. Available in white, tan or gray. Combo Locker................................... 92-410 Dimensions: 36" W x 24" D x 87" H (Outside dimensions). Wt. 185 lbs.

Shade Structures PERFECTSHADE™

These popular post-and-fabric shade structures are perfect for poolside shade. Includes a black powder-coated frame and a UV Shadecloth (95% UV Block) in your choice of Aquatic Blue (.AB), Brunswick Green (.BG), Cherry Red (.CR), Turquoise (.T), and Yellow (.Y). Designed to be installed on concrete pads using baseplates and anchoring bolts. When installed per specifications the structure exceeds ASCE 7-10 requirements for 115 mph wind gusts. Anchoring hardware is to be provided by others. Installation Kit.................................. 88-260 Used when installing or removing the fabric top from the frame.

PERFECTSHADE™ Shade Structures

Size

Black Frame

Aquatic Blue Top

Brunswick Green Top

Cherry Red Top

Turquoise Top

Yellow Top

10' x 10' 10' x 15' 10' x 20' 15' x 15' 20' x 20' 20' x 30'

88-250 88-251 88-252 88-253 88-254 88-255

88-250.AB 88-251.AB 88-252.AB 88-253.AB 88-254.AB 88-255.AB

88-250.BG 88-251.BG 88-252.BG 88-253.BG 88-254.BG 88-255.BG

88-250.CR 88-251.CR 88-252.CR 88-253.CR 88-254.CR 88-255.CR

88-250.T 88-251.T 88-252.T 88-253.T 88-254.T 88-255.T

88-250.Y 88-251.Y 88-252.Y 88-253.Y 88-254.Y 88-255.Y

166

Aquatic Blue (.AB)

Brunswick Green (.BG)

Turquoise (.T)

Yellow (.Y)

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

Cherry Red (.CR)

FACILITY EQUIPMENT

Umbrellas

12-347.RW

Vinyl Panel Tilting Umbrella

These 6-1⁄2' diameter umbrellas are made from tough, weather-resistant, nylon and vinyl laminate panels. Features a 2-piece 7-1⁄2' x 1-1⁄4" Dia. aluminum pole with tilt mechanism. Vinyl Panel Umbrella........................ 12-347 Available in Blue/White (.BW), Green/White (.GW), Red/White (.RW), Yellow/Red (12344.YR) and Yellow/White (12-344.YW). Weight: 8 lbs.

Vinyl Tilting LIFEGUARD Umbrella

12-347.BW

12-347.GW

This 6-1⁄2' diameter umbrella with LIFEGUARD imprinted on three panels is made from tough, weather-resistant, nylon and vinyl laminate panels. Features a 2-piece 7-1⁄2' x 1-1⁄4" Dia. aluminum pole with tilt mechanism. LIFEGUARD Umbrella...................... 12-349 Available in Blue (.B) and Red (.R). Weight: 8 lbs.

Call Us For Quantity Discounts on Lifeguard Chair Umbrellas!

Unbeatable Prices! 800.428.3254

Funbrella Classic

2-Piece Ground Sleeve................... 88-230 Shipping Weight: 42 lbs.

1-Piece Ground Sleeve.................... 88-232 Shipping Weight: 19 lbs.

Funbrella serves a multitude of purposes, beautifully. Perfectly suited to settings where natural shade isn’t available. Shade while you decorate public and private areas. Funbrella enhances pool sides, outdoor leisure areas and keeps recreational facilities operating in the heat of the day. Removable handle, hidden winch and safety pin are all safety features. Funbrella is a unique alternative to pavilions and gazebos and is built to perform year after year. (Specify color.) 12' Funbrella (less ground sleeve).88-223 Shipping Weight: 160 lbs. 12' Funbrella (1-piece ground sleeve).88-220 Shipping Weight: 179 lbs. 12' Funbrella (2-piece ground sleeve).88-221 Shipping Weight: 202 lbs. 20' Funbrella (less ground sleeve).88-227 Shipping Weight: 351 lbs. 20' Funbrella (1-piece ground sleeve).88-225 Shipping Weight: 370 lbs. 20' Funbrella (2-piece ground sleeve).88-226 Shipping Weight: 393 lbs. 12' Replacement Top....................... 88-234 20' Replacement Top...................... 88-233

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

167

FACILITY EQUIPMENT

Oasis Crossweave Series

Scandia Sling Series

Features heavy-walled, tubular aluminum extrusion, powder-coated frame with 5-year warranty. Virgin double-wrapped vinyl straps with ultraviolet stabilizers and weatherproof rivets. The nesting design allows for minimal storage when not in use. (26) powder coat and (31) vinyl strap colors to choose from.

Features heavy-walled, tubular aluminum extrusion, powder-coated frame with 5-year warranty. Virgin double-wrapped vinyl crossweaved straps with ultraviolet stabilizers and weatherproof rivets. The nesting design allows for minimal storage when not in use. (26) powder coat and (31) vinyl strap colors to choose from.

Features heavy-walled flat oval aluminum extrusion, powder-coated frame with 5-year warranty. The nesting design allows for minimal storage when not in use. (26) powder coat and numerous sling fabrics to choose from.

Chaise Lounge...................................88-112 Depth: 78" Width: 27" Height: 42.5" Seat Height: 13" Weight: 20 lbs.

Chaise Lounge...................................88-114 Depth: 78.5" Width: 27.5" Height: 41.125" Seat Height: 13.5" Weight: 23 lbs

Chaise Lounge.................................. 88-130 Depth: 83" Width: 28" Height: 46" Seat Height: 15” Weight: 36 lbs.

Game Chair.........................................88-101 Depth: 30" Width: 22" Height: 34.5" Seat Height: 17" Weight: 10 lbs.

Game Chair........................................ 88-104 Depth: 29" Width: 23.5" Height: 33.25" Seat Height: 16.5" Weight: 10 lbs.

Dining Chair.......................................88-131 Depth: 23.5" Width: 26" Height: 33.5" Seat Height: 17.5” Weight: 11 lbs.

High Back Sand Chair...................... 88-103 Depth: 38.5" Width: 23" Height: 30" Seat Height: 8" Weight: 10 lbs.

Sand Chair......................................... 88-107 Depth: 33" Width: 22.75" Height: 23.25" Seat Height: 8.25" Weight: 9 lbs.

Sand Chair......................................... 88-133 Depth: 26" Width: 26" Height: 25" Seat Height: 11” Weight: 10 lbs.

168

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

FACILITY EQUIPMENT

Splash Deco Bin with Liner............. 88-120 This heavy-duty aluminum frame bin includes a 32-gallon plastic liner. (Lid Sold Separately) Width: 25" Height: 33" Weight: 19 lbs. Fiberglass Lid................................. 88-120.L Weight: 8lbs.

Vinyl Colors

Poolside Table Umbrella.................. 88-144 Features 6-rib textiline top and heavy-duty aluminum pole with manual crank mechanism. Does not tilt. Available in several colors shown below. Height: 90" Dia.: 90" Weight: 15 lbs. Navy (.N)

Beige (.BG)

Black (.BK)

Cross-Weave Bin w/ Liner.............88-122.L This heavy-duty aluminum frame bin with cross-weaved vinyl strapping includes a 32-gallon plastic liner. (Lid Sold Separately) Width: 23.75" Height: 33" Weight: 23 lbs. Fiberglass Lid................................. 88-120.L Weight: 8 lbs.

Forest Green (.FG)

Pacific Blue (.PB)

Off White (.W)

Burgundy

French Blue

Navy

Royal

Smooth Verde

Mahogany

Textured Antique Moss

Sage

Textured Olympian

Camel

Java

Ivory

Textured Sandstone

Beige

Smooth White

Textured Antique Bisque

Black

Red

Textured Bronze Textured Pewter

Burgundy (.BR)

Orange

Colors are shown as accurately as possible. Actual color may vary slightly from color chart shown.

Smooth Silver

Electric Blue

Yellow

Emerald

Lime Green

Frame Colors

Polypropylene Umbrella Base........ 88-145 This umbrella base is constructed of polypropylene and is concrete filled. Base features and adjustable set screw for tightening pole to base. Available in white, black or dark brown. Dia. 16" Height: 6.5" Weight: 50 lbs.

Yellow

Red

Orange

Lime Green

Sky Blue

Purple

Black

Smooth White

Smooth Verde

Driftwood

Bronze

Gloss Beige

Antique Bisque

Textured Pewter

Java

Antigua

Patina

Fiberglass Finishes White

Beige

Olympic Gold Ivory

Colors are shown as accurately as possible. Actual color may vary slightly from color swatches above.

42" Dining Table............................... 88-125 Features fully-welded aluminum base with slate textured fiberglass top. Includes umbrella hole accommodates 1.5" dia. pole. Height: 28" Dia of Table Top: 42" Weight: 33 lbs. 18" Side Table.................................... 88-126 Features slate fiberglass top. Height: 18.5" Dia. of Table Top: 18" Weight: 7 lbs.

Colors are shown as accurately as possible. Actual color may vary slightly from color swatches above.

Camel

Material Colors for Sling Furniture

CALL OR EMAIL

OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY WE HAVE AVAILABILITY ON ADDITIONAL FURNITURE STYLES NOT SHOWN.

800.428.3254

sales@recreonics.com www.recreonics.com

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

Aqua Marine

Coconut

Cobalt Tweed

Especia

Snappy Orange

169

FACILITY EQUIPMENT

Resin Pool Deck Furniture

Bahia Resin Chaise Lounge

These stacking adjustable chaise lounges are specifically made for commercial use. Features reinforced slats and frame for extra support, the Bahia is rated to 300 lbs. Impervious to salt water and chlorine. Available in Sand (.S) and White (.W). Bahia Chaise Lounge...................... 88-240 (Sold in Increments of 6 Only) Dimensions: 75" L x 27" W x 12" T

Bahia Resin Stacking Chair

This versatile lounger features an extra wide seat and back, along with spacious armrests. Impervious to salt water and chlorine. Includes a pull-out footrest for added comfort. Available in White (.W) Bahia Chair....................................... 88-245 (Sold in Increments of 10 only) Dims.: 41" Back-HT x 34" D x 30" W Footrest Extends to 55"

Miami Low-Back Stacking Chair

The traditionally styled Miami low-back chair is constructed of 100% polypropylene with UV protection. Resistant to sunlight, moisture and weathering. Available in Amazon Green (.AG), Sand (.S) and White (.W). Miami Low-Back Chair………….....88-246 (Sold in Increments of 4) Miami Low-Back Chair.................... 88-248 (Sold in Increments of 16) Dims.: 31.75" Back-HT x 22.5" D x 21" W

Cushions for Bahia Lounge

These low maintenance cushions feature hood and velcro side ties that secure cushion from sliding off chaise. Made with quick-dry polyurethane foam. Available in Royal Blue (.RB), White (.W), Sky Blue (.SB), Sand (.S) and Aqua Marine (.AM) Bahia Lounge Cushions................... 88-241 (Sold in Increments of 6 Only) Dimensions: 73" L x 23" W x 2.5" T

Westport Adirondack Chair

Ibiz 46" Round Pedestal Table

This poolside table is made of 100% prime resin. Impervious to salt air and chlorine. Seats up to 6 people comfortably. Includes umbrella hole with cap. Available in Sand (.S) and White (.W). Ibiz 46" Round Table........................88-257 Dimensions: 46" Dia. X 29" H

Miami Low Table

Constructed of 100% prime resin, with UV stabilizers. Stacks for easy storage. Available in Sand (.S) and White (.W). Miami Low Table.............................. 88-244 (Sold in Increments of 6) Dimensions: 17" L x 17" W x 15" T

This brand new chair is made using MPC high-grade polymer with a dramatic woodlike finish. Features exceptional lumbar support and oversized seat for maximum comfort.Available in Barn Blue (.BB) Barn Gray (.BG), Barn Red (.BR), French Taupe (.FT), and White (.W). Adirondack Chair............................. 88-256 (Sold in Increments of 4 Only) Adirondack Chair............................. 88-259 (Sold in Increments of 14 Only) Dims.: 41" Back-HT x 32.75" D x 22.25" W

Pacific Fanback Resin Chair

170

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

The heavy duty, stackable chair features a high-gloss finish. Constructed of 100% polypropylene with UV protection. Resistant to sunlight, moisture and weathering. Availabe in Amazon Green (.AG), Sand (.S) and White (.W). Pacific Fanback Chair..................... 88-242 (Sold in Increments of 4) Pacific Fanback Chair......................88-247 (Sold in Increments of 16) Dims.: 36" Back-HT x 22.5" D x 23.5" W

Bahia Stacking Table

Designed to resemble wood slats. Made of 100% UV stabilized prime resin. Available in Amazon Green (.AG), Bronze (.BZ), Charcoal (.C), Teakwood (.TW), and White (.W). Bahia Stacking Table....................... 88-304 Dimensions: 16" L x 16" W x 15" T

FACILITY EQUIPMENT

Umbrellas , Recycled Plastic Furniture Note: Will work with 88-257 IBIZ

Note: Will NOT work with any Table

88-300

88-303

Resin Umbrella Base

Made of 100% prime resin.Must be filled with water or sand. Available in Bronze (.BZ), Black (.BK) and White (.W) Resin Umbrella Base....................... 88-300 Dimensions: 21" Dia. x 13" Stem Weight: 5 Lbs. (Empty)

Windmaster 9' Umbrella

These umbrellas are made from marine grade acrylic fabric with a heavy-duty aluminum 1.5" dia. pole and replaceable fiberglass ribs. Features vent flap to release wind pressure. Umbrellas should always be lowered in windy conditions to avoid damage. Available in PacificBlue (.PB), Navy (.NY), ForrestGreen (.FG), Pistachio (.PI), Taupe (.TP), Turquoise (.TQ),Terra Cotta (.TC), Orange (.OR), Sky Blue (.SKB), Khaki (.KH), Canvas (.CV) and Linen (.LN) w Windmaster 9' Umbrella………….88-258 Dimensions: 9' Round x 76.5" T

Free-Standing Umbrella Base

This cement filled base is designed for free-standing umbrellas. Features resin cover and wheels. Available in Bronze (.BZ), Charcoal (.CH),Sand (.S) and White (.W). Free-Standing Umbrella Base........ 88-303 Dimensions: 24" Dia. x 16" Stem Height

Recycled Plastic Square Dining Table

These square, durable and attractive dining tables provide up to (4) seating positions. 36" Square Dining Table.................. 88-312 Dimensions: 36"L x 36"W x 29"H Shipping Weight: 90 lbs. (Ships UPS – 2 Boxes)

Note: Will work with 88-257 IBIZ Table

Table Umbrella Base

88-258.PB

88-258.NY

88-258.FG

88-258.PI

88-258.TP

88-258.TQ

88-258.TC

88-258.OR

88-258.SKB

88-258.KH

88-258.CV

88-258.LN

88-258.BK

88-258.CHG

Designed to hold a table umbrella. Molded anchor bolt holes secure the base to deck for extra stability. Order the optional 35 lb. ring for increased stability. Available in Bronze (.BZ), Black (.BK), Sand (.S) and White (.W). Table Umbrella Base........................ 88-301 Dimensions: 20" Dia. x 10" Stem Optional 35 Lb. Ring....................... 88-302

Recycled Plastic Dining Chair

These dining chairs are available with and without arms. These chairs do not fold. Dining Chair w/o Arms..................... 88-315 Dimensions: 22"L x 18"W x 17"H Shipping Weight: 28 lbs. (Ships UPS) Dining Chair with Arms.................... 88-316 Dimensions: 22"L x 26.25"W x 33"H Shipping Weight: 32 lbs. (Ships UPS)

Recycled Plastic Round Dining Table

These round, durable and attractive dining tables provide up to (4) seating positions. 37.5" Round Dining Table................ 88-310 Dimensions: 37.5"L x 37.5"W x 29"H Shipping Weight: 85 lbs. (Ships UPS – 2 Boxes)

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY FOR SPECIFICATIONS AND ADDITIONAL NFORMATION 800.428.3254 171

FACILITY EQUIPMENT

Recycled Plastic Furniture, Benches and Loungers NOTE: Save by ordering in packs of (2)

88-305.T

Recycled Plastic Arm Chair ........88-321.W Extremely comfortable and easy to clean chair. Ships partially assembled. Available in white, green, sand and cedar. Dimensions: 25" L x 29" W x 37" H Seat Height: 17" Shipping Weight: 50 lbs.

24" Backless Bench.................... 88-325.W Features flat seating. Ships partially assembled. Available in white, green, sand and cedar Dimensions: 24" L x 14" W x 17" H Shipping Weight: 25 lbs.

88-305.G

88-305.SN

47" Backless Bench..................... 88-322.W Features contoured seating. Ships partially assembled. Available in white, green, sand and cedar. Dimensions: 47" L x 19" W x 17" H Shipping Weight: 60 lbs.

47.5" Backless Bench.................. 88-326.W Features flat seating. Ships partially assembled. Available in white, green, sand and cedar. Dimensions: 47.5" L x 14" W x 17" H Shipping Weight: 45 lbs.

88-305.SS

Destination Lounger

These beautifully designed loungers are ideal for heavy duty commercial use in water depths up to 12". Fabricated from high-quality RTM composite material with UV protection to resist fading. Easy to drain, remove and store when not in use. Available in Tan (.T), Gray (.G), Starry Night (.SN) and SeaShell (.SS). Add “2” to the end of the catalog number to purchase in packs of (2) Destination Lounger........................ 88-305 Dimensions: 64" L x 22" W x 21-1/2" Back Height Weight: Empty:....................................... 25 lbs. Weight: Filled with water – 6" Depth:................................................53.7 lbs. 9" Depth:............................................... 64.3 lbs. 12" Depth:............................................. 69.3 lbs.

70" Backless Bench..................... 88-323.W Features contoured seating. Ships partially assembled. Available in white, green, sand and cedar. Dimensions: 70" L x 19" W x 17" H Shipping Weight: 75 lbs.

71.5" Backless Bench...................88-327.W Features flat seating. Ships partially assembled. Available in white, green, sand and cedar. Dimensions: 71.5" L x 14" W x 17" H Shipping Weight: 70 lbs.

172

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

RECREATIONAL EQUIPMENT

Kersplash® Pool Climbing Wall

Available in Clear, Translucent Blue, or Green Panels

Add adventure to your aquatic area with a poolside climbing wall. Climbing increases fitness levels through development of strength, coordination, cardiovascular endurance and muscle endurance. It also provides participants with positive risk taking and creative problem solving. Kersplash® is suited for indoor or outdoor use and is available in two panel styles. Kersplash Crystal Clear™ complements any aquatic center and offers visibility to areas behind the wall. Kersplash Color makes a bold visual statement with brightly colored panels. Both styles are made from UV- and chlorine-resistant materials and feature red, yellow and orange Groperz™ Hand Holds designed specifically for aquatic environments. The Kersplash frame is constructed of high-quality, 100% 304L US made stainless steel that resists rust and corrosion and is available in a variety of heights for differing pool depths.

The Kerplash® pool wall package includes Kersplash panels, Stainless Steel Structure, Groperz Hand Holds with stainless steel mounting hardware, Kersplash Rules & Guidelines Signs and Safety, Care and Maintenance Instructions. NOTE: A designated “drop zone” is recommended at the base of Kersplash to keep swimmers out of this area. Kersplash® Pool Climbing Walls are modular and can be made to fit any space and deck configuration. The 4' panels attach to a stainless steel frame allowing you to customize the height and width of the wall to meet your needs. Kersplash requires a minimum footprint of 35" of deck space and 4' of clearance behind the wall for a walkway. It requires at least 5' to either side of your wall and 10' drop zone. The facility pool depth and state and local codes determine the maximum height of the wall for each application.

Kersplash® Pool Climbing Wall Systems Catalog No.

Recommended Water Depth

*Overall Height

94-660

Crystal Clear™

10'

94-662

Crystal Clear™

14'

12'

Crystal Clear™

18'

16'

94-664

Width

Climbable Surface

Series

*Each wall section includes an additional 2' safety panel at the top of the wall.

94-663

Crystal Clear™

Removable Bottom

12'

N/A

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY FOR SPECIFICATIONS AND ADDITIONAL NFORMATION 800.428.3254 173

RECREATIONAL EQUIPMENT

Kersplash® Challenger Climbing Wall

The Kersplash® Challenger pool climbing walls add sleek design elements and fun for all ages in both indoor and outdoor applications. Available in 2, 3, and 4 panel heights, they are modular to fit any space and deck configuration. The Kersplash Challenger pool climbing wall is constructed of a powder-coated stainless steel frame and UV and chlorine resistant panels. The see-through panels eliminate any visual barrier on the deck and hold an attractive visual appeal and fun to any pool setting. Translucent blue or green panels are also available.

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY FOR SPECIFICATIONS AND ADDITIONAL NFORMATION 800.428.3254

Features 8’, 12’, or 16’ climbing heights. Designed to last in harsh indoor and outdoor aquatic settings. Powder-coated stainless steel frame. Modular, scalable design. Custom logos and powder-coating options available. The facility pool depth and state and local codes determine the maximum height of the wall for each application. Kersplash® Challenger Climbing Wall Recreonics Catalog No.

94-670

Configuration Description

No. of Panels

Width

Climbing Height

Overall Height

Deck Footprint

8' Challenger Climbing Wall

48"

8'-0"

118.87"

35" x 48"

Deck Clearance Deck Clearance Drop Zone (Behind) (Sides) From Wall Out

48"

60"

10'-0"

Recommended Water Depth

5'-0"

94-672

12' Challenger Climbing Wall

48"

12'-0"

165.65"

35" x 48"

48"

60"

10'-0"

6'-0"

94-674

16' Challenger Climbing Wall

48"

16'-0"

212.41"

51" x 48"

48"

60"

10'-0"

9'-0"

Note: Check State and Local Code to Insure Compliance.

174

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

RECREATIONAL EQUIPMENT

ALL

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

Water-Roll 4 ft................................... 94-107 Kids and instructors alike love this product because it can be used in free swim to play an array of games and challenges. Instructors like it because kids can practice balancing while lying on their stomach, as well as practice diving into the water from a sitting position. The Water-Roll is made from high quality EVA foam. Colors may vary and assembly is not required. Dims: 9" Dia. x 4' L

The Canoe......................................... 94-105 This EVA foam canoe can accommodate 1 to 2 children at the same time. It is a great tool in developing coordination and balance in the water. Two paddles included. Dims.: 76" L x 26" W (Must Ship Motor Freight)

Flat Water-Roll 4 ft............................ 94-109 A useful tool in aiding to develop equilibrium, this foam toy is multifunctional and can be used in free swim periods as well as in swim courses. A variation of the original water-roll, this model is an oval shape instead of perfectly round. Made to accommodate several children at the same time, the water-roll is manufactured from the high quality, vibrantly colored EVA foam. This foam toy will be enjoyed for years to come! Colors may vary and assembly is not required. Dims: 5" T x 13-1⁄2" W x 4' L

Lounges, Pool Floats and Foam Toys

48" RiverRough™ Tube.................... 94-095 This attractive tube is constructed of heavy-duty vinyl and features two sturdy vinyl handles. Dimensions: 48" Diameter Weight: 6 lbs.

Jumbo Island ................................... 94-093 This durable inflatable jumbo island is made from heavy-duty vinyl construction. Includes two drink holders, all-around grab line and sturdy vinyl handles. Dimension: 84" diameter Weight: 10 lbs.

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY 800.428.3254

Serenity Pool Floats

Soft, luxurious foam floats will not sink or deflate. Glossy vinyl coating resists sun, chlorine and salt water. These floats are durable and easy to clean. Features ripple texture that provides long lasting cooling and comfort. Available in Bahama Blue (.BB), Fierce Green (.FG) and Teal (.T). Serenity Pool Float.......................... 94-069 Dim.: 25"W x 70"L x 1.5"T Weight: 10 lbs.

Spring Float® Recliner .................... 94-090 This super comfortable float includes backrest, headrest, foot rest and cup holder. Easily folds for storage in mesh carry bag. Dimensions: 55.5"L x 37.5"W x 16.5"H Weight: 4 lbs.

Spring Float® SunSeat™.................... 94-091 This is the best floating chair for chatting with friends in the pool, lake or ocean. Includes cup holder and mesh storage bag. Dimensions: 38"L x 36"W x 15" Tall Shipping Weight: 4 lbs.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

175

RECREATIONAL EQUIPMENT

Funny Floats and Pool Games Funny Floats (See below for various designs) ck ip! Stoo Sh n I yt ad e R

Throw them in the pool and they drift their way to the bottom. Dive and catch them before they land or get them off the bottom. Discs are made of non-corrosive plastic with brightly colored numbers. Set includes 6 numbered discs. Dive Discs......................................... 94-024 Dimensions: 5" diameter Weight: 1 lb. 8 oz.

R E O NI C

Dive Discs

A LIT Y

94-112

94-114

94-122

x 45" and can support several children at one time for tremendous fun. Try them for active play or just floating around. Great for deck activities, too. Available in Blue (.B), Yellow (.Y) and Red (.R). Dimensions: (average) 29" x 45" x 1" Weight: 7 Ibs. Chubby Plus.......................................94-112 Fried Egg (2 pieces)...........................94-114 “WET” .................................................94-116 Windjammer Sailboat....................... 94-120 The Blob............................................. 94-122

R E O NI C

94-116

Our unique Funny Floats are sure to make your facility more popular. Gone are the days when a pool had to be for swimming laps only! We’ve learned from the Europeans that FUN is what makes a swimming pool popular (and profitable!). We’ve created a menagerie of shapes so you can offer a variety of floats to your patrons. There’s something for everyone — including adults and those hard-to-please teenagers. Funny Floats are made from a specially designed, closed-cell EVA foam in bright, assorted colors. They are unaffected by pool water, ultra-violet rays—even roughand-tough kids. They measure a full 29"

A LIT Y

176

Giant Water Batons

Multiply pool fun with this set of 6 numbered “sticks” for diving and racing. Sticks are made of non-corrosive PVC tubing with soft vinyl end caps. Giant Water Batons ........................ 94-025 Weight: 2 Ibs.

Recreonics Rubber Duckie

The one, the only, the original rubber duckie!! — Straight from Recreonics to you. Perfect for the spa or pool. This little guy will keep you company no matter how long you stay in the water! Ideal for children or adults who are children at heart. This squishy friend makes watertime fun-time. Be sure to take the Recreonics Rubber Duckie along for your next swim. Recreonics Rubber Duckie.............. 94-150

Dive Rings

These Dive Rings (6-1⁄2" diameter) are specially weighted to stand upright on the bottom of the pool. Divers pick up rings, scoring points for each one. Brightly colored for high visibility under water. Dive Rings (Set of Four).................. 94-029 Weight: 2 lbs.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

RECREATIONAL EQUIPMENT

Pool Toys

Water Noodles

Water Noodles are ideal buoyancy floats to assist in Aqua-Therapy, Water Fitness, and Swim Training Programs. They can wrap around the body leaving the arms free. Colors are based on available inventory. Dimensions: 57" L x 2-3⁄4" D Water Noodle.................................... 94-071 Toypedo Bandits.............................. 94-020 Half the size of the original toypedo. Glides up to 20' away. (Set of 4)

SquiDivers

These soft, flexible dive toys are easy to grab for beginner swimmers. Multiple games can be played with these toys. SquiDivers (3-Pack)......................... 94-026 Appropriate for ages 5 and older.

Soft Funny Dive Animals

Set of (4) numbered, soft, flexible molded latex dive animals. Helps develop water confidence. Multi-colored. Soft Funny Dive Animals................ 94-035 Shipping Weight: 1 Ib.

Soft Animal Rings

Set of (4) 6" diameter soft, flexible molded latex dive animals. Helps develop water confidence. Multi-colored. Soft Animal Rings............................ 94-034 Shipping Weight: 1 lb.

4" Dia. Big Boss Water Noodle

These extra-large noodles provide maximum buoyancy for exercise or fun in the sun. Colors are based on available inventory. 4" Dia. Big Boss Water Noodle...... 94-000 Dimensions: 58" L x 4" D

Rotten Egg Game Great fun for kids, the eggs are made of a heavy plastic material with permanent numbered chips inside. Rotten Egg Game (set of six).......... 94-028 Weight: 1 lb.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254 177

RECREATIONAL EQUIPMENT

Commercial Slides

Minnow Waterslide

Vortex Corkscrew Slide

Watch your facility attendance grow with the addition of these innovative corkscrew slides that combine big twisting fun with exceptional attention to safety. These slides provide a 19' water-filled corkscrew ride that drops nearly 8'-0" from start to finish. The flexibility of this slide is perfect for commercial applications. The high-volume water delivery system gives you up to 40 gallons of water per minute. The enclosed roto-molded tube provides safe fun. The small footprint small price compared to other slides in its class offer big thrills without the big investment. These slides fully comply with the CPSC Safety Standard for Swimming Pool Slides (16 CFR 1207). These slides are available with both an open or closed flume design with either a ladder or a spiral staircase entry. Tube colors are Blue or Granite Gray. Overall height of slide is 10'-6". Weight limit is 325 lbs. Children under 48" in height must be supervised at all times when using the slide.

Vortex Full Tube Slide with Staircase Entry Recreonics Tube Entry Tube Ship Catalog No. Style Style Color Wgt. 97-204 Full Tube Ladder Gray Granite 1,500 97-206

Full Tube Ladder

97-212

Full Tube Staircase Gray Granite 1,860

97-214

Full Tube Staircase

Blue Blue

1,500 1,860

Seal Waterslide

Staircase Entry Side Slide Footprints: Full and Open Tube with Ladder Entry: 110" x 110" Full Tube with Staircase Entry: 110" x 136" Open Tube with Staircase Entry: 110" x 95"

Vortex Half Flume Slide with Staircase Entry Recreonics Catalog No. 97-200

Tube Style 1⁄2 Tube

97-202

1⁄2 Tube

Ladder

97-208

1⁄2 Tube

Staircase Gray Granite 1,710

97-210

1⁄2 Tube

Staircase

178

Entry Style Ladder

Tube Ship Color Wgt. Gray Granite 1,350 Blue Blue

1,350 1,710

NOTE: Check your local codes for minimum entry depth and other restrictions.

These portable slides are easily moved and designed to encourage excitement and introduce young children to the water environment. These slides feature a 24" O.D. polyethylene flume, non-skid 18" wide x 8" enclosed rise x 8" run aluminum stair treads with drains slots to prevent puddling. Stainless-steel handrails with T-304 stainless steel hardware and a 15" x 18" textured aluminum safety deck. All aluminum components are coated with textured Aqua-Plast coating. Handrails and supports are powder-coated. Large 6" diameter, retractable wheels attach to the stainless steel undercarriage which makes both slides easily moved (Minnow – 1 person, Seal – 2 people). The water activation kit is sold as an option for the Minnow and comes standard on the Seal. These are excellent slides for children ages 12 and under. (150 lb. weight limit.) Call for available colors for the flume, railings/supports, stairs and landings. Minnow Waterslide........................... 97-125 Pool Water Depth Required: 2'-0" Min. Splashdown Dimension: 12' x 12' Centerline Run: 7'-0" Required Footprint: 2' 6" x 9' 7" Weight: 275 lbs. Optional Water Activation Kit......... 97-126 Seal Waterslide..................................97-127 Pool Water Depth Required: 4'-0" Min. Splashdown Dimension: 12' x 20' Centerline Run: 11'-0" Required Footprint: 5' 0" x 14' 0" Required Water Flow: 5 to 10 GPM Weight: 475 lbs.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

RECREATIONAL EQUIPMENT

Megaphones and Underwater Speakers 12-367 (25")

12-366 (19")

40-Watt Megaphone........................92-744 This rechargeable megaphone features handheld microphone, siren alarm mode, 10-Sec. memory record, volume control. Includes 8-volt, lead/acid rechargeable Battery. Up to 1,000 yard range.

50-Watt Megaphone........................92-748 This megaphone features handheld microphone, siren modes, USB input for music, Aux input jack, and volume control. Requires (8) C-Batteries (Not Included). Up to 1,700 yard range.

Portable Self-Contained Air & Water Sound Systems

This complete Air & Underwater Sound System, which provides LOUD & CLEAR air and underwater sound in 25 yard pools. This powerful state-of-the-art system is proven for training high school and collegiate competitive swimmers, allowing coaching via wireless microphone, or music and beats via Bluetooth or digital media. This remarkable system holds many patents, and carries the distinction of being the first truly affordable performance system offered to the sport of Competitive Swimming. Bluetooth, dual 250 watt amplifiers, 10 inch woofer, 1 inch compression driver, rechargable batteries, 100V-250V global charger, wireless hand mic, SD/USB card reader & recorder, 2 channel mixer with combo mic/line inputs + 3.5mm input, separate volume control for air and underwater speaker. Includes underwater speaker and transformer box. Portable Air & Water Sound System...92-719 Weight: (1) at 53 lbs. plus (1) at 23 lbs.

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254

12-369

These molded white plastic megaphones are lightweight and waterproof. Features a plated metal mouthpiece. Mouthpiece cover sold separately. 19" Megaphone................................. 12-366 25" Megaphone................................ 12-367 Personal Megaphone Mouthpiece...12-369 Make your mouthpiece sanitary, comfortable and colorful. Available in Blue (.B), Red (.R), White (.W) and Yellow (.Y).

NEW

92-719

Plastic Megaphones

92-718

92-711.N and 92-711.G

In-Wall Underwater Speaker

This underwater loudspeaker has remained the most popular underwater speaker in the world since 1968, as it’s patented design is significantly louder and clearer than competing designs and products. This unique design (U.S. Patent #3,391,385) utilizes a dual-piston PVC overmolded aluminum enclosure as the sound transducer, offering true pistonic operation and low Q in a compact corrosion-free package. Coupled with a powerful 8-cylinder piezoelectric engine (with efficiencies approaching 60%), no other brand compares! The in-wall underwater speaker kit includes niche, grille, 25V / 37.5W impedance / safety interface, support, and underwater speaker. Install one unit @ 6’ (1.83 m) water depth in each 20’ x 20’ (6.1 m x 6.1 m) section of new gunite pool constructions. Speaker depth may be reduced to 4 feet (1.22 meter) in shallow end only to fill in sound, with some reduction in bass / distribution. It is recommended that a 25-yard x 7 or 8 lane pool have (4) speakers and 50-meter pool have (8) speakers. Installation, bonding, and grounding by licensed electrician only per NEC 680 and IRC E4106.9.3. 1 @ 26 pounds / 13 IN x 13 IN x 22 IN. US CE 8518.29.0000, 8518.90.3000, 8504.31.4065. Cable Length: 50’ (Longer Cable Lenghts Available) In-Wall Underwater Speaker........... 92-718 Weight: 25 lbs.

92-711

Underwater Speakers

Underwater speakers by University Sound are ideal for providing background music for synchronized or recreational swimming. Installed flush in an underwater niche covered by a protective grille in new pools. Easily adapted to existing pools. Totally encapsulated cycolac design will not leak water. Corrosion and electrolysis problems are eliminated. University speakers offer: • Omni-directional dispersion underwater • An 8 ohms operating impedance • Power capacity up to 30 watts • Frequency response from 100-10,000 hertz • Each speaker is supplied with 50' of 3-wire connector cable Underwater Speaker......................... 92-711 Dimensions: 7-3⁄16" Dia. Weight: 4 Ibs. Underwater Speaker Niche.......... 92-711.N Dimensions: 9-1⁄2" x 5-7⁄8" Weight: 10 Ibs. Underwater Protective Grille....... 92-711.G Stainless Steel. Dimensions: 10" Dia. Weight: 5 Ibs.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

179

RECREATIONAL EQUIPMENT

Water Basketball & Volleyball Conversion Kit

Splash & Shoot Portable Basketball Set Splash & Slam Portable Basketball Game

This state-of-the art regulation size pool basketball set features your choice of a white poly or clear 30" x 44" backboard with 2' of overhang. The vinyl coated stainless steel rim easily adjusts anywhere from 2' to 6' above water level. Four-way-leveling systems accommodates sloped decks. The super-tough polyethylene base weighs 500 lbs. when filled with water. All hardware is powder-coated aluminum or stainless steel. Comes complete with regulation size, color matched ball. Three Year Warranty. Splash & Slam................................... 92-851 Splash & Slam (Clear Backboard).92-851.C Shipping Weight: 117 lbs. (Motor Freight Only) Actual Base Dimensions: Base 29-3⁄4" W x 35-1⁄2" L x 20-1⁄2" H

The Splash & Shoot includes a compact 200 lbs. water-filled base, heavy duty 2-3⁄8" aluminum post, your choice of a white poly or clear 29" x 43" backboard with vinyl coated stainless steel rim, and regulation size color matched ball. Features variable height adjustment up to 49". All stainless steel hardware. Great for salt system pools. Three year warranty. Splash & Shoot................................. 92-848 Splash & Shoot Clear Backboard.92-848.C Shipping Weight: 47 lbs.

Deck-Mounted Basketball Game

This regulation pool basketball game includes our tough 32" x 43" clear acrylic backboard, heavy duty 18" regulation vinyl coated stainless steel rim, regulation size color matched ball and notched 2-3⁄8" stainless post with escutcheon ring. Rim height is fixed at 46" above the decking. Ships complete with special brass anchor with finish cap to replace post when not in use. All hardware is stainless steel. Great for salt system pools. Three year warranty. Deck-Mounted Basketball Game... 92-854 Shipping Weight: 35 lbs. Ships in 3 boxes

92-842

Deck Shoot Basketball Goal

92-843

Convert your Splash & Slam into a volleyball game. The conversion kit includes (1) heavy-duty aluminum posts, 32' net with 40' extension rope and ball. Molded poly bases weigh 500 lbs. each when filled with water. Easy to set up and no tools required. Three year warranty. Splash & Slam Volleyball Conversion Kit................................... 92-849 Shipping Weight: 76 lbs. (Motor Freight Only) Ships in 3 Boxes

This regulation size pool basketball game with a 46" above deck fixed height includes special color matched ball and notched powder coated aluminum post with finishing ring. Features a heavy-duty coated stainless steel rim and your choice of a white poly or clear backboard. Special brass anchor comes with finishing cap to replace post when not in use. All hardware is stainless steel. Great for salt system pools. Three year warranty. Deck Shoot Basketball Game........ 92-852 Deck Shoot (Clear Backboard)...92-852.C Shipping Weight: 43 lbs. Ships in 3 boxes

180

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

Splash & Slam Volleyball Conversion Kit

Splash & Slam Replacement Parts Recreonics Catalog No. 92-801

Mfg. I.D. Number BB100

92-842

B110

92-843

BBN200HD

Part Description Replacement Backboard Splash & Slam Basketball Replacement Net

92-858

RIM150

Replacement Rim

RECREATIONAL EQUIPMENT

Water Basketball, Volleyball and Water Polo NOTE: Custom heights and set backs are available.

Slam Volley Portable Volleyball Game

RockSolid™ Basketball Game

This basketball game features the patented RockSolid anchor to eliminate movement against the toughest opponents. Features a rugged SealedSteel® Salt Friendly single post frame and rim to guard against corrosion. When you need your deck to be clear, the game can be easily removed from the anchor, and the optional anchor cap put in place. 18" setback to center of anchor. Commercial grade 2.50" square, 304 stainless steel frame (Salt Friendly vinyl coated). Regulation rim, net, basketball, needle, anchor and escutcheon are included. RockSolid™ Basketball Game w/Anchor.......................................... 94-230 Shipping Weight: 69 lbs. RockSolid™ Basketball Game w/o Anchor........................................ 94-231

This commercial size pool volleyball set includes 2 heavy duty aluminum posts, 32' net with 40' extension rope and colored ball. Molded poly bases weigh 500 lbs. each when filled with water. Easy to set up and no tools are required. Great for salt system pools. Slam Volley Game........................... 92-864 Shipping Weight: 35 lbs. Ships in (5) Boxes 32' Replacement Net....................... 92-846 Includes 40' Extension Ropes

Wibit Volley........................................94-867 Approximate Inflated Footprint: 36'-10" L x 7'-4" W x 5'-0" H Includes Electric Pump, Volleyball and Ball Pump.

Stainless Deck Volley The Slamma Adjustable Basketball Hoop

NOTE: Custom heights and set backs are available.

RockSolid™ Extended Reach

This is the same commercial basketball game as above only in an extended reach version that features a 30" setback that works well with wide overflow or parapet gutters. RockSolid™ Basketball Game (Extended Reach) - With Anchor....94-237 RockSolid™ Basketball Game (Extended Reach) - Less Anchor.... 94-238 RockSolid™ Anchor (ONLY)............. 94-240

This adjustable height basketball game system features a robust 4" square stainless-steel pedestal, heavy duty 36" x 48" clear backboard and double ring static rim. Can adjust height from the pool deck in order to accommodate varying water depths. It will also accommodate up to a 12" deck to water. 30" Maximum anchor set-back. Minimum assembly is required. Anchor is sold separately. Slamma Adj. Basketball Hoop....... 94-245 Shipping Weight: 310 lbs. Anchor For Slamma Basketball Hoop.94-246

This volleyball set fits standard 1.90 anchors and includes 2 stainless steel 1.90 posts with escutcheon rings, heavy duty 24' net with net shortening kit, adjustable height net clamps and hot colored ball. Anchors sold separately. Not recommended for salt pools. Stainless Deck Volley...................... 92-866 Shipping Weight: 12 lbs. Ships in (2) Boxes Bronze Deck Anchor....................... 44-300 24' Replacement Net...................... 92-844

92-862

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY! 800.428.3254

92-855

Water Sport Balls

Water Volleyball (FINA official)...... 92-862 Weight: 10 oz. Mini Water Basketball..................... 92-855 Weight: 1 lb. 8 oz.

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

181

AQUATIC EXERCISE EQUIPMENT

ALL

Exercise and Therapy Equipment

NEXT DAY SHIPPING

MS IN STO ITE

AquaJogger® Exercise Accessories All AquaJogger® products are made from resilient closed cell foam that won’t absorb water. Each belt features a contoured design that supports and strengthens the lower back.

AquaJogger® Active Belt................. 95-217 The most economical model offered. Features a non-elastic web belt that will fit up to a 44" waist.

AquaRunners RX (Blue)................... 95-219 AquaRunners (Purple)..................... 95-220 Resistance footwear increases cardiovascular workout, strengthens, and tones lower body. Made from soft, durable, and chlorine-resistant EVA foam. Slip-on design features strapping system that will adjust to width of every foot. Free workout guide included.

Tri-Bar................................................ 95-235 Use the Tri Bar for a complete upper- body workout. Moveable foam rounds create a variety of new exercise options.The Tri Bar is also a great flotation aid for children or balance bar for adults.

AquaJogger® Classic Belt............... 95-229 Great all around belt for most average body types. Patented arch design engages core muscles.

AquaJogger® Pro Belt..................... 95-200 This belt is 30% more buoyant than the classic belt. Higher arch engages core muscle groups. A favorite of athletes and rehabilitation professionals.

AquaJogger® Fit Belt........................ 95-231 Designed for petite, athletic and short waisted women. Raised arch strengthens core muscles. Tapered sides for better fit, comfort and support. Adult Replacement Belt.................. 95-226 48" Long. Adult Replacement Belt...................95-227 55" Long.

AquaJogger® Jr. Belt (Blue)............. 95-212 AquaJogger® Jr. Belt (Purple).......... 95-213 Learn to swim flotation belt. Does not inhibit arm strokes. Includes a Splash Club Handbook featuring water games, swimming tips, and safety information.

182

Delta Bells (Pair)............................... 95-215 Medium resistance hand held Delta Bells tone, strengthen, and support your upper body. Features a triangular design that adjusts resistance with the turn of a wrist. Made from premium EVA foam with soft padded grips. Free water workout guide included.

AquaHitch......................................... 95-225 Just loop and fasten around the AquaJogger®’s black belt and attach to a ladder, grab rail, anchor, racing lane. Increases resistance and intensity. Great use for minimum pool space. Link up with a partner for a team workout.

Tri-Bar Max....................................... 95-236 Use the Tri Max for a complete upper body workout. Twice the moveable foam rounds create a variety of new exercise options.The Tri Max is also a great flotation aid for children or balance bar for adults.

AquaFit Bells.....................................95-237 Medium resistance hand held AquaFit Bells tone, strengthen, and support your upper body. Features soft, padded grip. Includes workout guide.

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY FOR QUANTITY PRICE BREAKS. 800.428.3254 800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

AQUATIC EXERCISE EQUIPMENT

HYDRO-FIT® Equipment

Measure the distance between your wrist and your middle finger

Hand Buoys™ (Pair)

Durable ethafoam barbells are ideal for upper body conditioning and buoyant support. Hand Buoys™, Mini............................ 95-051 Hand Buoys™, Regular......................95-052 Hand Buoys™, Jumbo.......................95-w055

WAVE WEB® PRO

Comfortable and durable gloves are webbed to enhance the natural resistance of water. WAVE WEBs provide variable and accommodating resistance for upper body toning and strengthening. Wave Web Pro, Small...................... 95-040 (Up to 6-1⁄2") Color: Purple/Black Wave Web Pro, Medium................. 95-042 (6-1⁄2" to 7-1⁄2") Color: Blue/Black Wave Web Pro, Large...................... 95-044 (7-1⁄2" to 8-1⁄2") Color: Black

Classic Cuffs..................................... 95-054 Three products in one, these cuffs provide aid to floatation when worn on the upper arms, around the waist, and provide resistance and buoyancy when worn around the ankle.

Classic Mini Cuffs™.......................... 95-056 Mini Cuffs provide half the level of buoyancy and resistance as our regular Buoyancy & Resistance Cuffs while offering an enhanced level of comfort.

WAVE Belt® PRO

The WAVE Belt® PRO distributes buoyancy evenly around the body. X-Large (.XL - 50"-60") Wave Belt.......................................... 95-069

(18) Unit Hydro-Fit Systems

Turn your pool into a complete in-water fitness center. Choose from four different system configurations. Each rack measures 58" high x 27" deep x 65" long. Each system includes 18 pairs of hand buoys and your choice (18) cuffs, mini-cuffs, wave belts or wave belt pros. System w/Cuffs................................ 95-090 Shipping Weight: 105 lbs. (4 boxes) System w/Mini-Cuffs........................ 95-091 Shipping Weight: 100 lbs. (4 boxes) System w/Wave Belts...................... 95-092 Shipping Weight: 96 lbs. (4 boxes) 18-Unit Rack Only............................ 95-095 Shipping Weight: 56 lbs. (2 boxes) Multi-Purpose Storage Cart ...................95-080 Great for storing water noodles and other equipment. (38" T x 28"L x 16"W) 95-080

WAVE Belt®

Features the same streamlined fit as the WAVE Belt PRO–with 20% additional buoyancy. Wave Belt, (Small)............................ 95-066 (Up to 32" waist) Wave Belt, (Medium)....................... 95-065 (33" to 38" waist) Wave Belt, (Large)........................... 95-067 (39" plus waist) Gear Bag................... 95-064 Sturdy, nylon mesh duffle bag features a full length zipper and comfortable shoulder straps. Holds up to 16 pairs of Hand Buoys or 22 Buoyancy & Resistance Cuffs. (20"H x 36"W x 15"D)

95-082

95-084

Noodle Caddy (Bag only)................ 95-082 Holds 20 noodles. Made of nylon. (25" W x 36" H x 10" deep) Storage Caddy (Bag only).............. 95-084 All purpose nylon storage. (25" W x 25" H x 10" deep) Noodle (White)................................. 95-087 3" Diameter x 54" L

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

183

AQUATIC EXERCISE EQUIPMENT

Aquatic Exercise Gear

Contoured Swim Paddles Aqua Fitness Gloves

These quality neoprene gloves feature webbed fingers, rubber palms and adjustable wrist closures. The flexible webbing will create water resistance and will increase propulsion through the water. These gloves are ideal for water resistance training. They come in charcoal/red. Available in small, medium, large and X-Large. Aqua Fitness Glove, Small........ 96-044.CR Aqua Fitness Glove, Medium... 96-045.CR Aqua Fitness Glove, Large....... 96-046.CR Aqua Fitness Glove, X-Large.....96-047.CR

Speedo® Trialon Rubber Swim Fin

The long natural rubber fin blade translates the lightest kick into a forward thrust. Features soft orthopedic foot pockets for comfortable extended use. Great for all levels of training, teaching and recreation. Sold in Pairs. Fins ..(XXXS: 11-13).......................... 96-330 Fins ..(XXS: 1-3)................................. 96-331 Fins ..(XS: 3-4).................................. 96-332 Fins ..(S: 5-6)......................................96-333 Fins ..(M: 7-8).................................... 96-334 Fins ..(L: 8-9)..................................... 96-335 Fins ..(XL: 10-11)................................ 96-336 Fins ..(XXL: 12-13)..............................96-337

Helps to develop proper stroke mechanics. Made of lightweight polypropylene material with silicone rubber straps that are contoured to fit any hand. Comes with a wrist strap for better paddle control. Swim Paddle (Small)......................... 96-193

Team Pull Buoy

Elevates hips and legs to the proper streamline body position. Allows the swimmer to focus on stroke technique and rotation. Improves upper body strength. Made from soft durable EVA foam. Team Pull Buoy................................. 96-179 Shipping Weight: 1 lb.

Aqua Fitness Jog Belt

This adjustable belt with quick release button expands to fit up to a 56" waist. The jog belt provides support and stability during deep water exercises. The jog belt is available in charcoal with red belt in (.SM) Small/ Medium and (.LXL) Large/ X-Large. Aqua Fitness Jog Belt...................... 96-187

Speedo® Switchblade Fin

Features a 10-degree blade angle, which maximizes down kick segment, creating propulsion. Sculpted side rails engage hip rotation and down-kick drive. Extended toe pocket allows for ultimate comfort. Mid foot flex points to eliminate cramping. Allows swimmers to increase kick cadence with ease and fluidity. Switchblade Fin (XS)....................... 96-302 Switchblade Fin (Small).................. 96-303 Switchblade Fin (Medium).............. 96-304 Switchblade Fin (Large).................. 96-305 Switchblade Fin (X-Large).............. 96-306 Switchblade Fin (XX-Large).............96-307

Switchblade Fin Size Chart SIZE

YOUTH

WOMEN

4-5

5-6

6-7

7-8

5-6

9-10

7-8

11-12

9-10

13-14

11-12

XXL

14-15

13-14

SHOE SIZE | LENGTH (End of toe to end of heel)

Aqua Fitness Barbell

The foam barbells provide excellent water resistance for building upper body strength and training. Feature soft padded grips for extended workouts. Color is charcoal and red. Sold in pairs. Aqua Fitness Barbell........................ 96-186

184

CALL OUR SALES CONSULTANTS TODAY FOR QUANTITY DISCOUNTS! 800.428.3254

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

MENS

WIBIT PLAY PRODUCTS

Wibit Standard Combinations

AquaTrack................................94-880 Includes (1) WIBIT Basic Accessory Kit with Patch Kit. Approx. Inflated Footprint: 55'-9"L x 6'-7" W Minimum Depth Requirement: 5'-5" 5‘-5“

WIBIT 10' Bungee (Each).........94-912 (Requires 2)

WIBIT Pool Booms (Pair)........94-989 (Requires (1) Pair)

AquaDuel.................................94-886 Approx. Inflated Footprint: 36'-1" L x 6'-7" W Minimum Depth Requirement: 5'-5"

WIBIT Basic Accessory Kit.....95-830 WIBIT 10' Bungee (Each).........94-912 5‘-5“

(Requires 2)

WIBIT Pool Booms (Pair)........94-989 (Requires (1) Pair)

BalanceTrack...........................94-928 Approx. Inflated Footprint: 45'-11" L x 9'-10" W Minimum Depth Requirement: 5'-9"

WIBIT 10' Bungee (Each).........94-912 (Requires 2)

WIBIT Pool Booms (Pair)........94-989 (Requires 1 Pair)

5‘-9“

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

185

WIBIT PLAY PRODUCTS

WIBIT Standard Combinations

3‘-11“

FastTrack 3..............................94-883 Includes (1) WIBIT Basic Accessory Kit with Patch Kit. Approx. Inflated Footprint: 50'-10" L x 8'-2" W

WIBIT 10' Bungee (Each)........ 94-907 (Requires 4)

FastTrack 6.............................. 94-881 Includes (1) WIBIT Basic Accessory Kit with Patch Kit. Approx. Inflated Footprint: 60'-8"L x 8'-2" W

Wibit 10' Bungee (Each)..........94-912

5‘-5“

FitnessTrack.............................94-971 Includes (1) WIBIT Basic Accessory Kit with Patch Kit. Approx. inflated footprint: 55'-9" L x 7'-7" W Minimum depth requirment: 5'-5"

WIBIT 10' Bungee (Each).........94-912 (Requires 2)

WIBIT Pool Booms (Pair)........94-989 (Requires (1) Pair)

(Requires 4) Minimum Depth Requirement: 3'-11"

5‘-9“

3‘-11“

SpeedTrack.............................. 94-927

WiggleTrack.............................94-940

Approx. Inflated Footprint: 45'-11" L x 9'-10" W Minimum Depth Requirement: 5'-9"

Includes (1) WIBIT Basic Accessory Kit with Patch Kit. Approx. inflated footprint: 41' L x 6'-7" W

WIBIT 10' Bungee (Each).........94-912

(Requires 2)

(Requires 4)

WIBIT Pool Booms (Pair)........94-989 (Requires 1 Pair)

186

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

WIBITIZE ! YOUR POOL

WIBIT PLAY PRODUCTS

WIBIT Kids Combinations

KidsCourse.............................. 95-814 For kids 4 years old and up and between 39" and 59" tall. Includes (1) WIBITKids Basic Accessory Kit with Patch Kit and KidsScale. Approx. Inflated Footprint: 52'-6"L x 31'-2" W Minimum depth requirement: 4'-5"

4‘-5“

Step Up System Experience the easy way of getting out of the water.

KidsScale

Assures that everyone is the right height

KidsScale...... 95-817

KidsTrack................................. 95-815

4‘-5“

For kids 4 years old and up and between 39" and 59" tall. Includes (1) WIBITKids Basic Accessory Kit with Patch Kit and KidsScale. Approx. inflated footprint: 60'-8" L x 14'-9" W Minimum depth requirement: 4'-5"

KidsRun................................... 95-816 For kids 4 years old and up and between 39" and 59" tall. Includes (1) WIBITKids Basic Accessory Kit with Patch Kit and KidsScale. Approx. inflated footprint: 27'-11" L x 9'-10" W Minimum depth requirement: 4'-5" 4‘-5“

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

187

WIBIT PLAY PRODUCTS

WIBIT Modular Play Products

Action Tower XL......................94-959 6‘-2“

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 14'-9" L x 12'-10" W 6'-7" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 6'-2"

3‘-11“

Base.........................................94-850 BalanceBar L...........................94-980

4‘-1“

Approx. Inflated Footprint: 19'-8" L x 6'-7" W x 2'-4" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 4'-1"

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 9'-10" L x 6'-7" W x 11" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 3'-11"

BalanceBar S........................... 94-987

3‘-11“

Approx. Inflated Footprint: 9'-10" L x 6'-7" W x 2'-0" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 3'-11"

3‘-11“

BaseSUS.................................. 94-947 BalanceBeam..........................94-958 3‘-11“

188

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 19'-8" L x 6'-7" W x 11" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 3'-11"

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 9'-10" L x 6'-7" W x 11" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 3'-11"

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

WIBIT PLAY PRODUCTS

WIBIT Modular Play Products

Bend......................................... 94-967 3‘-11“

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 18'-1" L x 18"-1" W x 11" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 3'-11"

5‘-11“

Dome....................................... 94-910 Bridge...................................... 94-851 4‘-11“

5‘-5“

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 9'-10" L x 6'-7" W 3'-11" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 4'-11"

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 19'-8" L x 9'-10" W x 4'-3" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 5'-11"

Cliff..........................................94-852

4‘-11“

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 9'-10" L x 6'-7" W 4'-11" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 5'-5"

HalfPipe................................... 94-934

5‘-3“

DipBars....................................94-966

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 9'-10" L x 13'-1" W x 3'-11" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 4'-11"

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 9'-10" L X 6'-7" W X 4'-3" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 5'-3"

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

189

WIBIT PLAY PRODUCTS

WIBIT Modular Play Products NEW

HighBars.................................. 94-972 6‘-11“

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 9'-10" L x 10'-6" W x 7'-7" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 6'-11"

High Roller................................ 94-911 5‘-7“

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 29'-6" L x 8'-10" W x 5'-3" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 5'-7"

3‘-11“

Junction................................... 94-953 Approximate Inflated Footprint: 9'-10" L x 9'-10" W x 1'-0" H Minimum depth requirement: 3'-11"

Hop..........................................94-969 4‘-7“

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 9'-10" L x 6'-7" W x 3'-3" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 4'-7"

Hurdle......................................94-988 3‘-11“

190

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 19'-8" L x 8'-2" W x 1'-0" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 3'-11"

4‘-3“

LogRoll..................................... 94-974 Approximate Inflated Footprint: 19'-8" L x 6'-7" W x 2'-6" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 4'-3"

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

WIBIT PLAY PRODUCTS

WIBIT Modular Play Products NEW

MatchBall................................94-992 4‘-1“

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 19'-8" L x 13'-1" W x 10'-6" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 4'-1"

5‘-3“

Quarterpipe............................. 94-933 Monkey Bars............................94-913 5‘-7“

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 19'-8" L x 13'-1" W x 6'-11" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 5'-7"

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 19'-8" L x 8'-10" W x 4'-7" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 5'-3“

Peak.........................................94-944 7‘-3“

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 19'-8" L x 10'-6" W x 8'-6" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 7'-3"

4‘-3“

QuickJump..............................94-982 Plank........................................ 94-970 4‘-11“

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 19'-8" L x 6'-7" W x 3'-11" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 4'-11"

Approx. Inflated Footprint: 9'-10" L x 6'-7" W x 2'-3" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 4'-3"

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

191

WIBIT PLAY PRODUCTS

WIBIT Modular Play Products

Roundabout.............................94-920 4‘-11“

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 19'-8" L x 19'-8" W x 3'-11" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 4'-11"

4‘-7“

Spin..........................................94-968 SideKick...................................94-862 3‘-11“

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 8'-2" L x 8'-2" W x 11" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 3'-11"

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 19'-8" L x 13'-1" W x 13'-1" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 4'-7"

Slide......................................... 94-853 4‘-11“

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 9'-10" L x 6'-7" W x 3'-7" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 4'-11"

Slope........................................94-856 5‘-5“

192

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 9'-10" L x 6'-7" W x 4'-11" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 5'-5"

5‘-11“

Swing.......................................94-952 Approximate Inflated Footprint: 19'-8" L x 6'-7" W x 10'-6" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 5'-11"

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

WIBIT PLAY PRODUCTS

WIBIT Modular Play Products

Step..........................................94-930 3‘-11“

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 6'-7" L x 6'-7" W x 1'-0" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 3'-11"

3‘-11“

T-ConnectSUS......................... 94-963 TakeOff.................................... 94-941 3‘-11“

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 6'-7" L X 4'-11" W 1'-0" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 3'-11"

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 9'-10" L x 9'-10" W x 11" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 3'-11"

Target....................................... 94-939 3‘-11“

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 19'-8" L x 17'-9" W x 11" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 3'-11"

4‘-7“

TripleJump............................... 94-973 TargetJump............................. 94-978 5‘-9“

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 9'-10" L x 7'-3" W x 5'-7" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 5'-9"

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 19'-11" L x 6'-7" W x 3'-4" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 4'-7"

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

193

WIBIT PLAY PRODUCTS

WIBIT Modular Play Products

Twist........................................94-942 3‘-11“

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 19'-8" L X 7'-7" W x 2'-1" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 3'-11"

3‘-11“

WiggleDiscs – (Set of 3)......... 94-918 V-Connect................................94-929 3‘-11“

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 9'-10" L x 6'-7" W x 1'-0" H Minimum depth requirement: 3'-11"

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 3'-3" L x 3'-3" W x 4" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 3'-11"

WiggleBridge Start Blocks (Pair).........................................94-917 3‘-11“

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 6'-7" L x 4'-11" W x 1'-0" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 3'-11"

4‘-3“

NEW

ZigZag...................................... 94-991 WiggleBoard........................... 94-993 4‘-1“

194

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 19'-8" L x 9'-10" W x 2'-3" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 4'-3"

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 9'-10" L x 6'-7" W x 2'-4" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 4'-1"

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

WIBIT PLAY PRODUCTS

WIBIT Standalone Play Products

8‘-2“

5‘-7“

Bouncer XXL (Stand Alone)... 94-979

PoloGoal (Stand Alone).......... 94-864

Rodeo Splash (Stand Alone)...94-931

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 18'-4" L x 18'-4" W x 2'-11" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 8'-2"

Includes: (1) Ball and (1) Ball pump. Approximate Inflated Footprint: 8'-6" L x 3'-11" W x 3'-7" H

Includes: (1) Electric Blower Approximate Inflated Footprint: 13'-1" L x 14'-1" W x 5'-3" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 5'-7"

4‘-11“

3‘-11“

Splasher...................................94-954

“Wibit" Hand........................... 94-935

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 7'-7" L x 8'-2" W x 3'-11" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 4'-11"

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 11'-6" L x 12'-2" W x 4" H Minimum Depth Requirement: 3'-11"

SafetyBuoy..............................94-986 Wibit Volley.................................... 94-867 Approximate Inflated Footprint: 36'-10" L x 7'-4" W x 5'-0" H Includes Electric Pump, Volleyball and Ball Pump.

Approximate Inflated Footprint: 14'-9" L x 11" W x 11" H Minimum Depth Requirement: N/A

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

195

WIBIT PLAY PRODUCTS

WIBIT Accessory Kits and Spare Parts

WIBIT Accessory Kit Basic for Commercial Pool Combinations................. 95-830 Includes (2) 94-876 30" Connector Straps, (2) 94-891 Velcro Adapters, (1) 94-872 Manometer, (1) 94-996 Hand Pump, (2) 94-877 Electric Blowers, (4) 94-990 16' Straps with Loop, (4) 94-873 Double Buckle Straps.

WIBIT 10' Red Bungee (Each)...........94-912

WIBIT 16' Connect Strap with Loop.94-990

(For Horizontal Anchoring Only)

WIBIT 7'-3" Green Bungee (Each)....94-914

WIBIT Electric Pump......................... 94-877 WIBIT Valve Adapter.........................94-868

(For Vertical Anchoring Only)

WIBIT Accessory Kit Basic for WIBITKids Commercial Pool Combinations... 95-835 Includes (2) 94-876 30" Connector Straps, (2) 94-891 Velcro Adapters, (1) 94-872 Manometer, (1) 94-996 Hand Pump, (2) 94-877 Electric Blowers, (2) 94-989 Pool Booms (Pair).

WIBIT 3'-11" Blue Bungee (Each).....94-916

WIBIT AnchorSack...........................94-887

(For Vertical Anchoring Only)

WIBIT Repair Tool Box................... 94-858 Includes a comprehensive selection of repair tools, patches, and spare valves.

WIBIT Connector Strap (Set of 2).. 94-876 WIBIT Velcro Adapter (Loop)............94-891 WIBIT Velcro Adapter (Hook)...........94-899 WIBIT Patch Kit.............................. 94-859 Includes small set of patches, brushes and glue to perform basic repairs.

WIBIT Pool Booms......................... 94-989

WIBIT Strap (16' Strap + D.Buckle).. 94-861

WIBIT Valve Cap.............................. 94-869

196

800.428.3254 • recreonics.com

A Acid Brush, 38 ADA Compliant Lifts, 52-54 ADA Compliant Steps and Ladders, 55 AED, 14 Algae Brush, 38 Aluminum Poles, 40 Anchor Wedges, 81 Aprons, 135 AquaClimb, 172 AquaJogger®, 182 Aquata Poxy, 48 Aquatic Exercise Equipment, 182-184 Aquatic Fitness Gloves, 184 Automatic Pool Cleaners, 43-44 aXs2 Lift, 53

B Backboard Straps, 8, 9 Backboards, 8, 9 Backing Rod, 47 Backstroke Start Device, 68 Backstroke Flags, 93 Backstroke Stanchion Post, 92 Ball Valves, 106 Barrier Floats, 22 Basketball Games, 180-181 Battery-Powered Cleaners, 42 Benches, 165, 172 Bicycle Rack, 169 Blanket, 15 Bloodbourne Pathogen Kit, 15 Bromine, 131 Bulbs, 158 Bulk Storage Tanks, 134 Buoys, 22 Butterfly Valves, 106

C Cartridge Filters, 129 CAT Chemical Controllers, 141 Caulking, 48 Championship Start System, 88 Charcoal Grill, 169 Check Bags, 162 Chemical Controller Parts, 140 Chemical Controllers, 138, 139,141 Chemical Goggles, 135 Chemical Labels, 134 Chemical Metering Pumps, 136-137 Chemical Storage Tanks, 134 Chemicals, 131-133 Chloramine Removal System, 135 Chlorine, 131 Chlorine Salt Generator, 141 CJ Backboard, 9 Clamps, 41 Climbing Walls, 173-174 Clocks, 163 CO2 Feed Systems, 139 Collector Tubes, 108 Colorimeters, 145, 147, 148 Colorado Time System Equipment, 88-89 Compound Gauges, 101 Concrete Patch, 47 Concrete Repair, 48 CPR Kit, 14 CPR Mask, 25 Cup Anchors, 28 Cyanuric Acid, 131

D Deck Anchors, 81 Deck Brush, 39 Deck Coatings, 51 Deck Drain, 113-114 Deck-Store-A-Way, 165 Depth Tiles, 21 Diatomaceous Earth, 131 Diatomaceous Earth Filters, 127 Discharge Hose, 34 Dive Rings, 176 Dive Tower Anchors, 63 Diving Boards, 62 Diving Brick, 98 Diving Judges Scoring Cards, 91 Diving Towers, 58-61 Dolphin Timing System, 89 Drain Covers, 110-112 Dri-Dek Flooring, 160 Drum Pump, 135 Drum Wrench, 135 Duraflex Dive Stands, 61 Duraflex Diving Board, 62 Duraflex Diving Stand Parts, 61

E Electric Heaters, 154 Emergency Phone, 16 EMS Trauma Bags, 12 End Suction Pumps, 117 Enzymes, 132 Equalizer Fittings, 108 Erosion Feeders, 141 Escutcheon Plates, 81 Exercise Bars, 79 Exercise Bikes, 57 Extriction Collars, 15 Eyebolts, 28 Eyewash Station, 16 EZ-Lock™ Floats, 27 EZ-Tensioner, 85

F False Start Rope, 92 Fanny Pack, 25 Fiberglass Grating, 114 Fiberglass Poles, 40 Fill Spouts, 108 Filter Cartridges, 130 Filter Flosser Cartridge Cleaner, 130 Filter Grids, 128 Fins, 175, 184 First Aid Kits, 15 Float Keepers, 27 Floating Lounges, 174 Floor Brush, 39 Floor Inlet Fittings, 108 Floorline, 162 Flooring, 160-162 Flow Control, 103 Flow Indicator, 136-137 Flow Meters, 104-105 Flow Switches, 101 Fountain Lights, 158 Fulcrums, 63 Funny Floats, 176 Furniture, 168-172

G Games, 176-177 Gasoline Vacuum Pump, 33 Garment Bags, 162 Gas Heaters, 149-154 Gauge Accessories, 101 Gauges, 101 Gemini Cleaner, 43 Grab Bars, 79 Grab Rails, 78 Grating, 113-115 Griff’s Guard Stations, 69 Guard Chair Replacement Seats, 76 Guard Chair Replacement Treads, 76 Guard Chairs, 69-75 Gutter Fittings, 110

H Hammer Head Pool Cleaner, 41 Hand Bars, 182 Hand Paddles, 98, 184 Hand Talley Counter, 163 Handi-Lock Floats, 27 Handles, 39 Hangers, 40 Head Immobilizers, 8, 9 Heaters, 149-154 Hip Pack, 25 Hose Reel, 34 Hydrofit®, 183 Hydrolon Acrylic Paint, 49 Hydrostatic Relief Valves, 108 Hydrotherapy Fittings, 106

I Infinity Start System, 88 Inlet Fittings, 107 In Pool Loungers, 172

J Jack Multilube, 129 Junction Boxes, 158

Kersplash® Climbing Wall, 173 Kick Roller, 182 Kickboards, 98

L Ladder Bumpers, 81 Ladder Treads, 80 Ladders, 77 Lamps, 159 Lane Caddy, 86 Lane Line Guard, 85 Lane Line Storage Reels, 85-87 Lanyards, 26 Leaf Eater, 37 Leaf Rakes, 36-37 Leaf Skimmers,36 Leaf Trap, 37 Level Control Devices, 103 Life Jackets, 13 Life Jacket Rack, 13 Lifeguard Swimsuits, 23-24 Light Gaskets, 159 Light Niches, 156-157 Lights, 156-158 Lineal Floats, 27 Lounges, 168-170 Low-Flow Flowmeters, 141

M Magnum Cleaner, 42 Main Drains, 109 Maintenance Kits, 32 Male Adapter, 34 Masks, 175 Maxiflex B Diving Board, 62 Maxi-Sweep, 30 Megaphones, 179 Mirrors, 165 Modulating Valves, 100 Movable Stanchion Anchor, 93 MultiLift, 53 Multi-Purpose Brush, 38

N Niches, 156-157 No-Leak Flanges, 107 Nylon Coupling, 34

O Oxygen Kit, 14

P Pace Clocks, 89-90 Painting Accessories, 49 PAL Lift, 52 Patio Clocks, 163 Pennant Flags, 93 Peristaltic Pump, 136-137 Permanent Guard Chairs, 75 Plastic Guard Chairs, 72 Plastic Megaphones, 179 Pocket Testers, 145 Pole Adapter, 41 Pole Clamps, 41 Pole Clips, 41 Pole Connectors, 41 Pole End Caps, 40 Pole Hangers, 41 Poles, 40 Pool and Spa Logbook, 145 Pool Blaster, 42 Pool Floats, 174 Pool Furniture, 168-172 Pool Paint, 49-50 Pool Putty, 48 Portable Eyewash, 16 Portable Guard Chairs, 70-72 Portable Vacuum Filters, 30-33 Poxofill, 47 Pressure Gauges, 101 Pressure Washer, 45 Pull Boards, 98 Pull Buoys, 98, 184 Pumice Stone, 38 Pump Strainers, 116 Pumps, 117-120 Purifiber® Filter Media, 127 PVC Gloves, 135 PVC Grating, 113-115

Q Quick-Connect Couplings, 34

R Racing Lane Storage Reels, 85-87 Racing Lanes, 84, 86 Recall Rope, 93 Recessed Steps, 80 Recreational Racing Lane Line Kits, 22 Recycled Plastic Guard Chairs, 73-74 Recycled Plastic Furniture, 171-172 Reducers, 116 Regulatory Buoys, 22 Replacement Filter Cartridges, 130 Rescue Cans, 10 Rescue Pole, 12 Rescue Tubes, 10 Resin Furniture, 170 Respirators, 135 Resuscitator, 14 Ring Buoy Cabinet, 11 Ring Buoy Holder, 11 Ring Buoys, 11 Rope, 27 Rope Clamps, 29 Rope Floats, 22, 27 Rope Hooks, 29 Rubber Ducks, 173 Rubber End Caps, 40

S Safety Covers, 83 Safety Grip Ladder Covers, 77 Safety Line Kits, 22 Salt Generator, 141 Sand Filters, 121-127 Scoreboards, 89 Self-Priming Pumps, 118-120 Shade Structure, 167 Shepherd’s Crook, 12 Sight Glasses, 100 Signs, 17-20 Silicone Sealant, 48 Skid Mix Additive, 47 Skim Insure, 46 Slides, 178 Sliding Collars, 92 Snorkels, 96 Sodium Bicarbonate, 131 Sodium Carbonate, 131 Solenoid Valves, 103, 140 Solution Tanks, 134 Spa Chemicals, 133 Specialty Chemicals, 133 Spineboards, 8, 9 Splash Lift, 53 Squeegee, 39 Stainless Steel Poles, 40 Stainless Steel SuperClean™, 46 Stair Rails, 79 Stanchion Anchors, 92 Stanchion Post, 92 Stark Filter Replacement Parts, 123 Stark Filtration Systems, 121-123

Start Systems, 88-89 Starting Platform Anchors, 68 Starting Platform Covers, 68 Starting Platforms, 64-67 Stop Watches, 91 Storage Boxes, 166 Storage Caddy, 164 Storage Reels for Covers, 82-83 Storage Reels for Lane Lines, 86-87 Strainers, 116 StrechCordz®, 97 Suitmate® Water Extractor, 164 Sump Pump, 32 Sunblock, 25 Super Convoy, 49 SVRS Systems, 102 Swim Belts, 177, 182-184 Swim Buoys, 22 Swim Goggles, 98-99 Swim Stations, 57 Swim Suit Manual Wringer, 164 Swimming Pool Paint, 49-51

T Tables, 169-171 Teaching Platform, 57 Tennis Court Paint, 49 Test Kits, 143-148 Test Reagents, 144,146-148 Therapy Bars, 79 Thermal Covers, 82 Thermolastic, 47 Thermometers, 101, 155, 163 Throw Bag, 11 Throw Rope, 11 Tiles, 21 Totemasters, 164 Touchpads, 88 Towel Locker, 166 Toys, 176-177 Training Fins, 96, 184 Training Snorkels, 96 Transformers, 158 Tuff Coat, 51

U Ultraviolet Treatment Systems, 142 Umbrellas, 167, 169, 171 Underwater Cleaning, 42 Underwater Exercise Bikes, 57 Underwater Lights, 156-157 Underwater Magic, 48 Underwater Platforms, 57 Underwater Speakers, 179 Underwater Training Mirror, 96 Universal Scrubber, 38 Utility Brush, 38 Utility Hooks, 41 Utility Pump, 32

V Vacuum DE Filter Grids, 128 Vacuum Fittings, 107 Vacuum Gauges, 101 Vacuum Heads, 35 Vacuum Hose, 34 Vacuum Hose Couplers, 34 Vacuum Hose Cuffs, 34 Vacuum Pump, 33 Valves, 106 Vapor Shield, 134 Variable Frequency Drive, 119 Vertical Turbine Pumps, 117 Visitor Specs, 135 Volleyball Games, 180-181

W Wall Brush, 38 Wall Inlet Fittings, 107-108 Wall Skimmers, 108 Wall Vacuum Adapter, 34 Wall Whale Brush, 37 Water Polo Balls, 95 Water Aerator, 33 Water Broom, 45 Water Level Control Devices, 103 Water Noodles, 177 Water Polo Caps, 95 Water Polo Goals, 94-95 Water Polo Lanes , 85 Water Powered Lift, 54 Water Testing Kits, 143-147 Watercannon, 33 Waterstop Couplings, 107 Wave Pool Cleaners, 44 Wheelchair, 56 Whistles, 26 Wibit, 185-196 Winterizing Plugs, 46 Wristbands, 162 Wysiwash Sanitizer, 45

Zeobrite® Filter Media, 125 Zoomers, 96

PRSRT STD US POSTAGE PAID CITY, STATE PERMIT NO. XXXX

4200 Schmitt Avenue Louisville, Kentucky 40213 PHONE: 800.428.3254 FAX: 800.428.0133 recreonics.com sales@recreonics.com CHANGE SERVICE REQUESTED

1.800.428.3254